New Titles Seasonal April-June 2009 (UK) by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group

Contents About this Catalogue

Nursing Social Work

Humanities Philosophy Religion History Archaeology and Museum Studies Classical Studies Media and Cultural Studies Literature English Language and Linguistics Language Learning Theatre and Performance Studies Music

Nursing and Allied Health

4 9 10 13 15 17 24 27 30 33 35

145 149

Life Sciences Biological Sciences Biotechnology Neuroscience Forensic Science Food Science

151 152 155 155 157

Built Environment Architecture and Planning Civil Engineering and Building Environmental Engineering

158 162 168

Education Early Years and Childhood Studies Teaching and Learning Special Needs Post-Compulsory and Higher Education Research Methods Education Theory

37 39 51 53 56 58

Social Sciences Politics and International Studies Military and Strategic Studies Asian Studies Middle East Studies Law Business and Management Economics Geography and GIS Anthropology Sociology Sports Science, Leisure Studies, and Culture

65 75 78 87 90 94 100 103 107 108 113

Behavioural Sciences Psychology Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry Psychotherapy and Counselling Psychoanalysis Jung / Analytical Psychology Child and Adolescent Mental Health Creative Arts Therapies

Science and Technology Ergonomics and Human Factors Environmental Science GIS and Remote Sensing Electrical, Chemical, and Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engineering, and Management Mathematics and Statistics Computer Science and Computer Engineering Information Technology Geotechnology, Mining, and Petroleum Engineering Physics, Chemistry and Materials Science Water Management and Technology

190 192 194

Library Reference

198

Index Agents and Distribution POS/Catalogue Order Form

212 218 220

117 125 130 138 140 141 144

Front Cover Photograph ÂŠ Photolibrary

www.tandf.co.uk/books

169 170 173 174 180 181 185 186

Welcome to the Taylor & Francis New Titles catalogue for April â&#x20AC;&#x201C; June 2009

uilding on two centuriesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; experience, Taylor & Francis has grown rapidly to become a leading international academic publisher. With offices across the globe, the Taylor & Francis Group publishes more than 1000 journals and 3000 new books each year; with a books backlist in excess of 45,000 specialist titles. For two centuries we have been fully committed to the publication of academic and scholarly information of the highest quality, and today this remains the primary goal. The foundations of the company were laid in pioneering fashion when in 1798 Richard Taylor launched the Philosophical Magazine, one of the first scientific journals produced by an independent company. It was the start of much close collaboration with scholarly societies. Dr William Francis, a chemist, joined Richard Taylor in 1852 and continued the tradition of the close links between the academic community and the company. This catalogue is designed to bring you the most current and accurate information on our books publishing program covering a range of subjects including Social Sciences, Humanities, Science, Psychology and Engineering. If you require further information please contact your local sales representative (details to be found on page 218). * denotes a previously announced title. Prices featured are correct at time of going to press but are subject to change without notice.

Book orders should be addressed to the Taylor & Francis Customer Services Department at Bookpoint, or the appropriate overseas agent. Taylor & Francis Customer Services Bookpoint Ltd 130 Milton Park Abingdon OX14 4SB. Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400525 e-mail: book.orders@tandf.co.uk If you would like to receive books on our pre-selective standing order system, please contact your local sales representative or our Customer Services Department:. Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 e-mail: tandf@bookpoint.co.uk Further information about Taylor & Francis and our products can be found at:

www.tandf.co.uk/books

David Crystal at Routledge ‘I’ve spent most of my life working on language as a subject, and exploring it through as many points of view as I can.’ – David Crystal told the BBC at the Hay-on-Wye festival in 2005 This modest understatement does little justice to a career that began 50 years ago when David Crystal began his study of language, embarking on a degree in English at University College London in 1959. Today, he has become one of the world’s foremost authorities on language: a frequent broadcaster, public lecturer and blogger (at http://david-crystal.blogspot.com/), a prolific author and editor who has published over 100 books, and can boast over 500 fans on his Facebook page. Crystal’s writings have covered an enormous range of topics over the years, ranging from the history of the English language (in his 2004 bestseller, The Stories of English) to text messaging (in his most recent book Txtng: The Gr8 Db8). As well as his own writings on this and many other subjects, he is also the editor of comprehensive reference works such as The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language. To celebrate the 50th year of this incredible career, Routledge are proud to be publishing David Crystal’s memoirs, Just A Phrase I’m Going Through: My Life in Language, in 2009. In his characteristically humorous and informative style, David reflects on his life and work and seeks to give an answer to the question that readers and audiences across the world have asked him: ‘How did you become a linguist?’ Along the way, he is telling not only his own story but also the story of linguistics over the last 50 years, and our day-to-day relationship with the words we speak and write. Also in 2009, Routledge will be publishing on DVD The Future of Language: The Routledge David Crystal Lectures, the first commercially available recording of three of Crystal’s most popular and riveting performance lectures. The first lecture, The Future of English, explores the reason why English has emerged as the first truly global language – with an estimated 500 million speakers worldwide – and considers what clues the history of the language might give us about its future. Language Death follows with a sombre look at the crisis facing the huge number of the languages under the threat of extinction. With over half the world’s 7000 languages likely to disappear by the year 2100, David Crystal takes a look at why languages die and what we lose when they do. Finally, Language and the Internet is a lively and entertaining look at how computer mediated communication, in the form of texting, email and instant messaging, is dramatically changing the way we are using language and what the implications are for this period of linguistic evolution. The Future of Language: The Routledge David Crystal Lectures comes with a short book that includes a detailed linguistic and cultural commentary on the lectures, activities for the classroom and a glossary of linguistic terms. Together, the book and DVD provide a complete package for anyone who wants to know more about language, how we use it, and how we will go on using it in the future.

PHILOSOPHY

Arguing About Knowledge *

Arguing About Law *

Edited by Duncan Pritchard, Chair of Epistemology, Edinburgh University, UK and Ram Neta, Assistant Professor Philosophy UNC Chapel Hill, USA

Edited by Aileen Kavanagh, Reader, Faculty of Law, University of Leicester, UK and John Oberdiek, Rutgers School of Law, Camden, USA

Series: Arguing About Philosophy

Arguing About Knowledge is a fresh and engaging introduction to the core questions in the theory of knowledge. This comprehensive and imaginative selection of readings examines the subject in an unorthodox and entertaining manner whilst covering the fundamentals of epistemology. It includes classic and contemporary pieces from the most influential philosophers and breaks down the subject into ten key questions, helping the new student to quickly get to grips with the central issues in epistemology. Each article selected is clear, interesting and free from unnecessary jargon. The editors provide lucid introductions to each section in which they give an overview of the debate and outline the arguments of the papers. Arguing About Knowledge is an inventive and stimulating reader for students new to the theory of knowledge.

Arguing About Law introduces philosophy of law in an accessible and engaging way. The Reader covers a wide range of topics, from general jurisprudence, law, the state and the individual, to topics in normative legal theory, as well as the theoretical foundations of public and private law. In addition to including many classics, Arguing About Law also includes both non-traditional selections, and discussion of timely topical issues like the legal dimension of the war on terror. The editors provide lucid introductions to each section in which they give an overview of the debate and outline the arguments of the papers, helping the student get to grips with both the classic and core arguments and emerging debates in the field.

Routledge Market: Philosophy / Theory of Knowledge April 2009: 178x254: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-44838-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44839-0: £22.99

Routledge Market: Philosophy / Law April 2009: 178x254: 632pp Hb: 978-0-415-46241-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46242-6: £24.99

Arguing About Metaphysics Arguing About Religion

Edited by Michael C. Rea, University of Notre Dame, USA

Edited by Kevin Timpe, University of San Diego, USA

Series: Arguing About Philosophy Arguing About Metaphysics is a wide-ranging anthology that introduces students to one of the most fundamental areas of philosophy. It covers core topics in metaphysics such as personal identity, the nature of being, time, and the concept of freedom. The volume contains scholarly articles by Quine, Lewis, van Inwagen and Pereboom, as well short works of science fiction that illustrate key ideas in metaphysics.

Series: Arguing About Philosophy This volume brings together primary readings from over 40 of the world’s leading philosophers of religion, covering a broad range of issues. Set alongside these works of academic philosophy are excerpts from controversial popular works by Daniel Dennett and Richard Dawkins, in order to introduce the philosophical issues in a way that demonstrates their relevance to everyday life and sets them in the context of contemporary cultural discourse. The volume is divided into 6 parts, helping the student get to grips with classic and core arguments. Topics covered include:

• worlds and worldmaking.

• evil and divine hiddenness

Michael C. Rea provides lucid introductions to each section, giving an overview of the debate and outlining the arguments of each section’s readings. Arguing About Metaphysics is a comprehensive and engaging reader for students who are new to philosophy.

• the afterlife • religion and contemporary life. Featuring lucid general and section introductions and a glossary by volume editor Kevin Timpe, Arguing About Religion is an ideal starting point for students coming to philosophy of religion for the first time. Routledge Market: Philosophy / Religion April 2009: 254x178: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-98861-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98862-9: £22.99

Routledge Market: Philosophy April 2009: 254x178: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-95825-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95826-4: £22.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

• providence and interaction

• time and time travel • freedom

• god’s nature and existence

See separate Order Form

• on what there is • change and identity

• methodological issues in philosophy of religion

ORDER NOW!

The volume is divided into five parts, helping the student get to grips with classic and core arguments and emerging debates in:

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PHILOSOPHY

Analyticity

Physicalism

Cory Juhl, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Eric Loomis, University of South Alabama, USA

Daniel Stoljar, The Australian National University, Australia Series: New Problems of Philosophy

Series: New Problems of Philosophy

Physicalism, the thesis that everything is physical, is one of the most important yet divisive problems in philosophy. In this superb introduction to the problem Daniel Stoljar focuses on three fundamental questions: the interpretation, truth and philosophical significance of physicalism. In answering these questions, he covers the following key topics:

Analyticity, or the ’analytic/synthetic’ distinction is one of the most important and controversial problems in contemporary philosophy. It is also essential to understanding many developments in logic, philosophy of language, epistemology and metaphysics. This outstanding introduction to analyticity cover’s the following key topics:

• a brief history of physicalism

• the origins of analyticity in the philosophy of Hume and Kant • Carnap’s arguments concerning analyticity in the early Twentieth-century • Quine’s famous objections to analyticity in his classic ‘Two Dogmas of Empiricism’ essay • the relationship between analyticity and central issues in metaphysics, such as ontology • the relationship between analyticity and epistemology • analyticity in the context of the current debates in philosophy. Additional features include chapter summaries, annotated further reading and a glossary of technical terms. Routledge Market: Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77332-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77333-1: £19.99

Fiction and Fictionalism Mark Sainsbury, University of Texas, Austin, USA Series: New Problems of Philosophy

• what a physical property is and how physicalism meets challenges from empirical sciences • ‘Hempel’s dilemma’ and the relationship between physicalism and physics • physicalism and key debates in metaphysics and philosophy of mind, such as supervenience, identity and conceivability • physicalism and causality. Additional features include chapter summaries, annotated further reading and a glossary of technical terms, making Physicalism ideal for those coming to the problem for the first time. Routledge Market: Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45262-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45263-2: £18.99

Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind Edited by Christopher Grau, Clemson University, USA Series: Philosophers on Film

Are fictional characters such as Sherlock Holmes real? What can fiction tell us about the nature of truth and reality? In this excellent introduction to the problem of fictionalism Mark Sainsbury covers the following key topics:

This is the first book to explore the philosophical aspects of Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind, which portrays a future where it is possible to have memories erased. Beginning with a helpful introduction that places the film in context, specially commissioned chapters examine the following topics:

• what is fiction? • realism about fictional objects, including thearguments that fictional objects are real but non-existent; real but non-factual; real but non-concrete

• the role of memory in personal identity • philosophical issues surrounding love and friendship

• the relationship between fictional characters and non-actual worlds • fictional entities as abstract artefacts • fiction and intentionality and the problem of irrealism

• the morality of formulating judgements based on past events • the idea of care and the morality of imagination

• moral fictionalism.

• self-knowledge and knowing the minds of others.

Additional features include chapter summaries, annotated further reading and a glossary of technical terms, making Fiction and Fictionalism ideal for those coming to the problem for the first time.

Including annotated sections of further reading at the end of each chapter this volume is essential reading for students interested in philosophy and film studies.

Routledge Market: Philosophy / Literature June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77434-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77435-2: £19.99

Routledge Market: Philosophy / Film Studies June 2009: 198x129: 186pp Hb: 978-0-415-77465-9: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77466-6: £15.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• distortion of past events and memories in relation to philosophical questions about rationality

• fictionalism about possible worlds

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

PHILOSOPHY

Memento

The Routledge Companion to Metaphysics

Edited by Andrew Kania, Trinity University, USA Series: Philosophers on Film Memorably narrated from the perspective of the heavily tattooed Leonard, Memento explores his chaotic and visceral quest to discover his identity, and the identity of his wife’s killers, despite his inability to form new long-term memories. This is the first book to explore and address the philosophical questions raised by the film, including personal identity, free will, memory, knowledge, and action. Beginning with a helpful introduction that places the film in context, specially commissioned chapters examine the following topics: • memory, emotion and self-consciousness • agency, free will and responsibility • personal identity • narrative and popular cinema • film genre such as neo-noir • Memento and multimedia. Including annotated further reading at the end of each chapter, Memento is essential reading for students interested in philosophy and film studies. Routledge Market: Philosophy / Film Studies June 2009: 216x138: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77473-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77474-1: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87659-6: £55.00

Edited by Robin Le Poidevin, Peter Simons, Andrew McGonigal and Ross Cameron, all at University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions ‘The field of metaphysics is flourishing – and with an outstanding cast of contributors, the impressively-broad and satisfyingly-deep Routledge Companion to Metaphysics offers a superb guide to many of its most engaging and perplexing twists and turns, both historical and contemporary.’ – Hud Hudson, Western Washington University, USA This comprehensive and accessible guide to the major themes, thinkers, and issues in metaphysics. The Companion features over fifty specially commissioned chapters from international scholars, organized into three clear parts: history of metaphysics; ontology; metaphysics and science. Each section features an introduction, and an extensive glossary allows easy reference to key terms. The Routledge Companion to Metaphysics is essential reading for students of philosophy and anyone interested in surveying the central topics and problems in metaphysics. Routledge Market: Philosophy April 2009: 246x174: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-39631-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87930-6: £95.00

Routledge Philosophy Guidebook to Aristotle and the Politics

STUDENT REFERENCE

Nietzsche: The Key Concepts

Jean Roberts, University of Washington, USA

Peter Sedgwick, University of Wales, Cardiff, UK

Series: Routledge Philosophy GuideBooks Aristotle’s Politics is widely acknowledged as a classic and one of the founding texts of political theory and philosophy. Written by a leading expert in ancient philosophical thought, Aristotle and the Politics is a coherent guide that makes sense of an often difficult and disorganized work, carefully explaining its key themes. Jean Roberts introduces and assesses:

Series: Routledge Key Guides Nietzsche: The Key Concepts is a comprehensive guide to one of the most widely-studied and influential philosophers of the nineteenth century. This invaluable resource helps navigate the often challenging and controversial thought outlined in Nietzsche’s seminal texts. Fully cross-referenced throughout and in an accessible A-Z format with suggestions for further reading, this concise yet thorough introduction explores such ideas as: decadence; epistemology; modernity; nihilism; will to power. This volume is essential reading for students of philosophy and will be of interest to those studying in the fields of literature, religion and cultural theory.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Philosophy and Sociology May 2009: 216x138: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-26376-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26377-1: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87851-4: £60.00

See separate Order Form

• Aristotle’s life and the background to Politics • the ideas and text of Politics • the continuing importance of Aristotle’s work to philosophy today. Aristotle is one of the most important figures in Western thought and Politics contains some of our earliest ideas about democracy. This is essential reading for all students of philosophy and political thought. Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction 2. Ruling the Household 3. Justice 4. The Scope and Aims of Political Philosophy 5. Conclusion. Bibliography Routledge Market: Philosophy / Classical Studies April 2009: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-16575-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-16576-1: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87997-9: £55.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PHILOSOPHY

Continental Idealism Leibniz to Nietzsche Paul Redding, University of Sydney, Australia Standard accounts of nineteenth-century German philosophy often begin with Kant and assess philosophers after him in light of their responses to Kantian idealism. In Continental Idealism, Paul Redding argues that the story of German idealism begins with Leibniz. Redding begins by showing how Leibniz incorporated Platonic and Aristotelian philosophy into his distinctive brand of idealism and how his theories of space and time had a major bearing on Kant’s own ‘transcendental’ version of idealism. Far from ending here, however, Redding argues that post-Kantian idealists such as Fichte, Schelling and Hegel on the one hand and metaphysical sceptics such as Schopenhauer and Nietzsche on the other continued to wrestle with a form of idealism ultimately derived from Leibniz. Continental Idealism is a valuable and clear introduction to the origins of Continental and European philosophy. Routledge Market: Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44306-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44307-4: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87695-4: £65.00

Who’s Afraid of Conceptual Art? * Peter Goldie, Manchester University, UK, and Elisabeth Schellekens, Durham University, UK Who’s Afraid of Conceptual Art? is a clear and lively introduction to philosophy of art and aesthetics though the compelling, challenging, and often perplexing practice of conceptual art. Defining conceptual art as that form of art where the idea or concept takes precedence over traditional aesthetic notions such as beauty and sensation, the authors trace the development of conceptual art and discuss its challenge to established notions of art, primarily though its resistance to the process of commodification. Conceptual art’s challenge to traditional ontology and epistemology of art, and its challenge to conventional notions of beauty is also discussed, making this outstanding book essential reading for students of philosophy and aesthetics, and for those seeking an introduction to one of the twentieth century’s most innovative and controversial art movements. Routledge Market: Philosophy and Art May 2009: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-42281-9: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42282-6: £14.99

Practical Autonomy and Bioethics James Stacey Taylor, The College of New Jersey, USA Series: Routledge Annals of Bioethics In this volume, Stacey Taylor argues that the concept of autonomy is not as multifaceted as many autonomy theorists and bioethicists suppose, and so an account of autonomy can be developed that captures how it is used in contemporary social philosophy and bioethics. Routledge Market: Philosophy / Ethics April 2009: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-99740-9: £60.00

Hillel Steiner and the Anatomy of Justice Themes and Challenges Edited by Matthew Kramer, Stephen De Wijze, University of Manchester, UK and Ian Carter, University of Pavia, Italy

Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy In this volume, essays by an international roster of contributors evaluate the political philosophy of contemporary philosopher Hillel Steiner. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Philosophy / Political Philosophy April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99134-6: £60.00

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

PHILOSOPHY 8

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS

6. 2ND EDITION

3RD EDITION

History of Western Philosophy

Philosophy: The Classics

Bertrand Russell

Nigel Warburton, The Open University, UK

2004: 216x138: 792pp Pb: 978-0-415-32505-9: £12.99

2006: 198x129: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-35629-9: £10.99

7. 2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

Being and Nothingness

Critical Thinking

An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology

A Concise Guide

Jean-Paul Sartre

Tracey Bowell, University of Waikato, New Zealand and Gary Kemp, University of Glasgow, UK

Series: Routledge Classics 2003: 216x138: 688pp Pb: 978-0-415-27848-5: £13.99

2005: 246x174: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-34313-8: £16.99

8. 4TH EDITION

2ND EDITION

Philosophy: The Basics

Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus

Nigel Warburton, The Open University, UK

Ludwig Wittgenstein

2004: 198x129: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-32773-2: £9.99

2001: 198x129: 144pp Pb: 978-0-415-25408-3: £8.99

9. 2ND EDITION

Philosophy for AS

Why I am not a Christian

Michael Lacewing, Heythrop College, UK

and Other Essays on Religion and Related Subjects

2008: 246x189: 448pp Pb: 978-0-415-45821-4: £16.99

Bertrand Russell Introduction by Simon Blackburn 2004: 198x129: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-32510-3: £9.99

10.

5. 2ND EDITION

3RD EDITION

Phenomenology of Perception

Thinking From A to Z

An Introduction

Nigel Warburton, The Open University, UK

Maurice Merleau-Ponty

2007: 172x119: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-43371-6: £9.99

Translated by Colin Smith 2002: 198x129: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-27841-6: £11.99

RELIGION

Introducing Islam William Shepard, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Series: World Religions

The Routledge Companion to Religion and Film Edited by John Lyden, Dana College, Nebraska, USA

What exactly is ‘Islam’ and what does it mean to be a ‘Muslim’ in the world today? Since the events of 9/11 and 7/7, Islam has become one of the most controversial and misunderstood religions in the world.

The Routledge Companion to Religion and Film both introduces novice students to the key topics in religion and film and investigates its development for more experienced scholars. Divided into four parts, the Companion:

As the perfect introduction for students, Introducing Islam:

• analyzes the interaction of religion and film throughout history

• traces the history of Islam to its origins, including the life and career of Mohammed

• examines how the world’s major religions, as well as Postcolonial, Japanese and New Religions, are depicted by and within films

• studies Islam’s interactions with the modern world in the west

• uses psychoanalytical, theological and feminist approaches, as well as audience reception, to explore religion and film

• devotes chapters to the Qur’an, Islamic law and theology, and the Sufi movement • examines Islam in Turkey, Iran, Egypt and Indonesia • explores Islamic civilisation through art, culture and community rituals. Illustrated throughout, the book includes: text boxes, summary charts, a glossary of key Arabic terms, further reading suggestions. Accompanying website available upon publication of the book: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415455183.

• analyzes religious themes in film, including Redemption, Christ Figures, Heroes and Superheroes • considers films as diverse as The Passion of the Christ, The Matrix and Groundhog Day. This definitive handbook provides an accessible resource to this emerging field and is an indispensable guide for students of religion, film studies, and beyond.

Routledge Market: Religious Studies / Islam April 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-45517-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45518-3: £18.99

Routledge Market: Religion / Film Studies April 2009: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-44853-6: £120.00

The Radical Orthodoxy Reader *

Methods in Religion, Spirituality & Aging

Edited by John Milbank, University of Nottingham, UK and Simon Oliver, Lampeter University, UK This Reader presents a selection of key writings in the field of radical orthodoxy, the most influential movement in contemporary academic theology. Radical Orthodoxy draws on pre-Enlightenment theology and philosophy to engage critically with the assumptions of secularism, modernity and post-modernity. In doing so it explores a wide and exciting range of issues: music, language, society, the body, the city, power, motion, space, time, personhood, sex and gender. As such it is both controversial and extremely stimulating, provoking much fruitful debate amongst contemporary theologians.

Edited by James W. Ellor, Baylor University, USA Religion, spirituality and aging are just terms until they are understood and developed into cogent concepts. This book will offer the background and insight to researchers seeking to further our understanding in this area. Routledge Market: Religion / Gerontology April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99509-2: £70.00

MAJOR WORKS

Women and Religion 4 volumes For more information please see page 201

To assist those encountering radical orthodoxy for the first time, each section contains: • an introductory commentary • related reading sections • helpful questions to encourage in-depth understanding and further study.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Theology / Religious Studies April 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-42512-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42513-1: £21.99

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

10 HISTORY

Comparative Fascist Studies *

Marx

New Perspectives

Vincent Barnett

Edited by Constantin Iordachi, Central European University, Hungary

Series: Routledge Historical Biographies Karl Marx has been portrayed in equal measure both as a political profit who foresaw the end of capitalist exploitation, and as a populist Anti-Christ whose totalitarian legacy has cost millions of lives worldwide. This new biography looks beyond these caricatures in order to understand more about the real Karl Marx; about his everyday life and personal circumstances as well as his political ideology.

Series: Rewriting Histories Fascism is one of the most complex and hotly debated phenomena of the twentieth century. Comparative Fascist Studies: New Perspectives brings together some of the leading experts in the field, in order to provide an informative introduction to the most recent debates on fascist studies and the history of fascism across Europe. Beginning with a general, analytical introduction, which introduces the comparative method and contextualizes the debates, each extract also has an introduction and annotations to guide the student through the complex arguments. Contributors include: Zeev Sternhell, George L Mosse, Stanley G. Payne, Roger Griffin, Roger Eatwell, Robert O. Paxton, Michael Mann, Aristotle A. Kallis, Ian Kershaw, Emilio Gentile, Richard Steigmann-Gall, and Constantin Iordachi. This Reader is the perfect companion for all those interested in the history of fascism. Routledge Market: Modern European History / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46221-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46222-8: £19.99

Vincent Barnett tells the life story of a man of ideas, showing how his political and economic thought developed alongside his life and practical work. This lively, up to date guide to the life of Karl Marx provides an excellent starting point for students in history, politics and philosophy, and for all those with an interest in Marxism and political ideas. Routledge Market: History / Biography April 2009: 198x129: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43591-8: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43592-5: £13.99

New Imperial Histories Reader * Edited by Stephen Howe, University of Bristol, UK

The Routledge Companion to Britain in the Twentieth Century *

Series: Routledge Readers in History The New Imperial Histories Reader brings together a sample of some of the key articles and debates which have shaped the field of Imperial history, and is the perfect companion for any student interested in empires and global history.

Mark Clapson, University of Westminster, UK Series: Routledge Companions to History Containing a wealth of chronologies, facts and figures, introductions to major themes, an A to Z of historians, biographies of the most important figures and a dictionary of key terms, this volume provides a jargonfree guide to the social, economic and political history of Britain since 1900. From the outbreak of World War I, to the introduction of the NHS, to the first television set, this book covers in detail some of the most important events that shaped twentieth-century Britain. Themes include: class, gender, ethnicity, social policy, economic change, popular culture and decolonisation. Packed with useful information, this guide will be an indispensable reference tool for all those seeking an introduction to twentieth-century British history.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: British History / British Politics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-27535-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27536-1: £17.99

See separate Order Form

Contributors include George Balandier, Dipesh Chakrabarty, Frederick Cooper, Richard Gott, Ashis Nandy, P.S. Zachernuk, Kathleen Wilson, Richard Grove, Nancy J. Jacobs, E.S. Atieno Odhiambo, Laurent Dubois and Anthony Pagden. Selected Contents: 1. Promoting and Explaining ‘New Imperial History’ 2. Intellectual Battles and Exchanges 3. Influences From Anthropology and Psychoanalysis 4. Imperial Cultures as Global Networks 5. Feminism, Gender Studies, Histories of the Body 6. Ecological Histories 7. Racial Imaginings 8. The Impact of Colonialism’s Cultures on Metropoles 9. Colonialism’s Afterlives 10. Africa and The Caribbean 11. Other Empires, Other Histories 12. New Histories, New Empires – and the ‘Colonial Present’ Routledge Market: World History June 2009: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-42457-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42458-5: £23.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

STUDENT REFERENCE

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

HISTORY 11

Sexuality in World History

2ND EDITION

Peter N. Stearns, George Mason University, USA

Europe 1783–1914

Series: Themes in World History

William Simpson, Formerly at Cheltenham College, UK, and Martin Jones, Cheltenham College, UK

This book examines sexuality in the past, and explores how it helps explain sexuality in the present. It uses a clear chronological structure to focus on major patterns and changes in sexuality – both sexual culture and sexual behaviours – in the main periods of world history, with comparison and discussion across cultures and societies. Topics covered include:

Europe 1783–1914 provides a comprehensive overview of Europe from the background of the French Revolution to the origins of the First World War. This new edition has been significantly expanded to include more detailed discussions on Nationalism, the Vienna Settlement and Eastern Europe, as well as the impact of technology, changes in living standards and the intellectual climate in the early twentieth century. There are also two new chapters on Europe’s relationship with the USA and the changes in the world of ideas.

• issues involved in studying the history of sexuality • the sexual implications of the transition from hunting and gathering economies to agricultural economies • sexuality in Classical societies • the post- Classical period and the spread of the world religions • sex in an age of trade and colonies • changes in behaviours and attitudes between 1750 and 1950 • sex in contemporary world history. The book is a vital contribution to the study of world history, and is the perfect companion for all students of the history of sexuality. Routledge Market: History / World History / Gender Studies April 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77776-6: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77777-3: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88032-6: £55.00

At the Limits of History Essays on Theory and Practice

Selected Contents: 1. The Condition of Europe c. 1789 8. Changes in the World of Ideas, 1815–c.50 9. Nationalism and the Breakdown of the Concert of Europe, 1815–56 14. The Unification of Germany, 1849–71 22. Europe and the United States 24. Europe in 1914: Retrospect and Prospect Routledge Market: History June 2009: 246x189: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-47065-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47066-7: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22660-8

5TH EDITION

American Civilization An Introduction David Mauk and John Oakland, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Keith Jenkins, University College Chichester, UK

Thoroughly revised, the fifth edition of this hugely successful text provides students of American studies with the perfect background and introductory information on contemporary American life. The text covers all core American studies topics at introductory level, and contains photos, case studies, questions and terms for discussion, and suggestions of websites for further research.

Keith Jenkins’ work on historical theory is renowned; this collection presents the essential elements of his work over the last fifteen years in one handy volume.

Routledge Market: History and Theory June 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-47235-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47236-4: £24.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

This edition also examines the 2008 election, US foreign policy activities, the impact of climate change, and the shifting economic situation, and is supported by a companion website. Selected Contents: 1. The American Context 2. The Country 3. The People: Settlement and Immigration 4. The People: Women and Minorities 5. Political Institutions: The Federal Government 6. Political Institutions: Local Government 7. Foreign Policy 8. The Legal System 9. The Economy 10. Social Services 11. Education 12. The Media 13. Religion 14. The Arts, Sports and Leisure Routledge Market: American Studies June 2009: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-48161-8: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48162-5: £16.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35831-6

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Here we see Jenkins address the difficult and complex question of defining the limits of history, encompassing the ever controversial issue of postmodernism and history, questions on the end of history and radical history into the future. Exchanges with Perez Zagorin and Michael Coleman further illuminate the level of debate that has surrounded postmodernism, and which continues to do so. An extended introduction and abstracts which contextualise each piece, together with a foreword by Hayden White and an afterword by Alun Munslow, make this collection essential reading for all those interested in the theory and practice of history and its development over the last few decades.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

12 HISTORY 2ND EDITION

TEXTBOOK

From the Brink of the Apocalypse The Road to Balcombe Street Confronting Famine, War, Plague and Death in the Later Middle Ages

The IRA Reign of Terror in London Edited by Steve Moysey

John Aberth, Castleton State College, Vermont, USA The later Middle Ages was a period of unparalleled chaos and misery – in the form of war, famine, plague, and death. The Great Famine and Black Death swept away nearly half of Europe’s population, while the royal houses of England and France were engaged in a Hundred Years War that meant perpetual political strife. Above all loomed the spectre of Death, ever present and constantly feared. And yet, as John Aberth reveals in this lively work, a firm belief in the ways of providence and the first stirrings of greater political freedom uniquely equipped people to respond positively to the huge problems that they faced.

The Road to Balcombe Street: The IRA Reign of Terror in London is the highly detailed account and analysis of law enforcement negotiation lessons learned from the infamous hostage standoff between the London Metropolitan Police and four members of the Provisional Irish Republican Army (IRA) in the winter of 1975. With eye-witness and first-hand testimony, this book examines the events leading up to the clash and their political context as well as how both sides handled the hostage situation and the strategies and tactics used by the police to safely diffuse the volatile situation. Routledge Market: History / Irish Politics / Terrorism April 2009: 254x178: 316pp Hb: 978-0-7890-2912-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-2913-3: £19.99

Routledge Market: History / Medieval Studies June 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77796-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77797-1: £16.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-92716-1

Balancing Written History with Oral Traditions *

2ND EDITION

The Evolution of International Society A Comparative Historical Analysis Reissue with a New Introduction by Barry Buzan and Richard Little Adam Watson, University of Virginia, USA This uniquely comprehensive study explains how international societies function across time. After examining the ancient state systems, the author turns to look in detail at the current worldwide international society which grew out of these ancient forms. The book demonstrates that relations between states are not normally anarchic, but organized and regulated by elaborate rules and practices, which derive substantially from experience. Our present international society, for all its individuality, is only the latest in the series. In this reissue, a new introduction by Barry Buzan and Richard Little contextualises Watson’s original work, situates it alongside current work in the area and summarises and analyzes Watson’s key arguments.

The Legacy of the Songhoy People Hassimi O. Maiga, University of Mali, Mali Series: African Studies This book offers a unique interpretation of Africa’s legacy to the world and the worldwide African Diaspora through bringing to light the sociocultural contributions of the Songhoy people and the cosmopolitan empire they established in West Africa. Routledge Market: History April 2009: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-96351-0: £60.00

Tobacco in Russian History and Culture The Seventeenth Century to the Present Edited by Matthew Romaniello, University of Hawai’i at Manoa, USA, and Tricia Starks, University of Arkansas, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Cultural History Tobacco in Russian History and Culture: The Seventeenth Century to the Present explores tobacco’s role in Russian culture through a multidisciplinary approach starting with the growth of tobacco consumption from its first introduction in the seventeenth century until its pandemic status in the current post-Soviet health crisis. Routledge Market: History April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99655-6: £60.00

This timely reissue serves as a major contribution to international theory and to our understanding of how relations between states operate.

MAJOR WORKS

Routledge Market: History / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-45209-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45210-6: £25.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-06999-1

Civilization 4 volumes For more information please see page 200

Women and Empire 5 volumes

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

For more information please see page 203

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

HISTORY 13 Fictions of Female Education in the Nineteenth Century

Media and the Creation of Babe Ruth *

Jaime Osterman Alves, Bard College, USA

Patrick Adam Trimble, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Series: Studies in American Popular History and Culture Seeking to understand how literary texts both shaped and reflected the century’s debates over adolescent female education, this book examines fictional works and historical documents featuring descriptions of girls’ formal educational experiences between the 1810s and the 1890s. Routledge

Series: Studies in American Popular History and Culture Babe Ruth is among the most lasting of American icons. Trimble carefully unpacks Ruth’s legacy, examining how mass communications shaped the evolution of Babe Ruth from his creation as a media icon in the 1920s to his continuing presence in the new millennium. Routledge

Market: History April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99676-1: £60.00

Market: History May 2009: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99407-1: £60.00

John Brown and the Era of Literary Confrontation

Series: Studies in American Popular History and Culture This exceptional book sheds new light on how John Brown inspired America’s most significant intellects, such as Whittier, Whitman, Melville, Howells, Emerson and Thoreau, to take a public stand against the inertia of moral compromise and social degeneracy, bringing the nation to the brink of civil war. Routledge Market: History April 2009: 229x152: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-99682-2: £60.00

Edited by Robert Holland, Institute of Commonwealth Studies, London, UK and Sarah Stockwell, King’s College University of London, UK This volume, written by distinguished historians and former students, is a tribute to Andrew Porter - the Rhodes Chair in Imperial History at the University of London. The essays explore ‘ambiguities of empire’ and of imperial and quasi-imperial relationships, reflecting important themes in Professor Porter’s own writing. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History. Routledge

Performing American Identity in Anti-Mormon Melodrama

Michael Stoneham, United States Military Academy, USA

Ambiguities of Empire *

Megan Sanborn Jones, Brigham Young University, USA Series: Studies in American Popular History and Culture In the late nineteenth century, melodramas were spectacular entertainment for Americans. They were also a key forum in which elements of American culture were represented, contested, and inverted. This book focuses on the Mormon villain in anti-Mormon melodramas and analyses what these melodramas reveal about American identity in the nineteenth century. Routledge

Market: History June 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46658-5: £65.00

The Prison-House of History Investigations into Historicized Life Martin Davies, University of Leicester, UK The Prison-House of History: Investigations into Historicized Life offers a controversial analysis, grounded both in philosophical argument and empirical evidence, of what history does in contemporary culture. Routledge Market: History April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99520-7: £60.00

Market: History April 2009: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-80059-4: £60.00

ARCHAEOLOGY AND MUSEUM STUDIES

Renewal, Irrelevance or Collapse?

Museums of Cinema and their Audience

Robert R. Janes, Museums Consultant

Rinella Cere, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

Series: Museum Meanings

Are Museums Irrelevant? Museums in a Troubled World argues that much more can be expected of museums as publicly supported and knowledge-based institutions. The weight of tradition and a lack of imagination are significant factors in museum inertia and these obstacles are also addressed. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, combining anthropology ethnography, museum studies and management theory, this book goes beyond conventional museum thinking. Robert R. Janes explores the meaning and role of museums as key intellectual and civic resources in a time of profound social and environmental change. This volume is a constructive examination of what is wrong with contemporary museums, written from an insider’s perspective that is grounded in both hope and pragmatism. The book’s conclusions are optimistic and constructive, and highlight the unique contributions that museums can make as social institutions, embedded in their communities, and owned by no one.

Routledge Market: Museum Studies May 2009: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46300-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46301-0: £22.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Examining how cinema has been transformed and strengthened through museological and archival activities since its origins, this book asks what paradoxes may be involved in putting cinema in a museum. Cere examines the ideas which developed around the need to establish national museums of cinema. She looks at the tensions between the history of film as an aesthetic product and cinema as a ‘leisure’ activity, and at how museums of cinema’s exhibitions, collections and festivals organised under their aegis, resolve them. The book also explores the way the ideal of public access to a cultural heritage is contradicted by the recent emphasis on museums as ’tourist spaces for individualised consumption’. Routledge Market: Archaeology / Heritage Studies June 2009: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43224-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43225-2: £22.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Museums in a Troubled World

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

14 ARCHAEOLOGY AND MUSEUM STUDIES

The Babylonian World

Archaeological Investigation

Edited by Gwendolyn Leick, Chelsea College of Art and Design, London, UK

Martin Carver, University of York, UK

Series: Routledge Worlds The Babylonian World presents an extensive, up-to-date and lavishly illustrated history of the ancient state Babylonia and its ’holy city’, Babylon. This book explores all key aspects of the development of this ancient culture, including the ecology of the region and its famously productive agriculture, its political and economic standing, its religious practices, and the achievements of its intelligentsia. Comprehensive and accessible, this book will be an indispensable resource for anyone studying the period. Routledge Market: Classical Studies April 2009: 246x174: 616pp Pb: 978-0-415-49783-1: £29.99

This guide offers exhaustive coverage of archaeological investigation, from research aims to publishing reports. The process of archaeological investigation is a complex and lengthy one, but the book’s division into three parts ensures the information is clearly presented for both students and professionals. Martin Carver’s extensive international experience over more than 30 years in both academic and public archaeology, the use of global case studies and extensive illustrations make Archaeological Investigation an excellent undergraduate textbook for all students of Archaeology, as well as highlighting ’best practice’ for professionals. Selected Contents: Part 1: Principles 1. Searching, Looking and Seeing 2. Making Strata 3. CRM 4. Field Research Procedure 5. Techniques Part 2: Performance 6. Reconnaissance 7. Evaluation 8. Design 9. Investigating Landscapes 10. Investigating Sites 11. Investigating Buildings 12. Squelch Part 3: Outcomes 13. Analysis 14. Assemblage 15. Chronology 16. Space 17. Synthesis 18. Publication Glossary. Guide to Further Reading. Bibliography Routledge Market: Archaeology May 2009: 246x189: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-48918-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48919-5: £22.99

God’s Wife, God’s Servant * The God’s Wife of Amun Mariam Ayad, University of Memphis, USA Drawing on textual, iconographic and archaeological evidence, this book highlights an often ignored instance, where five women were elevated to a position of supreme religious authority, holding the title of ’God’s Wife of Amun’ during the Egyptian 23–26th dynasties (c.754–525 BCE). Routledge Market: Ancient Egypt June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41170-7: £60.00

Lasers in the Conservation of Artworks Proceedings of the International Conference Lacona VII, Madrid, Spain, 17–21 September 2007 Edited by Marta Castillejo, Instituto de Química Física Rocasolano, CSIC, Madrid, Spain, Pablo Moreno, Laser Facility, University of Salamanca, Spain, Mohamed Oujja, Instituto de Química Física Rocasolano, CSIC, Madrid, Spain, Roxana Radvan, National Institute of Research and Development for Optoelectronics, Rumania and Javier Ruiz, University of Málaga, Málaga, Spain A comprehensive collection on both emerging and well established applications of laser systems and techniques used to address issues in the conservation of artworks. CRC Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Conservation Science April 2009: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-47596-9: £99.95

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CLASSICAL STUDIES 15 2ND EDITION

Handbook for Classical Research *

The Greeks

David Schaps, Bar-Ilan University, Israel

An Introduction to Their Culture

Every student of Classics will find this comprehensive and up-to-date Handbook indispensible. It offers guidance on how to research every area of classical studies, from undergraduate essays and beyond. All fields of Classics are covered. Guidance is given not only on how to read an archaeological or papyrological report, but also on how to find such sources when they are relevant to the student’s research. Topics covered include:

Robin Sowerby, University of Stirling, UK Series: Peoples of the Ancient World The Greeks has provided a concise yet wide-ranging introduction to the culture of ancient Greece since its first publication. In this new and expanded edition the best selling volume offers a lucid survey that: • covers all the key elements of ancient Greek civilization from the age of Homer to the Hellenistic period • provides detailed discussions of the main trends in literature and drama, philosophy, art and architecture • places ancient Greek culture firmly in its political, social and historical context. • includes a new chapter on ‘Religion and Social Life’. The Greeks now contains more illustrations, a chronological chart, maps, and suggestions for further reading as well as a new glossary. It is an indispensable introduction for all students of classics, and an invaluable guide for students of other disciplines who require a grounding in Greek civilization. Routledge Market: Classical Studies, Ancient History May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46938-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46937-1: £17.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-12042-5

Selected Contents: 1. The Nature of the Field 2. The Stages of Research 3. Bibliography 4. Sources and How to Use Them 5. Book Reviews 6. Lexicography 7. Grammar 8. Linguistics 9. Textual Criticism 10. Literary Criticism 11. Oratory and Rhetoric 12. Philosophy 13. History 14. Archaeology 15. Papyrology 16. Numismatics 17. Mycenaean Studies 18. Sociology, Anthropology, Economics and Ecology 19. Ancient Religion 20. Ancient Science 21. Art History 22. Ancient Dance and Music 23. Law 24. The Classical Tradition 25. History of Classical Scholarship 26. Reconstructing the Ancient World 27. Translation

Concentrating on ’how-to’ topics, Handbook for Classical Studies is a much needed resource for students. Routledge Market: Classics June 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-42522-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42523-0: £22.99

2ND EDITION

Greece in the Making 1200–479 BC

Ctesias’ History of Persia: Tales of the Orient

Robin Osborne, University of Cambridge, UK

LLoyd Llewellyn-Jones, University of Edinburgh, UK and James Robson, The Open University, UK

Series: The Routledge History of the Ancient World

Series: Routledge Classical Translations

This is an accessible and comprehensive account of Greek history from the end of the Bronze Age to the Classical Period. Students and teachers alike will appreciate the enhanced discussion of economic history and the more systematic treatment of issues of gender and sexuality in this fully revised second edition. As well as updating the text to take account of recent scholarship and re-ordering, Robin Osborne has addressed more explicitly the weaknesses and unsustainable interpretations which the first edition chose to pass over. He now spells out why this book features no ‘rise of the polis’ and no ‘colonization’, and why the treatment of Greek settlement abroad is necessarily spread over various chapters. Illustrated throughout, this new edition is a thorougly up-to-date edition of this best selling volume.

Routledge Market: Ancient History and Classical Studies April 2009: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-46991-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46992-0: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-03583-5 www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Ctesias of Cnidus wrote his twenty-third book History of Persia in the fifth century BC. Presented here in English translation for the first time with commentaries and illustrations, Ctesias’ History of Persia: Tales of the Orient offers a fascinating insight into Persia in the fifth century BC and into a remarkable figure. Routledge Market: Classics June 2009: 216x138: 172pp Hb: 978-0-415-36411-9: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01530-8: £60.00

Roman Gardens A Cultural History Katherine von Stackelberg, Brock University, Canada This is the first full-length study of Roman gardens to combine literary and archaeological evidence with space theory, making it a truly original approach. This book will make a valuable addition to the growing scholarship in ancient gardens and will complement courses on Roman history, landscape archaeology and environmental history. Routledge Market: Classical Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43823-0: £60.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

’Osborne is fully at home with the material and the textual evidence ... Above all, he has written a book which should stimulate its readers to think, and to dig deeper into the subject.’ – Journal of Hellenic Studies

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

MEDIA

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. 3RD EDITION

3RD EDITION

AS Communication and Culture

Photography

The Essential Introduction

Edited by Liz Wells, University of Plymouth, UK

Peter Bennett, Chief Examiner for GCE Communication & Culture & Senior Lecturer in Education, University of Wolverhampton, UK and Jerry Slater, Principal Examiner for GCE Communication and Culture, UK

2004: 246x189: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-30704-8: £19.99

A Critical Introduction

2008: 246x174: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-45512-1: £18.99

7. Subculture

2ND EDITION

AS Film Studies

The Meaning of Style

The Essential Introduction

Dick Hebdige, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Freddie Gaffney, Ravensbourne College of Design and Communication, UK, John White, A-level examiner for WJEC Film Studies

1979: 198x129: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-03949-9: £14.99

Anglia Ruskin University, UK and Sarah Casey Benyahia, Teacher, Film and Media Studies, UK 2008: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-45433-9: £18.99

8. 3RD EDITION

3RD EDITION

AS Media Studies

The Cultural Studies Reader

The Essential Introduction for AQA

Edited by Simon During, John Hopkins University, USA

Philip Rayner, University of Gloucestershire, UK,

2007: 246x174: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-37413-2: £19.99

Peter Wall, Chair of Examiners for GCE Media Studies & Communication Studies, GCSE Media Studies, Applied GCSE Media and the Creative and Media Diploma 2008: 246x174: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-44823-9: £18.99

9. Cinema Studies: The Key Concepts

4TH EDITION

Susan Hayward, University of Exeter, UK

Gill Branston, Cardiff University, UK and Roy Stafford

2006: 216x138: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-36782-0: £14.99

2006: 246x189: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-37143-8: £19.99

The Media Student’s Book

10.

5. 2ND EDITION

Media, Gender and Identity An Introduction David Gauntlett, University of Westminster, UK 2008: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-39661-5: £16.99

The Photography Reader Edited by Liz Wells, University of Plymouth, UK 2002: 246x174: 496pp Pb: 978-0-415-24661-3: £22.99

MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES 17

Film Theory and Contemporary Hollywood Movies Edited by Warren Buckland, Stonehill College, USA Series: AFI Film Readers Contemporary Film Theory offers a representative sampling of current research generated by both young and established film scholars from the different schools of thought currently being practiced in film studies.

Routledge Market: Film May 2009: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-96261-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96262-9: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-03076-9: £60.00

A2 Communication & Culture The Essential Introduction Peter Bennett, Chief Examiner for GCE Communication & Culture & Senior Lecturer in Education, University of Wolverhampton, UK and Jerry Slater, Principal Examiner for GCE Communication and Culture, UK Series: Essentials A2 Communication & Culture: The Essential Introduction follows the new 2009 GCE specification and features over 100 colour images, case studies and examples. The authors introduce students step-by-step to the skills of reading communication texts and understanding the link between communication and culture, as well as taking students through the tasks expected of them to pass the AQA exam. The book is supplemented with a website featuring additional activities and resources.

2ND EDITION

Advertising and Public Relations Law * Roy L. Moore, Georgia College & State University, USA and Erik Collins, University of South Carolina, USA Series: LEA’s Communication Series Addressing a critical need, Advertising and Public Relations Law illustrates the variety of issues and ideas that affect the regulation of advertising and public relations speech, including the categorization of different kinds of speech afforded different levels of First Amendment protection; court-created tests for laws and regulations of speech; and non content-based restrictions on speech and expression. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Commercial Speech Doctrine Section 2: Governmental and Industry Regulation of Commercial Speech Section 3: Commercial Speech Torts Section 4: Intellectual Property Appendices A. Professional Codes B. The Judicial System (charts) C. The Judicial Process D. Arbitration, Mediation and Other Alternative Dispute Resolution Mechanisms (overview) E. Copyright Registration Forms F. Trademark Registration Forms G. Model Releases Routledge Market: Media Law April 2009: 229x152: 600pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5346-9: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96548-4: £42.00

2ND EDITION

An Integrated Approach To Communication Theory and Research Don W. Stacks, University of Miami, USA and Michael B. Salwen Series: LEA’s Communication Series This volume provides an overview of communication study, offering theoretical coverage of the broad scope of communication study as well as integrating theory with research. To explicate the integration process, the chapter contributors — experts in their respective areas — offer samples in the form of hypothetical studies, published studies, or unpublished research, showing how theory and research are integrated in their particular fields. The book will appeal to graduate students and faculty members who want a thorough overview of not only the field, but also sample research stemming from its various component parts.

Areas covered include: • studying communication and culture further • approaching theory to approach practice • cultural sites: reading the context • cultural sites: making case studies • communication and culture in practice: ideas about the person • communication and culture in practice: how to do the coursework • using your communication skills to pass more exams.

Routledge Market: A Level Textbooks / Communication June 2009: 246x174: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-47160-2: £19.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge Market: Communication April 2009: 254x178: 592pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6381-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6382-6: £45.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• communication and culture in practice: ideas about cultural practice

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

18 MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES

Destructive Organizational Communication

Parent-Child Communication Outside the Family

Processes, Consequences, and Constructive Ways of Organizing

Exploring Communication in Parent–Child–Society Relationships

Edited by Pamela Lutgen-Sandvik and Beverly Davenport Sypher

Thomas J. Socha, Old Dominion University, USA and Glen Stamp, Ball State University, USA

Series: LEA’s Communication Series

This volume provides an in-depth consideration of destructive communication in organizations – including workplace bullying, racism, stress, and harassment. Each chapter examines a specific aspect of destructive organizational communication, reviews existing theory and research about that communicative form or ideology, suggests fruitful possibilities for application, and suggests key areas for further study.

The volume brings together veteran researchers and younger scholars to explore the communication of parents and children as they create relationships outside the family. The chapters herein examine communication processes and problems of parents and children as they interact with those outside the family, and consider the role of media in family relationships outside of home.

Routledge Market: Communication Studies April 2009: 229x152: 440pp Hb: 978-0-415-98993-0: £66.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98994-7: £22.99

Routledge April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-96487-6: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96488-3: £19.99

Immersed in Media Telepresence in Everyday Life

Public Relations and Social Theory

Edited by Cheryl Campanella Bracken and Paul Skalski

Key Figures and Concepts

Series: LEA’s Communication Series This volume highlights the growth and importance of the concept of telepresence within the field of mass communication. It examines the importance of this concept in considerations of popular media types and their effects on users, establishing the necessity of telepresence to gaining a complete understanding of the uses and effects of popular media technologies.

See separate Order Form

Series: LEA’s Communication Series Public Relations and Social Theory broadens the theoretical scope of public relations through its application of the works of prominent social theorists to the study of public relations. The volume focuses on the work of key social theorists, and demonstrates how the theories of these scholars come to bear on the understanding of public relations as a social activity. It promotes understanding of theories and their applications in public relations, expanding the breadth and depth of the theoretic foundations of public relations. Routledge Market: Public Relations April 2009: 229x152: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-99785-0: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99786-7: £19.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Media April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99339-5: £65.00

Edited by Oyvind Ihlen, Magnus Fredrikson, University of Trollhattan, Sweden and Betteke van Ruler

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES 19 3RD EDITION

The Advertising Handbook * Helen Powell, Jonathan Hardy, Sarah Hawkin and Iain Macrury, all at University of East London, UK

The Changing Faces of Journalism Tabloidization, Technology and Truthiness Barbie Zelizer, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Series: Media Practice The Advertising Handbook offers new material and a new organising framework, whilst continuing to provide both an introduction and an authoritative guide to advertising theory and practice. It is shaped to meet the requirements, interests and terms of reference of the most recent generation of media and advertising students - as well as taking account of some of the new academic work in the field, and, of course, contemporary advertising innovations.

Series: Shaping Inquiry in Culture, Communication and Media Studies The Changing Faces of Journalism: Tabloidization, Technology and Truthiness brings together an array of top scholars who consider how contemporary journalism has wrestled with its changing parameters and who address how notions of tabloidization, technology and truthiness have altered our understanding of journalism.

• detailed profiles of and from advertising agencies and new media players

Organized into three sections: how tabloidization affects the journalistic landscape; how technology changes what we think we know about journalism; and how truthiness tweaks our understanding of the journalistic tradition, the collection is introduced with an essay by Barbie Zelizer. Section introductions also contextualise the essays and highlight the issues that they raise.

• supplementary input from a range of commissioned contributors.

Routledge

Routledge Market: Media / Communication Studies / Marketing May 2009: 234x156: Hb: 978-0-415-42312-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42311-3: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-24392-6

Market: Journalism May 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77824-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77825-1: £21.99

This new edition includes: • fresh industry case studies

5TH EDITION

Photography * Stephen Bull, University of Portsmouth, UK Series: Routledge Introductions to Media and Communications Especially aimed at media students, this clear and easy to read text presents photography not from a historical or artistic viewpoint, but from the place of photography in contemporary society and its importance as a media form

A Cognitive Psychology of Mass Communication Richard Jackson Harris In this fifth edition of A Cognitive Psychology of Mass Communication, author Richard Jackson Harris continues his examination of how our experiences with media affect the way we acquire knowledge about the world, and how this knowledge influences our attitudes and behaviour. Presenting theories from psychology and communication along with reviews of the corresponding research, this text covers a wide variety of media and media issues, ranging from the commonly discussed topics — sex, violence, advertising — to lesser-studied topics, such as values, sports, and entertainment education.

The text is split into short chapters to make it easily accessible for students and includes broad themes central to the study and analysis of photography, made understandable through the use of contemporary case studies: • what it is that identifies photography as a medium • how photographs can be interpreted • commercial production and consumption • fashion and celebrity photography • the photograph and memory. An easy to read and compact guide for students, this is the perfect book to pop into a bag, and dip into again and again.

Routledge Market: Photography / Media Studies June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-42918-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42894-1: £15.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge Market: Media / Communication April 2009: 229x152: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-99311-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99312-8: £29.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8038-4660-7

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• the photograph as art

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

20 MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES

Beyond Prime Time

Emotions: A Cultural Studies Reader

Television Programming in the Post-Network Era Edited by Amanda D. Lotz, University of Michigan, USA Beyond Prime Time brings together established television scholars to reconsider how programming forms other than “prime-time television” have been affected by the wide-ranging industrial changes instituted over the past 20 years. The chapters explore the relationship between textual and industrial changes in particular forms such as news, talk, sports, and soap operas, among many others. Addressing the specific industrial factors relevant to the programming form, each author argues about how shifts in textual strategies and practices can be tied to changing institutional norms. Those norms might relate to technology, production practices, distribution, advertising, or audience measurement, for example. Each chapter attempts to ultimately assess the change and continuity in each programming form relative to the industrial forces at play within the past two decades. Routledge Market: Media April 2009: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-99668-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99669-3: £18.99

Edited by Jennifer Harding, London Metropolitan University, UK and Deidre Pribram, Molloy College, USA Emotions: A Cultural Studies Reader brings together the best examples of recent and cutting-edge work on emotions in cultural studies and related disciplines. The book differentiates between theoretical traditions and ways of understanding emotion in relation to culture, subjectivity and power, thus mapping a new academic territory and providing a succinct overview of cultural studies as well as studies of emotion. Emotions: A Cultural Studies Reader provides students with an essential overview of contemporary academic debate within the humanities and social sciences on the place of emotions in culture, as part of everyday individual, cultural, and political life. Routledge Market: Cultural Studies May 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-46929-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46930-2: £21.99

3RD EDITION

Applied Perspectives

Encyclopedia of American Journalism

Peter B. Orlik

Edited by Stephen Vaughn, University of Wisconsin, USA

Electronic Media Criticism Electronic Media Criticism introduces readers to a variety of critical approaches to audio and video discourse on radio, television and the Internet. The book applies key aesthetic, sociological, philosophical, psychological, structural and economic principles to arrive at a comprehensive evaluation of both programming and advertising content.

Routledge Market: Media April 2009: 254x178: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-99536-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99537-5: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88855-1: £100.00

It is said that there can be no democracy without a vigorous, independent press, and this Encyclopedia documents the role of journalism in shaping the United States and the history of the forces that have shaped the character of journalistic practice. The Encyclopedia of American Journalism explores the distinctions found in print media, radio, television, and the internet. This work seeks to document the role of these different forms of journalism in the formation of America’s understanding and reaction to political campaigns, war, peace, protest, slavery, consumer rights, civil rights, immigration, unionism, feminism, environmentalism, globalization, and more. This work also explores the intersections between journalism and other phenomena in society.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Journalism April 2009: 254x178: 664pp Pb: 978-0-415-99908-3: £38.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES 21

Gatekeeping Theory

Media and Religion

Pamela J. Shoemaker, Syracuse University, USA, and Timothy Vos

Daniel A. Stout, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA Reflecting the growing interest in and work being done in this area, Media and Religion serves as a holistic examination and exploration of the relationship between media and religion. It examines the history, theory, cultural context, and professional aspects of the connections between these two vital parts of today’s society. It synthesizes the research done in various areas, establishing the current state of the field. It also defines the agenda for additional work and research, paving the way for future development.

Gatekeeping Theory examines one of the most enduring concepts in mass communication scholarship. Simply put, gatekeeping is the process by which the billions of messages that are available in the world get cut down and transformed into the hundreds of messages that reach a given person on a given day. This book offers a critical understanding of how gates and gatekeeping are relevant to today’s media world—from traditional mass media outlets such as television and newspapers to blogs.

Routledge April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6383-3: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6384-0: £22.99

Routledge Market: Media April 2009: 229x152: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-98138-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98139-2: £14.99

2ND EDITION

Mixed Media International Communication A Reader

Moral Distinctions in Advertising, Public Relations, and Journalism

Edited by Daya Thussu, University of Westminster, UK

Tom Bivins, University of Oregon Mixed Media introduces readers to the tools necessary for making moral and ethical decisions regarding the use of mass media. The focus is on the three mass media industries most pervasive in today's society: the news media (journalism), advertising, and public relations. Readers will come away with a greater appreciation for the complexities of making a moral decision and will develop a personal ‘yardstick’ by which to measure their decisions.

This comprehensive Reader brings together seminal texts in media and communication from both traditional as well as more recent scholarship. Readings are drawn from an international range of scholars and organized to reflect the growing internationalization of the field, with clearly defined sections covering key aspects of global communication. In addition to the core academic readings, key policy documents are also included to demonstrate the development of the political, economic and technological infrastructure that underpins the global system of media and communication.

The chapters in this text offer insights on: • similarities and differences among the ethical dilemmas faced by the mass media

Routledge

• common ground on which to evaluate media behavior

Market: Communication / Media Studies May 2009: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-44455-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44456-9: £22.99

• media obligations • professional ethics • ethical theory and its application to the modern media • considerations of truth and harm. This text has been developed for courses covering ethics in public relations, advertising, and journalism. Offering valuable lessons applicable to all forms of communication, Mixed Media serves as a critical starting point for understanding and developing answers to ethical questions. These lessons serve not only to better students' ability to make ethical decisions, but also to better the media professions as they become practitioners in the mass media industry. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 229x152: 304pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6321-5: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8038-4257-9

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

22 MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES 4TH EDITION

Production Studies

Photography

Cultural Studies of Media Industries

A Critical Introduction Edited by Liz Wells, University of Plymouth, UK Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in further and higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. This edition includes: • key concepts, biographies of major thinkers, seminal references • a full glossary of terms, comprehensive bibliographies and new chapter abstracts • updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites.

Edited by Vicki Mayer, Tulane University, USA, Miranda Banks, Emerson College, USA and John Thornton Caldwell, University of California, Los Angeles, USA Production Studies is a landmark collection that closely examines the texts, institutions, and practices of media industries in order to allow media studies students and scholars to think more precisely and holistically about media production as a cultural activity. The book is comprised of all new essays exploring the cultures, social organization, work practices, and belief systems of media practitioners. Each section results from a combination of situated fieldwork, empirical or from-the-ground-up studies, and critical analysis. Individual chapters draw upon a diverse array of earlier production studies across a range of ethnographic, sociological, critical, material, and politicaleconomic methodologies as each author presents their own contemporary research. Routledge

Routledge Market: Photography and Visual Culture May 2009: 246x189: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-46027-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46087-3: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30704-8

Market: Media April 2009: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-99795-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99796-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87959-7: £70.00

3RD EDITION

Relentless Progress

Producing for Web 2.0

The Reconfiguration of Children’s Literature, Fairy Tales, and Storytelling

A Student Guide Jason Whittaker, Falmouth College of Arts

Jack Zipes

Producing for Web 2.0 is a practical guide to the planning, set up and management of a website. It gives an overview of current technologies and shows how to use them for maximum effect. The third edition sets out the toolkit needed for web design and content management. It is supported by a comprehensive website at www.producingforweb2.com where readers can take part in blogs and forums, see examples of programming and demonstrations of concepts discussed in the book. The book includes: • illustrated examples of good page design and site content • advice on content, maintenance and how to use sites effectively • ideas on how to maximise available programs and applications

In Relentless Progress, Zipes looks at the surprising ways that stories, predominantly children’s stories, have influenced people within contemporary culture and vice versa. Among the many topics explored here are the dumbing down of books for children, the marketing of childhood, the changing shape of feminist fairy tales, and why American and British children aren’t exposed to more non-western fairy tales. Whether analyzing a novel, a graphic novel, or another literary form, Zipes demonstrates that while children’s stories have changed greatly in recent years, much about these stories have remained the same — despite contemporary, high-tech repackaging.

• a chapter on ethics and internet regulations

Relentless Progress offers remarkable insight into why classic folklore and fairy tales should remain an important part of the lives of children in today’s digital culture.

• tutorials for the main applications used in website design

Routledge

• tips on using multimedia, including video, audio, flash, and images

• guides to good practice for writers.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Journalism / Computing / Media Studies May 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48621-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48622-4: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88203-0: £70.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Market: Literature April 2009: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99063-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99064-6: £18.99

• step by step guides to difficult areas with screenshots

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES 23

Television Studies After TV Understanding Television in the Post-Broadcast Era

The Essentials of Sports Reporting and Writing

Edited by Graeme Turner, University of Queensland, Australia, and Jinna Tay

Scott Reinardy, Ball State University, USA, and Wayne Wanta, University of Missouri, USA

Television studies must now address a complex environment where change has been vigorous but uneven, and where local and national conditions vary significantly. Globalizing media industries, deregulatory policy regimes, the multiplication, convergence and trade in media formats, the emergence of new content production industries outside the US/UK umbrella, and the fragmentation of media audiences are all changing the nature of television today: its content, its industrial structure and how it is consumed. Television Studies after TV leads the way in developing new ways of understanding television in the postbroadcast era. With contributions from leading international scholars, it considers the full range of convergent media now implicated in understanding television, and also focuses on large non-Anglophone markets – such as Asia and Latin America – in order to accurately reflect the wide variety of structures, forms and content which now organise television around the world. Routledge Market: Media Studies May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47769-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47770-3: £19.99

This text covers the full experience of sports writing. Authors Scott Reinardy and Wayne Wanta approach the topic using their own professional experience as sports writers and editors to give students a realistic view of the sports writing profession. The authors address the stages of article writing, organized around article beginnings, middles, and endings. They also cover other types of sports stories, such as columns, profiles, and news, and also addresses style and ethics issues. The text provides students with a full understanding of how to produce quality content for sports stories, as well as offering insights as to what to expect in the sports reporter position. Routledge Market: Journalism April 2009: 229x152: 274pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6447-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6448-9: £19.99

The Advertising and Consumer Culture Reader

MAJOR WORKS

Edited by Joseph Turow, University of Pennsylvania, USA, and Matthew P. McAllister, Pennsylvania State University, USA

For more information please see page 201

Modern Indian Culture and Society 4 volumes

The Advertising and Consumer Culture Reader assembles the most important writings on advertising and society. Arranged thematically, the twenty-seven articles included in this anthology provide readers with some of the best-known and most provocative writings on the nature, process, and social implications of advertising and consumerism. Designed for use in advertising and society courses, the collection includes a general critical introduction, along with section introductions that discuss key concepts and theories relevant to each themed group of readings. Every article is preceded by a headnote that highlights important ideas and places the selected reading in historical context. Discussion questions following each article are designed to spark classroom debate and encourage students to connect the issues discussed in the reading to their own interactions with advertising. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Media April 2009: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-96329-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96330-5: £25.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

24 MEDIA & CULTURAL STUDIES Iranian Media *

Gaming Cultures and Place in Asia-Pacific

The Paradox of Modernity Gholam Khiabany, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Internationalizing Media Studies This book provides an overview of the expansion of the Iranian communication system, examining the political economy of this process and arguing that the nature of Iranian media in general and the press in particular, cannot be understood simply in terms of ’Islamic ideology’ or the false dichotomy of ’modernity’ versus ’tradition.’ Routledge Market: Media Studies April 2009: 229x152: 299pp Hb: 978-0-415-96289-6: £65.00

Pictorial Narrative in the Nazi Period Felix Nussbaum, Charlotte Salomon and Arnold Daghani

Edited by Larissa Hjorth, RMIT University, Australia and Dean Chan, Edith Cowan University, Australia

Deborah Schultz, and Edward Timms, both at University of Sussex, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in New Media and Cyberculture This collection explores the politics of game play and cultural context by focusing on the Asia-Pacific region. Drawing on ethnographic studies and political economic analysis of techno-nationalisms and transcultural flows of cultural capital, the volume provides an interdisciplinary model for thinking through the politics of gaming production, representation, and consumption in the region. Routledge Market: New Media / Video Games April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99627-3: £60.00

This book investigates creative responses to the Nazi period in the work of three artists, Felix Nussbaum, Charlotte Salomon and Arnold Daghani, focusing on their use of pictorial narrative in which they combined words with images. This book was published as a special issue of Word & Image. Routledge Market: Cultural History / History of Art May 2009: 276x219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49095-5: £75.00

Media Globalization and the Discovery Channel Networks Ole Mjos, University of Pennsylvania, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Internationalizing Media Studies Offering a thorough and accessible account of the global expansion of Discovery and its relationship with media globalization, Mjos explores the way in which the processes of media globalization unfold and develop, and traces some of the possible consequences. Routledge Market: Media Studies / TV studies April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99246-6: £60.00

LITERATURE

F.R. Leavis *

2ND EDITION

Richard Storer, Trinity and All Saints College, Leeds, UK

Sigmund Freud

Series: Routledge Critical Thinkers

Pamela Thurschwell, University of Sussex, UK

F.R. Leavis is one of the most influential thinkers in twentieth-century theory. Although his outspoken and confrontational work has often provoked strong attack, there is an increased interest in Leavis as students and critics alike are revisiting his work and re-affirming his position as a key figure in the development of contemporary theory.

Series: Routledge Critical Thinkers The work of Sigmund Freud has penetrated almost every area of literary theory and cultural studies, as well as contemporary culture. Pamela Thurschwell explains and contextualises psychoanalytic theory and its meaning for modern thinking. This updated second edition explores developments and responses to Freud’s work, including:

Drawing on the work of F.R. Leavis and the repercussions and responses that have arisen from it, Richard Storer examines concepts including:

• tracing contexts and developments of Freud’s work over the course of his career • exploring paradoxes and contradictions in his writing

• culture • mass civilisation

• focusing on psychoanalysis as an interpretative strategy, paying special attention to its impact on literary and cultural theory

• tradition

• examining the recent backlash against Freud and arguing for the continued relevance of psychoanalysis.

• life. Emphasising the significance of F.R. Leavis to the work of all contemporary theorists and to literature in general, this study is an invaluable guide to one of the core figures in literary and critical theory.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Literary Theory June 2009: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-36416-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36417-1: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01535-3: £55.00

See separate Order Form

Encouraging and preparing readers to approach Freud’s original texts, this guide ensures that readers of all levels will find Freud accessible, challenging and of continued relevance. Routledge Market: Literary Studies June 2009: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47368-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47369-9: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88806-3: £55.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

• practical criticism

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LITERATURE 25 NEW IN PAPERBACK

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Transnationalism and American Literature

Encyclopedia of Feminist Literary Theory

Literary Translation 1773–1892

Edited by Elizabeth Kowaleski Wallace, Boston College, USA ’An essential complement to ... surveys of literary theory.’ – Rettig on Reference

Colleen G. Boggs, Dartmouth College, New Hampshire, USA Series: Routledge Transnational Perspectives on American Literature

This book is the ultimate, essential resource for anyone approaching feminist literary theory. Now available in paperback, this revised edition includes an extended introduction outlining major developments within the field and bringing the coverage of this comprehensive encyclopedia right up to the present day.

’Colleen Boggs wastes no words; every page provokes reflection and re-pays re-reading This is critical comparison at its best: compact, challenging and illuminating.’ – Susan Manning, The University of Edinburgh, UK ’A major contribution to the new, postnational American Studies: sophisticated and original.’ – Dr Jess Edwards, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK What is transnationalism and how does it affect American literature? This book examines nineteenth century contexts of transnationalism, translation and American literature. The discussion of transnationalism largely revolves around the question of what role nationalism plays in the spaces and temporalities of the transatlantic. Boggs demonstrates that the assumption that American literature has become transnational only recently – that there is such a thing as an ’era’ of transnationalism – marks a blindness to the intrinsic transatlanticism of American literature. Routledge Market: Literary Studies / American Studies April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-99989-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94079-2: £70.00

3RD EDITION

Making use of a clear, practical format, The Encyclopedia of Feminist Literary Theory provides overview entries on key people, issues, theories, terms, concerns and approaches in feminist literary theory. Entries are organised around literary periods and fields including ‘medieval studies’, ‘Shakespeare’, and ‘Romanticism’; and provide a concise survey of each subject in the framework of feminist literary theory and feminist concerns. Routledge Market: Literary Theory June 2009: 254x178: 472pp Pb: 978-0-415-99802-4: £29.99

2ND EDITION

American Literary Criticism Since the 1930s Vincent B. Leitch, University of Oklahoma, USA

Doing English

This second edition of Vincent B. Leitch’s classic textbook is fully updated, bringing its comprehensive overview of the development of the American literary academy right up to the present day.

Robert Eaglestone, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK The third edition of this classic book has been up-dated throughout and includes new sections on Shakespeare and film adaptations, ‘disciplinary consciousness’, English after 9/11 and 7/7 and a new chapter on ‘Creative and Critical Rewriting’.

This critical history: • provides an overview of the development of American literary theory and practice within its social, cultural and philosophical backgrounds

This book will: • orientate you, by explaining what you are doing when you ’do English’

• provide you with an overview of major ongoing debates that are crucial to an understanding of the subject • enable you to bridge the gap between ’traditional’ and ’theoretical’ approaches to literature. This lively, useful guide is a must-read for students of English in their final year of secondary education or beginning a degree.

Routledge Market: Literary Studies June 2009: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49673-5: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49674-2: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09185-2: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-28423-3 www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

• includes a new chapter covering developments from the 1980s to the present. Comprehensive and practical, this book is a must-read guide for students of American literary criticism and anyone interested in the development of English Studies in the twentieth century. Selected Contents: Preface Acknowledgements 1. Marxist Criticism in the 1930s 2. The ‘New Criticism’ 3. The Chicago School 4. The New York Intellectuals 5. Myth Criticism 6. Phenomenological and Existential Criticism 7. Hermeneutics 8. Reader-Response Criticism 9. Literary Structuralism and Semiotics 10. Deconstructive Criticism 11. Feminist Criticism 12. Black Aesthetics 13. Leftist Criticism from the 1960s to the 1980s 14. Circumstances of History. Notes. Index April 2009: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-77817-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77818-3: £19.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• equip you for future study, by introducing current ideas in literature, context and interpretation

• outlines major critical movements, presenting clear, useful profiles of their key figures and texts and considering the relationship of influence between theorists

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

26 LITERATURE Fundamental Concepts of Children’s Literature Research

Eighteenth-Century Authorship and the Play of Fiction

The Historical Imagination of G.K. Chesterton

Literary and Sociological Approaches

Novels and the Theater, Haywood to Austen

Locality, Patriotism, and Nationalism

Hans-Heino Ewers, Frankfurt University, Germany

Emily Hodgson Anderson, University of Southern California, USA

Joseph R. McCleary, University of Maryland, USA

Series: Children’s Literature and Culture

Series: Routledge Studies in Eighteenth-Century Literature

Series: Studies in Major Literary Authors

This book provides students and professors with a much-needed new system of categories for a differentiated description of children’s literature, systematically analyzing the field of children’s literature and articulating its key definitions, terms, and concepts.

This book examines eighteenth-century women writers Haywood, Burney, Inchbald, and Edgeworth, who employed artifice as a means of self-expression through their descriptions of heroines, and through their own authorial choices to work between the eighteenth-century genres that advertise artifice: novels and plays.

This study examines a selection of Chesterton’s novels, poetry, and literary criticism and outlines the distinctive philosophy of history that emerges from these writings. Specifically, McCleary contends that Chesterton’s recurring use of the themes of locality, patriotism, and nationalism embodies a distinctive understanding of what gives history its coherence.

Routledge

Market: Literature April 2009: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-99905-2: £60.00

Market: Literature April 2009: 229x152: 177pp Hb: 978-0-415-99175-9: £60.00

Books for Young People in the German Democratic Republic

German Romanticism and Science

Gaby Thomson-Wohlgemuth, University of Surrey, UK

The Procreative Poetics of Goethe, Novalis, and Ritter

The Politics of Humiliation in the Novels of J.M. Coetzee

Series: Children’s Literature and Culture

Jocelyn Holland, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Routledge Market: Literature April 2009: 229x152: 188pp Hb: 978-0-415-80019-8: £60.00

Translation Under State Control

In this book, Gaby Thomson-Wohlgemuth explores the effects of ideology on the English-toGerman translation of children’s literature under the socialist regime of the former German Democratic Republic. Routledge Market: Children’s Literature April 2009: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-99580-1: £65.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Romanticism Situated at the intersection of literature and science, Holland’s study draws upon a diverse corpus of literary and scientific texts that testify to a cultural fascination with procreation around 1800. Through readings from Goethe, Novalis, and Ritter, Holland proposes that each author contributes to a scientifically-informed poetics of procreation. Routledge

Hania A. M. Nashef Series: Studies in Major Literary Authors This study examines what J.M. Coetzee’s novels portray as the circumstances that contribute to the humiliation of the individual — namely the abuse of language, master and slave interplay, aging and senseless waiting — and how these conditions can lead to the alienation and marginalization of the individual. Routledge Market: Literature April 2009: 229x152: 239pp Hb: 978-0-415-99829-1: £60.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Literature April 2009: 229x152: 262pp Hb: 978-0-415-99326-5: £60.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LINGUISTICS 27 STUDENT REFERENCE

The Routledge Companion to English Language Studies Janet Maybin, and Joan Swann, both at The Open University, UK

Language Development Over the Lifespan Kees deBot, Groningen University, the Netherlands and Robert W. Schrauf, Pennsylvania State University, USA Language Development Over the Lifespan is a reference resource for those conducting research on language development and the aging process, and a supplementary textbook for MA courses in applied linguistics / bilinguilism programs (in schools of Education and Liberal Arts) that focus on language attrition/aging and adult literacy development in second languages. It offers an integrative approach to language development that examines changes in language over a lifetime, organized by different theoretical perspectives, which are presented by well-known international scholars.

Series: Routledge Companions The Routledge Companion to English Language Studies is an accessible guide to the major topics, debates and issues in English Language Studies. The collection includes entries written by a team of well-known language specialists who examine a wide range of topics from globalization, to food packaging. This volume provides critical overviews of: • approaches to researching, describing and analysing English • the position of English as a global language • the use of English in texts, practices and discourses • variation and diversity throughout the English-speaking world. Fully cross-referenced throughout and featuring useful definitions of key terms and concepts, this authoritative volume also includes helpful suggestions for further reading. The Routledge Companion to English Language Studies will be of interest to those teaching English or wishing to check, consolidate or update their knowledge, and is essential reading for all students of English Language Studies. Routledge Market: English Language April 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40173-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40338-2: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87895-8: £60.00

Psychology Press Market: Linguistics April 2009: 229x152: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-99853-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6460-1: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88093-7: £75.00

2ND EDITION

World Englishes A Resource Book for Students Jennifer Jenkins, University of Southampton, UK Series: Routledge English Language Introductions World Englishes: This in-depth introduction examines the major historical and sociopolitical developments in world Englishes, from the reign of Queen Elizabeth I to the present day.

Language and Media A Resource Book for Students

• explores current debates in world Englishes from postcolonial America and Africa, Asian Englishes in the Outer Circle, and the teaching and testing of World Englishes

Alan Durant, Middlesex University, UK and Marina Lambrou, Kingston University, UK Series: Routledge English Language Introductions This in-depth introduction to how language interacts with media takes a unique approach by investigating a series of language and discourse categories that cut across different areas of media.

• looks at a wide variety of media types that include: newspapers, radios, news, blogs, emails, marketing taglines, branding and PR.

Routledge Market: English Language and Linguistics / Media / Communication June 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47573-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47574-7: £16.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

• provides classic readings by key names including David Graddol, Ngugi Wa Thiong’o, Alastair Pennycook, and Henry Widdowson. Key features of this new edition include: • extended coverage of English as a Lingua Franca • updated units on Singlish and Estuary English • new readings by David Crystal, Hu Xiao Qiong, and Barbara Seidlhofer • revised activities and discussion points, and updated citations and quotations throughout. Routledge Market: English Language / Linguistics April 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46611-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46612-7: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-25806-7

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• covers four different dimensions of ‘language and media’: the forms of language found in media discourse; how patterns in such language use contribute to recognisable media genres; general issues about media language that follow from such use; and broader social themes and consequences.

• draws on a range of real texts, including articles from the New York Times, emails and transcripts of speech

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

28 ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LINGUISTICS

Critical Readings in Translation Studies

Introducing Applied Linguistics

Edited by Mona Baker, University of Manchester, UK

Susan Hunston and David Oakey, both at University of Birmingham, UK

Critical Readings in Translations Studies is the first book to truly reflect the interdisciplinary nature of the field and provide pointers for the future study of translation. This reader: • covers all the main forms of translation – literary, non-literary, scientific, commercial and audiovisual • explains the key approaches to conceptualizing translation: from textual and philosophical to cultural and political • includes core material from renowned scholars, but also innovative and less wellknown work from scholars both in related disciplines and in the non-western world • contains editorial support for students including section introductions, abstracts for each of the readings and further reading. The most student-friendly volume available, every piece is mediated and put in to context and the thematic structure will enable students to easily select models for analysing material and assignments. Routledge Market: English Language / Linguistics / Translation Studies May 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-46954-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46955-5: £24.99

Concepts and Skills

Aimed at postgraduate students of English language and linguistics, this comprehensive textbook will not only introduce students to the key concepts of applied linguistics, but also supply them with the tools they need to succeed with their work. Split into two halves, the first section covers the key concepts of applied linguistics with chapters from a variety of distinguished and new scholars in the field covering topics such as grammar and discourse, sociolinguistics, second language acquisition, teaching methodology, forensic linguistics and translation. The second section is devoted to the study skills needed for academic writing including how to identify and summarise an argument, the conventions of referencing and how to structure and organise an essay. Routledge Market: English Language / Linguistics / Applied Linguistics May 2009: 246x189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44768-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44767-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87572-8: £65.00

Just A Phrase I’m Going Through My Life in Language

The Future of Language

David Crystal

The Routledge David Crystal Lectures

’David Crystal loves and appreciates every word he speaks, and every word written in this book helps us to understand someone who is not just a great linguist, but a true champion and lover of language.’ – Benjamin Zephaniah

David Crystal

An accompanying book with David’s commentary on the lectures is included within the DVD package. This book supplements the lectures with a glossary of the linguistic terms used and a usage guide for international viewers highlighting and explaining any cultural allusions as well as identifying any unusual pronunciations or words. This is the ideal resource for all English Language and Linguistics university and A-level departments and will be of interest to all students involved with language.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge April 2009: 216x135: 160pp Pack: 978-0-415-48490-9: £99.00

See separate Order Form

At the forefront of the field of linguistics, David Crystal has contributed significantly to its development pioneering many new areas from clinical linguistics to internet linguistics. Now, after a long and hugely successful career, David offers us a special look behind the curtains at this most inspiring of linguistics. A cross between an autobiography and an introductory text, Just a Phrase I’m Going Through is a timely reflection on David’s life as a linguist and answers the question he is most frequently asked these days: ‘How did you become a linguist?’ The response takes the reader on an exciting journey through the field of linguistics through the eyes of this well-known and popular Professor as he presents his life through a linguistic filter. Selected Contents: 1. Being a linguist 3. New worlds 4. Liverpool school 6. Learning, and not learning, about language 8. Surveying 9. Worlds within worlds 10. Becoming professional 11. The sexy subject 13. Choices and consequences 14. Meetings and meetings 15. Looking for remedies 16. Why did you resign? 17. The encyclopedia game 19. Busyness and business Routledge Market: English Language April 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48575-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48574-6: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87849-1: £80.00 CD: 978-0-415-54790-1: £16.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

For the first time The Routledge David Crystal Lectures bring together three of Professor Crystal’s most popular lectures on the future of language. One of the world’s foremost experts on language, and arguably the most accessible and entertaining writer and lecturer on the English language, David delivers these informative and highly enjoyable explorations of key contemporary language issues within today’s social and evolutionary climate: The Future of English, Language Death and Internet Linguistics.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LINGUISTICS 29

Exploring English Grammar

Language in Use

From formal to functional

A Reader

Caroline Coffin, Jim Donohue, and Sarah North, all at The Open University, UK

Patrick Griffiths, Associate Staff Member, York University, UK, Andrew Merrison and Aileen Bloomer, both at York St. John University College, UK

Bridging the gap between traditional and functional grammar this engaging textbook shows students how systemic functional grammar can be enriched by using the tools of the traditional formal approach.

A highly mediated collection of key readings in language and linguistics for introductory students. Designed for use as a companion to Introducing Language in Use, but also highly usable as a stand-alone text, this reader includes:

Using a problem-solving approach, readers explore how grammatical structures function in different real world contexts, including adverts, internet forums and phone calls. With a wide variety of texts and activities throughout, Exploring English Grammar is ideal for upper undergraduate and postgraduate students of English language and linguistics. Selected Contents: 1. From formal to functional grammar 2. Talking about Procedures 3. Describing 4. Talking about the Past 5. Predicting and Hypothesising 6. From Communicative to Systemic Functional Grammar 7. Shaping a Text to Meet Social Purposes: Genre 8. Representing the World 9. Interacting and taking a position 10. Making a Text Flow Routledge Market: English Language / Linguistics / Grammar May 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-47815-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47816-8: £19.99

• 29 seminal papers from authors including Sarah Mills, David Crystal, Norman Fairclough and many others • elaborations on topics covered in introductory textbooks • editorial support for students includes section introductions, a preamble for each of the readings, further reading and suggested activities, essay questions and discussion topics. Language in Use: A Reader takes introductory students beyond the basics and into the wide world of linguistics and applied linguistics. Selected Contents: Part 1: Language and Interaction Part 2: Language Systems Part 3: Language and Society Part 4: Language and Mind Routledge Market: English Language and Linguistics / Introductory Language Studies May 2009: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-44204-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44205-3: £19.99

Rationality and the Literate Mind Roy Harris, University of Oxford, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Communication and Linguistic Theory In this volume, Harris challenges the received mainstream opinion that reason is an intrinsic property of the human mind, and argues that the whole Western conception of rational thought, from Classical Greece down to modern symbolic logic, is a by-product of the way literacy developed in European cultures. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Linguistics / Communication Theory April 2009: 229x152: 172pp Hb: 978-0-415-99901-4: £65.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

30 LANGUAGE LEARNING 2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

Hungarian: An Essential Grammar Intermediate Chinese Carol Rounds, University of Columbia, USA

A Grammar and Workbook

Series: Essential Grammars

Yip Po-Ching, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, and Don Rimmington, University of Leeds, UK

Hungarian: An Essential Grammar is a concise, user-friendly guide to the most important structures of this fascinating language.

Series: Grammar Workbooks Intermediate Chinese is the ideal reference and practice book for students with some knowledge of the language. Each of the 25 units deals with a particular grammatical point and provides associated exercises. Features include:

All students of Hungarian, whether beginners or at intermediate and advanced levels, will welcome its clarity of presentation and jargon-free explanations. It is ideal for those studying independently or following a taught course. Topics include: verbal prefixes; aspect and tense; word-formation mechanisms; vowel harmony; the case system and its uses; and word order. Appendices include the formation of irregular verbs, complete noun declensions and irregular noun patterns. Routledge Market: Language Learning / Hungarian April 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49867-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77737-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88619-9: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22612-7

• clear, accessible format • useful language examples • jargon-free grammar explanations • drills and exercises with full answer key. All Chinese entries are presented in both pinyin romanization and Chinese characters, and are accompanied, in most cases, by English translations to facilitate self-tuition in both the spoken and written language. This new edition also includes a list of vocabulary and a glossary of grammatical terms. Intermediate Chinese reviews the principal elements presented in its sister volume, Basic Chinese, and introduces more complicated structures. The two books form a compendium of the essentials of Chinese grammar. Routledge Market: Foreign Language / Asian Studies April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48630-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48631-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87981-8: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-16039-1

An Introduction to Literary Ottoman Korkut Bugday, Ministry of North Rhine–Westphalia, Germany This represents the first modern introduction to literary Ottoman available in English. The author has devised this textbook to provide a course of lessons, readings and exercises to take the student from beginner to intermediate level. The book features numerous readings taken from historiography, historical, literary, journalistic and legal sources from the 16–20th century.

A Frequency Dictionary of French Core Vocabulary for Learners Deryle Wayne Lonsdale, and Yvon Le Bras, both at Brigham Young University, USA A Frequency Dictionary of French is an invaluable tool for all learners of French, providing a list of the 5000 most frequently used words in the language. Users can access the top 5000 words either through the main frequency listing or through an alphabetical index. Throughout the frequency listing there are thematically-organized lists of the top words from a variety of key topics such as sports, weather, clothing, and family terms.

This will be an essential tool for Ottomanists and other scholars in a broad range of academic disciplines that include Ottoman history and literature, language, art, music and architecture of the former empire. Routledge Market: Language learning / Classical languages June 2009: 246x189: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-49338-3: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49438-0: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81599-5: £125.00

Selected Contents: Thematic Vocabulary Lists. Frequency Index. Alphabetical Index. Part of Speech Index

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Language Learning / French April 2009: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77530-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77531-1: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88304-4: £75.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LANGUAGE LEARNING 31 2ND EDITION

Colloquial Latvian * The Complete Course for Beginners Christopher Moseley, University College London, UK, and Dace Praulin ¸ š, University of Glasgow, UK

The Routledge Introductory Course in Modern Hebrew Hebrew in Israel Giore Etzion, Washington University, St Louis, USA The Routledge Introductory Course in Modern Hebrew is an integrated language course designed for classroom–based learners. Adopting an eclectic approach, the course contains 90 lessons combining authentic texts, grammar explanations, and exercises with audiovisual materials to guide and support the student through the key skills of reading, writing, speaking and listening.

Specially written by an experienced teacher for self-study or class use, the course offers a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Latvian. No prior knowledge of the language is required. By the end of this rewarding course, you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Latvian in a broad range of everyday situations. Selected Contents: Sounds of Latvian 1. At Riga Airport 2. On the Way to Riga 3. In Riga 4. Shopping 5. Country Life 6. A Birthday 7. Midsummer Celebrations 8. A Bus Journey 9. Flats and Houses 10. The Doctor Comes 11. Business Dealings 12. Sport 13. A Bicycle Trip 14. A Dinner 15. A Trip Along the Coast 16. Music and Culture 17. Mass Media 18. Family Roots 19. The Last Days in Latvia 20. Farewell Routledge Market: Language Learning / Latvian June 2009: 216x135: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-45480-3: £16.99 Pack: 978-0-415-45806-1: £33.99 CD: 978-0-415-45807-8: £16.99

The accompanying audio, texts, wordlists, and verb conjugations are freely available on the companion website (www.routledge.com/books/IntroductoryHebrew-Course). An integral part of the course, the website also contains a wealth of additional resources including: • full answer key • interactive exercises • audiovisual verb dictionary • audiovisual lists of prepositions • audiovisual reference charts • checklists and review lessons • videos and music.

2ND EDITION

The Routledge Introductory Course in Modern Hebrew provides everything that students and instructors need for an engaging and effective learning environment.

Colloquial Spanish Untza Otaola Alday Specially written by experienced teachers for self-study or class use, the course offers a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Spanish. No prior knowledge of the language is required.

Routledge Market: Language Learning / Hebrew April 2009: 297x210: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-48417-6: £30.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88327-3: £60.00

What makes this new edition of Colloquial Spanish your best choice in personal language learning? • interactive – lots of exercises for regular practice • clear – concise grammar notes • practical – useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide • complete – including answer key and reference section. By the end of this rewarding course, you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Spanish in a broad range of everyday situations. Selected Contents: 1. Encuentros 2. ¿De dónde eres? 3. ¡Taxi! 4. Direcciones 5. Viajando 6. Comiendo en un restaurante 7. Una visita al médico 8. Buscando piso 9. Al teléfono Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Language Learning Spanish June 2009: 216x135: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-46200-6: £10.99 Pack: 978-0-415-46307-2: £22.99 CD: 978-0-415-46306-5: £12.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-12682-3

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

32 LANGUAGE LEARNING

The Japanese Stage-Step Course Wako Tawa, Professor and Director of the Japanese Programme in the Department of Asian Languages and Civilizations at Amherst College, USA This is a complete language course from beginner to advanced level combining grammar instruction with examples and practices to build a solid foundation in the four key skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. The course includes:

The Grammar Textbook

Workbooks 1 and 2

An understanding of grammar is essential for students aiming to achieve a high level of proficiency in Japanese. Written by an experienced teacher, The Stage-Step Course: Grammar Textbook provides a step-by-step guide to Japanese grammar. With clear, accessible explanations and relevant examples to put each grammatical point into context, the Grammar provides a meaningful framework to develop the key skills of reading, writing, speaking and listening. April 2009: 246x189: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-77605-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88285-6: £55.95

The Workbooks are designed to be used alongside The Grammar Textbook. Workbook 1 corresponds to Stage 1 in the textbook and Workbook 2 to Stages 2 and 3. They contain conversation, listening and reading exercises along with new vocabulary for each lesson in the textbook to enable students to thoroughly practice the grammatical structures they have learnt.

The Writing Practice Book

Additional features include:

Available as an eBook only

• a detailed explanation of vocabulary items

The Writing Practice Book provides a step-by-step guide to writing Kana and Kanji. It is designed to give maximum flexibility to users of The Japanese Stage-Step Course and enables students to learn, practice and perfect their writing skills at their own pace.

• abundant exercises including sentence as well as discourse practices

The book is divided into two parts; the first focuses on Kana and the second on Kanji. There are clear instructions on stroke order followed by tracing exercises and plenty of boxes are provided for additional practice. Kanji are gradually introduced in sets and are accompanied by the Japanese readings, examples of usage and radicals.

• Japanese–English and English–Japanese glossary.

• extensive cross-referencing with The Grammar Textbook

Workbook 1 April 2009: 297x210: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-77606-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88286-3: £45.95

Workbook 2 April 2009: 297x210: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-77611-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88283-2: £49.95

Available from our ebook store: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk April 2009: 297x210 304pp eBook: 978-0-203-88233-7: £22.99

Companion Website

CDs 1 and 2

Go to www.routledge.com/japanese-stage-step-course for more online materials to complement the course.

These contain the audio material for the Workbooks and include dialogues, role play, comprehension exercises as well as introducing new vocabulary.

See separate Order Form

April 2009 CD1: 978-0-415-77603-5 £17.99 CD2: 978-0-415-77789-2 £19.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

The companion website includes: transcripts of the audio files, a Kana chart with instructions on stroke order, Kana and Kanji quizzes, verb rules and verb form quizzes.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

THEATRE & PERFORMANCE 33 2ND EDITION

What is Scenography? Pamela Howard, University of the Arts, London, UK

A2 Drama and Theatre Studies: The Essential Introduction for Edexcel Alan Perks and Jacqueline Porteous

Series: Theatre Concepts

A2 Drama and Theatre Studies builds on the skills developed during the AS year to provide clear and informative guidance to Units 3 and 4 of the specification. The textbook provides further information on rehearsing, performing, directing and textual analysis, together with new material on deconstructing a script, devising theatre and preparing for the final examination. Features of the text include:

Pamela Howard’s What is Scenography? has become a classic text in contemporary theatre design and performance practice. In this second edition, the author expands on her holistic analysis of scenography as comprising space, text, research, art, performers, directors and spectators, to examine the changing nature of scenography in the twenty-first century. The book includes:

• overviews of specification and assessment requirements

• case studies and anecdotes from Howard’s own celebrated career • illustrations of her own recent work, including black and white illustrations throughout and an eight page colour section

• written and practical exercises • in-depth analysis of the three key plays • extension exercises to stretch more able students • worked examples to illustrate best practice

• an updated ’world view’ of scenography, with definitions from the world’s most influential scenographers.

• sources for further study

A direct and personal response to the question of how to define scenography by one of the world’s leading practitioners, What is Scenography? continues to shape the work of visual theatremakers throughout the world.

Written by the Chief Examiner and a Principal Moderator, the A2 and AS Drama and Theatre Studies texts ensure that students reach their maximum potential in achieving A-level success.

Routledge Market: Theatre Studies June 2009: 246x174: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-47313-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47320-0: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-10085-4

• a glossary of useful words and terms.

Routledge Market: Drama / Theatre Studies May 2009: 276x219: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43660-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43661-8: £17.99

2ND EDITION

Body Voice Imagination

Auditions

Actor Training Inspired by Chekhov

A Practical Guide

David Zinder

Richard Evans

David Zinder’s Body Voice Imagination is written by one of the master teachers of Michael Chekhov’s actor training techniques. It is a course of exercises that strengthen the link between the basic tools of voice and body and the limitless potential of the actor’s imagination. Through these exercises, actors can harness their creative expressivity.

Auditions are an integral part of every performer’s life, from drama school to a successful career in an overcrowded industry. Auditions: A Practical Guide offers crucial advice to maximise success before, during and after each audition. From camera to casting couch, this book is an indispensable read for every performer.

This new edition has been fully updated, with revisions and new material: • an detailed description, with exercises, of ImageWork’s connection with The Chekhov Technique • updated exercises, reflecting developments in David Zinder’s own ImageWork Training

Routledge Market: Theatre / Performance May 2009: 198x129: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47034-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47035-3: £14.99

• a new chapter, bridging the gap between training and performance. Body Voice Imagination develops both a comprehensive physical training system and an emphasis on practical character work. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Acting / Performance May 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46197-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46198-6: £16.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-87830-151-5

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

34 THEATRE & PERFORMANCE

Contemporary Choreography

The Frantic Assembly Book of Devising Theatre

A Critical Reader Edited by J. Butterworth, Fontys Dansacademie, and Liesbeth Wildschut, Utrecht University, the Netherlands

Scott Graham and Steven Hoggett Acclaimed by audiences and critics for their highly innovative and adventurous theatre, Frantic Assembly have created playful, intelligent and dynamic productions for over 14 years. Written by artistic directors Scott Graham and Steven Hoggett, The Frantic Assembly Book of Devising Theatre is the first book to reflect on the history and practice of this remarkable company, and includes:

This innovative text provides a range of articles covering choreographic enquiry, traditional understandings of dance-making and investigation and research into the creative process. Including contributions by practitioners and researchers from Europe, America, Africa, Australasia and the Asia-Pacific region, this reader investigates choreography in six broad domains:

• practical exercises

• conceptual and philosophic concerns

• essays on film, music and physical theatre

• educational settings

• inspiration for devising, writing and choreographing performance

• communities

• suggestions for scene development

• changing aesthetics

• an anthology of Frantic Assembly productions

• intercultural choreography

• an eight page colour section, and illustrations throughout.

• choreography’s relationships with other disciplines. By providing a reference work that captures the essence and progress of choreography in the twenty-first century, Contemporary Choreography: A Critical Reader supports and encourages rigorous thinking and research for future generations of dance artist practitioners and scholars. Routledge Market: Dance June 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-49086-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49087-0: £19.99

Accompanied by a companion website featuring clips of rehearsals and performances, this intimate and personal account offers an accessible, educational and indispensable introduction to the evolution and success of Frantic Assembly. Routledge Market: Drama / Theatre Studies April 2009: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-46536-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46760-5: £16.99

The Decroux Sourcebook Edited by Thomas Leabhart, Pomona College, California, USA and Franc Chamberlain The first point of reference for primary material on Etienne Decroux, the father of ’corporeal mime’ and pioneer of body training. This sourcebook combines primary material by Decroux himself with seminal critical texts.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Drama / Theatre Studies April 2009: 216x138: 210pp Pb: 978-0-415-47800-7: £17.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MUSIC 35 2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

Focus: Music of Northeast Brazil

Handmade Electronic Music

Larry Crook, University of Florida, USA

The Art of Hardware Hacking

Focus: Music of Northeast Brazil examines the historical and contemporary manifestations of the music of Brazil, a country with a musical landscape that is layered with complexity and diversity. Based on the author’s field research during the past twenty years, the book describes and analyzes the social/historical contexts and contemporary musical practices of Afro-Brazilian religion, selected Carnival traditions, Bahia’s black cultural renaissance, the traditions of rural migrants, and popular music. Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Music in Brazil. Brazil: A Country Divided. Brazilian Music in Focus: A History of Hybridity Part 2: Creating Music in Brazil. Afro-Brazilian Musical Traditions: Candomblé, Afoxé, and Maracatu Part 3: Focusing In: Intimate Portraits and the Reinvention of Brazilian Music. Two Case Studies from the Northeast: Banda de Pífanos and Cantoria de Viola Routledge Market: Ethnomusicology April 2009: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-96065-6: £21.99

Nicolas Collins, The School of the Art Institute of Chicago, Illinois, USA Hardware hacking – modifying electronics for artistic purposes – has produced a steadily growing and enthusiastic subculture of tinkerers, mixed media artists, and experimental musicians. Handmade Electronic Music introduces the concepts and skills used in designing musical instruments from existing electronics and building circuits from scratch. This revised and expanded second edition includes a DVD with projects by artists around the world as well as the author’s own works. Further enhancements include additional projects, diagrams, and illustrations. Selected Contents: Part 1: Starting. The Seven Basic Rules of Hacking. Part 2: Listening. Circuit Sniffing. How to Solder. How to Make a Contact Mike. Part 3: Touching. Finding the Clock Circuit in Toys. Part 4: Building. How to Solder Up Your First Homemade Circuit. Part 5: Looking. LCD Art. Part 6: Finishing. A Little Power Amplifier Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Music and Electronics April 2009: 254x178: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-99609-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99873-4: £17.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-97592-6

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

PRIMARY EDUCATION STUDIES

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. Jumpstart! Literacy

2ND EDITION

Key Stage 2/3 Literacy Games Pie Corbett, Professional Writer and Poet

The Really Useful Literacy Book

2004: 216x140: 160pp Pb: 978-1-84312-102-2: £11.99

Being Creative with Literacy in the Primary Classroom Tony Martin, Chira Lovat, and Glynis Purnell, all at St Martin’s College, UK 2008: 297x210: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-43165-1: £18.99

2. Learning to Teach in the Primary School

2ND EDITION

Teaching English, Language and Literacy

Edited by James Arthur, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK, Teresa Cremin, The Open University, UK and David Wray, University of Warwick, UK

Dominic Wyse, University of Cambridge, UK and Russell Jones, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

2006: 246x189: 488pp Pb: 978-0-415-35928-3: £21.99

2007: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-39980-7: £18.99

8. Jumpstart! Numeracy

How to Teach Fiction Writing at Key Stage 2

Maths Activities and Games for Ages 5-14

Pie Corbett, Professional Writer and Poet

John Taylor, Education Walsall, UK

2001: 80pp Pb: 978-1-85346-833-9: £16.99

2004: 210x148: 96pp Pb: 978-1-84312-264-7: £11.99

9. 4TH EDITION

4TH EDITION

The Teaching of Science in Primary Schools

Foundations of Primary Teaching

Wynne Harlen OBE, University of Bristol, UK and Anne Qualter, University of Liverpool, UK

Denis Hayes, University of Plymouth, UK 2008: 246x189: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-45232-8: £20.99

2006: 246x189: 304pp Pb: 978-1-84312-132-9: £19.99

10.

5. 3RD EDITION

The Really Useful Science Book A Framework of Knowledge for Primary Teachers Steve Farrow, formerly of the University of Durham, UK 2006: 297x210: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-38593-0: £19.99

How to Teach Story Writing at Key Stage 1 Pie Corbett, Professional Writer and Poet 2003: 279x216: 112pp Pb: 978-1-85346-916-9: £16.99

EARLY YEARS & CHILDHOOD STUDIES 37

Critical Multicultural Analysis of Children’s Literature

Developing Attachment in Early Years Settings

Mirrors, Windows, and Doors

Nurturing Secure Relationships from Birth to Five Years

Maria José Botelho, and Masha Kabakow Rudman, both at the University of Massachusetts Amherst, USA

Veronica Read, Educational Consultant and Group Analyst Attachment Thinking in Early Years Settings is about how you can help yourself to prepare for the care of individual babies and children in your settings. This highly practical book offers an interpretation of the Early Years Foundation Stage infused with ways of implementing attachment principles in practice. It explains the importance of emotional ‘holding’ and the nurturing of individual relationships within group child care. This book will help readers develop an understanding of how to:

Series: Language, Culture, and Teaching Series Critical multicultural analysis provides a philosophical shift for teaching literature, constructing curriculum, and taking up issues of diversity and social justice. It problematizes children’s literature, offers a way of reading power, explores the complex web of sociopolitical relations, and deconstructs taken-for-granted assumptions about language, meaning, reading, and literature: It is literary study as sociopolitcal change. Bringing a critical lens to the study of multiculturalism in children’s literature, this book prepares teachers, teacher educators, and researchers of children’s literature to analyze the ideological dimensions of reading and studying literature. Each chapter includes recommendations for classroom application, classroom research, and further reading. Helpful end-of-book appendixes include a list of children’s book awards, lists of publishers, diagrams of the power continuum and the theoretical framework of critical multicultural analysis, and lists of selected children’s literature journals and online resources. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-99666-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-3711-7: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88320-8: £75.00

• create a secure base for key children • facilitate secure attachments from the beginning. Each chapter includes a personal reflection exercise and ‘What you can do?’ section, offering suggestions for daily practice. This book forms essential reading for both practitioners and students looking for guidance on how nurture secondary attachment relationships in group care settings. David Fulton Publishers Market: Early Years / Education June 2009: 234x156: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-49163-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49164-8: £16.99

Family Factors And The Educational Success Of Children

Bullying & Young Children

Edited by William Jeynes, California State University, Long Beach, USA

Understanding the Issues and Tackling the Problem

This book addresses a wide range of family variables and a diverse array of family situations in order to understand the dynamics of the multifaceted relationship between family realities and educational outcomes of children.

Christine Macintyre, Independent Early Years Consultant, University of Edinburgh, UK What is it that makes some children bully and some become victims? What can you do if despite your best efforts, a child keeps on taunting another? What steps can you take before communicating with parents and what will you say? Christine Macintyre explores this highly emotive topic, asking why as many as one in 12 school children are bullying victims, and shows in a highly practical way, what can be done to support children and help staff improve their own practice. Based on case studies giving first hand accounts of real-life situations, and evaluations of strategies that have been tried and tested, this book suggests fresh and inspiring ways of tackling a problem faced by many practitioners today.

This book was published as a special issue of Marriage and Family Review.

Routledge Market: Elementary Education / Educational Theory May 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3761-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3762-6: £22.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Education / Behaviour Management April 2009: 297x210: 112pp Pb: 978-0-415-48496-1: £16.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

38 EARLY YEARS & CHILDHOOD STUDIES

Learning for Themselves

Learning Through Talk

Pathways for Thinking and Independent Learning in the Primary Classroom

Developing Learning Dialogues in the Primary Classroom

Kath Murdoch, and Jeni Wilson, both at University of Melbourne, Australia

Lizzie Smart, University of Chichester, UK, and Heather Luxford, Advanced Skills Teacher for Creativity and Thinking Skills, UK Learning Through Talk is a practical handbook designed to help teachers and others working with 5 to 12 year olds develop some of the key skills that enable pupils to use talk effectively to develop their thinking and learning across the curriculum. Encouraging the creation of independent learners, the book provides a series of motivating and exciting workshop activities, with accompanying photocopiable resources that develop the essential skills of participation, collaboration, building and extending contributions, making challenges and reaching consensus.

In a world of rapidly changing knowledge requiring new and transferable skills, classrooms are increasingly being viewed as places where students learn how to learn. Central to this objective is developing students’ capacity to work independently and manage themselves as learners. Learning for Themselves: Pathways to Independence in the Classroom offers teachers a repertoire of effective strategies and frameworks to nurture independent learning. The chapters are organised into four broad areas: • learning preferences

This book is an invaluable resource for both trainee and practising teachers working with children to improve their learning through talk. The assessment and evaluation activities in the book are supported by video examples downloadable from the companion website.

• thinking • inquiry • personal challenges.

David Fulton Publishers Market: Education / Primary June 2009: 297x210: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-48521-0: £22.99

David Fulton Publishers Market: Education / Thinking Skills April 2009: 297x210: 136pp Pb: 978-0-415-48699-6: £19.99

3RD EDITION

2ND EDITION

Planning for Children’s Play and Learning

Understanding the Reggio Approach

Meeting Children’s Needs in the Later Stages of EYFS

Early Years Education in Practice Pat Brunton, Educational Consultant and Linda Thornton, Educational Consultant, UK

Jane Drake, Lead Children’s Centre Teacher, Leeds, UK Updated in line with current policy and practice, this new edition fully reflects the Early Years Foundation Stage themes, principles, commitments and guidance and recognises the importance of play as a context for teaching, learning and assessment. With explicit links to the EYFS learning and development grids and the early learning goals, it includes practical guidance and ideas on:

Understanding the Reggio Approach is a much needed source of information for those wishing to extend and consolidate their understanding of the Reggio Approach. Now in its second edition and fully updated with the latest developments, including the Early Years Foundation Stage, the book includes:

• creating stimulating learning environments indoors and out

• a new chapter on creativity • examples from infant-toddler centres and preschools • detailed explanation of the themes and principles of the new EYFS which now reflect the principles and values of the Reggio Approach directly. Written to support the work of all those in the field of early education and childcare, this is a vital text for students, early years and childcare practitioners, teachers, Early Years Professionals, Children’s Centre professionals, lecturers, advisory teachers and setting managers.

See separate Order Form

• responding to children’s individual interests and supporting personalised learning • observational practice • developing genuine partnerships with parents and learning links with home. This is a key text for all practitioners working with children in the later stages of the Early Years Foundation Stage. David Fulton Publishers Market: Education / Early Years April 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48593-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48597-5: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-151-0

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

David Fulton Publishers Market: Education / Early Years May 2009: 246x174: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-48247-9: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-241-8

• planning exciting focus activities and experiences

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

TEACHING AND LEARNING 39

Controversy in the Classroom

Improving Working as Learning

The Democratic Power of Discussion Diana E. Hess, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA

Alan Felstead, University of Cardiff, UK, Alison Fuller, Southampton University, UK, Nick Jewson, Cardiff University, UK, and Lorna Unwin, University of London, UK

Series: Critical Social Thought

Series: Improving Learning

In a conservative educational climate that is dominated by policies like No Child Left Behind, one of the most serious effects has been for educators to worry about the politics of what they are teaching and how they are teaching it. As a result, many dedicated teachers choose to avoid controversial issues altogether in preference for ’safe’ knowledge and ’safe’ teaching practices. Diana Hess interrupts this dangerous trend by providing readers a spirited and detailed argument for why curricula and teaching based on controversial issues are truly crucial at this time. Through rich empirical research from real classrooms throughout the nation, she demonstrates why schools have the potential to be particularly powerful sites for democratic education. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-96228-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96229-2: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87888-0: £70.00

Interest in learning at work has captured the attention of many people around the world, often taking centre stage in policy debates. This book is about the everyday learning that goes on in workplaces – ranging from offices, factories and shops to gyms, health centres and universities. Each chapter presents evidence – taken from both private and public sectors – to illustrate how employers, researchers and policy-makers can: • improve the conditions for nurturing and sustaining learning at work • build appropriate workforce development plans within given constraints • recognize that the creation and use of knowledge is widely distributed • mobilize existing workplace resources to support learning. This topical book will appeal to an international readership of undergraduate and postgraduate students, vocational teachers and trainers, human resource professionals, policy-makers, and researchers.

The English Teacher in Global Civil Society Barbara M. Birch, California State University, USA Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series English language teachers and learners are located in the global civil society — an international network of civil organizations and NGOs related to human rights, the environment, and sustainable peace. English, with its special role as an international language, is a major tool for communication within this network. This book provides information, analysis, and techniques to help teachers around the world promote reconciliation and sustainable peace, globally and locally. Balancing, in a readable and accessible way, cultural diffusion and resistance, theory and practice, outsider and insider perspectives, the expert role and the apprentice role, and prescriptive and elicitive methods, it offers an alternative to literature about critical applied linguistics, globalization, and peace education that is simply too complex and wordy to spread easily from theoretician to the classroom teacher. Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99448-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99449-1: £15.99

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49645-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49646-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87795-1: £75.00

Literacy Development with English Learners ‘This research-based book addresses the fundamentals of a high-quality ELL program and provides the reader with best practices to follow ... This book will be an excellent text for preservice teachers preparing to instruct the diverse student population that is now the norm in most districts nationwide.’ – Lori Henry, English Language Learner Curriculum, Minnesota Public Schools, USA An indispensable course text and practitioner resource, this teacher-friendly book puts the needs of English Language Learners (ELLs) front and center. Leading authorities connect current research to effective instructional practices for elementary students with varying degrees of English proficiency. Key components of literacy instruction are addressed, including phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension. Chapters also explore how linguistic, sociocultural, psychological, and educational factors shape ELL literacy development, highlighting practical implications for the classroom.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 432pp Hb: 978-1-60623-243-9: £37.50 Pb: 978-1-60623-242-2: £21.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

40 TEACHING AND LEARNING

Jumpstart! Drama

Leading Learning *

Games and Activities for Ages 5–11

Process, Themes and Issues in International Contexts

Teresa Cremin, The Open University, UK, Roger McDonald, Deputy Headteacher, Saxon Way Primary School, Kent, UK, Emma Goff, Deputy Headteacher, Wrotham Road Primary School, Kent, UK, and Louise Blakemore, Gordon Road Junior School, Kent, UK

Tom O’Donoghue, and Simon Clarke, both at University of Western Australia, Australia Series: Leadership for Learning Series Enhancing learning by empowering all stakeholders within educational institutions increasingly underpins theoretical and conceptual frameworks in the field of educational leadership and management. This book draws on the key and developing notion of ’distributed leadership’ and focuses on the relationship between leadership and learning.

Series: Jumpstart! Jumpstart! Drama contains more than 40 engaging, practical, easy-to-do and highly motivating drama activities which will appeal to busy primary teachers who wish to enliven their practice and make more use of drama in line with the Framework for Literacy. All the activities connect to well-known texts, which are popular in primary classrooms, and the conventions described can be used in a variety of subjects, suiting a wide range of learning styles. Ideal for busy primary teachers who wish to encourage their pupils in drama, Jumpstart! Drama will help teachers to use literary and non fiction texts in a dramatic and motivating manner. David Fulton Publishers Market: Education April 2009: 210x148: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-48248-6: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87825-5: £23.99

It guides critically examines a number of lifelong learning issues, including: world-wide concepts of leadership; and learning; teachers and learning; learners and learning; inclusive learning; valuing learning: whole institutional learning cultures. Leading Learning will appeal to students on Masters and Doctoral courses in education leadership and management; those undertaking programmes of training and development, such as NPQH, HEADLAMP and LPSH; school and college leaders; academics and researchers in the field. Routledge Market: Education June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-33612-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33613-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87696-1: £75.00

Jumpstart! Science Games and Activities for Ages 5–11

Move On Maths Ages 9–11

Rosemary Feasey, Freelance Science Consultant and Author

50+ Flexible Maths Activities

Series: Jumpstart!

John Taylor, Education Walsall, UK Jumpstart! Science provides teachers with a range of lively short, fun activities and games to support teaching and learning in different aspects of the science curriculum at Key Stages 1 and 2. It encourages teachers to develop creative approaches to motivating and engaging children in science. The activities are aimed at a number of areas of science from learning scientific words to recalling information and problem solving.

Practical, easy-to-do and highly motivating, the science ‘jumpstarts’ will appeal to busy primary teachers who wish to enliven their practice and add creativity to their science teaching.

See separate Order Form

Move on Maths! offers versatile, tried and tested maths resources for 9–11 years for you to use in the way that is most suitable for your pupils. The units give you flexible ideas, rather then prescriptive lessons and support the Renewed Primary Framework for mathematics. The PNS Framework objectives are clearly shown for every sheet, followed by unit learning outcomes, so it’s easy to choose the right worksheet to suit you and your children’s needs. Containing more than fifty stand-alone photocopiable units in four strands to be used in class or as homework tasks, complete with teachers’ notes and answers to help your planning, this book is ideal for busy teachers. David Fulton Publishers Market: Primary Education May 2009: 297x210: 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-47154-1: £22.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

David Fulton Publishers Market: Primary Education April 2009: 210x148: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-48212-7: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88036-4: £23.99

Series: Move on Maths!

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

TEACHING AND LEARNING 41 5TH EDITION

3RD EDITION

Learning to Teach in the Secondary School

Learning to Teach English in the Secondary School

A Companion to School Experience

Edited by Susan Capel, and Marilyn Leask, both at Brunel University, UK, and Tony Turner, Formerly of Institute of Education, University of London, UK

Edited by Jon Davison and Jane Dowson, De Montfort University, UK Series: Learning to Teach in the Secondary School Series

Series: Learning to Teach in the Secondary School Series

This best-selling textbook combines theory and practice to present a broad introduction to the opportunities and challenges of teaching English in secondary school classrooms.

A sound and practical introduction to the skills needed to qualify as a teacher, Learning to Teach in the Secondary School is designed to help develop the qualities that lead to good practice and a successful future in education. Updated to incorporate changes to government legislation this edition takes account of the 2007 QTS Standards. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Becoming a Teacher 2. Beginning to Teach 3. Classroom Interactions and Managing Pupils 4. Pupil Differences 5. Helping Pupils Learn 6. Assessment 7. The School, Curriculum and Society 8. Your Professional Development 9. And Finally Routledge Market: Secondary Education April 2009: 246x189: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-49532-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47872-4: £23.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-36392-1

2ND EDITION

Learning to Teach Citizenship in the Secondary School Edited by Liam Gearon, Roehampton University, UK Series: Learning to Teach in the Secondary School Series Citizenship is a wide-ranging subject that can be taught in its own right, or through other curriculum subjects and activities. This fully updated new edition is intended for students training to teach Citizenship as a first or second subject, as well as experienced teachers who have opted to take responsibility for this exciting subject.

Chapters present a broad range of effective, innovative approaches to teaching such crucial areas as: • reading and writing, speaking and listening • drama • media studies and information and communications technology • grammar, poetry and language study • Shakespeare • post-16 English language and literature. Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-49165-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49166-2: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30676-8

Contemporary Perspectives on Reading and Spelling Clare Wood, University of Coventry, UK, and Vincent Connelly, Oxford University, UK Series: New Perspectives on Learning and Instruction With contributions from leading international researchers, Contemporary Perspectives on Reading and Spelling offers a critique of current thinking on the research literature into reading, reading comprehension and writing. Each paper in this volume provides an account of empirical research that challenges aspects of accepted models and widely accepted theories about reading and spelling.

Written in a clear and practical way, yet underpinned by a sound theoretical background, the book covers key themes in Citizenship education, including: • citizenship in the National Curriculum • citizenship and pastoral care • special educational needs • developing schemes of work • ways of teaching and learning.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge Market: Education / Literacy May 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49716-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49717-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87783-8: £80.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Secondary Education June 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49905-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48029-1: £23.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-27674-0

Opening up the existing debates, and incorporating psychological theory and the politics surrounding the teaching and learning of reading and spelling, this edited collection offers some challenging points for reflection about how the discipline of psychology as a whole approaches the study of written language skills.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

42 TEACHING AND LEARNING

Transformation of Knowledge Through Classroom Interaction Edited by Baruch Schwarz, The Hebrew University, Israel, Tommy Dreyfus, Tel Aviv University, Israel and Rina Hershkowitz, Weizmann Institute of Science, Israel

2ND EDITION

Exemplary Literacy Teachers What Schools Can Do to Promote Success for All Students Cathy Collins Block, Texas Christian University, USA, and John N. Mangieri, Executive Director of the Institute for Literacy Enhancement, North Carolina, USA

Series: New Perspectives on Learning and Instruction Classrooms provide extremely varied settings and styles through which learning may take place: including teacher-led conversations, small group discussions, through individual problem solving or with Computer Supported Collaborative Learning (CSCL). Transformation of Knowledge through Classroom Interaction examines and evaluates different ways which have been used to support students learning in classrooms, using mathematics and science as a model to examine how different types of interactions contribute to students’ participation in classroom activity, and their understanding of concepts and their practical applications. Routledge Market: Educational Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49224-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49225-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87927-6: £80.00

A Practical Guide to Teaching Music in the Secondary School Edited by Julie Evans, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK, and Chris Philpott, University of Greenwich, UK

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’Both veteran and beginning teachers can learn from their successes and move towards more effective instruction with this book ... The suggestions are practical and proven; the authors have based their work on decades of research and observation of effective teaching. Reading this book will help you make immediate improvements in your teaching of reading!’ – Drew Tuck, Keshequa Elementary School, New York, USA Based on a widely cited study of exemplary teachers, this accessible book illuminates the instructional techniques and behaviours that result in the most significant achievement gains at each grade level. It guides teachers in assessing their strengths and building their skills within six key domains of literacy instruction that are directly linked to student success. Guilford Press Market: Literacy May 2009: 246x174: 264pp Hb: 978-1-60623-236-1: £34.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-235-4: £18.95 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-891-6

2ND EDITION

Explaining Reading A Resource for Teaching Concepts, Skills and Strategies

Written to accompany the successful textbook Learning to Teach Music in the Secondary School, this book focuses of teaching music musically, exploring musical learning through placing pupils at the centre of a musical experience Considering the revised KS3 curriculum and the 14–19 agenda in music, it seeks to broaden the perspectives of music teachers through engaging with collaborative practice, transitions and cross-curricular work. Key issues explored include:

Gerald G. Duffy, University of North Carolina, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’Duffy has done it again! This second edition improves on a classic, making critical ideas clearer and providing even more information for teachers who want to learn how to teach reading more effectively and explicitly.’ – Richard L. Allington, University of Tennessee, USA This bestselling teacher resource and widely adopted text demonstrates the ’whats,’ ’whys,’ and ’how-tos’ of explicit reading instruction for struggling K–8 learners. The book describes 23 skills and strategies associated with vocabulary, comprehension, word recognition, and fluency. Ways to explain each skill or strategy are illustrated in real-world examples that teachers can use as starting points for their own lessons. Retaining the straight-talking style that made the prior edition so popular, the second edition has been revised and updated to reflect reader feedback and the latest research.

• personalising musical learning for children • teaching creatively and promoting creativity in your pupils • innovative approaches to ICT in the classroom • musical collaboration with other adults • assessment for learning in music. Using practical examples and tasks to encourage and develop practice, the book is an invaluable resource for those involved in teaching music seeking to develop their practical and theoretical understanding of the practice.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Education / Secondary Music April 2009: 297x210: 104pp Pb: 978-0-415-48258-5: £18.99 eBook: 978-203-87799-9: £35.99

See separate Order Form

Guilford Press Market: Literacy April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-60623-076-3: £34.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-075-6: £18.95 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-877-0

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Series: Routledge Teaching Guides

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

TEACHING AND LEARNING 43

Learning to Write with Purpose

Teaching By Numbers

Effective Instruction in Grades 4–8

Deconstructing the Discourse of Standards and Accountability in Education

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’This invaluable resource advances and illustrates a well-researched perspective: that learning to write happens most effectively when embedded in purposeful communication ... The book’s attention to genre as a cornerstone of writing instruction is especially worthwhile.’ – Mary M. Juzwik, Michigan State University, USA Communicating ideas and information is what makes writing meaningful – yet many upper elementary and middle school students write in a vacuum, without considering the aims of their writing or the needs of their readers. This highly informative, teacher-friendly book presents a fresh perspective on writing instruction along with practical methods for the classroom. Teachers learn ways to promote the skills and strategies needed to write and revise effectively in a range of genres: personal narratives, fiction and poetry; persuasive, explanatory, and ’how-to’ writing; and writing for high-stakes tests. Guilford Press Market: Literacy May 2009: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-60623-126-5: £34.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-125-8: £17.95

Literacy Growth for Every Child Differentiated Small Group Instruction K–6 Diane Lapp, Douglas Fisher, both at San Diego State University, California, USA, and Thomas DeVere Wolsey, Walden University, Minnesota, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’This book is a paragon of step-by-step guidance on every aspect of practice. The strength of the work is its research-based approach, as well as extremely helpful charts, diagrams, and worksheets. This book demonstrates what children can achieve when teaching is organized, standards based, and carefully planned.’ – Jerry L. Parks, Georgetown Middle School, Kentucky, USA This research-based guide is packed with ideas about how to structure literacy lessons that incorporate both collaborative and needs-based smallgroup instruction in order to help all students succeed. The authors explain how to use assessment to group students appropriately and how to develop whole-class instruction that leads to productive work in groups. Each chapter details engaging activities that will improve speaking, listening, writing, reading, and technology skills for diverse students, including English language learners.

Guilford Press Market: Literacy April 2009: 267x198: 190pp Pb: 978-1-60623-068-8: £18.95 www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Peter Taubman, Brooklyn College, New York, USA Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series The transformation in the field of education that is occurring under the twin banners of ’standards’ and ’accountability’ has materially affected every aspect of schooling, teaching, and teacher education in the United States. The terms in which teaching and teacher education are now discussed emanate from neo-liberal economic policies, corporate business practices, neo-conservative social agendas, and cognitive and behavioural psychology. The fact that leading educational organizations have embraced this current transformation suggests how even progressive impulses and aspirations have been appropriated, re-formed, and aligned with educational policies and practices that were once seen as inimical to those very impulses and aspirations. This book offers interdisciplinary ways to understand the educational reforms underway in urban education, teaching, and teacher education, and their impact on what it means to teach. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-96273-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96274-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87951-5: £75.00

Culturally Responsive Mathematics Education Brian Greer, and Swapna Mukhopadhyay, both at Portland State University, USA, Sharon Nelson-Barber, WestEd, USA, and Arthur B. Powell, Rutgers University, USA Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series At a time of rapid demographic change and amidst the many educational challenges facing the USA, this critical new collection presents mathematics education from a culturally responsive perspective. It tackles crucial issues of teaching mathematics to an ethnically diverse school population, including the political dimension of mathematics education within the context of governmental efforts to improve achievement in school mathematics. Culturally Responsive Mathematics Education moves beyond a point of view that is internal to mathematics education as a discipline, and instead offers a broad perspective of mathematics as a significant, liberating intellectual force in our society. This volume contains contributions from leading teachers, researchers, scholars, and activists who have been working to reorient mathematics education in ways that reflect mathematics education as accomplished, first and foremost, through human interactions. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 416pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6263-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6264-5: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87994-8: £60.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Karen Kuelthau Allan, Mary C. McMackin, Erika Thulin Dawes, and Stephanie A. Spadorcia, all at the Lesley University School of Education, Massachusetts, USA

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

44 TEACHING AND LEARNING

Mathematics Teaching, Learning and Liberation in the Lives of Black Children Danny Martin, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

Action Learning in Schools Peter Aubusson, University of Technology Sydney, Australia, Stephen Dinham, University of Wollongong, Australia, Robyn Ewing, University of Sydney, Australia, and Garry Hoban, University of Wollongong, Australia Action learning has been a common professional development in business organizations, and is now becoming increasingly popular in school and university settings. This book takes the reader through key concepts that illustrate action learning as a dynamic interaction of professional learning, community, leadership and change. Bringing together more than a decade of research, it includes projects conducted by the authors and studies of school based action research conducted by teams of teachers.

Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series With issues of equity at the forefront of mathematics education research and policy, Mathematics Teaching, Learning, and Liberation in the Lives of Black Children fills the need for authoritative, rigorous scholarship that sheds light on the ways that young black learners experience mathematics in schools and their communities. This timely collection significantly extends the knowledge base on mathematics teaching, learning, participation, and policy for black children and it provides new framings of relevant issues that researchers can use in future work. More importantly, this book helps move the field beyond analyzes that continue to focus on and normalize failure by giving primacy to the stories that black learners tell about themselves and to the voices of mathematics educators whose work has demonstrated a commitment to the success of these children. Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 229x152: 416pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6463-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6464-9: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87770-8: £85.00

Action Learning in Schools provides practical advice on when, how and why to initiate and sustain action learning. It gives insights into theories of cooperation, leadership and community formation that will inform individual projects and larger, scaled-up innovations. It will appeal to teacher educators, teachers, student teachers as well as school and education system managers keen to enhance education. Routledge Market: Education June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47514-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47515-0: £22.99

Applied Behavior Analysis for Effective Teaching

Teaching and Learning Proof Across the Grades

Julie Vargas, B.F. Skinner Foundation, USA Modern teachers increasingly encounter students who enter their classroom with low motivation, learning problems, or disruptive behavior. The mission of this book is to provide teachers and other human service professionals with the tools to teach more effectively without using the punitive methods that are too often part of educational practices. At the same time, the book explains the behavioral science behind these practices.

Despina A. Stylianou, City College, The City University of New York, USA, Maria L. Blanton, University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth, USA, and Eric J. Knuth, University of Wisconsin, USA Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-98984-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88200-9: £70.00

See separate Order Form

This text is intended for undergraduate and graduate students in teacher education, special education, physical education, and educational psychology. The book is also appropriate for students in school psychology, school counseling, school social work and other human service areas. A course using this book as its basic text would qualify for the credentialling exams given by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-99007-3: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99008-0: £45.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87980-1: £105.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

This important new collection provides a much-needed forum for mathematics educators to articulate a connected K–16 ’story’ of proof. Such a story includes understanding how the forms of proof, including the nature of argumentation and justification as well as what counts as proof, evolve chronologically and cognitively and how curricula and instruction can support the development of students’ understanding of proof. By building and extending on existing research and by allowing a variety of voices from the field to be heard, Teaching and Learning Proof Across the Grades not only highlights the main ideas that have recently emerged on proof research, but also defines an agenda for future study.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

TEACHING AND LEARNING 45

Creative Dialogues Talk for Thinking

Creative English, Creative Curriculum

Robert Fisher, Brunel University, UK

Practical, Fresh Approaches for Key Stage 2

Creative Dialogues is an essential guide to dialogic learning for every undergraduate, trainee and practising teacher. Emphasising how research into teaching creativity and dialogue can be implemented in the classroom and presenting practical ideas to help pupils become more creative and promote effectiveness in speaking and listening, it will appeal to anyone interested in children’s thinking and learning. Key features include:

Paul Gardner, University of Bedfordshire, UK Combining theory with practical examples, Creative English, Creative Curriculum enthuses and stimulates the reader to be adventurous in their teaching. Reflecting on the emphasis on speaking and listening in the primary curriculum, and reviewing the curriculum changes over the past 20–30 years, the book considers the integration of English with other subjects to create a thematic approach to teaching and learning.

• 100+ activities for stimulating talk with children of all ages and abilities • using dialogue to support assessment for learning • developing listening skills and concentration. David Fulton Publishers Market: Education / Creativity / Talk June 2009: 246x189: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-49726-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49727-5: £19.99

Providing practical examples throughout relating to film and drama in the curriculum, this book is a must read for all practising and student teachers looking to innovate and be creative in their English teaching. David Fulton Publishers Market: Primary Education June 2009: 246x174: 144PP Hb: 978-0-415-48522-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46685-1: £18.99

2ND EDITION

Developments in Educational Psychology * How Far Have We Come in Twenty Five Years? Edited by Kevin Wheldall, Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia

Introducing Vygotsky A Guide for Practitioners and Students in Early Years Education Sandra Smidt, Independent Education Consultant, UK Sandra Smidt takes the reader on a journey through the key concepts of Lev Vygotsky, one of the twentieth century’s most influential theorists in the field of early education. His ground-breaking principles of early learning and teaching are unpicked here using every-day language, and critical links between his fascinating ideas are revealed.

What is the relevance of educational psychology in the twenty first century? And what are the seminal developments in the field over the past quarter century? In this collection of essays, leading psychologists of education reflect on how far we have come in the last twenty five years. Given a broad and personal remit, the contributors review and critique a variety of topics, providing provocative and challenging insights into the state of contemporary educational psychology. Topics explored include: • mental functions

• communication intervention

• language, concepts and thinking

• teaching and learning in higher education. Alongside many more. Now in its second edition this essential text for students and researchers is thoroughly updated and includes four new chapters.

Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 234x156: 180pp Hb: 978-0-415-46998-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46993-7: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-40031-2

• activity Theory • play and meaning. Routledge Market: Education / Early Years April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48055-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48057-4: £17.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• effective teaching

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

• mediation and memory • culture and cultural tools

• intelligence

for e-mail updates in your field

This accessible text is illustrated throughout with examples drawn from real-life early years settings and the concepts discussed include:

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

46 TEACHING AND LEARNING

Language and Literacies in the Primary School

Navigating Initial Teacher Training *

Colin Mills, University of Manchester, UK, Robyn Cox, University of Worcester, UK and Gemma Moss, Insitute of Education, University of London, UK

Becoming a Teacher

Language and Literacies in the Primary School offers a cutting edge review of recent research and policy initiatives in the field of primary school literacy from the UK, the US and around the world. Leading international researchers give accounts of their work, and their key theoretical perspectives, and ways of working, in order to: enable teachers, trainee teachers, researchers and academics to take stock of important policy and practice shifts in the field.

Andrew J. Hobson, University of Nottingham, UK, Angi Malderez, University of Leeds, UK, and Louise Tracey, University of York, UK • Considering becoming a teacher? • Unaware, unsure or confused about the different types of training programme on offer? • Finding your teacher training hard going? • Struggling to see the relevance of what you are being taught? • Need advice on how to cope with all the emotions as well as all the work, or how to get on with your mentor? This book addresses all these issues and more, drawing on the accounts of those who have recently been through what you are going through now, and provides advice from them as well as from teacher educators.

Routledge Market: Education June 2009: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-47202-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47203-6: £22.99

Routledge Market: Education / Teacher Education April 2009: 216x138: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-43333-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43334-1: £14.99

Literacy Instruction for Adolescents Research-Based Practice Edited by Karen D. Wood, University of North Carolina, USA, and William E. Blanton, University of Miami, USA ’Leaders in the field of adolescent literacy have created an essential volume that distills and clarifies the most important messages about helping our youth grow as literate people ... This work is current and fresh, expanding traditional views of literacy and making them useful in a world of interdependent languages, technologies, and educational milieus.’ – Douglas Kaufman, University of Connecticut, USA Thorough and accessible, this professional resource and text shows how the latest research in adolescent literacy can be translated into effective practice in middle and high school classrooms. Leading authorities discuss findings on the adolescent learner, addressing such essential topics as comprehension, content-area literacy, differentiated instruction, gender differences in literacy learning, and English language learners. Ideal for courses in adolescent literacy, each chapter includes guiding questions, discussion questions, and classroom examples. Guilford Press Market: Literacy May 2009: 238x158: 528pp Hb: 978-1-60623-123-4: £41.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-118-0: £25.95

Priorities in Teacher Education The 7 Key Elements of Pre-Service Preparation Clare Kosnik, and Clive Beck, both at Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, University of Toronto, Canada Advocating concentrating on certain priorities to ensure beginning teachers are prepared for the crucial tasks that face them, this book discusses seven priorities through case studies: • program planning • pupil assessment • classroom organization and community • inclusive education • subject content and pedagogy • professional identity • a vision for teaching. This study, longitudinal in nature, begins in the teacher education programs and follows recent graduates through their first three years of teaching. Such inquiry accords with the call by contemporary teacher education theorists to base policy and program decisions on research that continues beyond graduation, studying the impact of teacher preparation over time. Including many examples from the personal experiences of new teachers, this is a highly accessible text for both teacher educators and student teachers.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Education Research April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48126-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48127-4: £17.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

TEACHING AND LEARNING 47

Science Education from People for People

Teacher Education and the Struggle for Social Justice

Taking a Stand(point)

Kenneth M. Zeichner, University of Wisconsin, USA In this selection of his work from 1991–2008, Zeichner examines the relationships between various aspects of teacher education, teacher development, and their contributions to the achievement of greater justice in schooling and in the broader society.

Edited by Wolff-Michael Roth, University of Victoria, Canada Contributing to the social justice agenda of redefining what science is and what it means in the everyday lives of people, this book: • introduces science educators to various dimensions of viewing science and scientific literacy from the standpoint of the learner, engaged with real everyday concerns within or outside school • develops a new form of scholarship based on the dialogic nature of science as process and product • achieves these two objectives in a readable but scholarly way. Opposing the tendency to teach and do research as if science, science education, and scientific literacy could be imposed from the outside, the authors want science education to be for people rather than strictly about how knowledge gets into their heads. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99554-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99555-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87844-6: £75.00

A major theme that comes up in different ways across the chapters is Zeichner’s belief that the mission of teacher education programs is to prepare teachers in ways that enable them to successfully educate everyone’s children. A second theme is an argument for a view of democratic deliberation in schooling, teacher education, and educational research where members of various constituent groups have genuine input into the educational process. This volume is directed to teacher educators and to policy makers who see teacher education as a critical element in maintaining a strong public education system in a democratic society. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5865-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5866-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87876-7: £75.00

Smart Thinking

Teaching Readers of English

A Programme for Developing Thinking Skills in 7 to 12 Year Olds

Students, Texts, and Contexts

Jeni Wilson, University of Melbourne, Australia, and Lesley Wing Jan, Eltham East Primary School, Victoria, Australia Smart Thinking will assist primary school teachers in their quest to develop students’ capacities as deep thinkers and independent learners. The book supports the establishment of thoughtful classrooms that provide opportunities for student negotiation, goal setting and decision making. The explicit teaching of reflection and metacognition offers students the tools to be able to evaluate and regulate their own thinking. The skills and dispositions acquired are transferable and beneficial to students of all ages, including those identified as ‘at risk’ or ‘gifted’. David Fulton Publishers Market: Education April 2009: 297x210: 128pp Pb: 978-0-415-48700-9: £19.99

John S. Hedgcock, Monterey Institute of International Studies, USA, and Dana R. Ferris, University fo California, USA A comprehensive manual for pre- and inservice ESL and EFL educators, this frontline text balances insights from current reading theory and research with highly practical, field-tested strategies for teaching and assessing L2 reading in secondary and post-secondary contexts. Teaching Readers of English: • provides a thorough yet accessible survey of L2 reading theory and research • addresses the unique cognitive and socioeducational challenges encountered by L2 readers • covers the features of L2 texts that teachers of reading must understand • acquaints readers with methods for designing reading courses, selecting curricular materials, and planning instruction • explores the essential role of systematic vocabulary development in teaching L2 literacy. Pedagogical features in each chapter include: Questions for Reflection, Further Reading and Resources, Reflection and Review Questions, and Application Activities.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-99964-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6347-5: £26.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88026-5: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

48 TEACHING AND LEARNING 5TH EDITION

2ND EDITION

The Teaching of Science in Primary Schools

Writing Under Control Edited by Judith Graham, and Alison Kelly, both at Roehampton University, UK

Wynne Harlen OBE, University of Bristol, UK and Anne Qualter, University of Liverpool, UK

Now in its third edition, updated to reflect changes in the Primary National Strategy, this best-selling textbook introduces primary teachers to the key issues in how to teach writing. The authors celebrate writing as an important, exhilarating part of the curriculum with the potential to transform lives, whilst also giving a balanced handling of contentious issues. Strongly rooted in classroom practice, the book provides comprehensive coverage of differing writing practices and resources. Key features include:

The new edition of this best-selling textbook provides an up-to-date discussion of the many aspects of teaching primary science, maintaining its strong focus on constructivist learning and the role of social interaction in learning. With emphasis on the child-centred approach, the book also promotes the importance of fostering motivation for learning through enjoyment and giving children some control of their activities. The fifth edition has been updated to reflect: • the move towards a cross-curricular approach in primary schools

• managing specific learning difficulties in writing, such as dyslexia • EAL and gender issues in writing

• recent developments in the use of ICT by teachers and pupils

• use of ICT within writing

• how assessment and records can be used to help learning

• meeting pupils individual needs

• what recent studies of the brain can tell us about learning

• a detailed inspection of the phonics debate.

• the widespread emphasis on teaching and learning through inquiry

This book is essential reading for both trainee teachers and qualified teachers interested in continuing their professional development.

• the recognition of the importance of discussion, dialogue and argumentation. David Fulton Publishers Market: Primary Education / Science Education / Teacher Training April 2009: 246x189: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-46527-4: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-132-9

David Fulton Publishers Market: Education June 2009: 246x189: 230pp Hb: 978-0-415-48405-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48404-6: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84312-017-9

Understanding Pupil Behaviour

Young Citizens of the World

Classroom Management Techniques for Teachers

Teaching Elementary Social Studies Through Civic Engagement

Ramon Lewis

Marilynne Boyle-Baise, University of Indiana, Bloomington, USA, and Jack Zevin, City University of New York, USA

This book describes a system of successful classroom behaviour management techniques developed by the author over more than 25 years of teaching practice. It outlines the difficulties confronting teachers trying to manage students’ misbehaviour in schools and describes four types of student who can be helped to behave responsibly. In Student Behaviour and Classroom Management Ramon Lewis explains how students’ behaviour can be categorised and how techniques can be introduced to deal with each category, however challenging the behaviour might be. The book goes on to provide a framework a framework for a long-term commitment by teachers to productive interactions with students.

See separate Order Form

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 304pp Hb: 978-0-8058-8042-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99941-0: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88060-9: £75.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

David Fulton Publishers Market: Education / Classroom Management April 2009: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-48352-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48353-7: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88391-4: £60.00

Young Citizens of the World takes a clear stance: Social studies is about citizenship education-citizenship not only as a noun, something one studies, but as a verb, something one does. The holistic, multicultural approach is based on this clear curricular and pedagogical purpose. The text lays out a three-part process for civic preparation: becoming informed, thinking it through, and taking action. Six outstanding teaching strategies bring this framework to life. Each chapter is written as a civic engagement that is teacher-ready for use in elementary classrooms. Teaching/learning projects throughout are invitations to learn through intensive, integrated meaningful studies of special places, important people, and significant times. Providing a powerful alternative to the Expanding Horizons social studies curriculum, this text is a compelling choice for elementary social studies education courses, as well as for practicing teachers who wish to enhance their social studies instruction.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

TEACHING AND LEARNING 49

Second Language Teacher Education A Sociocultural Perspective Karen E. Johnson, Pennsylvania State University, USA Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series This book presents a comprehensive overview of the epistemological underpinnings of a sociocultural perspective on human learning and addresses in detail what this perspective has to offer the field of second language teacher education. Captured through five changing points of view, it argues that a sociocultural perspective on human learning changes the way we think about; how teachers learn to teach; how teachers think about language; how teachers teach second languages; the broader social, cultural, and historical macro-structures that are ever present and ever changing in the second language teaching profession; and what constitutes second language teacher professional development. Overall, it clearly and accessibly makes the case that a sociocultural perspective on human learning reorients how the field understands and supports the professional development of second language teachers. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-80078-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80079-2-8: £23.99

International Perspectives on Student Outcomes and Homework Family-School-Community Partnerships Edited by Rollande Deslandes, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières, Canada Series: Contexts of Learning Focusing specifically on issues of parental engagement and the uses and abuses of homework this vital international snapshot of current research: •

•

provides a research synthesis on the impact of family-school-community partnerships on student outcomes addresses the relations between families and schools based on the challenges arising from the application of parent-school legislation

•

explores the subject of homework through an analysis of different national systems and the perspectives of children and parents

•

provides evaluations of various family-schoolcommunity partnerships programs.

Written by distinguished researchers from around the world, individual chapters reflect the situation in the United States, Canada, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Denmark, and France. While the conclusions that can be drawn are global in their relevance. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47950-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87697: £75.00

Perspectives on Supported Collaborative Teacher Inquiry

Handbook of Research on Literacy and Diversity

Edited by David Slavit, Tamara Holmlund Nelson, and Anne Kennedy, all at Washington State University Vancouver, USA

Edited by Lesley Mandel Morrow,Rutgers University, USA, Robert Rueda, University fo Southern California, USA, and Diane Lapp, San Diego State University, USA

Series: Routledge Research in Education This volume describes supported collaborative inquiry as a framework for teacher professional development. The chapters focus on the building of collaborative support structures, nurturing an inquiry stance, progressing through an inquiry process, as well as the various kinds of support mechanisms necessary to engage in SCTI. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 218pp Hb: 978-0-415-99926-7: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87654-1: £60.00

Timely and authoritative, this is the first research handbook to address all dimensions of diversity that have an impact on literacy achievement. Leading experts examine how teaching and learning intersect with cultural and language differences and socioeconomic disparities in today’s increasingly diverse schools and communities. The volume weaves state-of-the-art research findings together with theory, policy considerations, and discussions of exemplary instructional practices. Guilford Press

Policy and Politics in Teacher Education International perspectives Edited by John Furlong, University of Oxford, UK, Marilyn Cochran-Smith, Boston College, USA and Marie Brennan, University of South Australia, Australia Over recent years, teacher supply and teacher quality have become significant policy issues in many countries around the world. The book brings together nine papers from leading academics in seven different countries to explore the complexities and contradictions of international trends. This book was published as a special issue of Teachers and Teaching. Routledge

Market: Literacy June 2009: 246x174: 482pp Hb: 978-1-60623-246-0: £43.50

Redefining Teacher Development * Jonathan Neufeld, Brock University, Canada Series: Teachers, Teaching and Learning This book asserts that teacher development should remain the primary medium for school improvement. It aims to reinvigorate research into teacher development by focusing attention on theoretical areas that were implied but not fully developed during the last century. Routledge Market: Education Policy / Research and Continuing Professional Development June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45431-5: £80.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Education June 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48338-4: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SPECIAL NEEDS

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. Every Child Matters

Educating Special Children

A Practical Guide for Teachers

An Introduction to Provision for Pupils with Disabilities and Disorders

Rita Cheminais

Michael Farrell, Independent Education Consultant

2006: 297x210: 128pp Pb: 978-1-84312-463-4: £18.99

University of London, UK 2008: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-46315-7: £19.99

7. 5TH EDITION

Inclusive Education

Commonsense Methods for Children with Special Educational Needs

Diverse Perspectives Melanie Nind, Kieron Sheehy, Jon Rix and Katy Simmons

Peter Westwood, Educational Consultant, Macau, South China

2004: 279x216: 320pp Pb: 978-1-84312-065-0: £21.99

2007: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-41582-8: £21.99

8. Every Child Matters A Practical Guide for Teaching Assistants

Beating Bureaucracy in Special Educational Needs

Rita Cheminais

Jean Gross, University of Bristol, UK

2008: 297x210: 152pp Pb: 978-0-415-45876-4: £16.99

2008: 297x210: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-44114-8: £19.99

9. 2ND EDITION

Asperger Syndrome

Developmental Dyspraxia

A Practical Guide for Teachers

Identification and Intervention: A Manual for Parents and Professionals

Val Cumine, Julia Dunlop, and Gill Stevenson, all at Education Consultants, UK

Madeleine Portwood

1998: 297x210: 96pp Pb: 978-1-85346-499-7: £21.99

2007: 297x210: 224pp Pb: 978-1-85346-573-4: £23.99

10.

5. Language for Learning A Practical Guide for Supporting Pupils with Language and Communication Difficulties across the Curriculum

What Really Works in Special and Inclusive Education Using Evidence-Based Teaching Strategies

Sue Hayden and Emma Jordan, Worcestershire Primary Care Trust, UK

David Mitchell, University of Waikato, New Zealand

2007: 297x210: 136pp Pb: 978-1-84312-468-9: £26.99

2007: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-36925-1: £21.99

SPECIAL NEEDS 51

Authentic Assessment for Early Childhood Intervention * Best Practices Stephen J. Bagnato, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, USA Foreword by Rune Simeonsson

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Handbook of Developmental Disabilities Edited by Samuel L. Odom, University of North Carolina, USA, Robert H. Horner, University of Oregon, USA, Martha E. Snell, University of Virginia, USA, and Jan Blacher, University of California, USA

Series: Guilford School Practitioner

’Odom and his colleagues have assembled some of the very best minds in the field of developmental disabilities to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of fundamental issues. Spanning topics from genetics to intervention to family issues, the Handbook is an outstanding resource for graduate students and professionals.’ – Geraldine Dawson, University of Washington, USA

’Bagnato has put together an incredibly helpful resource for professionals … The book is replete with helpful examples, resource information, and practice guidelines that help move the notion of authentic assessment from idea into action.’ – Judith J. Carta, University of Kansas, USA Meeting a crucial need, this book provides clear recommendations for authentic developmental assessment of children from infancy to age 6, including those with developmental delays and disabilities. It describes principles and strategies for collecting information about children's everyday activities in the home, preschool, and community, which provides a valid basis for intervention planning and progress monitoring. Special features of this well-organized, accessible volume include recommendations for developmentally appropriate assessment tools and ‘Best Practice Guidepoints’ in each chapter that distill key professional standards and practices. Guilford Press Market: Special Education April 2009: 229x152: 315pp Hb: 978-1-59385-474-4: £27.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-250-7: £16.99

This authoritative Handbook reviews the breadth of current knowledge about developmental disabilities: neuroscientific and genetic foundations; the impact on health, learning, and behaviour; and effective educational and clinical practices. Leading authorities analyze what works in intervening with diverse children and families, from infancy through the school years and the transition to adulthood. Chapters present established and emerging approaches to promoting communication and language abilities, academic skills, positive social relationships, and vocational and independent living skills. Guilford Press Market: Special Education April 2009: 246x174: 654pp Pb: 978-1-60623-248-4: £28.50

Adolescents and Adults with The Special Education Handbook Learning Disabilities and ADHD 4TH EDITION

An A-Z Guide for Students and Professionals

Assessment and Accommodation

Michael Farrell, Independent Education Consultant, University of London, UK

Noel Gregg, University of Georgia, Athens, USA ’Written by an expert in the field, this book is coherent and insightful ... The book meets a tremendous need.’ – H. Lee Swanson, University of California, USA

This updated fourth edition of an essential reference book provides a comprehensive guide to the field of SEN. All entries have been reviewed to ensure that they reflect current practice and extra resources such as internet sites are added. Focusing on both current UK and international educational frameworks, the author has gathered into one A – Z volume a wide range of information essential to good SEN practice in mainstream and special schools. A thematic index helps the reader plot a course through topics of current interest. This handbook will assist all educational professionals involved in special education, including SENCOs, teaching assistants, governors and managers, parents, LEA administrators and inspectors.

Leading expert Noel Gregg provides clear guidance on how to conduct and document evidence-based assessments and select appropriate instructional and testing accommodations.

Guilford Press Market: Special Education / Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 234x156: 318pp Hb: 978-1-60623-034-3: £27.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated above) via www.guilford.com

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

David Fulton Publishers Market: Education June 2009: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49019-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49020-7: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85346-974-9

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

52 SPECIAL NEEDS

Improving the Context for Inclusion How Teachers and Educational Psychologists Can Use Action Research to Work Together to Develop Inclusion Sue Davies, Trinity College, University of Wales, UK, Andrew Howes and Sam Fox, both at the University of Manchester, UK, Sian Swann and Heddwen Davies, both at Trinity College, University of Wales, UK Series: Improving Learning This book presents and analyzes accounts of collaborative action research in both Welsh and English schools that show what is needed in practice for teachers to engage with inclusion for the benefit of themselves and their pupils. Developing more inclusive secondary schools is a powerful means of improving educational opportunities for some of the more vulnerable young people in society. This timely book addresses the requirement for increasing the multi-agency capacity around young people. Secondary schools are complex organisations involving many hundreds of people. Making current initiatives such as ‘Every Child Matters’ or ‘personalised learning’ work in these complex contexts is impossible without active participation by teachers in addressing the challenges faced by young people in participating and learning effectively and happily in their school. Routledge

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Education May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47341-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47342-2: £22.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

POST-COMPULSORY & HIGHER EDUCATION 53

Improving Disabled Students’ Learning in Higher Education

The Routledge International Handbook of Higher Education

Experiences and Outcomes

Edited by Malcolm Tight, University of Lancaster, UK, Ka Ho Mok, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Jeroen Huisman, University of Bath, UK and Christopher Morphew, University of Georgia, USA

Edited by Mary Fuller, University of Gloucestershire, UK, Jan Georgeson, University of Chichester, UK, Mick Healey, University of Gloucestershire, UK, Alan Hurst, Katie Kelly, Sheila Riddell, University of Edinburgh, UK, Hazel Roberts, University of Gloucestershire, UK, and Elisabet Weedon, University of Edinburgh, UK

Series: Routledge International Handbooks of Education This volume is a detailed and up-to-date reference work providing an authoritative overview of the main issues in higher education around the world today. Consisting of newly commissioned chapters and impressive journal articles, it surveys the state of the discipline and includes the examination and discussion of emerging, controversial and cutting edge areas.

Series: Improving Learning Setting out to show how disabled students experience university life, this book is based on research focusing on a small number of students with a variety of impairments as they move through their degree courses. On the way they encounter many different styles of teaching and approaches to learning and assessment. The book provides practitioners and those who campaign for an end to discrimination insights into the working of universities as seen by the central participants. Crucially, it foregrounds the views of disabled students themselves, giving rise to a complex, contradictory and always fascinating picture of university life from students whose views and voice are not often heard. Routledge Market: Education June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-48048-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48049-9: £21.99

Routledge Market: Higher Education April 2009: 254x178: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-43264-1: £110.00 eBook:978-0-203-88222-1: £110.00

College Organization and Professional Development Integrating Moral Reasoning and Reflective Practice

2ND EDITION

Edward St. John, University of Michigan, USA

From Presenting to Teaching Kate Exley, University of Leeds, UK, and Reg Dennick, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Key Guides for Effective Teaching in Higher Education The second edition of Giving a Lecture builds upon the reputation and success of the Key Guides for Effective Teaching in Higher Education series. It is an excellent resource for those new to teaching at the University and College level and for those who just want to reflect upon and refresh their lecturing practice. The best-selling first edition has been fully revised, and this edition continues to cover all the basics on how to go about lecturing while maintaining its jargon-free and accessible style. New lecturers will find the second edition equips them with the essential tools and guidance for delivering a successful lecture, and explains exciting new developments along with the fundamentals of lecturing.

Routledge Market: Further/ Higher Education April 2009: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-47139-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47140-4: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-46508-0: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30719-2

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

A thought-provoking textbook written for students enrolled in graduate Higher Education and Student Affairs Masters and PhD programs, College Organization and Professional Development focuses on the framing of critical issues in organization practice, the gaps between moral beliefs and actions, and improving equity within organizations. It can be used as a text in Organization, Leadership and Professional Practice courses that that seek to integrate a focus on moral leadership and reflection practice. This breakthrough text seeks to revolutionize how we understand ethical practice and provides a new theory that informs practice within organizations. Unlike the majority of Organization textbooks currently available which lack social contextual understanding of moral issues and social justice, this text encourages the use of action research to inform and support change in professional practice. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99211-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99212-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88166-8: £70.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Giving a Lecture

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

54 POST-COMPULSORY & HIGHER EDUCATION

Generation 1.5 in College Composition *

Higher Education in the Twenty-First Century

Teaching Academic Writing to U.S.-Educated Learners of ESL

Edited by Abdulla Y. Al-Hawaj, and Wajeeh Elali, both at Ahlia University, Kingdom of Bahrain, and E. H. Twizell, Brunel University, UK

Edited by Mark Roberge, San Francisco State University, USA, Meryl Siegal, Laney College, California, USA, and Linda Harklau, University of Georgia, USA

This book addresses some of the most important challenges and issues relating to higher education in the twenty-first century, including: building capacity for higher education and the professional; development of teachers; international education and strategic partnerships; quality assurance and academic accreditation; research in higher education institutions, and labour markets in higher education.

Building on the work that has been done over the past decade, this volume provides theoretical frameworks for understanding debates about immigrant students, studies of students’ schooling paths and language and literacy experiences, and pedagogical approaches for working with Generation 1.5 students. Generation 1.5 in College Composition: • is designed to help both scholars and practitioners reconceptualize the fields of College Composition and TESOL and create a space for research, theory, and pedagogy focusing on postsecondary immigrant ESL students • provides both important new theoretical work (which lays the underpinnings for serious pedagogical innovation) and important new pedagogical approaches. The book is directed to preservice and inservice teachers, teacher educators, and researchers involved with educating Generation 1.5 students in developmental English courses, college ESL courses, mainstream college writing course, and other contexts.

CRC Press Market: Higher Education April 2009: 246x174: 214pp Hb: 978-0-415-48000-0: £29.95

Improving Learning in Later Life * Alexandra Withnall, University of Warwick, UK Series: Improving Learning

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6442-7: £83.33 Pb: 978-0-8058-6443-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88569-7: £75.00

Previous books on lifelong learning invariably fail to take older people’s experiences and aspirations into account. This new book examines current debates after fresh evidence derived from rigorous empirical research. Political, social and educational policy contexts are assessed in the light of demographic trends, followed by a critical overview of the development of theoretical and philosophical approaches to later life learning over the last three decades in work from the USA, UK, Australia and other countries. Focusing on understanding the varied learning experiences of older people across the life course, this groundbreaking new book analyzes the role and significance of learning in older people’s lives today. Research findings are linked to current educational policy developments and the author provides crucial recommendations for policy makers, educational practitioners and older people themselves.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Education / Lifelong Learning May 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46171-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46172-6: £21.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

POST-COMPULSORY & HIGHER EDUCATION 55

The University and its Disciplines * Teaching and Learning Within and Beyond Disciplinary Boundaries Carolin Kreber, University of Edinburgh, UK University teaching and learning take place within ever more specialized disciplinary settings, each characterized by unique traditions, concepts, practices and procedures. Today it is widely recognized that support for teaching and learning needs to take this discipline-specificity into account. But in a world characterized by rapid change, problems increasingly present themselves within trans-disciplinary contexts, calling for graduate outcomes that go beyond specialized knowledge and skills. This ground-breaking book highlights the important interplay between context-specific and context-transcendent aspects of teaching, learning and assessment. Written for university teachers, educational developers and new and experienced researchers of Higher Education, this highly–anticipated first edition offers innovative perspectives from leading Canadian, US and UK scholars on how learning within particular disciplines can help students acquire the skills, abilities and dispositions they need to succeed. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-96520-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96521-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89259-6: £70.00

Structuring Mass Higher Education *

Universities, Ethics and Professions

The Role of Elite Institutions

Edited by John Strain, University of Surrey, UK, Ronald Barnett, University of London, UK and Peter Jarvis, University of Surrey, UK

Debate and Scrutiny

Edited by David Palfreyman, New College, University of Oxford, UK and Ted Tapper, Oxford Centre for Higher Education Policy Studies, UK Series: International Studies in Higher Education Structuring Mass Higher Education examines the impact of this change upon national systems of higher education. In particular, it explores how ‘elite’ universities have sought to retain their national status and, in some cases, secure a ‘world-class ranking’ as defined by the global league tables. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-42604-6: £88.99

Series: Key Issues in Higher Education Today every businesses and organization needs to impress stakeholders with its ethics policy. This reflects the increasing emphasis on ethics in public and professional life, evident in the way the UK Council for Industry and Higher Education encourages universities to develop their own ethics policies. Universities, Ethics and Professions helps the reader to understand the impact on universities of an array of ethical demands in recruitment, teaching and research. It also explores the role of the university as a long term contributor to ethical reflection and debate, and shaper of ethical discourse. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-99119-3: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

56 RESEARCH METHODS

Evaluating Educational Interventions

Causation in Educational Research

Single-Case Design for Measuring Response to Intervention

Keith Morrison, Macau Inter-University Institute, Macau Causation is now firmly on the educational agenda, but educational researchers, particularly novices, are faced with a daunting task when seeking to understand and explain the causes of effects and the effects of causes.

T. Chris Riley-Tillman, East Carolina University, Greenville, USA, and Matthew K. Burns, University of Minnesota, Twin Cities, USA Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools ’This exceptional book comprehensively describes how school-based professionals can use single-case research methods to do just that. Featuring step-by-step guidelines and case examples, this is an important contribution to the RTI literature. It is essential reading for school-based professionals and for university training programs in school psychology, education, and special education.’ – Tanya L. Eckert, Syracuse University, USA This user-friendly, practical book is the first guide to single-case design written specifically for practitioners using response-to-intervention (RTI) models in schools. It provides essential skills for analyzing and presenting data to support valid educational decision making. Step-bystep explanations and many illustrative examples render complex concepts accessible and applicable to day-to-day work with elementary and secondary students. Guilford Press Market: Education / School Psychology April 2009: 267x198: 214pp Pb: 978-1-60623-106-7: £21.95

Assessing Performance Designing, Scoring, and Validating Performance Tasks Robert L. Johnson, University of South Carolina, USA, James A. Penny, Castle Worldwide, North Carolina, USA, and Belita Gordon, University of Georgia, USA ’Beginners will find this book a comprehensive and accessible introduction to performance assessment. Seasoned test developers will find it a valuable resource, with useful checklists, guidelines, and nuts-and-bolts discussions of topics ranging from content standards to training raters, as well as pointers to the most up-to-date developments in the field.’ – Edward H. Haertel, Stanford University, USA A comprehensive resource for assessment practitioners, this book provides step-by-step guidance for developing, administering, scoring, and validating a range of performance tasks, including literacy and other types of proficiency assessments. The authors explore how to establish the purpose of the assessment and how to develop scoring tools, train raters, reduce rater bias, review scores and report results, and use item-level and test-level analyzes to optimize reliability and validity.

See separate Order Form

• why causation is necessary for researchers to understand • how to plan research and gather data that yields causal explanations, and what kind of data to gather • how to process, present and analyze data to identify causal explanations • how to identify causation, causal mechanisms and causal processes. The only book in its field, Causation in Educational Research enables researchers and readers of research to be informed by a practical and in-depth look at causation. Routledge Market: Education / Research June 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49648-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49649-0: £19.99

Handbook of Metacognition in Education Edited by Douglas J. Hacker, University of Utah, USA, John Dunlosky, Kent State University, USA, and Arthur C. Graesser, University of Memphis, USA Providing comprehensive coverage of the theoretical bases of metacognition and its applications to educational practice, this compendium of focused and in-depth discussions from leading scholars in the field represents an intersection of education, cognitive science, and technology; serves as a gateway to the literature for researchers and practitioners interested in one or more of the wide array of topics included; and sets the standard for scholarship for theoretical research and practical applications in this field. The Handbook of Metacognition in Education — covering Comprehension Strategies, Metacognitive Strategies, Metacomprehension, Writing, Science and Mathematics, Individual Differences, Self-Regulated Learning, Technology, Tutoring, and Measurement — is an essential resource for researchers, faculty, students, curriculum developers, teachers, and others interested in using research and theory on metacognition to guide and inform educational practice. Routledge May 2009: 254x178: 640pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6353-6: £135.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6354-3: £60.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Guilford Press Market: Research Methods April 2009: 234x156: 356pp Hb: 978-1-59385-989-3: £38.00 Pb: 978-1-59385-988-6: £24.50

Up until now anyone seeking to understand and explain causation has had little guidance either from educational texts or research papers, but this vital new text demonstrates

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

RESEARCH METHODS 57 International Perspectives on Contexts, Communities and Evaluated Innovative Practices Family–School–Community Partnerships Edited by Rollande Deslandes, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières, Canada Series: Contexts of Learning A wide variety of topics are covered, including: •

challenges arising from the application of parent-school legislation at national level

•

the work of schools with migrant groups, lowincome parents and parents with behaviour problems

•

evaluation of various family-school-community partnerships programs

•

the way ahead for family-school-community relations.

The book relies on the contribution of distinguished researchers from throughout the world including the United States, Canada, the Netherlands, the UK, Belgium, China, Australia and the Czech Republic. While the research results themselves apply just as readily to the rest of the world.

English Language Assessment and the Chinese Learner Liying Cheng, Queen’s University, Canada, and Andy Curtis, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong This book presents a comprehensive, up-to-date, relevant picture of English language assessment for students in China (Mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan) and for Chinese learners of English around the world. Currently, each year at least 60 million Chinese university students are learning English and taking English tests. Given the long history of objective testing and its extensive use in Chinese society, an understanding of the impact of English language testing is essential for testing and assessment policy makers, curriculum designers, researchers, ESL/EFL materials writers, graduate students, and English language teachers/researchers at various levels. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-99447-7: £75.00

Routledge Market: Education / Educational Research April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47949-3: £75.00

EDUCATION THEORY

Educational Theories, Cultures and Learning

Knowledge, Values and Educational Policy

A Critical Perspective

Edited by Harry Daniels, Hugh Lauder, and Jill Porter, all at University of Bath, UK

Edited by Harry Daniels, Hugh Lauder and Jill Porter, all at University of Bath, UK

Series: Critical Perspectives on Education

Educational Theories, Cultures and Learning focuses on how education is understood in different cultures, the theories and related assumptions we make about learners and students and how we think about them, and how we can understand the principle actors in education - learners and teachers.

Knowledge, Values and Educational Policy focuses on what schools are for and what should be taught in them, how learning is possible across boundaries, and issues of diversity and equity. Finally policies and practices relating to schools are considered. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1. Knowledge for teaching and learning Section 2. Learning across boundaries Section 3. Diversity and equity Section 4. Policy and governance Section 5. Deploying theory

Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1. How education is understood in different cultures Section 2. The person in education Section 3. Teachers and Learners

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49119-8: £80.00

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49118-1: £80.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

58 EDUCATION THEORY

Advocacy Leadership

Race, Whiteness, and Education

Toward an Authentic Post-Reform Agenda in Education

Zeus Leonardo, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Gary L. Anderson, Steinhardt School of Education, New York University, USA

Series: Critical Social Thought

Series: Critical Social Thought Educational leaders-and other school professionals-are experiencing a new work environment in which contracting, outsourcing, student recruitment, public relations, and an obsession with test scores are taking center stage. Leaders are pushed to be entrepreneurial managers, increasingly expected to act less like educators and more like MBAs. In this timely and important new book, Gary Anderson provides a devastating critique of why this managerial role is counterproductive, especially for improving opportunities for low-income students and students of colour, and instead proposes ways of re-theorizing educational leadership to emphasize its advocacy role. Advocacy Leadership lays out a post-reform agenda that moves beyond the neo-liberal, competition framework to define a new accountability, a new pedagogy, and a new leadership role definition. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-99427-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99428-6: £19.99

Critical Perspectives on bell hooks Edited by Maria del Guadalupe Davidson, Oklahoma University, USA, and George Yancy, Duquesne University, USA

In the colourblind era of post-civil rights America, race is often wrongly thought to be irrelevant or, at best, a problem of racist individuals rather than a systemic condition to be confronted. Race, Whiteness, and Education interrupts this dangerous assumption by reaffirming a critical appreciation of the central role that race and racism still play in schools and society. This book does not simply rehearse exhausted ideas on the relationship among race, class, and education, but instead offers new ways of understanding how multiple social relations interact with one another and of their impact in thinking about a more genuine sense of multiculturalism. By asking fundamental questions about whiteness in schools and society, Zeus Leonardo gets to the heart of race relations and the common sense understandings that sustain it. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99316-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99317-3: £19.99

The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education Edited by James A. Banks, University of Washington, Seattle, USA Series: Routledge International Handbooks of Education

Series: Critical Social Thought Although bell hooks has long challenged the dominant paradigms of race, class, and gender, there has never been a comprehensive book critically reflecting upon this seminal scholar’s body of work. This important resource thematically examines hooks’ works across various disciplinary divides, including her critique on educational theory and practice, theorization of racial construction, dynamics of gender, and spirituality and love as correctives in postmodern life. Ultimately, this book offers a fresh perspective for scholars and students wanting to engage in the prominent work of bell hooks, and makes available to its readers the full significance of her work. Compelling and unprecedented, Critical Perspectives on bell hooks is a must-read for scholars, professors, and students interested in issues of race, class and gender.

See separate Order Form

With 40 newly commissioned pieces written by a prestigious group of internationally renowned scholars, this book offers theory and research pertaining to curriculum reform, immigration and citizenship, language, religion, and the education of ethnic and cultural minority groups among other topics. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-96230-8: £105.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-98980-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98981-7: £20.99

This volume is the first authoritative reference work to provide a truly comprehensive international description and analysis of multicultural education around the world. It is organized around key concepts and uses case studies from various nations in different parts of the world to exemplify and illustrate the concepts. Case studies are from many nations including the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, France, Germany, Spain, Norway, Bulgaria, Russia, South Africa, Japan, China, India, New Zealand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, Brazil, and Mexico.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

EDUCATION THEORY 59

Education and Hope in Troubled Times

The Worldliness of a Cosmopolitan Education

Visions of Change for Our Children’s Future

Passionate Lives in Public Service

Edited by H. Svi Shapiro, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA

William F. Pinar, University of British Columbia, Canada

Series: Sociocultural, Political, and Historical Studies in Education Se

A cosmopolitan curriculum, Pinar argues, juxtaposes the abstract and the concrete, the collective and the individual: history and biography, politics and art, public service and private passion. Such a curriculum provides passages between the subjective and the social, and, in so doing, engenders that worldliness a cosmopolitan education invites. He explores how such worldliness is vividly discernible in the lives of three heroic individuals: Jane Addams (1860-1935), Laura Bragg (1881-1978), and Pier Paolo Pasolini (1922-1975) — demonstrating the centrality of subjectivity in the cultivation of cosmopolitanism.

Bringing together a group of the best and most creative educational thinkers to reflect on the purpose and future of public education, this collection of original essays by leading social and educational commentators in North America attempts to articulate a new vision for education, especially public education, and begin to set an alternative direction. At its core the volume questions what it will mean to be an educated human being in the twenty-first century compelled to confront and address so much that threatens the very basis of a decent and hopeful human existence. Carrying forward a project of redefining and reshaping public discourse on education in the USA, it is a critical catalyst and focus for re-thinking public policy on education. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-99425-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99426-2: £31.95

Edited by Erik Malewski, Purdue University, USA Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series What comes after the reconceptualization of curriculum studies? What is the contribution of the next wave of curriculum scholars? Comprehensive and on the cutting edge, this Handbook speaks to these questions and extends the conversation on present and future directions in curriculum studies through the work of 24 newer scholars who explore, each in their own their own unique ways, the present moment in curriculum studies. To contextualize the work of this up-and-coming generation, each chapter is paired with a shorter response by a well-known scholar in the field, provoking an intra-/inter-generational exchange that illuminates both historical trajectories and upcoming moments. From theorizing at the crossroads of feminist thought and post-colonialism to new perspectives that include critical race, currere, queer southern studies, black feminist cultural analysis, post-structural policy studies, spiritual ecology, and East-West international philosophies, present and future directions in the U.S. American field are revealed.

Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 254x178: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-98948-0: £138.99 Pb: 978-0-415-98949-7: £55.99

Social Justice, Peace, and Environmental Education Transformative Standards Edited by Julie Andrzejewski, St. Cloud State University, USA, Marta Baltodano, Loyola Marymount University, USA and Linda Symcox Series: Teaching/Learning Social Justice The concept of ’standards’ seems antithetical to the ways critical educators are dedicated Social Justice, to teaching, but what would ’standards’ Peace, and look like if they were generated from Environmental social justice perspectives and through Education collaborative and inclusive processes? Such is the central question posed by the contributors of this groundbreaking collection on the interconnectivity of social justice, peace, and environmental preservation. Challenging education that promotes consumerism, careerism, and corporate profiteering, they boldly offer examples of a new paradigm for practicing a transformative critical pedagogy. Social Justice, Peace and Environmental Education will be required reading for educators and students who want to envision and practice living, acting, and teaching for a better world. Transformative Standards

Julie Andrzejewski Marta P. Baltodano Linda Symcox Editors

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-96556-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96557-6: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87942-9: £70.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Exploring Post-Reconceptualization

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

In this intriguing, thought–provoking, and nuanced work, Pinar provides one set of answers to how the field attends to the inextricably interwoven relations among intellectual rigor, scholarly erudition, and intense but variegated engagement with the world. Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-99550-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99551-1: £23.99

Curriculum Studies Handbook – The Next Moment

for e-mail updates in your field

Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

60 EDUCATION THEORY

Foundations of Critical Race Theory in Education

Constructivist Instruction

Edited by Ed Taylor, University of Washington, Seattle, USA, David Gillborn, University of London, UK and Gloria Ladson-Billings, University of Wisconsin–Madison, USA

Edited by Sigmund Tobias, Columbia University, USA, and Thomas M. Duffy, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA

Success or Failure?

Bringing together leading thinkers from both sides of the hotly debated controversy about constructivist approaches to instruction, this volume presents:

Series: The Critical Educator Critical Race Theory (CRT) has proven an important analytic tool in the field of education, offering critical perspectives on race, and the causes, consequences and manifestations of race, racism, inequity, and the dynamics of power and privilege in schooling. This groundbreaking anthology is the first to pull together both the foundational writings in the field and more recent scholarship on the cultural and racial politics of schooling. A comprehensive introduction provides an overview of the history and tenets of CRT in education. Each section then seeks to explicate ideological contestation of race in education and to create new, alternative accounts. In so doing, this landmark publication not only documents the progress to date of the CRT movement, it acts to further spur developments in education. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-96143-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96144-8: £22.99

• the evidence for and against constructivism • the challenges from information-processing theorists • commentaries from leading researchers in areas such as text comprehension, technology, as well as math and science education, who discuss the constructivist framework from their perspectives. Although constructivist theories and practice now dominate the fields of the learning sciences, instructional technology, curriculum and teaching, and educational psychology, they have also been the subject of sharp criticism regarding sparse research support and adverse research findings. Chapters present detailed views from both sides of the controversy. A distinctive feature of the book is the dialogue built into it between the different positions. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-99423-1: £78.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99424-8: £27.99

Christian and Critical English Language Educators in Dialogue

3RD EDITION

Dimensions of Literacy

Pedagogical and Ethical Dilemmas

A Conceptual Base for Teaching Reading and Writing in School Settings

Edited by Mary Shepard-Wong, Azusa Pacific University, USA, and Suresh Canagarajah, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Stephen B. Kucer, Washington State University, Vancouver, USA

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99953-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87780-7: £75.00

See separate Order Form

This popular text, now in its third edition, ’unpackages’ the various dimensions of literacy – linguistic, cognitive, sociocultural, and developmental – and at the same time accounts for the interrelationships among them. Distinguished by its examination of literacy from a multidimensional and interdisciplinary perspective, it provides a strong conceptual foundation upon which literacy curriculum and instruction in school settings can be grounded. Linking theory and research to practice in an understandable, user-friendly manner, Dimensions of Literacy includes demonstrations, hands-on activities; authentic reading and writing events that reflect key concepts, and tables and figures that summarize the concepts. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-99787-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99788-1: £27.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

The legacy of English teaching and Christian missionaries is a flashpoint within the field of English language teaching. This critical examination of the place of Christianity in the field is unique in presenting the voices of TESOL professionals from a wide range of religious and spiritual perspectives. About half identify themselves as ’Christian’ while the others identify themselves as Buddhist, atheist, spiritualist, and variations of these and other faiths. What is common for all the authors is their belief that values have an important place in the classroom. What they disagree on is whether and how spiritual values should find expression in learning and teaching. This volume dramatizes how scholars in the profession wrestle with ideological, pedagogical, and spiritual dilemmas as they seek to understand the place of faith in education.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

EDUCATION THEORY 61

Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension *

Handbook on Education Policy Research

Edited by Susan E. Israel, Author and Literacy Consultant, and Gerald G. Duffy, University of North Carolina, USA

Edited by David N. Plank, University of California, Berkeley, USA, Gary Sykes, and Barbara Schneider, both at Michigan State University, USA

The Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension assembles researchers of reading comprehension, literacy, educational psychology, psychology, and neuroscience to document and summarize the current body of research on theory, methods, instruction and assessment. Designed to deepen understanding of how past research has influenced the present and to stimulate new ways of thinking about reading comprehension, the volume is organized around seven themes: • historical perspectives on reading comprehension • theoretical perspectives • changing views of text • elements of reading comprehension • assessing and teaching reading comprehension • cultural impact on reading comprehension • where to from here? This is an essential reference volume for the international community of reading researchers, reading psychologists, graduate students, and professionals working in the area of reading and literacy. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 712pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6200-3: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6201-0: £50.00 eBook: 978-1-4106-1585-5: £125.00

Over the past several decades political leaders and governments around the world have assigned an increasingly central role to education in the accomplishment of large public purposes. Policy debates about economic growth and national competitiveness, for example, commonly focus on the importance of human capital and a highly-educated workforce. As a result, virtually all aspects of the educational enterprise are now the objects of policy research. Defining the boundaries of education policy research and identifying a manageable set of organizing principles within these boundaries are the two main challenges of this comprehensive, AERA sponsored handbook. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 279x216: 1304pp Hb: 978-0-415-98991-6: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98992-3: £55.00

Philosophy of Education The Essential Texts Edited by Steven M. Cahn, The City University of New York, USA

Handbook of Research on School Choice Mark Berends, Mathew G. Springer, and Dale Ballou, all at Vanderbilt University, USA, and Herbert J. Walberg, University of Illinois, Chicago, USA Since the early 1990s when the nation’s first charter school was opened in Minneapolis, the scope and availability of school-based options to parents has steadily expanded. No longer can public education be characterized as a monopoly. Sponsored by the National Center on School Choice (NCSC), the purpose of this handbook is to compile, organize, and make readily available the most rigorous and policy-relevant research on K-12 school choice. Coverage includes charters, vouchers, home schooling, magnet schools, cyber schools, and other forms of choice, with the ultimate goal of defining the current state of this evolving field of research, policy, and practice.

Philosophy of education is a study both of the aims of education and the most appropriate means of achieving those aims. This volume contains substantial selections from those works widely regarded as central to the development of the field. These are the ’essential texts’ that lay the foundation for further study. The text is historically organized, moving from classical thought (Plato, Aristotle), through the medieval period (Augustine), to modern perspectives (Locke, Rousseau, Wollstonecraft), and twentieth-century thinkers (Whitehead, Dewey). Each selection is followed by an extended interpretative essay by a noted authority of our time. Exhibiting breadth and depth, this text is ideal as a reader for courses in philosophy of education, foundations of education, and the history of ideas. Routledge Market: Education & Philosophy April 2009: 254x178: 438pp Hb: 978-0-415-99755-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99440-8: £25.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 254x178: 656pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6223-2: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6224-9: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88178-1: £125.00 www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

62 EDUCATION THEORY

Race, Culture, and Identities in Second Language Education Exploring Critically Engaged Practice Edited by Ryuko Kubota, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA and Angel M. Y. Lin, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Meeting an urgent need for empirical and conceptual research that specifically explores critical issues of race, culture, and identities in second language education. Each chapter is grounded in theory and provides implications for engaged practice. Topics cover a wide range of themes that emerge from various pedagogical contexts. Authors from diverse racial/ethnic/cultural backgrounds and geopolitical locations include both established and beginning scholars in the field. Pre-reading questions and discussion questions in each chapter facilitate comprehension and stimulate dialogue. Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-99506-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99507-8: £21.99

3RD EDITION

Education and Social Change Contours in the History of American Schooling John L. Rury, University of Kansas, USA In this brief, interpretive history of American schooling, John Rury focuses on the evolving relationship between education and social change. This revised edition considers the impact of social forces such as industrialization, urbanization, immigration and cultural conflict on the development of schools and other educational institutions. It also examines the various ways that schools have contributed to social change, particularly in enhancing the status and accomplishments of certain social groups and not others. Detailed accounts of the experiences of women and minority groups in American history consider how their lives have been affected by education. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99564-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99544-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88841-4: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-5294-3

Assessment in Health Professions Globalizing Education, Educating Education the Local * Steven M. Downing, University of Illinois, USA, and Rachel Yudkowsky, University of Chicago, USA Assessment in Health Professions Education is the first comprehensive text written specifically for the health professions, i.e., persons engaged in teaching, research, administration, and/or testing of students and professionals in medicine, dentistry, nursing, pharmacy and other allied health fields, have never had a comprehensive text devoted specifically to their assessment needs. Large assessment texts aimed at the general education market contain many chapters that are of little interest to educators in the health professions and omit other topics of critical interest to them. • Part 1 presents assessment fundamentals and their theoretical underpinnings • Part 2 chapters cover the specific assessment methods used in all the health professions. Although scholarly and evidence-based, the book is accessible to non-measurement specialists.

Education is in crisis. The last 20 years have seen the establishment of an increasingly global orthodoxy based on the standardisation of all sorts of curricula based on national prescription. It has been accompanied by the narrow measurement of educational performances of all sorts, their often invalid comparison, and the consequent establishment of a moral economy based on league table positions. The author confronts the controversy and suggests a ‘turnaround’, away from measurement mania and rampant instrumentality. This book provides a critical account of how contemporary educational knowledge is put together and presented in the global knowledge economy, redefining the actors in the education process; principally the child, pupil and learner, but also the teacher, parent, inspector and policy-maker.

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

See separate Order Form

Ian Stronach, Liverpool John Moores University, UK

Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-43111-8: £75.00

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6127-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6128-0: £32.50 eBook: 978-0-203-88013-5: £75.00

ORDER NOW!

How Method Made us Mad

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

EDUCATION THEORY 63

Toward a Literacy of Promise

MAJOR WORKS

Joining the African American Struggle

Gifted and Talented Education

Edited by Linda A. Spears-Bunton, Florida International University, USA and Rebecca Powell, Georgetown College, Kentucky, USA

4 volumes For more information please see page 203

Computer Assisted Language Learning 4 volumes

Series: Language, Culture, and Teaching Series Toward a Literacy of Promise examines popular assumptions about literacy and challenges readers to question how it has been used historically both to empower and to oppress. The authors offer an alternative view of literacy – a ’literacy of promise’ – that charts an emancipatory agenda for literacy instructional practices in schools. Weaving together critical perspectives on pedagogy, language, literature, and popular texts, each chapter provides an in-depth discussion that illuminates how a literacy of promise can be realized in school and classrooms. Although the major focus is on African American middle and secondary students as a population that has experienced the consequences of inequality, the chapters demonstrate general and specific applications to other populations.

For more information please see page 204

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99518-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-4536-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89095-0: £75.00

Education, Science and Truth Rasoul Nejadmehr Series: Routledge International Studies in the Philosophy of Education This book argues that the cardinal problem with contemporary education is that it does not have an adequate notion of truth underpinning it. Here, Nejadmehr formulates a new version of the concept of objectivity based on the inclusion of multiple perspectives, including ones from art, philosophy and marginalised groups. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99767-6: £60.00

Liberalism, Community, Education *

Mathematical Relationships in Education

Traveller, Nomadic and Migrant Education *

Identities and Participation

Edited by Patrick Alan Danaher, University of Southern Queensland, Australia, Máirín Kenny and Judith Remy Leder

Edited by Yvette Solomon, Lancaster University, UK, Laura Black, University of Manchester, UK, and Heather Mendick, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Education While demand for the mathematically literate citizen increases, many learners continue to reject mathematics and experience it as excluding and exclusive, even when they succeed at it. In exploring this phenomenon, this volume examines the ways in which learners form particular relationships with mathematics in the context of formal schooling. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99684-6: £60.00

A Thin Communitarian Perspective Mark Olssen, University of Surrey, UK

Series: Routledge Research in Education This edited collection explores the challenges and innovations in providing education for mobile communities across the world. While obstacles such as negative stereotypes and centuries-old prejudice remain problematic, the book also shows how educational innovations such as online education and mobile schools are bringing mobility and schooling together. Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-96356-5: £60.00

Blair’s Educational Legacy?

Series: Routledge Research in Education

Edited by Geoffrey Walford, University of Oxford, UK

This volume discusses democracy and education within the context of a critique of liberalism and the justification of a new global conception of social justice.

This book brings together the assessments of key educational researchers who have been centrally involved with both the critique and implementation of various policy developments. This book is timely, and relates directly to the central education policy themes of the last decade.

Routledge Market: Education May 2009: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-95704-5: £60.00

This book was published as a special issue of the Oxford Review of Education. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Education June 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48305-6: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. Genocide

2ND EDITION

A Comprehensive Introduction

Issues In International Relations

Adam Jones, Yale University, USA

Edited by Trevor C. Salmon, University of Aberdeen, UK, and Mark F. Imber, University of St. Andrews, UK

2006: 246x174: 430pp Pb: 978-0-415-35384-7: £20.99

2008: 246x174: 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-43127-9: £21.99

2. 4TH EDITION

The World Bank

Russian Politics and Society

From Reconstruction to Development to Equity

Richard Sakwa, University of Kent at Canterbury, UK

Katherine Marshall, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA

2008: 246x174: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-41528-6: £22.99

2008: 216x138: 196pp Pb: 978-0-415-38132-1: £15.99

8. Global Political Islam Peter Mandaville, George Mason University, USA

International Relations Theory for the Twenty-First Century An Introduction

2007: 234x156: 392pp Pb: 978-0-415-32607-0: £21.99

Edited by Martin Griffiths, Flinders University, Australia 2007: 246x174: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-38076-8: £22.99

9. 7TH EDITION

Security Studies An Introduction

Akehurst's Modern Introduction to International Law

Edited by Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA

1997: 246x174: 472pp Pb: 978-0-415-11120-1: £39.99

2008: 246x174: 568pp Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £22.99

10.

5. Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics An Introduction Todd Landman, University of Essex, UK 2008: 246x174: 362pp Pb: 978-0-415-41237-7: £21.99

The Industrial Vagina The Political Economy of the Global Sex Trade Sheila Jeffreys, University of Melbourne, Australia 2008: 198x129: 250pp Pb: 978-0-415-41233-9: £14.99

POLITICS 65

Peacebuilding

2ND EDITION

Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck, University of London, UK

The United Nations and Human Rights

Series: Global Institutions

A Guide for a New Era

From Concept to Commission

This book is about the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept, the creation and functioning of the UN Peacebuilding Commission as an institution, and the complicated relationship between these two processes.

Julie Mertus, American University, Washington DC, USA Series: Global Institutions The fully revised and updated second edition not only provides a comprehensive and succinct guide to the development, structure and procedures within the UN human rights system, but also reflects the vital changes that have occurred within the UN, devoting considerable attention to expanding the range of issues discussed, including:

Selected Contents: 1. Overview 2. Birth of an Institution: The UN Peacebuilding Commission 3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving Concept 4. Peacebuilding in Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications 8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead Routledge Market: International Politics / Criminology / Terrorism June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £14.99

Regional Security The Capacity of International Organisations Rodrigo Tavares, UNU-CRIS, Belgium Series: Global Institutions Regional organizations are an inescapable feature of global politics. Virtually, all countries in the world are members of at least one regional or other intergovernmental organization. However, over the last decades these organizations have gradually penetrated into the security sphere and developed their capacities in conflict prevention, peacekeeping, or post-war reconstruction.

• new developments in the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights • the current controversy surrounding the new Human Rights Council • expanded treatment of economic and social rights. A superb addition to any human rights syllabus, this book maintains its position as essential reading for students and practitioners of human rights, international relations and international law. Selected Contents: 1. A Guide to the New UN Human Rights Practice 2. The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights 3. UN Charter-based Bodies 4. UN Treaty Bodies 5. The Security Council 6. The International Labour Organization and the UN Global Contract 7. Conclusion: Looking Backward, Going Forward Routledge Market: Politics / Current Affairs May 2009: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49132-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49140-2: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87801-9: £65.00

Transnational Organized Crime Frank Madsen, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Global Institutions

In Europe, Africa, Asia, or the Americas, regional and other intergovernmental organizations have been concurrently empowered by the UN and their own member states to maintain peace and security. This book is the first systematic study of the capacities of the most recognized intergovernmental organizations with a security mandate. It provides the most up-to-date comparative analysis of the major regional security institutions, assessing a wide range of regional organizations, providing an accessible and comprehensive guide to more than 15 organizations that influence the security sphere.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: 1 Taxonomy: Transnational Organized Crime 2. History and Development of Concept of Organized Crime 3. The Transnational Crimes 4. Transnational Crime and Terrorism 5. Initiatives Against Transnational Crime 6. Critical Issues in Contemporary Debate and Praxis 7. Future Trends Routledge Market: International Politics / Criminology / Law June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46498-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46499-4: £14.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Selected Contents: Section 1: Overview: The UN and Regional Organizations Section 2: Capacities Section 3: Conclusions Routledge Market: Politics / International Politics June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-48340-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48341-4: £16.99

Written by a former Interpol officer, this book is a much needed, short and accessible introduction to transnational organized crime explaining its history and the key current issues. The book also explores the various options of combating the threat from transnational crime and terrorism.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

66 POLITICS

Business and Global Governance

2ND EDITION

The Global Political Economy of Intellectual Property Rights

Edited by Morten Ougaard, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark, and Anna Leander, University of Southern Denmark and Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

Christopher May, University of Lancaster, UK

Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation

Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy

The volume examines the multiple modes of engagement between business and global governance and the theoretical approaches to analyze them. It presents, compares, and contrasts theoretical perspectives and their associated research agendas along with empirical illustrations.

This second edition has been significantly revised and updated to take into account developments at the World Trade Organisation and at the World Intellectual Property Organisation, and to incorporate the author’s recent research on IPRs. The volume has retained the theoretical and analytical elements and offers students and researchers a detailed analysis of how intellectual property is politically constructed, and how it is linked to the economics of knowledge and information in the contemporary global political economy. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. On Institutions and Property 3. Developing Intellectual Property 4. TRIPS 5. Case Studies: The Political Economy of Capacity Building for IPRs, the WIPO Development Agenda, the AIDS Crisis and the Pharmaceutical Industry, Digital Rights Management and Genetic Technologies 6. IPRs and the Acceleration of the Political Project of Openness Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Economics / Law June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42752-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42753-1: £19.99

Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / IPE / International Business June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49336-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49337-6: £22.99

Challenging Institutional Analysis and Development The Bloomington School

America’s Special Relationships

Paul Dragos Aligica and Peter J. Boettke, George Mason University, USA

Allies and Clients

This important volume presents a systematic analysis of the Bloomington Institutional and Development (IAD) Research Program that developed a unique and extremely successful combination of interdisciplinary theoretical and empirical approaches for the study of social sciences.

Edited by John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK, and Axel Schaefer, Keele University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy This is a comprehensive account of America’s ’special relations’ with particular nations. The book aims to consider the concept of ‘specialness’ from a variety of angles, both in the context of international relations and of domestic politics. Examining America’s relationships with countries including New Zealand, Australia, Canada, the UK, the Netherlands, Russia, Iran and Israel, John Dumbrell and Axel Schaefer draw together the work of leading experts to provide a significant contribution to the academic debates surrounding America’s alliances. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1: Relationship Models Section 2: The Model Relationship: US and UK Section 3: The Challenges of Constructing ‘Specialness’: Case Studies Section 4: Domestic Dimensions: Religious Groups in the US and America’s ‘Special Relationships’

Routledge Market: Political Science / Economics / History / Sociology / Social Sciences June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77820-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77821-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87628-2: £75.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Politics / Current Affairs June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48376-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48375-9: £21.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

POLITICS 67

Ethno-Symbolism and Nationalism Measuring Human Rights * A Cultural Approach Anthony D. Smith, London School of Economics, UK

Todd Landman, and Edzia Carvalho, both at University of Essex, UK The measurement of human rights has long been debated throughout the various academic disciplines and international community of practitioners working in the field of human rights.

Provides a concise explanation of an ethno-symbolic approach to the study of nations and nationalism and simultaneously embodies a general statement of Anthony D Smith’s contribution to this approach and its application to the central issues of nations and nationalism.

Written by leading experts, this is the most up-to-date and comprehensive book on how to measure human rights. Measuring Human Rights: • draws explicitly on the extant international law of human rights to derive the content of human rights that ought to be measured

Routledge Market: Political Science / Sociology / Ethnicity & Nationalism Studies May 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49795-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49798-5: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87655-8: £75.00

3RD EDITION

International Relations Theory

• contains a comprehensive methodological framework for operationalizing this human rights content into human rights measures • includes separate chapters on the methods, strengths and weaknesses of events-based measures, standards-based measures, survey-based measures, and official statistics • covers measures of civil, political, social, economic, and cultural rights. Routledge Market: Politics / International Politics June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44649-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44650-1: £21.99

A Critical Introduction Cynthia Weber, University of Lancaster, UK The third edition of this innovative and highly acclaimed textbook introduces students to the main theories in international relations. Weber unravels the complexities of international relations by explaining and analyzing each theory, allowing students to understand and critically engage with the myths and assumptions behind them.

2ND EDITION

Origins & Development of the European Union 1945-2008 Martin Dedman, Middlesex University, UK The new edition of this accessible introduction to the history of the European Union (EU) has been fully revised and updated to reflect the significant changes within the EU over the past decade, including new material on the Euro, enlargement of the EU, the constitutional debate, EU foreign policy and other key recent developments. The book is ideal introductory reading for those seeking a clear, concise and up-to-date account of the political and economic development of the EU.

Key features include: • discussion of all the main theories: realism and neo-realism, idealism and neo-idealism, liberalism, constructivism, postmodernism, gender and globalization • a new chapter on green governance theory, including use of the film WALL-E

• an accessible and exciting writing style which is well-illustrated with film stills, boxed key concepts and guides to further reading.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Realism 3. Idealism 4. Constructivism 5. Gender 6. Globalization 7. ’The Clash of Civilizations’ 8. Empire 9. Green Governance: Is Human-Made Climate Change an Inconvenient Truth? Conclusion Routledge Market: Politics / Current Affairs / International Relations June 2009: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77819-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77842-8: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-34208-7

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: Part 1: Origins 1. Definition and Theories of European Integration 1945 – 2007 2. The Impact and Significance of the European Federalist Movements and the Council of Europe 1949 3. Conditions in Europe and America and British Policies 1945 - 1949: Integration or Co-operation? Part 2: Development 4. The Schuman Plan 1950 and the European Coal and Steel Community 1951 5. German Rearmament, the European Defence Community and the Demise of the European Army 1950 - 54 6. Emergence of the EEC 7. Post Cold War to Present day Routledge Market: Politics / History / European Studies June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43560-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43561-1: £18.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-11161-4

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

• innovative use of narratives from films that students will be familiar with: Lord of the Flies, Independence Day, Wag the Dog, Fatal Attraction, The Truman Show, East is East and Memento

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

68 POLITICS

Routledge History of International Organizations

State Management An Enquiry into Models of Public Administration & Management

From 1815 to the Present Day

Jan-Erik Lane, University of The South Pacific, Fiji

This is a definitive and comprehensive history of international organizations from their very beginning in1815 up to the present day and provides the reader with nearly two centuries of world history seen from the perspective of international organizations. It covers the three main fields of international relations: security, economics and the humanitarian domain which often overlap in international organizations. As well as global and intercontinental organizations, the book also covers regional international organizations and international non-governmental organizations in all continents. The book progresses chronologically but also provides a thematic and geographical coherence so that related developments can be discussed together. A series of detailed tables, figures and charts explain the chronologies, structures and relationships of international organizations. There are biographies, histories and analysis of hundreds of international organizations. This work is a unique and invaluable resource for students and researchers from a wide range of disciplines. Routledge Market: International Politics May 2009: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-47624-9: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87657-2: £100.00

Secrecy and the Media The Official History of the United Kingdom’s D-Notice System Nicholas John Wilkinson Series: Government Official History Series This book traces the development of the D-Notice system, which controls the media’s access to government secrets, from 19th-century colonial campaigns, through two world wars, to modern operations and counter-terrorism. It draws examples from media, political and official sources, covering Defence (including Special Forces), MI5, MI6 and GCHQ.

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Section 1: Pre-Formation – The Long Debate – 1880s-1912 Section 2: Formation and Early Modus Operandi of the Committee – 1912-14 Section 3: World War I, 1914-18 Section 4: Between the World Wars – 1918-39 Section 5: World War II – Suspended Animation – 1939-45 Section 6: Early Years of the Cold War – 1945-1967 Section 7: The 'Lohan' Affair 1967 Section 8: Latter Years of the Cold War, and Northern Ireland Section 9: Post-Cold War, 1991-97 Routledge Market: British Politics / Security Studies / Intelligence May 2009: 246x174: 688pp Hb: 978-0-415-45375-2: £49.95 eBook: 978-0-203-87645-9: £50.00

See separate Order Form

This text offers a comprehensive but at the same time concise introduction to the new field of state management. It integrates the different approaches – public administration, policy and implementation, regulation and new public management (NPM) – to the study of government outputs and outcomes into one discipline: public management. Each chapter discusses a different issue within state management that is integral to the broader debate, presenting a clear overview of how the state operates when government sets out to deliver public services, and generating questions to encourage new research. State Management is a valuable new text for both undergraduate and postgraduate courses in political science, public administration and public management. Selected Contents: 1. Formal Organisation Models 2. Asymmetric Information Models 3. Policy Models 4. Implementation Models 5. Independent Agencies 6. Policy Network Models 7. Marketization Models 8. Incorporation As a Strategy 9. Principals And Agents: Public Regulation 10. Multi-Level Governance 11. Politics And Jurisprudence 12. Ecology And Policy 13. The Developmental State 14. The Comparative Challenge Routledge Market: Political Science / Public Administration / Public Management April 2009: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49234-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49235-5: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87988-7: £80.00

Surviving Field Research Working in Violent and Difficult Situations Edited by Chandra Lekha Sriram, University of East London, UK, John C. King, American University, USA, Julie Mertus, American University, USA, Olga Martin-Ortega, and Johanna Herman, both at University of East London, UK This text guides researchers in conducting research in situations of violent conflict or human rights abuses. It informs the reader of the ongoing debates about responsible scholarship and explains how to identify and address challenges in conducting qualitative research in difficult circumstances.

Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Human Rights June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48934-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48935-5: £19.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Edited by Bob Reinalda, Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

POLITICS 69

The Future of Political Science

The Laws that Shaped America

100 Perspectives

Fifteen Acts of Congress and their Lasting Impact

Edited by Gary King, Harvard University, USA, Kay L. Schlozman, Boston College, USA and Norman Nie, Stanford University, USA

Dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University, Washington DC, USA

This book contains some of the newest, most exciting ideas now percolating among political scientists, from hallway conversations to conference room discussions. To spur future research, enrich classroom teaching, and direct non-specialist attention to cutting-edge ideas, a distinguished group of authors from various parts of this sprawling and pluralistic discipline has each contributed a brief essay about a single novel or insufficiently appreciated idea on some aspect of political science. The one hundred essays are concise, no more than a few pages apiece, and informal. While the contributions are highly diverse, readers can find serendipitous connections across the volume, tracing echoes as well as diametrically opposed points of view. This book offers compelling points of departure for everyone who is concerned about political science — whether as a scholar, teacher, student, or interested reader. Routledge Market: Politics / Political Science April 2009: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99700-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99701-0: £13.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88231-3: £70.00

The Immigrant Divide How Cuban Americans Changed the U.S. and their Homeland Susan Eckstein, Boston University, USA While it is widely known that Cuban émigrés have exerted a strong hold on Washington policy toward their homeland, Eckstein uncovers a fascinating paradox: the recent arrivals, although poor and politically weak, have done more to transform their homeland than the influential and prosperous early exiles who have tried for half a century to bring the Castro regime to heel.

Dennis Johnson vividly portrays the story of fifteen major laws enacted over the course of two centuries of American democracy. For each law, he examines the forces and circumstances that led to its enactment — the power struggles between rival interests, the competition between lawmakers and the administration, the compromises and principled stands, and the impact of the legislation and its place in American history. Selected Contents: 1. The Northwest Ordinance of 1787 and the Louisiana Purchase Ratification of 1803 2. Kansas–Nebraska Act of 1854 3. The Homestead Act of 1862 and the Morrill Act of 1862 4. The Nineteenth Amendment of 1919 5. The National Labor Relations Act of 1935 6. The Social Security Act of 1935 7. The G. I. Bill of 1944 8. The Marshall Plan of 1948 9. The Interstate Highway Act of 1956 10. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 and The Voting Rights Act of 1965 11. The Medicare and Medicaid Act of 1965 12. The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 13. The Laws That Shaped America. Appendix: Other Major Legislation Routledge Market: Politics / American History April 2009: 229x152: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-99972-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99973-1: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87758-6: £80.00

6TH EDITION

The Politics of Bureaucracy * An Introduction to Comparative Public Administration B. Guy Peters, University of Pittsburgh, USA ’This is a wonderful, encyclopaedic work of considerable merit and utility ... as the most widely used book in this area, it remains peerless.’ – Nicholas Lovrich, Washington State University, USA Now available in a fully revised and updated sixth edition, it offers a well-documented comparative analysis stressing the effects of politics and organized interests on bureaucracy. New to this edition:

This historically-grounded, nuanced book offers a rare in-depth analysis of Cuban immigrants’ social, cultural, economic, and political adaptation, their transformation of Miami into the ’northern most Latin American city,’ and their cross-border engagement and homeland impact.

Routledge Market: Politics / US-Latin American Relations May 2009: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-99922-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99923-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88100-2: £75.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

• discussion of how governments have been developing strategies to enhance co-ordination and coherence across their programs • analysis of the use of performance management in public administration • more tables, case studies and internet links • extensive revision and updating to take into account the wealth of new literature that has emerged in recent years. Routledge Market: Politics / Comparative Public Administration May 2009: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-34209-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34210-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87914-6: £85.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-19477-8

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Immigrants and the Weight of Their Past 2. Immigrant Imprint in America 3. Politics for Whom and for What? 4. The Personal is Political: Bonding across Borders 5. Cuba Through the Looking Glass 6. Transforming Transnational Ties into Economic Worth 7. Dollarization and Its Discontents: Homeland Impact of Diaspora Generosity 8. Reenvisioning Immigration. Appendix I: Field Research

• more international case studies on North America, Western and Eastern European and Asian countries

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

70 POLITICS Extreme Right in Poland

Ethics As Foreign Policy

Rafal Pankowski, Collegium Civitas, Poland

Britain, The EU and the Other

Series: Extremism and Democracy

Daniel Bulley, Queens University Belfast, Northern Ireland

Routledge Market: Political Science / Eastern Europe June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47353-8: £75.00

Andrés Mejía Acosta, University of Sussex, UK Series: Latin American Studies

Series: Interventions Ethical foreign policy has often been considered utopian, unrealistic and potentially very dangerous. Dan Bulley argues for a reconceptualisation of ethics as foreign policy through an exploration into the possibility of a truly ethical foreign policy, focusing on the way Britain and the EU have conducted their relations with the other. Routledge

Political Extremes A History of Terminology from Ancient Times to the Present

Market: Politics / International Relations / Foreign Policy April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48361-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87885-9: £70.00

Uwe Backes, Dresden Technical University, Germany Series: Extremism and Democracy

Multiple Democracies In Europe

The Western tradition of a sovereign state, the roots of which go back to antiquity, inherited a centre vouching for virtuous moderation. Uwe Backes compares this tradition with what it quintessentially objects to: political extremes. This is an invaluable resource for scholars of democracy, extremism and political sociology.

Political Culture in New Member States

Routledge Market: Political Science / Eastern Europe June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47352-1: £75.00

Series: Democratization Studies Provides a detailed analysis of democracy in Europe, with a focus on the new member states, and makes an important and original contribution to the debate on the future of European democracy. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49273-7: £70.00

The Making of Modern Lithuania * Tomas Balkelis, University of Manchester, UK

Kwame Akonor examines and assesses the principal international economic organizations (IEO’s) based in Africa, analysing how African IEOs have evolved and what contributions they have made to the socio-economic development of the continent.

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

Lending with a Regional Flavor

This book explores the making of modern Lithuania, arguing that, contrary to contemporary Lithuanian nationalist rhetoric, Lithuanian nationalism was modern and socially constructed in the period from the emergence of the Lithuanian national movement in the late nineteenth century to the birth of an independent state in 1918. Routledge Market: Russia / Eastern Europe Studies / Politics / History May 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45470-4: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87872-9: £85.00

Jonathan Strand, University of Nevada, USA Series: Global Institutions The regional development banks (RDBs) are important global institutions but often are overshadowed by more widely studied institutions such as the World Bank Group and International Monetary Fund (IMF). Providing the definitive guide to the RDBs, Strand exposes the political nature of RDB development lending and demonstrates the need to include the RDBs in any reform of the global economic architecture. Routledge Market: Politics / African Politics June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77594-6: £65.00

International Influence Beyond Conditionality Postcommunist Europe after EU enlargement Edited by Rachel A. Epstein, University of Denver, USA, and Ulrich Sedelmeier, London School of Economics, UK Series: Journal of European Public Policy Special Issues as Books This book examines why postcommunist states continue to comply with international institutions’ rules and prescriptions even after those states have won the ultimate prize of European Union membership. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Public Policy. Routledge

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Sean McMahon, American University in Cairo, Egypt McMahon challenges the interpretation of the Oslo Process as a breakthrough in Palestinian-Israeli relations. This book will be crucial reading for scholars of Israeli and Palestinian relations as well as anyone interested in understanding what discursive change must occur for peace between Israel and Palestinians to be established and sustained.

Non-Great Powers in International Politics The English School and Nordic Internationalism Annika Bergman-Rosamond, University of Leicester, UK Series: New International Relations This book explores the role of small and medium-sized states in international politics, with a focus on the Nordic states, and draws on the English School to conceptualize and define non-great powers’ internationalist behaviour. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Scandinavian Politics June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46179-5: £70.00

The Politics of Becoming European A Study of Polish and Baltic Post-Cold War Security Imaginaries Maria Mälksoo, International Centre for Defence Studies, Estonia Series: New International Relations This book examines the relations between security, identity and collective memory, focusing on the dynamics of identity formation among the elites of Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania and Poland in relation to security and foreign policy in the post-Cold War era. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49997-2: £70.00

Market: European Politics April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48648-4: £75.00

ORDER NOW!

The Discourse of Palestinian-Israeli Relations

Market: Politics April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-99548-1: £60.00

Series: Global Institutions

Regional Development Banks

Market: Politics April 2009: 229x152: 201pp Hb: 978-0-415-99354-8: £60.00

Routledge

Kwame Akonor, Seton Hall University, USA

Market: Politics / African Politics June 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77637-0: £65.00

Routledge

Series: Middle East Studies: History, Politics & Law

Paul Blokker, University of Sussex, UK

African Economic Institutions *

Routledge

This book examines how presidents achieve market-oriented reforms in a contentious political environment, offering a systematic way of thinking about how informal institutions interact with formal ones to affect policy behaviour by both a president and legislator.

+44 (0)1235 400525

Rafal Pankowski makes sense of the rapid growth of organized radical nationalism on the political level in Poland by showing its origins, its internal dynamics and the historical, political, social and cultural context that has made it possible.

Informal Coalitions and Policymaking in Latin America *

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

POLITICS 71 Alternative Globalizations

Federalism in Asia

Solidarity and Visions

India, Pakistan and Malaysia

Hamed Hosseini, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia

Harihar Bhattacharyya, University of Burdwan, India

Series: Rethinking Globalizations

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics

This book explores the formation and transformation of ideas, identities, and solidarities in the global opposition to the corporate-led globalization and its ideological basis, neo-liberalism. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49476-2: £70.00

Mythology, Globalization and World Order

The ’War on Terror’ and the Growth of Executive Power?

This book analyzes the successes and failures of various federal measures adopted in India, Pakistan and Malaysia for the political accommodation of diversity. Routledge Market: Politics / Asian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-31540-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-56337-3: £65.00

International Relations Theory and Philosophy Interpretive Dialogues

Mark Bailey, University of Newcastle, UK

Edited by Cerwyn Moore, and Chris Farrands, both at Nottingham Trent University, UK

Series: Rethinking Globalizations Using a combination of political philosophy, anthropology, psychology, and IPE approaches, this book investigates the role that myth plays in constructing and legitimating forms of world order. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / International Relations Theory June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49929-3: £70.00

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Discusses the contribution of philosophers and thinkers whose ideas have recently begun to permeate international relations theory and seeks to integrate diverse ideas broadly concerned with the interpretive theory and methods of international relations. Routledge

Citizenship and Collective Identity in Europe Ireneusz Pawel Karolewski, University of Potsdam, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book explores the relationship between citizenship and collective identity in the EU by integrating two fields of research, namely citizenship and collective identity, and by separating semantics of citizenship from the social practice of citizenship. Routledge Market: Politics / European Politics / Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49658-2: £70.00

The European Union and Global Social Change A Critical Geopolitical Economic Analysis József Böröcz, Rutgers University, USA

Market: International Relations Theory / Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46226-6: £70.00

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book examines whether the strong emphasis now placed on terrorism and the ’global war on terror’ in national politics has led to significant accretions of executive power at the expense of the legislature and features case studies on Australia, Indonesia, Israel, Italy, Russia, and the UK.

This book examines the development of the EU in a global context. It draws on long-term processes of change in historical depth to developing a deeper understanding of global social change. Selected Contents:1. Introduction 2. Economic Weight in the Longue Durée: Nemesis of West European Geopolitics 3. From Segmental Conflict to Regional Integration: Western Europe and the World during the Long 20th Century 4. Geopolitics of Property Relations: State Socialism under Global Capitalism 5. Elasticity of Size: The EU as a Geopolitical Animal

Market: International Politics / Legislative Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48933-1: £75.00

United Nations Reform * Heading North or South? Spencer Zifcak, La Trobe University, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book evaluates Kofi Annan’s endeavor to reform the United Nations, seeking to understand why it was unsuccessful in so many cases, but also how global politics and ideological divisions played so forcefully into the many intra-institutional debates. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Law June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47720-8: £70.00

Mediation in the Asia-Pacific Region

Perspectives on Gramsci

Transforming Conflicts and Building Peace

Politics, culture and social theory

Edited by Dale Bagshaw, and Elisabeth Porter, both at University of South Australia, Australia

Edited by Joseph Francese, Michigan State University, US

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought

This book examines mediation in connection with peacemaking and peacebuilding in the Asia-Pacific region, providing practical examples which either highlight the weaknesses within certain mediation methods or demonstrate best-practices.

This volume brings together twelve eminent scholars from humanities and social sciences to demonstrate the importance and relevance of Gramsci to their respective fields of inquiry.

Routledge

Market: Politics / International Relations April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48527-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87907-8: £70.00

Market: Politics / International Relations May 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48967-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87669-5: £70.00

Routledge

Research and International Trade Policy Negotiations

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics

The Securitization of Humanitarian Migration

Knowledge and Power in Latin America

Digging Moats and Sinking Boats Scott D. Watson, University of Victoria, Canada Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics As western liberal states progressively restrict access to refugees and asylum seekers, this book explores how migration has been securitized using detailed case-studies on policies in Canada and Australia. Routledge

Market: European Politics / Geopolitics / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48102-1: £70.00

Edited by John E Owens, The University of Westminster, UK, and Riccardo Pelizzo, Griffith University, Australia

Routledge

Power, and Deception in the Global Political Economy

Routledge

A Comparative Analysis

Market: Politics / International Relations / International Security June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49690-2: £70.00

Edited by Mercedes Botto, Facultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales, Argentina Series: Routledge Advances in Latin American Politics The international trade negotiations that were launched throughout Latin America in the 1990s required developing countries to seek out research that could help them make informed decisions. This book examines the complex links between the research centers and international organizations who produced the information and the governments who used it. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Politics April 2009: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-80191-1: £60.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

72 POLITICS Democracy and Pluralism *

The Rise of Regionalism

Political Thought of William Connolly

Causes of Regional Mobilisation in Western Europe

Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory William E. Connolly’s writings have pushed the leading edge of political theory, first in North America and then in Europe as well, for more than two decades now. This edited collection features contributions from a distinguished panel of political theorists who provide a critical and nuanced assessment of his contribution to the discipline, especially in the field of democratic theory. Connolly himself provides a key chapter in which he responds to criticism of his work. Routledge Market: Politics / Political Theory / Political Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47350-7: £75.00

Gramsci and Global Politics * Hegemony and resistance Edited by Mark McNally, University of Essex, UK, and John Schwarzmantel, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory This book explains and assesses the relevance of the ideas of Gramsci. It takes his core concepts and uses them to analyse features of present-day politics and assess the extent to which his ideas can aid the understanding of the contemporary political world. Routledge Market: Political Theory / International Relations April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47469-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87891-0: £70.00

Ruhn Dahl Fitjar, International Research Institute of Stavanger, Norway Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics This book examines why regional identities are stronger in some regions than in others, and why regional elites attempt to mobilise the public on a regionalist agenda at certain points in time. Routledge Market: Comparative Politics / International Relations / European Politics June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49475-5: £70.00

How Courts Impact Federal Administrative Behavior

Edited by Anja P. Jakobi, and Kerstin Martens, both at University of Bremen, Germany, and Klaus Dieter Wolf, Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany

Routledge Market: Politics May 2009: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99927-4: £60.00

Enlightenment Political Thought and Non-Western Societies

Frederick G. Whelan, a leading scholar of Enlightenment political thought, provides an illuminating and incisive interpretation of key 18th- and 19th-century European political thinkers’ accounts and assessments of the societies and political institutes of the non-Western world.

Market: Politics / Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-24414-5: £65.00

Market: Politics April 2009: 229x152: 275pp Hb: 978-0-415-99928-1: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87733-3: £60.00

Electoral Systems in the Postwar Era *

Another Europe *

Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics This book explores and presents the influence of contextual factors on the choice of electoral systems for parliamentary elections in both democracies and non-democracies around the world. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Classifying Electoral Systems 3. Research Design 4. The Rational Perspective 5. Cultural and History: Patterns of Diffusion 6. The Institutional Perspective 7. Multivariate Analysis 8. Conclusion Routledge

ORDER NOW!

Market: Political Science / Comparative Politics / Electoral Systems June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47714-7: £70.00

See separate Order Form

Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science This pioneering volume is devoted to the analysis of education from the perspective of political science, applying the full range of its analytical perspectives and methodological tools. Routledge

Routledge

Krister Lundell, Åbo Akademi University, Finland

Market: Political Science / Comparative Politics / Government June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48582-1: £70.00

What impact do federal courts have on the administrative agencies of the federal government? How do agencies react to the decisions of federal courts? This book answers these questions by examining the responses of federal agencies to the U.S. Courts, revealing what happens inside agencies after courts rule against them.

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought

A Comparative Study

Routledge

Discovering a Neglected Field

A Defence

Routledge

This book examines dominant parties in both established democracies and new democracies and explores the relationship between dominant parties and the democratic process.

Education in Political Science

Frederick G. Whelan, University of Pittsburgh, USA

De Wijze examines the question of how a democratic society characterized by moral, religious and ethnic pluralism might achieve a just political community, despite differences over the notion of human excellence and ’the good life’.

Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science

Series: Routledge Studies in North American Politics

Sultans and Savages

Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory

Edited by Matthijs Bogaards, Jacobs University Bremen, Germany, and Françoise Boucek, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

Robert Hume, Fordham University, USA

Political Liberalism Stephen De Wijze, University of Manchester, UK

Concepts, Measures, Cases and Comparisons

Market: Comparative Politics / Education / Policy June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49477-9: £70.00

A Global Security Triangle European, African and Asian Interaction Edited by Valeria Bello, University of Trento, Italy, and Belachew Gebrewold, University of Innsbruck, Austria Series: Routledge/GARNET series: Europe in the World The EU has developed various strategies towards Africa and the Asian regions and this book provides both conceptual and empirical arguments to offer an innovative perspective on the EU as a global actor. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Security Studies / Area Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49657-5: £70.00

Conceptions and Practices of Democracy in the European Social Forums Edited by Donatella Della Porta, European University Institute, Italy Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science Given the focus on the challenges to representative democracy and the search for new institutions and procedures to help increase participation, this book offers empirical insights on alternative conceptions of democracy and the actors that promote them.

Religion and Politics in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa * Edited by Jeffrey Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science This book examines political activities of selected religious actors in Christian, Muslim and Judaist contexts, in Europe and the Middle East and explores the challenges for citizenship, democracy, and secularisation in these regions.

Routledge

Market: Politics / International Relations / European Studies / Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47464-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87703-6: £70.00

Market: Politics / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47713-0: £70.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Edited by Alan Finlayson, Swansea University, UK

Dominant Political Parties and Democracy

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

POLITICS 73 The Future of Political Community * Edited by Gideon Baker, Griffith University, Australia, and Jens Bartelson, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

European Union Intergovernmental Conferences *

Perpetrators, Accomplices and Victims in 20th Century Politics

Domestic preference formation, transgovernmental networks and the dynamics of compromise

Reckoning with the Past

Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science

Paul W. Thurner and Franz Urban Pappi, University of Mannheim, Germany

This book explores the alternative futures of political community and moves beyond the critique of what is wrong with existing, state-based forms of political community.

Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies

Routledge Market: Political Science / Political Theory June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46820-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88264-1: £70.00

The Political Representation of Immigrants and Minorities

Provides an empirical investigation of foreign policy decision-making in the EU-15. The authors examine collective decision-making within national governments and in intergovernmental negotiations. Routledge Market: Politics / European Politics / Business & Management / Law April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45660-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87970-2: £70.00

Voters, Parties and Parliaments in Liberal Democracies Edited by Karen Bird, McMaster University, Canada, Thomas Saalfeld, University of Kent, UK, and Andreas M. Wüst, University of Mannheim, Germany Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science

The European Regime of Liberal Democracy Regulation, Law and Politics in the Multilevel System Richard Münch, Bamberg University, Germany

This book breaks new ground in the analysis of the political representation of immigrants and visible minorities both theoretically and empirically, focussing on voting, candidate selection, political parties, and parliamentary representation. Routledge Market: Political Science / Migration & Ethnicity Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49272-0: £70.00

Development, Sexual Rights and Global Governance

Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies The book provides a sociologically grounded explanation of the changing features of governance and democracy within Europe in an era that empowers new actors, in the context of broader changes in society. Routledge Market: European Politics / Sociology / Law June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48581-4: £70.00

Resisting Global Power

Globalization and Migration *

Amy Lind, University of Cincinnati, USA, and Suzanne L. Bergeron, University of Michigan-Dearborn, USA

New Issues, New Politics

Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy Drawing on gender, queer and postcolonial studies and representing different regional perspectives, this book critically examines the relationship among gender, sexuality, global governance, development and queer social movements in the global South. Routledge Market: Politics / International Relations / Development Studies / Gender Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77607-3: £70.00

Edited by Ronaldo Munck, Dublin City University, Ireland Series: Third Worlds Migration is becoming one of the key global governance issues today. Migration represents the interface between the Third World and the First. We need to understand better the complexity of global migration trends and their social and political implications. This book was published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly. Routledge

European Union Governance *

Market: Politics June 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46832-9: £75.00

Edited by Anatoly M Khazanov, and Stanley Payne, both at University of Wisconsin, USA Series: Totalitarianism Movements and Political Religions This book examines the way in which new democratic or semi-democratic regimes deal with an authoritarian or totalitarian past, whether fascist or communist, whether in Europe or Asia. This book was published as a special issue of Totalitarian Movements and Political Religions. Routledge Market: Contemporary History / Political Ideologies April 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48625-5: £75.00

Contested and Shared Places of Memory History and Politics in North Eastern Europe Edited by Jorg Hackmann and Marko Lehti The Baltic–Russian debate on the past has become a hot spot of European memory politics and this on-going debate has clearly set new challenges for the whole of Europe. Recent tensions accompanying the removal of the ’Bronze Soldier’ monument have revealed the political and social impact of places of memory in the Baltic Sea region, which are addressed in broader historical and theoretical perspectives. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Baltic Studies. Routledge Market: Political Communication / European History June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49456-4: £75.00

Dealing with Failed States Crossing Analytic Boundaries Edited by Harvey Starr, University of South Carolina, USA The contributors to this volume represent the most recent cutting edge approaches to state failure-looking at both conditions of conflict and economic development, dealing with the conceptualization, causes, and consequences of state failure, as well as policy-oriented analyses as to how state failure can be contained, reversed, or prevented. This book was originally published as a special issue of Conflict Resolution and Peace Studies. Routledge Market: Politics / Security Studies May 2009: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48332-2: £70.00

Efficiency and Legitimacy in European Commission Committees Karen Heard-Laureote, Portsmouth University, UK Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies Through a comparative analysis of three European Commission advisory committees comprising organized civil society actors, this volume investigates the existence of a dichotomy between the capacity of European Commission committee governance to improve system effectiveness and provide efficiency gains as well as sustain adequate democratic credentials. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: European Politics / European Studies June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43582-6: £70.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

74 POLITICS Domestic and International Perspectives on Kyrgyzstan’s ‘Tulip Revolution’

Power and Policy in Putin’s Russia

Motives, Mobilization and Meanings

A landmark analysis of Putin’s presidency, neither condemning nor praising but providing a sober evaluation of how Russia changed under Putin, and how the world began to come to terms with these changes.

Edited by Sally N. Cummings, University of St Andrew’s, UK The violent events in Kyrgyzstan in April 2005 gained the name ‘Tulip Revolution’. This book brings together domestic and international perspectives to determine what happened – and with what implications. This book was published as a special issue of Central Asian Survey.

Edited by Richard Sakwa, University of Kent at Canterbury, UK

This book was published as a special issue of Europe-Asia Studies. Routledge Market: Politics May 2009: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48632-3: £75.00

Sovereignty and the limits of the Liberal Imagination Scott G. Nelson, Virginia Tech University, USA

Industrial and Regional Policies in an Enlarging EU Edited by David Bailey, and Lisa De Propris, both at University of Birmingham, UK This timely book explores possibilities for industrial and regional policies in an enlarging EU and contains fresh contributions from leading authors in the field. This book was published as a special issue of Policy Studies.

Myth or Reality? Edited by Roger Mac Ginty, and Oliver Richmond, both at University of St. Andrews, UK This critical and comparative book is comprised of arguments for and against the dominant western style of peace interventions and post-war reconstruction that has been applied around the world. It examines and assesses the nature of the peace that these have achieved or offer for the future. This book was originally published as a special issue of Global Society.

Routledge Market: Politics / Central Asia June 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49190-7: £75.00

The Liberal Peace and Post-War Reconstruction

This is a study of the concept of sovereignty in the modern epoch. Nelson argues that the accepted discourses of world politics are constructed by way of particular interpretive negotiations of what sovereign power is, and what it must be made to accomplish in domestic and world politics. Routledge

Routledge Market: Security Studies / International Politics May 2009: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-48926-3: £75.00

The Politics of Climate Change Environmental Dynamics in International Affairs Edited by Paul G Harris, Lingnan University, Hong Kong In this book, an international group of scholars describe the latest climate diplomacy, explore national responses to climate change, analyze implications for economics and security, and propose equitable and just schemes for fostering greater international cooperation in the future.

Market: Politics / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77784-1: £75.00

Routledge Market: Politics / Industrial Policy June 2009: 246x174: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-49822-7: £70.00

This book was published as a special issue of the Cambridge Review of International Affairs. Routledge

Policy Coherence and EU Development Policy

Market: Politics / Environmental Studies May 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48646-0: £75.00

Edited by Maurizio Carbone, University of Glasgow, UK This volume analyses the linkages between aid and various non-aid policies, namely trade, agriculture, fisheries, security, migration, and the social dimension of globalisation. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of European Integration. Routledge

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: European Union Politics / Development Studies June 2009: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49533-2: £75.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MILITARY & STRATEGIC STUDIES 75

State Terrorism and Human Rights Handbook of Asian Security Studies International Responses Since the Cold War Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK

Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA, Andrew Scobell and Joseph Liow, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Series: Cass Series on Political Violence

This book aims to improve our understanding of the broad trends in the use of political violence by examining the use of state terror in world politics. There are numerous military regimes and other forms of dictatorship where the use of terror techniques for internal control is routine. While there are some effective multilateral measures that can be taken to discourage and reduce state sponsorship of terrorism as a weapon of intervention in foreign states, the international community faces huge difficulties in attempting to influence those regimes that are inflicting major human rights violations on their own populations. For most states, the international norms of non-intervention have tended to restrict government and international organisations to expressions of humanitarian concern, condemnatory resolutions at the UN, and perhaps support for international economic sanctions against the offending regime. Professor Wilkinson’s new book will analyze the major types of international response to state terror since the Cold War and their outcomes and wider implications for the future of international relations. The conclusion will attempt to develop proposals for more effective international responses to state terror in full capability with international law and the protection of human rights. Routledge Market: Terrorism Studies / Security Studies / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £20.99

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies

This new Handbook offers a detailed exploration of security dynamics in the three distinct subregions that comprise Asia, and also bridges the study of these regions by exploring the geopolitical interstices that link each of them. Containing essays by many leading scholars in the field, the Handbook of Asian Security Studies will be essential reading for all students of Asian security, Asian politics, and International Relations in general. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: South East Asia 1. Islamist Violence in Southeast Asia 2. Internal Conflicts in Southeast Asia 3. ASEAN and Regional Security 4. Maritime Security in Southeast Asia 5. Great Power Politics and Southeast Asian Security 6. The Future of Burma/Myanmar 7. Intra-ASEAN tensions Part 2: East Asia 8. China’s Rise 9. Japan’s Security Future 10. The Security of the Korean Peninsula 11. The Taiwan Issue 12. The Tibetan Question 13. The Shanghai Cooperation Organization and Its Implications for Regional Security Part 3: South Asia 14. The Indo-Pakistani Conflict and Kashmir 15. Pakistan’s Strategic Future 16. The Sino-Indian Rivalry 17. Insurgency, Instability and the Quest for Security in Afghanistan 18. The Sri Lankan Civil War 19. Nuclear Weapons and Crisis Stability in South Asiay Part 4: Cross Regional Issues 20. The Nuclear Question in Asia 21. Great Power Rivalry in Asia 22. Space Rivalry in Asia 24. The ASEAN Regional Forum Routledge Market: Asian Politics / Security Studies / International Relations June 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-77781-0: £95.00

Edited by Charles Webel, University of Tromsø, Norway and Johan Galtung, European University Center for Peace Studies, Austria This major Handbook provides a cutting-edge and transdisciplinary overview of the main issues, debates, state-of-the-art methods, and key concepts in peace and conflict studies today. It is now being released in paperback edition for the first time and will be essential reading for students of peace and conflict studies and security studies more generally. Selected Contents Part 1: Understanding and Transforming Conflict Part 2: Creating Peace Part 3: Supporting Peace Part 4: Peace Across the Disciplines.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Peace Studies / Conflict Resolution June 2009: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-48319-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08916-3:£100.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

76 MILITARY & STRATEGIC STUDIES India and Counterinsurgency

Justice, Intervention and Force in International Relations

Managing Military Organisations

Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, USA, and David P. Fidler, University of Indiana, USA

Reassessing Just War Theory in the 21st Century Kimberly A. Hudson

Edited by Joseph Soeters, Tilburg University, the Netherlands, Paul van Fenema and Robert Beeres

Series: Asian Security Studies

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

Series: Cass Military Studies

Filling a clear gap in the literature, this book focuses on India’s experiences waging counterinsurgency campaigns since its independence in 1947. It addresses the pressing military and civilian needs in the counterinsurgency arena by focusing on the lessons that can be learned by other states from India’s extensive endeavours.

This book analyses the problems of current just war theory, and offers a more stable justificatory framework for non-intervention in international relations.

This up-to-date book examines the challenges and issues policy-makers and commanders have to confront while conducting military operations and preparing their units for deployment.

Routledge

Market: War / Conflict Studies / Ethics April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49025-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87935-1: £70.00

Market: Military Studies / Management June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48406-0: £70.00

Lessons Learned

Routledge Market: Indian Politics / Asian Security Studies / Terrorism / Political Violence April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49103-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87920-7: £70.00

Complex Peace Operations and Civil-Military Relations

Targeting Terrorist Financing

Legitimising the Use of Force in International Politics

International Cooperation and New Regimes

Kosovo, Iraq and the Ethics of Intervention

Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies

Corneliu Bjola, Centre for Ethics, University of Toronto, Canada

The book examines the dynamics of terrorist financing, including a discussion about the importance of money from both the terrorist and the counter-terrorist perspective.

Winning the Peace

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

Robert Egnell

This book examines the conditions under which the decision to use force can be reckoned as legitimate in international relations, and analyses the recent interventions in Kosovo and Iraq in detail.

Series: Cass Military Studies This book argues that for peace support operations (such as those in Afghanistan) to be effective, the civil-military interface should ideally be integrated – within the interagency arena as well as within the defence ministry.

Theory and Practice

Routledge

Acharya Arabinda

Routledge Market: Terrorism Studies / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49807-4: £70.00

The Character of War in the 21st Century

Market: International Relations / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49255-3: £70.00

Routledge

Paradoxes, Contradictions, and Continuities

Market: Military Studies / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49023-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87623-7: £75.00

The EU and the European Security Order

Edited by Caroline Holmqvist-Jonsater, Christopher Coker, London School of Economics, University of London, UK and Rune Henriksen

Interfacing Security Actors

Series: LSE International Studies Series

The EU and Security Governance

Rikard Bengtsson

The European Union in a Westphalian World

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

Edited by Jan Hallenberg, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden, James Sperling, University of Akron, Ohio, USA, and Charlotte Wagnsson, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden

This book attempts to conceptualise the idea of the EU as a strategic actor in the field of regional security, using constructivist logic.

This interdisciplinary edited volume addresses the relationship between the nature of war and its current character at the beginning of the twenty-first century.

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

Market: Security Studies / European Politics / Foreign Policy June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49723-7: £70.00

This edited collection focuses on the problems of, and prospects for, strengthening the global system of security governance in a manner consistent with the aspirations and practices of the EU.

Routledge

Routledge Market: Strategic Studies / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49832-6: £70.00

Israel’s Wars of Attrition Military Challenges to Democratic States

The EU and Human Security

Avi Kober

Routledge

European External Interventions and Missions

Series: Middle Eastern Military Studies

Market: European Security / Governance / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49352-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87597-1: £70.00

Edited by Mary Martin and Mary Kaldor

This book analyzes the way Israel coped with nine wars of attrition from the 1950s to the recent Second Lebanon War, and offers some theoretical findings about asymmetrical warfare.

White Power, Black Liberation Edited by Sue Onslow Series: Cold War History This edited volume examines the complexities of the Cold War in Southern Africa, highlighting the importance of the global ideological environment on the perceptions and consequent behaviour of the white minority regimes, the black nationalist movements, and the newly independent African nationalist governments. Routledge

ORDER NOW!

Market: Cold War Studies / African Politics June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47420-7: £75.00

See separate Order Form

This edited book examines EU external missions from the perspective of human security, which is regarded as the leitmotif of European foreign policy. Routledge Market: European Politics / Security Studies / War / Conflict Studies June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49872-2: £70.00

Routledge Market: Strategic Studies / Middle Eastern Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49243-0: £70.00

Contemporary State Terrorism Theory and Practice

Hamas and Suicide Terrorism

Edited by Richard Jackson, Eamon Murphy and Scott Poynting

Multi-causal and Multi-level Approaches

Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies

Rashmi Singh This book analyses the root causes of suicide terrorism at both the elite and rank-and-file levels of the Hamas group.

The aim of this volume is to ‘bring the state back into terrorism studies’ and to fill the gap that currently exists in our understanding of the ways in which states employ terrorism as a political strategy of internal governance or foreign policy.

Routledge

Market: Terrorism / Middle Eastern Politics / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49804-3: £70.00

Market: Terrorism Studies / Critical Security Studies / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49801-2: £70.00

Series: LSE International Studies Series

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Cold War in Southern Africa *

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MILITARY & STRATEGIC STUDIES 77 Terror and the Politics of Catastrophe

Governing Ethnic Conflict

Risk, Security and Modernity

Nuclear Energy, Security and Global Governance

Edited by Claudia Aradau and Rens Van Munster

Taming the Atomic Phoenix

Andrew Finlay

Series: PRIO New Security Studies

Trevor Findlay

This book explores the governmentality of terror as a complex discursive and institutional formation deployed at the horizon of a catastrophic future.

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

Routledge Market: Critical Security Studies / International Relations Theory June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49809-8: £70.00

Discourses and Practices of Terrorism

Consociationism, Identity and the Price of Peace

This book considers the extent and nature of the global revival in the use of nuclear energy in the coming decades and its likely impact on global nuclear governance.

This book examines notions of identity that have become central to the understanding of conflict and its resolution in the liberal state and beyond.

Routledge

Market: Peace & Conflict Studies / International Relations / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49803-6: £70.00

Market: Energy Politics / Global Governance / International Security June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49364-2: £70.00

Routledge

Hegemonic Peace and Empire

Interrogating Terror Edited by Bob Brecher, Mark Devenney and Aaron Winter

Risk, Global Governance and Security *

Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies

The Other War on Terror

This book is an interdisciplinary attempt to theorise the notion of terror that underpins particular conceptions of ’terrorism’; and thereby to begin to build a theoretical and historical understanding of the phenomenon.

Yee-Kuang Heng, and Ken McDonagh, both at Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland

Routledge Market: Terrorism Studies / Critical Security Studies / Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48808-2: £75.00

State Terrorism and Neoliberalism * The North in the South Ruth Blakeley, University of Kent, UK Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book steers discussion of the ’war on terror’ away from the militaristic tinge it has acquired, back to the idea that increased global cooperation and a cosmopolitan agenda would be the best solution to managing globalised risks like terrorism.

The Pax Romana, Britannica and Americana Ali Parchami, Royal Military Academy Sandhurst, UK Series: War, History and Politics This book examines the language and the ideology of the Pax Romana, the Pax Britannica and the Pax Americana within the broader contexts of hegemonic foreign policy and empire. Routledge

Routledge

Market: Empire / Foreign Policy / International History April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49254-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87929-0: £70.00

Market: Security Studies / Global Governance / Risk Theory April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47196-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87822-4: £70.00

The Global Politics of Combating Nuclear Terrorism A Supply-Side Approach

This book explores the complicity of democratic states from the global North in state terrorism in the global South, arguing that they have consistently used state terrorism, along with other tools of coercion, in pursuit of their foreign-policy objectives. Routledge Market: Terrorism / Security Studies / Foreign Policy May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46240-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87651-0: £70.00

Reintegration of Armed Groups After Conflict * Politics, Violence and Transition Edited by Mats Berdal, and David Ucko, both at Kings College, University of London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding

State Violence and Genocide in South America

This book looks at the political reintegration of armed groups after civil wars, seeking to locate or contextualise individual cases within their distinctive social, cultural and historical settings.

The Cold War Years

Routledge

Edited by Marcia Esparza, Henry Huttenbach and Daniel Feierstein

Market: Peace / Conflict Studies / Military Studies May 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47665-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87649-7: £70.00

Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies This edited volume explores political violence and genocide in South America during the Cold War, and examines this in light of the US’s hegemonic position on the continent. Routledge Market: Political Violence / Latin American Politics / Cold War June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49637-7: £75.00

Managing Power

Creativity and Conflict Resolution * Unexplored Pathways to Peace Tatsushi Arai, School for International Training (SIT), World Learning, VT, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book explores how creative ways of resolving social conflicts emerge, evolve, and subsequently come to be accepted or rejected in inter-group relations.

The Political Economy of Balancing Mark R. Brawley

Routledge

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This book rethinks the balance of power theory by examining strategic decisions from a political-economy perspective, while drawing out theoretical implications of differing approaches.

Edited by William C. Potter, and Cristina Hansell, both at Monterey Institute of International Studies, USA This book examines the economic, political and strategic obstacles to international efforts to end the use of highly enriched uranium (HEU) for commercial and research purposes and recommends national and international measures that should be taken to further the elimination of HEU. This book was published as a special issue of The Nonproliferation Review. Routledge Market: Security Studies / International Relations June 2009: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49484-7: £75.00

The Politics of Destroying Surplus Small Arms Inconspicuous Disarmament Edited by Aaron Karp With much less attention then nuclear or chemical weapons disarmament, the destruction of surplus small arms is reshaping the arsenals of the world. This is the first full-length examination of one of the most effective, but least recognized forces reshaping global security today. This book was published as a special issue of Contemporary Security Policy. Routledge

Market: Peace Studies / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47276-0: £75.00

Market: Security Studies / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49461-8: £75.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: International Relations / Security Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49367-3: £70.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

78 ASIAN STUDIES

Reclaiming Chinese Society

Was Mao Really a Monster?

Edited by You-tien Hsing, University of California at Berkeley, USA, and Ching Kwan Lee, University of California Los Angles, USA

Edited by Chun Lin, London School of Economics, University of London, UK, and Gregor Benton, Cardiff University, UK

Series: Asia’s Transformations

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Analyzes the mechanisms, processes and actors producing a wide spectrum of social and cultural changes in reform China. Contrary to most literature that emphasize economic and political processes at the expense of Chinese society, the book argues for the centrality of the social in understanding Chinese development. Selected Contents: 1. Reclaiming Chinese Society 2. Feminist Activism 3. Civic Environmentalism 4. Religious Revival 5. Violence in the Marsh 6. Film as Social Practice 7. Bounded Innovations in the Media 8. Intellectuals: Academic Authorities and Public Voices 9. Housing Protests: Property Rights and Residents’ Rights 10. From Class Struggle to the Quest for Citizenship 11. Private Homes, Distinctive Lifestyle 12. Deprivation, Discontent and Disobedience in the Countryside Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Chinese studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49137-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49139-6: £22.99

Mao: The Unknown Story by Jung Chang and Jon Halliday was published in 2005 to great fanfare. This book demonstrates that the portrayal of Mao in Chang and Halliday’s book is not accurate, and that although Mao did have many faults and was responsible for some disastrous policies, a much more balanced picture is needed.

Routledge Market: Asian Studies / History, Politics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49329-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49330-7: £20.99

Regulation in Asia

Rethinking Modern Japan

Edited by Randall Peerenboom, La Trobe University, Australia and John Gillespie, Monash University, Australia

Politics, Economics, Identity

Series: Routledge Law in Asia

Terry Narramore, University of Tasmania, Australia

Covering a wide variety of Asian countries, this book explores the complex economic and regulatory factors that generate social demand for state regulation and shows how local networks, courts, democratic processes and civil society have a huge influence on regulatory systems.

Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Birth of Modern Political Identity 3. Postwar Compact 4. Japanese Political Economy 5. Conservative Democracy 6. Media and Education 7. Gender and Difference 8. Citizenship 9. Ethnic Minorities 10. Location of Identity 11. Securing of Identity 12. Conclusion Routledge Market: Japanese Studies / Japanese Politics / Asian Studies May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-28865-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28866-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-40317-4: £75.00

See separate Order Form

1. Pushing Back on Globalization 2. The Role of State, Non-State and Hybrid Actors in Localizing Global Scripts in East Asia 3. Pushing against Globalization 4. Traditional Knowledge in Asia 5. Giving Content and Effect to Competition Rules 6. Resistance, Revision, and Retrenchment in the Transition to a Competitive Market Economy in China 7. Regulatory Learning and its Discontents in China 8. Unacknowledged Legislators 9. Pushing Against Globalization: The Response from Civil Society Groups in Thailand 10. Globalization and Japanese Regulation 11. Rehabilitating Korea’s Corporate Insolvency Regime, 1992–2007 12. The People’s Prosperity? 13. Law Reform and Corporate Governance in Malaysia Routledge Market: Law / Asian Studies / Politics April 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48986-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49003-0: £29.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Rethinking Modern Japan is an accessible introduction to Japanese politics and society which combines both political and cultural studies approaches to understanding Japan. It explores the significant interaction between Japanese identity (cultural, national, regional, ethnic, gender-based) and the political (management, political economy, financial reform). Each chapter introduces the subject and gives an overview of the key literature in the area. The unique combination of cultural theory and conventional political analysis makes the book both contemporary and attractive to students.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ASIAN STUDIES 79

Religion and Politics in South Asia Routledge Handbook of South Edited by Ali Riaz, Illinois State University, USA Asian Politics *

Selected Contents: Introduction Ali Riaz 1. Afghanistan C. Christine Fair 2. Bangladesh Ali Riaz 3. India Amalendu Mishra 4. Nepal Subho Basu 5. Pakistan Hassan Abbas 6. Sri Lanka A. R. M. Imtiyaz. Glossary of terms. List of further readings Routledge Market: Asian Politics / South Asia / Religion / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77800-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77801-5: £24.99

Routledge Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society * Edited by Theodore C. Bestor, and Victoria Bestor, both at Harvard University, USA An interdisciplinary resource on the social and cultural trends of contemporary Japan.

Selected Contents: Japan at Mid-Century Peter Duus. Political Identity and Discourse David Leheny. Politics, Language and Society Nanette Gottlieb. Religion Mark Mullins. War and Memory Alexis Dudden. Social Class David Slater. Gender Robin Le Blanc. Family Merry White. Ethnicity and Minorities Richard Siddle. Life on the Margins Carolyn Stevens. Queer Culture Mark McLelland. Sex Industries Haeng-ja Sachiko Chung. Aging and Social Welfare Leng Leng Thang. Urban Landscapes Paul Waley. Architecture Bill Coaldrake. Japan and East Asia Koichi Iwabuchi. Education Roger Goodman. Law and Society Lawrence Repeta. The Civil Sector Akihiro Ogawa. Literature and Publishing Stephen Snyder. Manga and Anime Susan Napier. Film and Television Aaron Gerow. Music Ian Condry. Sports William Kelly. Cuisine and Food Theodore Bestor and Victoria Bestor Routledge Market: Japanese Culture / Society June 2009: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-43649-6: £95.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal Edited by Paul Brass, Professor Emeritus of Political Science and South Asian Studies, University of Washington, USA The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics examines key issues in politics of the five independent states of the South Asian region: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal. Written by experts in their respective areas, it introduces the reader to the politics of South Asia by presenting the prevailing agreements and disagreements in the literature.

Routledge Market: Asian Studies / South Asia / Politics June 2009: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-43429-4: £110.00

2ND EDITION

South Asian Economic Development * Moazzem Hossain, Griffith University, Australia, Rajat Kathuria, International Management Institute, India and Iyanatul Islam, Griffith University, Australia This new edition provides an up-to-date guide to the growing markets in South Asia. It offers an analysis of the changes and consequences of high sustainable growth of the region and provides an outlook as to where these economies are heading to in the future. Selected Contents: 1. South Asian Economic Development: Historical Synopsis 2. Benchmarking South Asian Economic Performance 3. Benchmarking South Asia’s Human Development 4. Demographic Issues 5. Human Resources and Economic Performance 6. Labour Market Institutions and Economic Performance 7. Macroeconomic Management in the Era of Information Revolution 8. Financial Sector Issues 9. Economic Reforms in South Asia 10. Trade and Economic Integration 11. Agriculture and Rural Development 12. Has Growth in South Asia Benefited the Poor? 13. Environment and Climate Change 14. Information and Communication Technology Issues 15. India’s Development on the Back of Information Revolution 16. South Asia in the Twenty-first Century: Managing Growth in the Era of Information Routledge Market: South Asian Studies / Economics / Development Economics / Developement Studies June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45472-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45473-5: £24.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-12288-7

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Religion and Politics in South Asia presents a comprehensive analysis of the interaction of religion and politics in six South Asian countries, namely Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. It is a timely contribution and will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in political science, religious studies, history, and South Asian studies.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

80 ASIAN STUDIES

The Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan Edited by Makoto Iokibe, National Defence Academy of Japan This book presents a comprehensive overview of Japan’s international relations from the end of the Pacific War to the present. Written by leading Japanese authorities on the subject, it makes extensive use of the most recently declassified Japanese documents, memoirs, and diaries. Selected Contents: Introduction: Japanese Diplomacy from Prewar to Postwar 1. Diplomacy in Occupied Japan 2. The Conditions of an Independent State: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1950s 3. The Model of an Economic Power: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1960s 4. Overcoming the Crises: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1970s 5. The Mission and Trials of an Emerging International State: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1980s 6. Japanese Diplomacy After the Cold War. Conclusion: What was Postwar Japanese Diplomacy? Routledge Market: Japanese Politics / History / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49847-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49848-7: £22.95

Constitutional Bargaining in Russia, 1990-93 Edward Morgan-Jones, Keble College, Oxford University Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book examines the constitutional bargaining processes in Russia in the critical period 19901993. It is a valuable resource to those interested in Russia and post-communist politics, origins of political institutions, comparative government, democratisation and development studies. Routledge

Women, Islam and Everyday Life Renegotiating Polygamy in Indonesia Nina Nurmila, State Islamic University (UIN), Bandung, Indonesia Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series

The Poet-historian Qian Qianyi Lawrence C.H Yim, Academia Sinica, Taiwan Series: Academia Sinica on East Asia Lawrence Yim focuses on Qian’s poetic theory and practice, providing a critical study of his theory of poetic-history (shishi) and poems from the Toubi ji. He also examines the role played by history in early Qing verse, rethinking the nature of loyalism and historical memory in seventeenthcentury China. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Poetry May 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-49460-1: £75.00

Feminist Movements in Contemporary Japan *

This book examines Islam and women’s everyday life, focusing in particular on the highly controversial issue of polygamy. It discusses the competing Islamic interpretations of polygamy, and - based on detailed fieldwork conducted in Indonesia - women’s actual experiences and perceptions of the practice, and the impact of public policy. Routledge Market: Southeast Asian Studies / Religion / Gender Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46802-2: £75.00

Market: Post Communist Politics / Russian / Soviet Union Studies / Development Studies June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49991-0: £80.00

Soviet State and Society Under Nikita Khrushchev * Edited by Melanie Ilic, University of Gloucestershire, UK and Jeremy Smith, University of Birmingham, UK Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book examines the social and cultural impact of the ’thaw’ in Cold War relations, decisionmaking and policy formation in the Soviet Union under Nikita Khrushchev. With individual case studies exploring key aspects of Khrushchev’s period of office, it offers an important new perspective on the Khrushchev era. Routledge

The Chinese Third Revolutionary Civil War, 1945-49 * An Analysis of Communist Strategy and Leadership

Market: History / Russian Studies May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47649-2: £85.00

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Sanskrit Language - Volume 1&2

Christopher R. Lew, US Department of Defense, USA

Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series

Series: Asian States and Empires

Walter Maurer

The book examines the traditional role of women in Japan, showing that although many people feel that women should retain their traditional roles there is nonetheless a flourishing feminist movement. It examines the development of the feminist movement to date and compares it with feminist movements in other Asian countries.

This book examines the Chinese Third Revolutionary Civil War of 1945-1949, which resulted in the victory of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. It provides a military and strategic history of the conflict, exploring how the communists achieved victory.

Edited by Gregory P. Fields

Routledge

Market: Japanese Studies / Gender Studies June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45941-9: £75.00

Market: Chinese History / Military History / Politics April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77730-8: £80.00

Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Language April 2009: 216x138: 896pp Pb: 978-0-415-49143-3: £35.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

An Introductory Grammar and Reader

Now available in paperback, this grammar offers a completely new approach to the study of Sanskrit, aimed at students with no previous specialist knowledge of the categories of grammar. It is a stimulating and infectious approach, designed to cultivate rapid and lasting enthusiasm for Sanskrit.

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Laura Dales, University of South Australia

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ASIAN STUDIES 81 Politics and Oil in Kazakhstan

Environmental Activism in China

Wojciech Ostrowski, University of St. Andrews, UK

Lei Xei, Policy Studies Institute, University of Westminster, UK

Series: Central Asian Studies

Series: China Policy Series

Series: Critical Asian Studies

This book deals with the oil industry in Kazakhstan, with which the political and economical future of the country is inseparably intertwined. In particular, it explores the Kazakh regime under Nursultan Nazarbayev and the methods used to control the oil industry.

This book, based on extensive original research, adopts a multi-disciplinary research approach to examine environmental activism in China, focusing on four cities. It analyses the nature, characteristics, strategies, organizational modes and influence of what could be labeled a Chinese environmental movement in-the-making.

Straddling a range of disciplines and perspectives, the essays in this edited volume eschew programmatic solutions, focusing instead in new ways on subjects of slavery and memory, global transformations and vernacular and vernacular modernity, imperial imperatives and nationalist knowledge, cosmopolitan politics and liberal democracy, and governmental effects and everyday affects.

Routledge Market: Central Asian Studies / Energy Politics June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48580-7: £75.00

Routledge Market: Chinese Studies / Politics / Public Policy April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47869-4: £75.00

The Military and the State in Central Asia From Red Army to Independence Erica Marat, Johns Hopkins University, USA, and Institute for Security and Development Policy, Sweden

Government and Policy-Making Reform in China * The Implications of Governing Capacity Bill K.P. Chou, University of Macau, Macau

Series: Central Asian Studies The military played a pivotal role in the political development, state functions, foreign policy and the daily lives of the people in the Central Asian states from the early twentieth century until the present. This book is the first major, in-depth study of the military institutions and the influence they had on the state and society. Routledge Market: Military Studies / Central Asian Studies / Politics & Development Studies June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49347-5: £80.00

Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia This book analyzes the implementation of government and policy-making reform in China, focusing in particular on the reform programmes instituted since the early 1990s. Routledge Market: Chinese Studies / Politics / Development Studies June 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-43704-2: £75.00

Towards Responsible Government in East Asia *

The Politics of Transition in Central Asia and the Caucasus * Enduring Legacies and Emerging Challenges

Trajectories, Intentions and Meanings Edited by Linda Chelan Li, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia

Edited by Amanda E. Wooden, Bucknell University, USA and Christoph H. Stefes, University of Colarado, Denver, USA Series: Central Asian Studies This book on the Caucasus and Central Asia considers key themes across the two regions. Providing a thorough overview of the area, the book examines issues including: political and socio-economic development, the role of the state, local government, human rights, ethnic groups, education and the environment. Routledge

Drawing on a wide range of case studies from East Asia and relating the concepts discussed to political theory, ethics and social psychology, this book explores the idea of responsible government in East Asia, arguing that many recent governance crises have resulted from responsibility failures on a huge scale. Market: Asian Politics / Public Policy April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45316-5: £75.00

A Guide to Economic and Political Developments Ian Jeffries, University of Wales, Swansea, UK Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia

China’s Trade Unions - How Autonomous Are They? Masaharu Hishida, Hosei University, Japan, Kojima Kazuko, Tsukuba University, Japan, Tomoaki Ishii, Meiji University, Japan and Qiao Jian, China Institute of Industrial Relations Series: China Policy Series This book examines the status of trade unions in contemporary China, exploring the degree to which trade unions have been reformed as China is increasingly integrated into the global economy, and discussing the key question of how autonomous China’s trade unions are.

This book provides a detailed overview of contemporary economic and political developments in China. Key topics include the continued growth of the market, the reform of state owned enterprises, human rights and China’s international relations with its neighbours and with the international community more widely. Routledge Market: Chinese Studies / Economics / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47866-3: £95.00

Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Routledge India Market: Politics / History / Sociology April 2009: 216x138: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-44552-8: £50.00

Contemporary North Korea A Guide to Economic and Political Developments Ian Jeffries, University of Wales, Swansea, UK Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia This book provides full details of contemporary economic and political developments in North Korea. Key topics include North Korea’s nuclear capability and intentions, North Korea’s international relations including the most recent, more hopeful initiatives, political reforms, and the adverse economic and social conditions. Routledge Market: Korean Studies / Politics / Economics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47867-0: £95.00

India - The Political Economy of Growth, Stagnation and the State, 1951-2007 * Matthew McCartney, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK Series: India in the Modern World

Routledge Market: Economics / Political Economy / South Asian Studies April 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47663-8: £85.00

Political Economy, Liberalisation and Growth in India, 1991-2008 Matthew McCartney, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK Series: India in the Modern World This book examines the key period of liberalisation in India from 1991 to 2008. It analyses the relationship between growth and liberalisation and, in particular, the recent ‘miracle growth rate’ and its sustainability in the current Indian economic environment. It is a significant contribution to the growing debate on economic growth and liberalisation. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Politics / Development Economics June 2009: 234x156: Hb: 978-0-415-49335-2: £80.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Chinese Studies / Economics / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49016-0: £75.00

for e-mail updates in your field

Saurabh Dube, El Colegio de Mexico, Mexico

Understanding the drivers and inhibitors of economic growth is critical for promoting development in less developed countries, including India. This book examines economic growth in India from 1951 to the present, challenging many accepted orthodox views.

Routledge

Contemporary China

Market: Asian Politics May 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36813-1: £80.00

Enchantments of Modernity: Empire, Nation, Globalization

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

82 ASIAN STUDIES Subaltern Citizens and their Histories

The US-Japan Alliance

Expansion of Trade and FDI in Asia

Balancing Soft and Hard Power in East Asia

Strategic and Policy Challenges

Edited by Gyanendra Pandey, Emory University, USA

Edited by David Arase, Pomona College, USA and Tsuneo Akaha, Montery University, USA

Series: Intersections: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories

Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies

Edited by Julien Chaisse, World Trade Institute, Switzerland, and Philippe Gugler, University of Fribourg, Switzerland

This book is concerned with the question of changing modes of disenfranchisement, and the historical struggles over them, in the different locations of South Asia and North America. Initiating a conversation across very different world areas, this book stimulates new discussion about and beyond each region.

Explores the way Japan’s uses soft power in its relationship with the US, its Asian neighbours and Europe and aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the role of soft power in international relations.

Routledge Market: Asian History / South Asia / US History June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77832-9: £85.00

Home and Family in Japan

Routledge Market: Asian Studies / International Politics / Foreign Policy June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48713-9: £75.00

International Institutions and Economic Development in Asia

Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series Expansion of Trade and FDI in Asia explores the trends of present FDI in Asia and their effects on multilateral regulation of FDI. It reviews the increasing attraction of FDI and the rise of Asian transnational corporations (TNCs) from an economic perspective. Routledge Market: Asian Studies May 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-49084-9: £85.00

Continuity and Transformation

Edited by Thanh Tri Vo, Central Institute for Economic Management, Vietnam

Lessons from the Asian Financial Crisis

Edited by Richard Ronald, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands, and Allison Alexy, Lafayette College, USA

Series: PAFTAD (Pacific Trade and Development Conference Series)

Edited by Richard Carney, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Series

Covers the influence of international public goods and landmark developments and assesses how they have affected Asia’s development through the ‘Golden’ and ‘Silver Ages’ of economic development. It also considers the challenges for the continuation of a new ‘Platinum Age’ of development driven by China and India.

This book explores the degree to which traditional patterns of both houses and households are changing in Japan. It examines the social, economic and urban changes which are causing this, discusses the shift from the stem to nuclear family and to large numbers of single person and childless couple households. Routledge Market: Japanese Studies / Anthropology June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48867-9: £80.00

Routledge Market: Asian Studies / International Relations / Economic Development June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49754-1: £75.00

Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series Provides an overview of developments in the affected countries during the 1997 Asian financial crisis; lessons learned and corrective measures taken; lessons learned by regional and international actors; how domestic, regional, and international politics have affected the outcomes; the identification of potential future problems, and levels of preparedness. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Asian Economy April 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48190-8: £75.00

Making Japanese Heritage *

Dissent and Cultural Resistance in Asia’s Cities

Edited by Christoph Brumann, University of Dusseldorf, Germany, and Rupert Cox, University of Manchester, UK

Edited by Melissa Butcher, The Open University, UK, and Selvaraj Velayutham, Macquarie University, Australia

Land, Politics and Social Conditions

Series: Japan Anthropology Workshop Series

Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

This book examines the making of heritage in Japan, investigating the ways in which particular objects, practices and institutions come to be seen as forms of heritage that are ascribed public recognition and political significance.

This book seeks document urban experiences of dissent and emergent resistance against disjunctive global and local flows that converge and intersect in some of Asia’s fastest growing cities.

Following the phenomenal growth and structural changes of the Chinese economy, George Lin examines the important contribution of China’s land as a factor of production in both a rural and urban context.

Routledge

Market: Asian Studies / Cultural studies April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49142-6: £75.00

Social Class in Contemporary Japan Edited by Hiroshi Ishida, University of Tokyo, Japan, and David Slater, Sophia University, Japan Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies Through examination of contemporary Japanese society, this book demonstrates that the analysis of class formation is fundamental for a clear understanding of institutions and collective identity such as family, school work, gender and ethnicity. Routledge

ORDER NOW!

Market: Japanese Culture / Society / Sociology / Culture / Anthropology June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47475-7: £75.00

See separate Order Form

George C.S. Lin, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Routledge Market: Chinese Studies / Economics May 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-41322-0: £80.00

East Asian Regionalism from a Legal Perspective Current Features and a Vision for the Future Edited by Tamio Nakamura, University of Tokyo, Japan and Nissan Institute, Oxford Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series Plenty has been written about the political and economical aspects of regionalism, but the legal perspective has been neglected. East Asian Regionalism From a Legal Perspective is unique in synthesizing legal, economic and political analyses. Routledge Market: Asian Studies, April 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48857-0: £75.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Market: Japanese Studies / Anthropology June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41314-5: £75.00

Routledge

Developing China

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ASIAN STUDIES 83 The Politics of Heritage Tourism in China

Minority Governments in India

Vietnam’s Political Process

The Puzzle of Elusive Majorities

How Education Shapes Political Decision Making

A View from Lijiang

Csaba Nikolenyi, Concordia University, Canada

Casey Lucius, Naval Postgraduate School, USA

Xiaobo Su, University of Oregon, USA, and Peggy Teo, National University of Singapore, Singapore

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series

This book offers an explanation for the recurrence of hung parliaments and minority governments in India. It shows that the Indian case provides lessons for the role of the centre in multiparty electoral and parliamentary competition and the political consequences of the first-past-the-post electoral system.

Vietnam’s decision making process is often described as either consensus-based or simply confusing and inexplicable. This book provides an approach to understanding political decision making in Vietnam by recognizing enduring values that are derived from State-controlled education and official historical narratives.

Routledge

Market: Asian Politics / South Asia June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77826-8: £75.00

Market: Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Asian Education June 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49812-8: £75.00

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Unravels the politics surrounding the hegemonic project of tourism development through the example of Lijiang Ancient Town, a mature destination that has been used by the Chinese state as exemplary policy-making. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Tourism June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47808-3: £75.00

The Multiplex in India *

Buddhist Monasticism in East Asia

The Rise of Japanese NGOs

A Cultural Economy of Urban Leisure

Places of Practice

Activism from Above Kim Reimann, Georgia State University, USA

Adrian Athique, University of Essex, UK, and Douglas Hill, University of Otago, New Zealand

Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan Series

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Looking at domestic politics, transnational diffusion, the state’s relationship with civil society and societal actors, the book demonstrates how and why NGOs active in global issues have become more visible in Japan and are now established players in the policy making process.

This book provides the reader with a comprehensive account of the new leisure infrastructure arising at the intersection between contemporary trends in cultural practice and the spatial politics that are reshaping the cities of India.

Edited by James Robson, Harvard University, USA, James Alexander Benn, McMaster University, Canada, and Lori R. Meeks, University of Southern California, USA

Routledge

Market: South Asian Studies / Media Studies / Cultural Studies, Urban Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46837-4: £80.00

Market: Asian Studies / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49802-9: £75.00

The Caucasus - An Introduction Frederik Coene, European Commission, Belgium

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

This book presents a comprehensive introduction to the Caucasus. It covers the geography and the historical development of the region, economics, politics and government, population, religion and society, culture and traditions, and conflicts and international relations. It is written throughout in an accessible style and requires no prior knowledge. Routledge

Market: South Asian Studies / Peace & Conflict Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49385-7: £75.00

Manabi Majumdar, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, India, and Jos Mooij, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book focuses on primary education in Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal. It examines ways in which social class impinges on the educational system, educational processes and educational outcomes and recommends the move from government action and responsibilities to a broader concept of public action. Routledge

Market: Development Studies / Asian Politics / India June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49534-9: £80.00

Water Policy Processes in India Discourses of Power and Resistance

This book provides a multifaceted examination of Buddhist monasteries by taking into account the diverse religious, historical, social and cultural contexts within which they have existed. Written by specialists in the study of monasteries and monastic practice in East Asia, it is a timely contribution on this aspect of Buddhist religious practice. Routledge Market: Asian Religion / Buddhism / Buddhist Practice June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48977-5: £80.00

Women in the Hindu Tradition Rules, Roles and Exceptions Mandakranta Bose, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge Hindu Studies Series This book accounts for the origin and evolution of the nature and roles of women within the Hindu belief system. It explains how the idea of the goddess has been derived from Hindu philosophical ideas and codes of conduct and how particular models of conduct for mortal women have been created. Routledge Market: Asian Religion / Hinduism / Gender Studies June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77814-5: £75.00

Vandana Asthana, Eastern Washington University, USA

Changes in Japanese Employment Practices *

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Beyond the Japanese Model

This book covers a critical gap in the literature by analyzing the process through which policies in India are developed and implemented, investigating the aims and motives behind policies, and identifying the potential areas of intervention in order to improve the policy process in both its development and implementation stages.

Arjan Keizer, University of Bradford, UK

Routledge Market: South Asian Politics / Politics & Developement June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77831-2: £75.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Education and Inequality in India

Based on first-hand research with displaced Sri Lankan Tamils and Muslims, this book addresses the relationship of Sri Lankan Tamils and Muslims to ‘home’ in the midst of a war for homeland, transforming kinship relations and the effect of violence, terror, and secrecy on intra-and inter ethnic sociality, senses of intimacy, and political culture. Routledge

Market: Central Asian Studies / Russian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48660-6: £80.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

The Social Impact of Conflict in Sri Lanka Sharika Thiranagama, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series

for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism

Series: Routledge International Business in Asia This book examines changing employment practices in Japan, focusing on the position of the Japanese firm that is confronted with the need to address the changing economic circumstances while also maintaining some fit with the wider set of institutions that govern the Japanese labour market. Routledge Market: Japanese Studies / Economics / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44758-4: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

84 ASIAN STUDIES Legal Education in Asia

Sex Trafficking in South Asia

Globalisation, Change and Contexts

A Critical Feminist Analysis

Edited by Stacey Steele, and Kathryn Taylor, both at University of Melbourne, Australia

Mary Crawford, University of Connecticut, USA Series: Routledge Reseach on Gender in Asia Series

The editors examine the rapidly changing nature of legal education in Asia, where there are currently widespread reforms taking place. It includes chapters on China, Korea, Cambodia, Vietnam, Hong Kong, Singapore and Taiwan, together with cross-country comparative material, including Western legal education systems, and a particularly detailed coverage of Japan.

Mary Crawford argues that trafficking of girls and women is a product of the social construction of gender and other dimensions of power and status within a particular culture and at a particular historical moment. Focusing on Nepal, it provides a model for other locally grounded accounts of sex trafficking that could counter the universalizing rhetoric of the mass media and some anti-trafficking activists.

Routledge

Market: Law / Asian Studies / Education June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49433-5: £80.00

Market: Asian Studies / Gender Studies / South Asian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77843-5: £75.00

Gated Communities in China The Politics of the Good Life Choon-Piew Pow, National University of Singapore Series: Routledge Pacific Rim Geographies Choon-Piew Pow examines the nature and dynamics of gated communities within the specificities of reform Shanghai, a city that arguably has been at the forefront of China’s new urban/consumer revolution. Routledge Market: Chinese Culture / Urban Studies / Development Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47810-6: £75.00

Feminist Research Methodology Making Meaning of Meaning-Making Maithree Wickramasinghe, University of Kelaniya, Sri Lanka Series: Routledge Reseach on Gender in Asia Series This book centres on feminist research methodology, including its constituting methods, theory, ontology, epistemology and politics, and on Women’s Studies and research issues relating to women, gender and feminism in Sri Lanka. This book will be of interest to scholars, researchers and postgraduate students working in Asian Studies, sociology and politics. Routledge Market: Feminist / Gender & Women’s Studies / Asian Studies / Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49416-8: £75.00

ASEAN Regionalism Co-operation, Values and Institutionalisation Christopher Roberts, University of Canberra, Australia

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series Ashok Kapur traces the triangular strategic relationship of India, Pakistan and China over the second half of the twentieth century, showing how two enmities – Sino-Indian and Indo-Pakistani – and one friendship – Sino-Pakistani – defined the distribution of power and the patterns of relationships in a major centre of gravity of international conflict and international change.

Routledge Market: International Relations / Asian Politics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49001-6: £80.00

Routledge

Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia Ralf Emmers, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series Ralf Emmers examines geopolitics in East Asia, focusing in particular on East Asia’s contentious maritime territorial disputes. It examines how important factors including territory, natural resources and power relations influence state behaviour and relations between important powers including the United States, China, Japan and South Korea.

Market: International Relations / South Asian Politics / Chinese Politics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45466-7: £75.00

China on Video Small Screen Realities Paola Voci, University of Otago, New Zealand Series: Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations This book relocates Chinese independent moviemaking from a film to a visual culture perspective enabling the author to explore the role that other movies (mostly, but not exclusively, popular culture products) play in the making of experimental and non-mainstream visual culture.

Routledge

Market: International Relations / East Asian Politics June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46942-5: £75.00

Market: Chinese Film / Chinese Popular Culture & Visual Culture June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46452-9: £75.00

Series: Routledge Reseach on Gender in Asia Series

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series

Using the example of contemporary Indonesia, this books shows how Muslim politics have worked with democratic principles. It illustrates how debates on Islamic issues often relate to other central issues of politics and identity, such as new class dynamics, shifting ideas of femininity and masculinity, the production of ethnicity, global consumerism and political power relations.

This book explores the theoretical and conceptual basis of human security, and shows how it has been taken up as a central part of security policy in both individual states in southeast Asia and in regional security policy within ASEAN.

Ashok Kapur, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada

The author examines the key motivations for and challenges to greater regional integration in Southeast Asia. It covers the full range of issues confronting ASEAN, and discusses both the developments in ASEAN to date and the ones likely to take place in the future.

Yukiko Nishikawa, Mahidol University, Thailand

See separate Order Form

The China-India-Pakistan Strategic Relationship *

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series

Sonja van Wichelen, Yale University, US

ORDER NOW!

The editors examine the nature of political transitions in Southeast Asia and why political transitions toward political liberalisation and democracy have failed to take off. It considers political systems in the region that have gone through significant periods of transition but continue to face serious challenges toward democratic consolidation. Market: Comparative Politics / International Relations / Asian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49353-6: £80.00

Human Security in Southeast Asia

Market: Gender Studies / Southeast Asian Politics / Politics / Islam June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49724-4: £75.00

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series

Routledge

Religion, Politics and Gender in Indonesia

Routledge

Edited by Mely Caballero-Anthony, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Routledge Market: International Relations / Politics / Southeast Asian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47868-7: £80.00

Reconciling Indonesia Grassroots Agency for Peace Edited by Birgit Bräuchler Series: Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations Promoting an interdisciplinary examination of Indonesia, this volume goes beyond a mere political and legal approach to reconciliation. It offers a new understanding of bottom-up reconciliation approaches and the cultural dimension of reconciliation. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / South East Asian Studies / Civil Society June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48704-7: £75.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Series: Routledge Law in Asia

Political Change, Democratic Transitions and Security in Southeast Asia

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ASIAN STUDIES 85 Historiography and Writing Postcolonial India

Labour Market Reform in the Twenty-First Century

Southeast Asia’s Credit Revolution *

Naheem Jabbar, University of Birmingham, UK

Laggards and Leaders

From Moneylenders to Microfinance

Series: Routledge Studies in South Asian History

Edited by Jenny Corbett, Nissan Institute of Japanese Studies, University of Oxford, UK, Anne Daly, University of Canberra, Australia, Dehne Taylor, The Australian Treasury and Hisakazu Matsushige, Osaka School of International Public Policy, Osaka University, Japan

Edited by Aditya Goenka, National University of Singapore, and David Henley, KITLV, the Netherlands

A critical examination of post-colonial Indian history-writing. This book analyses the uses made of India’s often millennial past by nationalist ideologues who sought a specific solution to India’s predicament on its way to becoming a post-colonial state. From independence to the present, it considers the competing visions of India’s liberation from her apocalyptical present to be found in the thinking of Gandhi, V. D. Savarkar, Nehru and B. R. Ambedkar as well as V. S. Naipaul and Salman Rushdie. Routledge Market: Asian History / South Asian Studies / Postcolonial Studies June 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48847-1: £80.00

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Discusses the key elements of labour market reform, contrasting a country where reforms have been successfully carried through, Australia, with one where reforms have been less successful, Japan. The book demonstrates what the key elements of labour market reform are, and explores the key issues surrounding its implementation. Routledge

Radical Politics in Colonial Punjab * Governance and Sedition Shalini Sharma, Keele University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in South Asian History This book centres on the impact of the colonial state’s institutions and policies towards radical politics in the Punjab pre-Partition. Focusing on the political history of the organised left, a considerable and growing force in South Asia, the book discusses the formation and activities of radical groups in colonial Punjab. Routledge Market: Asian History / South Asia / Colonial History June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45688-3: £85.00

The Politics of a National Symbol in India Gandhi’s Programme of Spinning and the Spinning Wheel Rebecca Brown, Johns Hopkins University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in South Asian History Rebecca Brown probes the politics of spinning both as a visual symbol and as a symbolic practice. It traces the genealogy of spinning from its early colonial manifestations in Company painting (1830s) to its reinterpretation, deployment and manipulation by the anti-colonial movement (1920s-40s). Routledge Market: Asian History / India / Political History June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49431-1: £75.00

Market: Economics / Political Economy June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49594-3: £80.00

Ruth Taplin, Centre for Japanese and East Asian Studies, London, UK

The last twenty years have seen a transformation in the availability and use of credit among the less prosperous strata of Southeast Asian societies. Drawing on experiences from across the whole region, this book explores this important development, focusing especially on the modern or formal part of the microfinance sector. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Southeast Asia / Economics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44368-5: £80.00

The Future of Asian Trade and Growth

Responsible Development

Edited by Linda Yueh, Oxford University, UK

Asia Ten Years after the Crisis

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Omar Noman, UNDP Regional Centre, Sri Lanka Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Focuses on the economic collapse of 1997, and the effect on the status of East Asia as an economic power. Noman looks at how currency depreciations, personal and state indebtedness, mass unemployment and rioting brought the paternalistic capitalist phase to an end in Asia, and analyzes Asia’s complex recovery and future challenges.

Linda Yueh presents a comprehensive analysis of current trends in the patterns of trade in Asia, assessing how they are likely to develop going forward. Informed by the latest technical economic thinking, the book is nonetheless written in an accessible way. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Economics / Business June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-36811-7: £75.00

Routledge

Colonialism, Violence and Muslims in Southeast Asia

Market: Asian Economics / Asian Politics / Development Studies June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7103-1348-5: £85.00

Rethinking Dislocation and Resettlement in Development Anjan Kumar Chakrabarti, University of Calcutta, India, and Anup Kumar Dhar, Centre for the Study of Culture and Society, Bangalore, India Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society Offers a unique theory of dislocation in the form of primitive accumulation. It develops a framework that offers alternative avenues to rethinking dislocation and resettlement, and indeed the very idea of development, from a South Asian perspective. Routledge

Intellectual Property and the New Global Japanese Economy *

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Market: Asian Studies / Development Studies / Development Economics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49453-3: £75.00

Colonialism, Violence and Muslims in Southeast Asia Syed Muhd Khairudin Aljunied, National University of Singapore Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia This book deals with the genesis, outbreak and far-reaching effects of a legal controversy and outbreak of mass violence, which determined the course of British colonial rule after World War II in Singapore and Malaya. It will be of interest to scholars of British Colonial History and Decolonization, and Asian History. Routledge Market: Asian History / Southeast Asian Studies / Colonial History / Decolonialization June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48594-4: £75.00

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Ruth Taplin examines how intellectual property (IP) is used Japan, and how in recent years it has developed new approach to IP, borrowed from the US and Europe, stressing the importance of innovation, to revitalise the Japanese economy from the stagnation and deflation that characterised the 1990s. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Japanese Studies / Business & Management / Law April 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46597-7: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

86 ASIAN STUDIES Japanese and Hong Kong Film Industries

China’s Three Decades of Economic Reforms

Contemporary Japanese Cinema and Otherness

Understanding the Origins of East Asian Film Networks

Edited by Liu Xiaohui, Loughborough University, UK, and Wei Zhang, University of Cambridge, UK

Nationalism, Multiculturalism and the Problem of Japanesenesss

Kinnia Shuk-ting Yau, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

Mika Ko, University of Sheffield, UK

China’s economy continues to grow rapidly, with important consequences for its own society and environment, as well as for the wider world economy. This book provides a fascinating insight into a wide range of issues on the Chinese economy and its three decades of economic reforms and will be an indispensable guide to scholars, entrepreneurs, policy-makers and all who are interested in this country’s economic affairs.

Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia Focuses on the cooperation between Hong Kong and Japanese cinema from the Sino-Japanese War, which broke out in the 1930s, up until the early 1970s, to re-evaluate the significance of this event in the context of Asian film history. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Asian Film June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49808-1: £75.00

Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial Japan

Routledge Market: Developmemt Economics / Chinese Studies / Business & Management June 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49600-1: £95.00

The Civil-Military Contract

Financial Sector Reform and the International Integration of China *

Stewart Lone, University of New South Wales, Australia

Edited by Zhongmin Wu, Nottingham Trent University, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

The book challenges the long-standing view of prewar Japan as a ‘militaristic’ society. Instead of relying on the usual accounts about senior commanders and politics at the heart of government, it shows the realities of provincial society’s relations with the military in Japan at ground level. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Japanese Studies / Japanese History June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49751-0: £75.00

Local Organizations and Urban Governance in East and Southeast Asia Straddling State and Society Edited by Benjamin L Read, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA, and Robert Pekkanen, Washington University, USA Series: Routledge Studies on Civil Society in Asia This edited collection brings together enterprising pieces of new research on the many forms of organization in East and Southeast Asia that are sponsored or mandated by government, but engage widespread participation at the grassroots level. Routledge Market: Asian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49299-7: £75.00

Based on extensive original research by a range of leading experts, Wu examines many key aspects of current reforms in China’s financial sector and China’s increasing integration into the international economy. Subjects covered include: the derivatives market; stock market liberalisation; and international foreign direct investment by Chinese firms. Routledge Market: Economics / Finance / Chinese Studies April 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-47003-2: £95.00

Savagery and Colonialism in the Indian Ocean Satadru Sen, Queens College, City University of New York, US Series: Routledge/Edinburgh South Asian Studies Series Satadru Sen examines savagery as a dynamic component of colonialism in South Asia. Focusing on the colonial discourses of race, criminality, civilization and savagery, it illuminates and historicizes the processes by which the discourse of savagery in the Andamans, British India, Britain and the wider empire was manifested. Routledge Market: Asian History / Colonial History / South Asia / History of Anthropology June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49782-4: £75.00

Japan and the Emerging Asia-Pacific Order * Glenn D. Hook, University of Sheffield, UK

Examines the representation of so-called Others – foreigners, ethnic minorities, and Okinawans – in Japanese cinema; investigating how these representations are related to the socio-political context of contemporary Japan and considers how the apparently progressive idea of contemporary Japanese multiculturalism is often in collusion with nationalism. Routledge Market: Japanese Studies / Film studies June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49301-7: £75.00

Forbidden Sex, Forbidden Texts New India’s Gay Poets Hoshang Merchant The book argues that there is no monolithic homosexuality; there are only homosexualities, that is, there are as many reasons for being gay as there are gays. Some people are born gay, some have gayness thrust upon them, and some do, indeed, achieve to great gayness. Representation of homosexuality/homoeroticism, as it is understood today, is thus a western import. The act and public/social discourses on same-sex love are still illegal; it is, according to many, against the Indian ‘tradition’; and a sense of ‘history’ is seriously problematic when we dig out for a past tradition of homoerotic love and desire. Hoshang Merchant, through an examination of texts, films, poetry, attempts to analyse and crack the codes of sexual (mis)conduct in contemporary India, giving short histories of the fate of several gay writers and explaining the difficulties of ‘coming out’. Routledge India April 2009: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-48451-0: £50.00

Gender, China and the World Trade Organization Essays from Feminist Economics Edited by Günseli Berik, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, USA, Xiao-yuan Dong, University of Winnipeg, Canada, and Gale Summerfield, University of Illinois Urbana Champaign, USA The essays in this volume examine how women’s well-being compared with men’s is being affected by the reforms associated with China’s membership in the WTO. This book was published as a special issue of Feminist Economics. Routledge

Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series Japan and the Emerging Asia-Pacific Order provides an up-to-date account of Japanese involvement in recent developments within the Asia-Pacific region.

Market: Chinese Studies / Political Economy / Gender Studies June 2009: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-49904-0: £75.00

Routledge

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Japanese Studies / Politics / Economics June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-23287-6: £75.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ASIAN STUDIES 87 Indian Diaspora in Transnational Contexts Edited by William Safran, Ajaya Sahoo and Brij V. Lal This book studies Indian diaspora, currenlty 20 million across the world, from various perspectives. It looks at the 'transnational' nature of the middle class worker. Other aspects include: post 9/11 challenges; ethnicity in USA; cultural identity versus national identity; gender issues amongst the diaspora communities. It argues that Indian middle classes have the unique advantages of skills, mobility, cultural rootedness and ethics of hard-work.Routledge India April 2009: Hb: 978-0-415-48322-3: £50.00

Critical Lands, Critical Pedagogies A Study of Education and Society in the Changing Context of Mizoram Edited by Huricihan Islamoglu and Peter Perdue This book attempts to analyse some aspects of education and society in Mizoram. Its aim is to contextualize education in the framework of a 'political economy of schooling in which important questions of not only agency and structure are considered, but the significant issues of the State, politics and of ideology and culture are adressed'. It strives to explore not only the micro-processes within the school but also to examine school education in its linkages with the wider society. Routledge India April 2009: 216x138: 332pp Hb: 978-0-415-48291-2: £55.00

Politics and Pitfalls of Japan Ethnography Reflexivity, Responsibility, and Anthropological Ethics Edited by Jennifer Robertson, University of Michigan, USA The authors of the articles in this book collectively provide insightful reasons as to why ethics has recently emerged as a theoretical and methodological subject as compelling as reflexivity was two decades ago. This book was previously published as a special issue of Critical Asian Studies. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Japanese Studies April 2009: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-48649-1: £75.00

The Changing Face of Retailing in the Asia Pacific Edited by Elizabeth Howard, Said Business School, Oxford University, UK Retailing in the countries of Asia Pacific is being transformed, with the growth of large and international retail firms and the development of new stores and shopping centres. This book studies the trends and the implications for retailers, consumers and governments, through a series of studies in different countries. This book was published as a special issue of Asia Pacific Business Review. Routledge Market: Asian Studies / Asian Business June 2009: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-48342-1: £75.00

The Digitized Imagination

Theory after Derrida

Edited by Nalini Rajan

Essays in Critical Praxis Edited by Kailash Baral and R. Radhakrishnan This book explores not only the status of Derrida’s contribution as a critical thinker but also the status of critical theory as such in the contemporary milieu. The volume addresses some important concerns of our times, such as, religious practice, art and aesthetics, translation, sociology of philosophy, and democracy, making a significant contribution to literary theory. Scholars of English literature, philosophy, sociology and cultural studies will find this work particularly appealing. Routledge

The work explores the complex and profound implications of digital technology for a stunning variety of spaces, ranging from science and cinema to citizenship and bazaars. It maps the multiple ways in which the 'new' media rewrites the 'old', and the dilemmas and issues that they pitch - questioning, in turn, recieved notions of knowledge, legality, ethics, privacy, identity and community. The book argues that the old and the new media are neither radically different nor the same: while the mutability of a narrative, whether on the printed page or on a digitally recorded disk remains, there are intrinsic differences between print and digital print. Routledge India

April 2009: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-48447-3: £50.00

April 2009: 216x138: Hb: 978-0-415-49286-7: £50.00

MIDDLE EAST STUDIES Mulla Sadra and Metaphysics Modulation of Being Sajjad H. Rizvi, University of Exeter, UK Series: Culture and Civilization in the Middle East Mulla Sadra is, alongside Avicenna, probably the most important Islamic philosopher. In this exploration of his metaphysics the author examines the central doctrine of the modulation of being, and makes a major contribution to the study of Mulla Sadra and the intellectual life of the Safavid period. Routledge Market: Middle East Studies / Religion / Philosophy May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49073-3: £70.00

Continuity in Iranian Identity

Palestinian Politics and the Middle East Peace Process

Information Structure in Spoken Arabic

Consensus and Competition in the Palestinian Negotiating Team

Edited by Jonathan Owens, and Alaa Elgibali, both at University of Maryland, USA

Khatib Ghassan, Center for International Affairs, Harvard University, Massachusetts

Series: Routledge Arabic Linguistics Series

Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series Eight years after the second Palestinian uprising, the Oslo accords signed in 1993 seem to have failed. This book explores one of the major aspects of the bilateral peace process – the composition and behaviour of the Palestinian negotiating team, which deeply impacted the outcome of the negotiations between 1991 and 1997. Routledge

Fereshteh Davaran, University of California, Berkeley, USA Series: Iranian Studies

Market: Middle East Studies / Development Studies / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49334-5: £80.00

Spoken Arabic is different in many respects from literary Arabic. This book is concerned with speakers’ intentions and the structural and pragmatic resources they employ. Based on new empirical findings from across the Arabic world, this work will be of interest to both students and researchers. Routledge Market: Foreign Languages / Linguistics / Middle East Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77844-2: £70.00

Jews and Judaism in Modern China * Avrum Ehrlich, University of Shandong, China Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series

Routledge

Market: Middle East Studies / History / Cultural Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48104-5: £70.00

Market: Religion; History / Middle Eastern Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45716-3: £70.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

This book brings together a series of essays discussing the developing relations between Jewish and Chinese people, their different systems of thought and differing habits. It explores areas of cooperation, contrast and comparison, developing an intellectual framework for understanding its course.

Through the examination of history, religion and culture this book is concerned with the continuity in Iranian culture and identity. Ranging from the ancient Persian era through into the Islamic period it reviews Iranian religious movements including Zoroastrian and Muslim traditions as well as wider historical trends.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

88 MIDDLE EAST STUDIES Jewish Education and History

Islamists and Secularists in Egypt

Reparations to Palestinian Refugees

Continuity, Crisis and Change

Opposition Politics, Conflict & Cooperation

Shahira Samy, University of Oxford, UK

Moshe Aberbach, Baltimore Hebrew University, USA

Dina Shehata, Al Ahram Foundation, Egypt

Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict

Edited and translated by David Aberbach, McGill University, Canada

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics

The ongoing Palestinian refugee problem represents the largest and most protracted displacement of people in the world. This book tackles the issue of reparations for those affected. Employing a comparative approach, the author examines other precedents for reparations and how these might be employed in the Palestinian case.

Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series Education is at the centre of Jewish life and this book charts that development from the earliest periods through to the present. With a special emphasis on the key Talmudic period the author has carefully scrutinised both Jewish texts as well as the Greco-Roman sources to provide a comprehensive history. Routledge Market: Middle East Studies / Jewish Studies / History April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48996-6: £75.00

Dina Shehata examines the continued survival of authoritarian governments in the Arab world and Egypt in particular. The author argues that their longevity is less to do with the strength of the regime, but more closely related to the divisions and weakness of opposition groupings. Routledge Market: Middle East Studies / Political Science / History June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49547-9: £70.00

Political Succession in the Arab World

Routledge Market: Law / Political Science June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48579-1: £70.00

Zionist Israel and Apartheid South Africa Civil Society and Peace Building in Ethnic-National States

Constitutions, Family Loyalties and Islam

Amneh Badran, AlQuds University, Palestine

Zionist Messianism and its Critics

Anthony Billingsley, University of New South Wales, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict

David Ohana, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics

Political Theology in Israel

Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series David Ohana examines the role of messianism in Zionist ideology from the birth of the movement through to the present. Is shows how messianism is not just a religious or philosophical term but a very tangible political practice that has shaped Israeli identity. Routledge Market: Middle East Studies / Political Science June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49168-6: £70.00

Political succession is one of the most timely issues in the contemporary Middle East. In this new study the author examines the process and shows how respect for those in authority and tribal codes of loyalty have been far more influential in maintaining regimes than security institutions and political repression.

The Making of the Arab Intellectual

Market: History / Middle East Studies / Political Science June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49536-3: £70.00

Empire, Public Sphere and the Colonial Coordinates of Selfhood

The Origins of the Libyan Nation Colonial Legacy, Exile and the Emergence of a New Nation-state

Democracy Versus Military Rule

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern History This book is concerned with the emergence and construction of the Libyan nation. It charts the rise of nationalism out of the colonial era and shows how it developed through an external Libyan diaspora and the influence of Arab nationalism. Routledge Market: History / Middle East Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47747-5: £70.00

Edited by Dyala Hamzah, Zentrum Moderner Orient, Berlin, Germany Series: SOAS/Routledge Studies on the Middle East

Lev Grinberg, Ben-Gurion University, Israel Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book narrates the political developments in Israel/Palestine since the ascent to power of Yitzhak Rabin in 1992 through to the present. It includes the developments of the peace process and conflict with Hezbollah and Hamas, and how hopes for a settlement have been dashed by the ongoing violence. Routledge

Larbi Sadiki, University of Exeter, UK, and Brieg Powel, University of Plymouth, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book is concerned with EU democracy promotion inside Tunisia, examining democratization via association in particular. This analysis of the EU-Tunisia dynamic is the first comprehensive study of the effects of the Union’s Mediterranean democracy promotion strategy on a single recipient state. Routledge Market: History / Politics / Middle East Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49789-3: £70.00

Dilemmas of Institutionalisation and Leadership Strategy Arda Kumbaracibasi, University of Kent, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics The Justice and Development Party (AKP) has been in power since 2002. This book charts the rise and development of the party from its Islamist roots to government, analyzing in particular its internal organisation and dynamics. Market: Politics / Middle East Studies / History June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49160-0: £70.00

Routledge Market: Middle East Studies / Area Studies / History June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48834-1: £70.00

Customary Law In The Modern World The Crossfire of Sudan’s War of Identities Sudan, where the world’s longest civil war has been fought for 21 years, is now the proving ground for customary law. This book defines customary law in context, and presents the views of leading legal and political figures on the practice and its place in the modern world.

Turkish Politics and the rise of the AKP

Routledge

The book examines the rise and development of the Arab intellectual from colonial rule through to independence. It includes coverage of a number of states and individuals including liberals, radical secularists and salafi intellectuals.

Francis Deng, United Nations

Market: Middle East Politics / Military Studies May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48833-4: £70.00

Europe and Tunisia Democratization via Association

Routledge Market: History / Political Science / Area Studies June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48981-2: £70.00

Routledge

Politics and Violence in Israel/Palestine

Anna Baldinetti, University of Perugia, Italy

This book is a comparison of two “apartheid” states and how internal dissent has developed. In particular it examines the evolution of effective white protest in South Africa and explores the reasons why comparably powerful movements have not emerged in Israel.

Routledge Market: Anthropology / Law / Middle East Studies June 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-7103-1338-6: £75.00

Frontiers Of Unity An Experiment in Afro-Arab Cooperation Francis Deng, United Nations This book deals with the conflict between Northern and Southern Sudan over the Abeyi region and other border areas. Deng deals with the complexities of the dispute, looking at the factors making relations conflictual and calling for the resolution of Africa’s longest running dispute.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Anthropology / History / Political Science June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7103-1352-2: £75.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LAW

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. Constitutional & Administrative Law

3RD EDITION

Text, Cases and Materials on Public Law and Human Rights

Hilaire Barnett, Previously at Queen Mary College, University of London, UK

Helen Fenwick, and Gavin Phillipson, both at University of Durham, UK

2008: 246x174: 848pp Pb: 978-0-415-47312-5: £34.99

2009: 246x174: 1100pp Pb: 978-0-415-46214-3: £32.95

2. The Politics of the Common Law

European Union Law Alina Kaczorowska, University of the West Indies, Barbados

Perspectives, Rights, Processes, Institutions

2008: 246x174: 1152pp Pb: 978-0-415-44798-0: £25.99

Wayne Morrison, Adam Gearey and Robert Jago 2008: 246x174: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-48153-3: £27.50

8. 6TH EDITION

8TH EDITION

Modern Land Law

The Modern Law of Contract

Martin Dixon, Queen's College, University of Cambridge, UK

Richard Stone, University of Lincoln, UK 2009: 246x174: 680pp Pb: 978-0-415-48137-3: £25.99

2008: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-45844-3: £25.99

9. 10TH EDITION

7TH EDITION

The English Legal System 2009-2010

Modern Tort Law

David Kelly, Staffordshire University, UK and Gary Slapper, The Open University, UK

2008: 246x174: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-45846-7: £25.99

V.H. Harpwood, Cardiff Law School, UK

2009: 246x174: 640pp Pb: 978-0-415-48096-3: £28.99

10.

5. 6TH EDITION

4TH EDITION

Equity and Trusts

Bourne on Company Law

Alastair Hudson, Queen Mary, University of London, UK

Nicholas Bourne, Conservative Leader, Welsh Assembly, UK

2009: 246x174: 1312pp Pb: 978-0-415-49771-8: £32.99

2007: 234x156: 368pp Pb: 978-1-84568-031-2: £27.50

90 LAW

Autonomy, Consent and the Law

6TH EDITION

Sheila A.M. McLean, University of Glasgow, UK

Equity and Trusts

Series: Biomedical Law & Ethics Library

Alastair Hudson, Queen Mary, University of London, UK Equity and Trusts is an ideal textbook for undergraduate courses on the law of trusts and equitable remedies. It provides a clear, current and comprehensive account of the subject through which the author’s enthusiasm and expertise shine through, helping to bring to life an area of the law which students often find difficult.

The notion that consent based on the concept of autonomy, underpins a good or beneficent medical intervention is deeply rooted in the jurisprudence of most countries throughout the world. Autonomy, Consent and the Law examines these notions in the UK, Australia and the US, and critiques the way in which autonomy and consent are treated in bioethics and law. Selected Contents: 1. Autonomy Introduced 2. Autonomy in Law 3. Consent and the Law 4. Autonomy and Pregnancy 5. Autonomy at the End of Life 6. Autonomy and Transplantation 7. Autonomy and Genetics 8. Autonomy and Consent Revisited Routledge-Cavendish Market: Medical Law / Medicine June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47339-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47340-8: £27.99

4TH EDITION

Commonwealth Caribbean Tort Law Series: Commonwealth Caribbean Law This work is now well established as the leading text on tort law in the region, and this fourth edition incorporates the most recent developments in the law including new cases concerning defamation, privacy and vicarious liability. The chapters on employer’s liability and damages have been extensively revised to take account of changes to the law, while throughout the book extracts of key cases have been more thoroughly integrated into the text in order to help students grasp the salient points.

International Trade and Business Law Review: Volume XII Edited by Gabriel Moens, Murdoch University, Perth, Australia and Roger Jones, Partner, Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, USA The International Trade and Business Law Review is an annual publication for those with an interest in international trade and business law, arbitration law, foreign law and comparative law. It provides the legal and business communities with information, knowledge and understanding of recent developments in international trade, business and international commercial arbitration.

Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Commerical Law April 2009: 234x156: 460pp Pb: 978-0-415-49028-3: £49.50 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-44245-9

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law June 2009: 234x156: 520pp Pb: 978-0-415-49277-5: £49.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-727-0

See separate Order Form

Selected Contents: Principles of Equity. Express Trusts. Administration of Trusts. Trusts Implied by Law. Equity, Trusts and the Home. Breach of Trust and Equitable Claims. Commercial Uses of Trusts. Welfare Uses of Trusts. Equitable Remedies. Equity, Trusts and Social Theory Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Equity and Trusts June 2009: Hb: 978-0-415-49985-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49771-8: £32.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-41847-8

VOLUME 12

Gilbert Kodilinye, University of the West Indies, Barbados

ORDER NOW!

Beginning with the core principles, Professor Hudson reinforces the key points by means of clear examples throughout each chapter, helping students to build and develop their own knowledge of equity and trusts.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LAW 91 2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

Legal English

Legal Writing

Rupert Haigh, Forum Legal, Finland

Lisa Webley, University of Westminster, UK

English is the dominant language of international business relations, and a good working knowledge of the language is essential for today’s legal or business professional. Written for both students and practitioners, Legal English is a highly practical handbook, which addresses all aspects of legal employment, from the very basic use of language, to chairing formal meetings.

Legal Writing guides students carefully through this vital legal skill, and addresses a range of examining methods, from questions and problem answers to final essays. It considers how to deconstruct essay and problem questions and how to conduct and apply legal research to answer set questions. The book explains how to reference others’ work clearly and correctly, and is a useful tool for students concerned about issues of plagiarism. It also focuses on how to develop and communicate legal arguments, and both good and bad examples of written work are considered and discussed.

Supported for the first time by questions and answers throughout, this is the ideal learning aid for those seeking to perfect their legal English. Selected Contents: The Development of Legal English. British and American English. Writing Legal English. Grammar and Punctuation for Legal Writing. Creating Legal Documents. Writing Legal Letters and Emails. Job Applications. Speaking Legal English. Interviewing and Advising. Negotiation. Chairing a Formal Meeting. Making a Presentation. Contractual Legal English Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Legal Skills April 2009: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-48715-3: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-950-2

Legal Writing is principally appropriate to undergraduate students, particularly at the beginning of their degree studies, and to GDL and CPE students. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Legal Skills June 2009: 234x156: 136pp Pb: 978-0-415-49191-4: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-919-9

4TH EDITION

3RD EDITION

Legal Method, Skills and Reasoning

Shipping Law Simon Baughen, University of Bristol, UK Shipping Law covers the whole spectrum of English shipping law, and places the highly specialised rules of shipping in a commercial context, relating them to the general principles of English contract and tort law.

Sharon Hanson, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK Language skills, study skills, argument skills and legal knowledge are vital to every law student, professional lawyer and academic. Legal Method, Skills and Reasoning suggests a range of ’how to’ techniques for acquiring these academic and practical skills.

Packed full of practical examples and diagrams across the range of legal skills from language and research skills to mooting and negotiation, this new edition will be invaluable to students who are looking to acquire and perfect the legal skill set essential to exam success.

Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Legal Skills & Method June 2009: 246x174: 550pp Hb: 978-0-415-45850-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45851-1: £23.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: The Commercial Background. Title to Sue. Providing Loss or Damage in Transit. The Terms of the Bill of Lading Contract. Statutory Terms of the Bill of Lading Contract. Combined Transport. Carriage by Road - CMR. Charterparties. Voyage Charterparties Payment of Freight. Voyage Charters - Laytime and Demurrage. Time Charters. Damages and Frustration. Collisions. Salvage. General Average. Marine Pollution. Jurisdiction and Applicable Law. Security and Interlocutory Relief. Limitation of Liability. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Shipping Law June 2009: 234x156: 426pp Hb: 978-0-415-48718-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48719-1: £34.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-852-9

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

It explains how to work with legal texts; how to read and write about the law; how to acquire effective disciplined study techniques; and how to construct legal arguments.

This book provides an invaluable source of reference on the subject and will be of use to both students and to those in practice.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

92 LAW

The Origins of Criminology *

10TH EDITION

The English Legal System

A Reader

2009-2010

Edited by Nicole H. Rafter, Northeastern University, USA

David Kelly, Staffordshire University, UK and Gary Slapper, The Open University, UK

The Origins of Criminology: A Reader presents a collection of nineenth century texts from the key originators of the practice of criminology - selected, introduced, and with commentaries by the leading scholar in this area, Nicole Hahn Rafter.

Slapper and Kelly is firmly established as one of the leading undergraduate textbooks on the English legal system. A favourite with students and lecturers alike, it is essential reading for those engaged in the study of English law. This new edition for 2009-10 includes material on important changes to the criminal justice system, statutory interpretation, the judiciary, changes in the fields of the legal professions, and changes in the funding of legal services. Selected Contents: Law and Legal Study. Rule of Law and Human Rights. Sources of Law. The Civil Courts. The Criminal Courts. The Judiciary. Judicial Reasoning. The Jury. The Civil Process. Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and Alternative Dispute Resolution. The Criminal Process. Legal Services. The Funding of Legal Services. The European Context Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / English Legal System April 2009: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-48578-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48096-3: £28.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-45954-9

Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Criminology / History April 2009: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-45111-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45112-3: £26.99

Urban Crime Prevention, Surveillance, and Restorative Justice *

8TH EDITION

Effects of Social Technologies

The Modern Law of Contract

Edited by Paul Knepper, Jonathan Doak, and Joanna Shapland, all at University of Sheffield, UK

Now in its eighth edition, The Modern Law of Contract continues to equip students with a clear and logical introduction to contract law. Fully updated and revised throughout, this leading textbook offers straight-forward explanations of all of the topics found on an undergraduate or GDL contract law module and, for the first time, illustrates the finer points of the subject in a series of useful diagrams. The textbook also features a much-improved Companion Website where students can broaden their learning by tackling chapterby-chapter Multiple Choice Questions as well as accessing a Glossary, a Skills advice section, and a range of interesting Weblinks.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Contract Law June 2009: 246x174: 680pp Hb: 978-0-415-48136-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48137-3: £25.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-42528-5

See separate Order Form

Using three major topics in criminology, this book describes how to reduce and respond to crime without reliance on the conventional criminal justice practices of police and prisons. These topics are analyzed within the broader framework of what the editors call ‘social technologies’. The editors ask ‘What is the interaction between knowledge, planning, and social repercussions?’ The answer forms a basis from which they evaluate proposals for social improvements related to crime. The volume highlights the diffusion of knowledge about crime through media and criminological research; examination of surveillance technologies and the effect on crime; and restorative justice and its relationship to social regulations in general. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 240pp Pb: 978-1-4200-8437-5: £54.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Richard Stone, University of Lincoln, UK

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LAW 93 Global Perspectives on the Rule of Law

The Development of Intellectual Property Regimes in the Arabian Gulf States *

Edited by James J. Heckman, University of Chicago, USA, and Robert L. Nelson, Northwestern University, USA

Infidels at the Gates David Price, Charles Darwin University, Australia

Series: Law, Development and Globalisation Global Perspectives on the Rule of Law presents original work from a panel of leading social scientists and legal scholars on the relationship between the rule of law and economic and political development, casting a new and provocative light on debates about the meaning, sources, impediments to, and consequences of the rule of law. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Development Studies / Politics May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49955-2: £70.00

Marginalized Communities and Access to Justice Edited by Yash Ghai CBE, and Jill Cottrell, both at University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Law, Development and Globalisation Marginalized Communities and Access to Justice is a comparative study, by leading researchers in the field of law and justice, of the imperatives and constraints of access to justice among a number of marginalized communities. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Development Studies May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49774-9: £70.00

Series: Routledge Research in Intellectual Property This book examines at the development of intellectual property rights in Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates, in the context of their WTO memberships and consequent compliance with the TRIPS Agreement.

George Meszaros, University of Warwick, UK Series: Law, Development and Globalisation Social Movements, Law and the Politics of Land Reform investigates how state and rural social movements are struggling for land reform against the background of a re-emergence of constitutional promises and projects in much of the developing world. Routledge-Cavendish

Proposing a radical revision of the Foucauldian thesis that criminological knowledge emerged in the service of a new form of power – discipline – Colonial Criminology argues that Foucault’s alignment of sovereign, disciplinary and governmental power will need to be re-read and re-balanced to account for its operation in the colonial sphere. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Criminology / Postcolonial Studies June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45213-7: £70.00

Market: Law / Middle East studies April 2009: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-47576-1: £65.00

Criminal Investigative Failures *

Introduction to Spanish Private Law *

D. Kim Rossmo, Texas State University, San Marcos, USA

Teresa Rodriguez de las Heras Bellal, and Jorge Feliu Rey, both at Universidad Carlos III de Madrid, Spain

What causes competent and dedicated investigators to make avoidable mistakes? Drawing on the research and experience of the author’s 21 year career in investigation, Criminal Investigative Failures defines and discusses the problems that are common to failed investigations. Exploring cognitive bias, errors in probability, and organizational traps, the first three chapters lay the foundation for the remainder of the book which consists of contributions from scholars, police investigators, and journalists that elaborate the core points and present relevant cases. The book includes an insightful introduction and conclusion and is supported by extensive references.

Series: UT Austin Studies in Foreign and Transnational Law This book presents a consolidated, modern, and realistic image of today’s Spanish private legal system. It combines private and commercial law and integrates them both in the same book, making the overall subject readily accessible to readers. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Spanish Law June 2009: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44613-6: £65.00

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 385pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4751-6: £31.99

On the Question of Political Beginnings Edited by Charles Barbour, Assistant Professor, and George Pavlich, both at University of Alberta, Canada Drawing on classical sources and more avant-garde speculations, and addressing the three dominant contemporary attitudes towards sovereignty Sovereignty Renewed; Sovereignty Rethought; Sovereignty Rejected - After Sovereignty considers the vexed question of sovereignty in contemporary social, political, and legal theory. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Politics / International Relations June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49041-2: £70.00

Market: Law / Development Studies / Politics June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47771-0: £70.00

Mark Brown, Melbourne University, Australia

Routledge-Cavendish

After Sovereignty

Social Movements, Law and the Politics of Land Reform

Colonial Criminology

Making Anti-Racial Discrimination Law A Comparative History of Social Action and Anti-Racial Discrimination Law Iyiola Solanke, University of East Anglia, UK Taking a comparative approach this book examines the evolution of anti-racial discrimination law from a socio-legal perspective. The book focuses primarily on Great Britain and Germany but also demonstrates how national politics feeds into EU policy. Routledge Market: Law / Race and Ethnicity June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46780-3: £65.00

TEXTBOOK

Niklas Luhmann: Law, Society, Justice *

Constitutional Law and Criminal Justice

Testifying to Trauma *

Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, University of Westminster, London, UK

Cliff Roberson, (Retired) Criminal Justice Professor and Director of Justice Center -California State University-Fresno, USA

Kirsten Campbell, University of London, UK, Hannah Starman, Institute for Ethnic Studies, Slovenia and Sari Wastell, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK

Series: Nomikoi Critical Legal Thinkers This is the first book to consider German sociologist Niklas Luhmann’s social theory in a critical legal context. His theory is introduced both in terms of society at large and the legal system specifically, and the book reveals the aporetic structure of autopoiesis, aligning it with postmodern approaches to law. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Social Theory May 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45108-6: £80.00

Not requiring a legal background, this straight forward text examines the U.S. Constitution and implications of its interpretation as applied to criminal justice systems and policies. Authored by a world-famous legal scholar, it brings clarity to the complicated development of constitutional law, covering such topics as search and seizure, arrest and civil rights, judiciary first amendment, and due process. Two appendices contain the Constitution and a glossary. In addition to meeting college course needs, this work provides a superior historical reference for those working with criminal justice issues. Qualifying instructors will have access to an instructor’s manual, test bank, and PowerPoint slides.

The Codification of Atrocity in Humanitarian Law

Testifying to Trauma examines the processes by which victims’ narratives of trauma become legal testimony: investigating how the transformation of individual trauma into a codified collective violation has ramifications for individual, collective and legal identities. Routledge-Cavendish Market: International Law / Human Rights / Politics May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45947-1: £70.00

Auerbach Publications

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8610-2: £60.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

94 LAW Rights, Gender and Family Law Edited by Julie Wallbank, School of Law, University of Leeds, UK, Shazia Choudhry, Queen Mary University of London, UK and Jonathan Herring, Oxford University, UK There has been a widespread resurgence of rights talk in social and legal discourses pertaining to the regulation of family life, as well as an increase in the use of rights in family law cases, in the UK, the US, Canada and Australia and Rights, Gender and Family Law addresses the implications of these developments. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Gender Studies June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48267-7: £75.00

Sovereignty, Knowledge, Law Panu Minkkinen, University of Leicester, UK Sovereignty, Knowledge, Law investigates and problematises the notion of sovereignty from three different, but related perspectives: as a legal question in relation to the sovereign state, as a political question in relation to sovereign power, and as a metaphysical question in relation to sovereign self-knowledge. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Philosophy / Politics April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47241-8: £70.00

Takeovers and the European Legal Framework A British Perspective Jonathan Mukwiri, Buckinghamshire New University, UK Since the implementation of the European Directive on Takeover Bids, a European common legal framework governs regulation of takeovers in EU Members States. This book studies the European Community Directive on Takeover Bids, first from a British perspective, but also considers the Directive in relation to the EU. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Business May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49157-0: £75.00

The Timing of Income Recognition in Tax Law and the Time Value of Money Moshe Shekel, Shekel & Co Law Offices, Israel This book critically examines the various approaches of tax systems in the U.K., the U.S., and Israel, in relation of the timing of the recognition of income and expense for tax purposes, and suggests an innovative new model of timing for tax purposes. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Taxation April 2009: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-47754-3: £75.00

Water Law for the Twenty-First Century National and International Aspects of Water Law Reform in India

The Courts of Genocide Politics and the Rule of Law in Rwanda and Arusha Nicholas Jones, Assistant Professor and Police Studies Co-ordinator, University of Regina, Canada The Courts of Genocide focuses on the judicial response to the genocide in Rwanda in order to address the search for justice following mass atrocities. The central concern of the book is how the politics of justice can get in the way of its administration. Routledge-Cavendish Market: Law / Politics / Criminology June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49070-2: £70.00

Edited by Philippe Cullet, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK, Alix Gowlland-Gualtieri, Roopa Madhav and Usha Ramanathan, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, India This volume critically analyses legal issues arising under international law, concerning the consequences of proposed water regulatory changes and their implementation. The book looks at reforms in India in order to ask broader questions about the relevance of international law in national law and policy making. Routledge Market: Law / International Environmental Law June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47753-6: £65.00

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT

Introduction to Financial Models for Management and Planning James R. Morris, and John P. Daley, both at University of Colorado, Denver, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Finance Series This textbook explores the building of financial models for financial management and planning. It offers a comprehensive overview of financial models and their role in corporate financial planning. The authors help readers learn how to develop and use computer-based models for planning investment and financing decisions for a firm. They emphasize modeling problems related to corporate financial management as well as provide material on security markets. The authors also include instructions on how to download a limited version of the Monte Carlo simulation software @Risk for free. A solutions manual and PowerPoint slides are available for qualifying instructors.

ORDER NOW!

Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 758pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9054-3: £49.99

See separate Order Form

Project Management Recipes for Success * Guy L. De Furia Series: ESI International Project Management Series Grounded in practicality, this book explains the procedures for running a successful project and highlights the finer points of managing and controlling the project. It is written specifically for those responsible for the hands-on managing of projects, but is also useful to program managers and senior executives. Project managers gain the confidence that comes from following a good recipe for success. Program managers gain a perspective on the myriad of activities their project managers must perform to achieve a welldisciplined project. Senior managers gain a perspective of the approach necessary at the beginning of a project to reduce the number of ill-advised projects and the effort required to achieve successful projects. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 264pp Pb: 978-1-4200-7824-4: £25.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

TEXTBOOK

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

BUSINESS STUDIES

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 6.

1. The Corporate Social Responsibility Reader

3RD EDITION

International Human Resource Management

Edited by Jon Burchell, University of Sheffield, UK

Randall S. Schuler, Rutgers University, USA, Dennis R. Briscoe, Retired from University of San Diego, USA and Lisbeth Claus

2008: 246x174: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-42434-9: £32.50

2008: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-77351-5: £32.50

2. Corporate Social Responsibility

5TH EDITION

Readings and Cases in a Global Context

International Marketing Strategy and Theory

Edited by Andrew Crane, University of Nottingham, UK, Dirk Matten, University of London, UK and Laura Spence

Sak Onkvisit, San Jose State University, USA and John Shaw, Providence College, USA 2008: 246x189: 710pp Pb: 978-0-415-77262-4: £34.99

2007: 246x174: 532pp Pb: 978-0-415-42429-5: £34.99

8. 2ND EDITION

Managing to Collaborate

European Business

The Theory and Practice of Collaborative Advantage

Debra Johnson, and Colin Turner, both at University of Hull, UK

Chris Huxham, University of Strathclyde, UK and Siv Vangen, The Open University, UK

2006: 246x174: 456pp Pb: 978-0-415-35135-5: £34.99

2005: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-33920-9: £29.99

9. International Business-Society Management

The Moral Leader

Linking Corporate Responsibility and Globalization

Sandra J. Sucher, Harvard Business School, USA

Rob van Tulder, and Alex van der Zwart, both at Rotterdam School of Management, the Netherlands

2007: 246x174: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-40064-0: £29.99

Challenges, Tools and Insights

2005: 246x174: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-34240-7: £37.50

10.

5. International Corporate Governance

Understanding Organizational Change

A Comparative Approach Thomas Clarke, Professor of Corporate Governance at UTS, Sydney, Australia

Jean Helms-Mills, St. Mary's University, Canada, Kelly Dye, Acadia University, Canada, and Albert J. Mills, St. Mary’s University, Canada

2007: 246x189: 522pp Pb: 978-0-415-32310-9: £36.99

2008: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-35577-3: £27.99

96 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT

Human Resource Management in Public Service Organizations

Boomer Marketing

Edited by Rona S. Beattie, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK and Jennifer Waterhouse, University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia

Ian Chaston, University of Plymouth, UK

Selling to a Recession Resistant Market Baby boomers (consumers in the 50+ age bracket) are the wealthiest, fastest growing consumer group in the world. Despite this, the vast majority of marketing spend is focused on a much younger age group.

Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management Human resource management is a core element of any service. This is especially so in public service organizations, where employees are often the most valuable resource. Until now, there have been very few texts that explore this important topic thoroughly, but this outstanding book tackles the subject head on. Bringing together cutting-edge research on HRM in the public sector from a range of respected international authors, the book covers key issues, including:

More so than ever before, the current global recession highlights the need for firms to revise their marketing strategies and practices. In this book, Ian Chaston uses original case material to propose strategic solutions that take advantage of the moneyed segments of the maturing boomer market. Key topics covered include: • marketing errors made in the current global crisis • customer targeting • pricing innovation • promotion and distribution.

• HRM and organizational performance • managing cultural change and the work-life balance. First published as a special issue of Public Management Review, Human Resource Management in Public Service Organizations will be of interest to researchers in the fields of HRM and public sector management, as well as practitioners keen to inform their practice from an evidence base. Routledge Market: Business & Management / Human Resource Management June 2009: 234x156: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-41154-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41155-4: £24.99

A world first, Boomer Marketing is useful for students of marketing and consumer behaviour and is essential reading for practitioners who understand the need for money-oriented marketing. Routledge Market: Business & Management/Marketing May 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48962-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48963-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87639-8: £85.00

Human Resource Management A Critical Introduction

The Changing Face of Management in Thailand

Edited by David G. Collings, Sheffield University Management School, UK and Geoffrey Wood, University of Sheffield, UK

Edited by Tim Andrews, University of Strathclyde, UK and Sununta Siengthai, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand

This authoritative introduction to HRM guides the advanced student through this fundamental management discipline in all of its complexities.

Series: Working in Asia Part of the successful Working in Asia series, The Changing Face of Management in Thailand examines the development of management in Thailand during the pivotal decade since the Asian financial crisis of 1997.

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Macro-Management Forces Part 2: Functional Areas Part 3: Management Issues Conclusion Routledge Market: Business and Management / International Business / Thailand May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44331-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44332-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87834-7: £95.00

See separate Order Form

Human Resource Management is essential reading for any serious student of HRM or professional looking to deepen his understanding of the subject. Routledge Market: Business & Management / Human Resource Managment May 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-46246-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46247-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87633-6: £90.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

The book draws together an impressive assortment of scholars, consultants and practitioners, offering a refreshing, updated and in-depth analysis that significantly enhances our knowledge and understanding of this complex, multifaceted Asian economy.

An international team of leading HRM analysts explore the central themes of HRM theory. Systematically engaging with the main functional areas of HRM, the book uses real-world case studies and data to highlight examples of best practice and effective technique. Topics covered include: strategic and international HRM; ethics; organizational change; recruitment; reward management; performance management.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 97 2ND EDITION 6 VOLUMES

ORDER ALL SIX VOLUMES AND SAVE! £121.00

JIT IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL

Volume 1 — The Just-In-Time Production System

The Complete Guide to Just-inTime Manufacturing

Volume 2 — Waste and the 5S’s

Hiroyuki Hirano, JIT Management Laboratory Co.

ISBN: 978-1-4200-9024-6, 216pp.

ISBN: 978-1-4200-9016-1, 180pp.

’Let it be understood at the outset that JIT production is neither one automaker’s production system nor is it the subcontractor’s curse. Instead, JIT consists of ideas and technologies for the complete elimination of waste.’ – Hiroyuki Hirano

Volume 3 — Flow Manufacturing — Multi-Process Operations and Kanban

Known as the JIT Bible in Japan and authored by a top international consultant with vast experience throughout Asia and the West, this authoritative text is the most comprehensive and detailed manual of its kind for setting up a Just-in-Time manufacturing program from start to finish. This six-volume presentation is filled with practical examples in support of lean implementation and quality maintenance, including more than 200 illustrations, checklists, charts, diagrams, and sample JIT management forms. Encyclopedic in scope, it provides unparalled information on every aspect of JIT, the waste-eliminating, market-oriented production system that is crucial in today’s fastchanging global marketplace.

ISBN: 978-1-4200-9028-4, 181pp.

ISBN: 978-1-4200-9026-0, 203pp. Volume 4 — Leveling — Changeover and Quality Assurance Volume 5 — Standardized Operations — Jidoka and Maintenance/Safety ISBN: 978-1-4200-9030-7, 121pp. Volume 6 — JIT Implementation Forms and Charts ISBN: 978-1-4200-9032-1, 151pp. Suggested Price for each volume: £24.99 CRC Press April 2009: 279 x 216: 999pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9013-0: £121.00

The Older Worker and the Changing Labor Market

Using Hoshin Kanri to Improve the Value Stream

New Challenges for the Workplace

Elizabeth A. Cudney, Missouri University of Science and Technology, Rolla, USA

Edited by Judith G Gonyea, University of Boston, USA

Kanri can help. This method encourages employees to incorporate performance metrics to reach the root cause of problems before searching for solutions and teaches them how to promote the achievement of sustainable implementation. Though developed in Japan this technique is based on Deming’s classic PDCA (PlanDo-Check-Act) improvement cycle. A number of Japanese Deming Prize winners credit Hoshin Kanri as being key to their business success.

This book presents valuable insights into the challenges facing older workers in the contemporary workplace as well as offering perspectives on the demands presently being placed on employers to adapt to and accommodate the needs of these workers. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Workplace Behavioural Health.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Academic Market: Industrial Relations / Gerontology / Sociology of Work May 2009: 254x178: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3771-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3772-5: £22.99

Productivity Press April 2009: 279x216: 136pp Pb: 978-1-4200-8423-8: £30.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

98 BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT

Guide for Science, Technology, and Engineering Projects

The Advanced Econometrics of Tourism Demand *

Adedeji B. Badiru, Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA

Haiyan Song, and Stephen F. Witt, both at Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong and Gang Li, University of Surrey, UK

Series: Industrial Innovation

Series: Routledge Advances in Tourism

One cannot overestimate the importance of project management. This nation’s future is greatly dependent on rapidly realizing the fruits of any number of scientific, technical, and engineering projects (STEP).This book introduces the specialized and highly regarded STEP Methodology using PMBOK™ as the platform for the topics covered. Incorporating the Triple C model, this comprehensive text presents tools and techniques for performance assessment; tracking, managing, and controlling project costs; and scheduling performance appraisal. The author covers such topics as technical planning, value system analysis, project integration, risk management, and organizational learning.

This book introduces students, researchers and practitioners to the modern developments in advanced econometric methodology within the context of tourism demand analysis, and illustrates these developments with actual tourism applications.

CRC Press April 2009: 235 x 156: 520pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7235-8: £54.99

Stock Market Volatility Edited by Greg N. Gregoriou, State University of New York (SUNY) , Plattsburgh, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Finance Series Divided into four sections, this comprehensive reference covers modeling stock market volatility, portfolio management and hedge fund volatility, developed country volatility and emerging market volatility. The book approaches the material from the practitioner’s viewpoint and familiarizes readers with how volatility is linked to speculation, trading volume, and information arrival. Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 520pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9954-6: £60.99

The New Face of Government David E. McNabb, Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, Washington, USA Series: Public Administration and Public Policy

Routledge Market: Business April 2009: 229x152: 234pp Hb: 978-0-415-99120-9: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89146: £60.00

Managing Complex Governance Systems Edited by Geert Teisman, Arwin van Buuren, and Lasse M. Gerrits, all at Erasmus University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management Gathering some of the latest research in the field, the original essays collected here explain how non-linear dynamics, self-organisation of many agents and the co-evolution of processes combine to generate the evolution of governance processes, especially for public urban and metropolitan investments. Routledge Market: Business & Management Studies April 2009: 234x156: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-45973-0: £65.00

Accounting for Goodwill explains the concepts and methods used to determine the valuation of companies whose intangible assets form a large component of their business. This book is an excellent source for understanding how to estimate the market value of internally generated goodwill, and how to explain competitive differentials based on the assessment of intangibles like intellectual property, human capital, and customer relationships. Market: Business & Management Studies April 2009: 234x156: 183pp Hb: 978-0-415-45149-9: £85.00

Rethinking Capitalism Community and Responsibility in Business Rogene Buchholz, Loyola University New Orleans, Louisiana, USA Rethinking Capitalism questions the assumptions of a capitalist society and develops a theory of self and business that views both as inextricable from their communities. Analyzing the history of capitalistic thought, Professor Emeritus of Business Ethics Rogene Buchholz proposes that management be reconsidered as a profession akin to law or medicine–with a defined code of ethics and oriented toward service as well as profit and maximization of shareholder wealth. Routledge Market: Business April 2009: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-99721-8: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88173-6: £60.00

The Foundations of Female Entrepreneurship Enterprise, Home and Household in London, c. 1800-1870 Alison Kay, University of Lancaster, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

Auerbach Publications

Routledge

April 2009: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9387-2: £36.99

Market: Business & Management Studies / Economics / History April 2009: 229x152: 203pp Hb: 978-0-415-43174-3: £65.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting

Series: Routledge Studies in Business Ethics

Just as women in business have often been hidden by men, they have often also been hidden by the ‘home’ and the conceptualization of separate spheres of public and private agency. This book argues that business did not exclude women, although careful representation has obscured the similarities of their businesses with those of male business proprietors.

See separate Order Form

Andrea Beretta Zanoni, University of Verona, Italy

Routledge

Focusing on transformation at all government levels, this book reflects changes currently taking place in government and nonprofit organizations. Aimed at present and future administrators, the resource includes a field-tested survey for diagnosing disequilibrium in organization as a first step in a transformational change initiative.

ORDER NOW!

Accounting for Goodwill

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

STEP Project Management

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 99 Internal and External Aspects of Corporate Governance Ahmed Naciri, Université de Montréal, Quebec, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance An effective system of corporate governance has both internal and external basis that have to be sufficiently responsive if governance is to succeed. The Sarbanes/Oxley Law's influence on all legislation over the world was decisive and it concentrated solely on financial disclosure. Consequently, most writings on corporate governance have dealt with only internal corporate governance mechanisms. This book aims to fill the gap by using a systemic approach and giving a global picture of corporate governance, mainly by putting the emphasis on its double dimension: internal and external in their inter-relations. Routledge Market: Business & Management Studies April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77641-7: £70.00

Working on Innovation Edited by Christophe Midler, École Polytechnique, France, Guy Minguet, École des Mines de Nantes, France and Monique Vervaeke Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology Much has been written about new methods and organizations that are likely to develop economically competitive and creative capacities in companies. But much less has been written about transformation of work and identity of professionals involved in these transitions : engineers, industrial designers, researchers, professionals in marketing strategy and especially project managers. The purpose of this book is to put forward a number of keys for understanding the ongoing dynamics for working professionals in the field of innovation. Routledge

Supply Chain Fulfillment at Warp Speed Eli Schragenheim, Elyakin Management Systems, Ra’anana, Israel and H William Dettmer, Goal Systems International, Washington, USA A sequel to the bestselling Manufacturing at Warp Speed, this text discusses new developments in managing the supply chain that shifts the focus of all stages of the supply chain to emerging concerns regarding time to market. It reviews the connections that exist along the chain, not only as agile but reliable, and provides a strong rationale for implementing S-DBR and Planned Load. From this background, it addresses the new demands taken on when a firm makes the capacity to handle rush orders a specific priority. The text discusses availability, and inventory management managing inventory in the context of speeding up delivery. Auerbach Publications

Market: Business & Management Studies June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-49844-9: £60.00

April 2009: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7335-5: £48.99

Liquid Lean

Vocational Training *

Lean Manufacturing in the Chemical and Process Manufacturing

International Perspectives

Raymond C. Floyd, Suncor, Alberta, Canada

Edited by Gerhard Bosch, Institut Arbeit und Technik, Germany, and Jean Charest, Université de Montréal, Canada

Liquid industries, including reactive chemical factories, petroleum and metal refining, food and bio-pharma production are ones that could make great use of the concepts and technologies of lean. However, lean manufacturing is not widely used in the liquid industries, largely because those industries are naturally conservative and thanks to the times, more financially stable than other industries, so great case stories of successful lean implementation are rare. This book will be the first to offer details and examples of adapting lean manufacturing to liquid industries. It will be based on more than twenty years of industry experience from the legendary Raymond Floyd, one of the first to successfully practice lean in the chemical industry.

Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context An in-depth comparative analysis of the vocational training systems in ten different countries, this book grapples with the historical role of skilled labor and provides critical insight into the changing meaning of vocational training in a global economy. Routledge Market: Business & Management Studies June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46721-6: £70.00

MAJOR WORK

Cross Cultural Management 5 volumes For more information please see page 202

Productivity Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 230pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8862-5: £30.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

100 ECONOMICS

From Economics Imperialism to Freakonomics

5TH EDITION

International Finance

The Shifting Boundaries Between Economics and Other Social Sciences

Maurice D. Levi, University of British Columbia, Canada The fifth edition of Maurice D. Levi’s textbook has been updated to incorporate the massive changes in the world of international finance of the past few years. The result is the most authoritative survey of international finance available today.

Ben Fine, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK, and Dimitris Milonakis, University of Crete, Greece Series: Economics as Social Theory Ben Fine, the author of Social Capital versus Social Theory and a renowned exponent of Marxian political economy and Dimitris Milonakis offer one of the first systematic critiques of cliometrics, new institutional economics and Douglass North’s work. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Part One Part 1: 2. Political Economy and History: The Classical Period 3. Historicism, Methodenstreit and the Emergence of Economic History 4. A Brief History of OldStyle Economics Imperialism 5. New Economics Imperialism for Old 6. Marxism and History 7. Methodological Foundations of Economic History 8. History and the Dismal Science 9. Introduction to Part Two Part 2: 10. Cliometrics: The Muse of Economics 11. From New to Newer Economic History 12. From New to Newest Economic History 13. The Historian of the Western World 14. The Transition from Feudalism to Capitalism 15. The Future as History Routledge Market: Economics / Politics April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-42324-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42323-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88028-4: £95.00

Special Contents: Preface 1. The World of International Finance 2. An Introduction to Exchange Rates 3. Forward Exchange 4. Currency Futures and Options Markets 5. The Balance of Payments 6. Supply and Demand View of Exchange Rates 7. The Purchasing-Power Parity Principle 8. Interest Parity 9. Foreign Exchange Exposure and Risk 10. Accounting Exposure versus Real Exposure 11. Operating Exposure 12. Hedging Risk and Exposure 13. Exchange Rate Forecasting and Speculation 14. Cash Management 15. Portfolio Investment 16. Capital Budgeting for Foreign Investment 17. The Growth and Concerns about Multinationals 18. International Dimensions of Long-term Financing 19. Multinational Banking 20. Instruments and Institutions of International Trade 21. Asset-based Theories of Exchange Rates 22. Alternative Systems of Exchange Rates 23. The International Financial System: Past, Present and Future 24. The Rise of the Asian Economies 25. Finance in Emerging Markets 26. Globalization Routledge Market: Finance / Economics / Business May 2009: 246x189: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-77458-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77459-8: £37.50 eBook: 978-0-203-88171-2: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-30900-4

Port Economics

Culture and Economics *

Wayne K. Talley, Old Dominion University, USA

On Values, Economics and International Business

Much of the existing literature on the economics of the shipping industry has concentrated on shipping itself, with analysis of ports themselves often relegated to a footnote. This new book by a world renowned expert on the economics of ports is the perfect compliment to Routledge books by Martin Stopford and Alan Branch.

Eelke de Jong, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance The aim of this book is to embed the ‘new culturalism’ theoretically and relate it to longer-standing debates about culture and/or economy. The result is the first significant text book to explore the interrelationship between culture and economics.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Sociology / Economics April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43861-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43888-9: £32.50

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Routledge Market: Transport / Business / Economics May 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77721-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77722-3: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88006-7: £95.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ECONOMICS 101

Readings in Applied Microeconomics

The Origins of the Twenty First Century

The Power of the Market

Gabriel Tortella, Universidad de Alcalá, Spain The object of this book is to is to explain rather than simply narrate - the remarkable or rather unique set of events that constitute modern history from the Industrial Revolution to the beginnings of the twenty-first century.

Edited by Craig Newmark, North Carolina University, USA A central concern of economics is how society allocates its resources. Modern economies rely on two institutions to allocate: markets and governments. But how much of the allocating should be performed by markets and how much by governments? This new reader encourages students to appreciate the power of the market. It will supplement theoretical explanations of how markets work with specific examples and cases, addressing questions about whether markets actually work well and offering evidence that market failures are not as serious or as common as claimed. Featuring readings from Hayek, Stanley J. Liebowitz, Stephen E. Margolis, Jon M. Karpoff, John R. Lott, Jr, Ronald H. Coase and Benjamin Klein, this book covers key themes such as: • why markets are efficient allocators

Special Contents: 1. The Triumph of Europe 2. The Global Revolution 3. The Industrial Revolution 4. A Century of Order and Progress 5. The Division of Labour and Class Stuggle 6. The Belle Epoque 7. The Second Global Revolution 8. War and Democracy 9. Depression and Totalitarianism 10. A New Social Democratic Order 11. The Communist World 12. The Emergence of the Third World 13. A Revitalized Capitalism 14. A Sombre Twenty First Century? Routledge Market: History / Economics / Business June 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-45981-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45982-2: £29.99

• how markets foster economic growth • bad standards in markets • the role of investors, consumers and shareholders • non-excludable goods • monopolies. The selections should be comprehended by undergraduate students who have had an introductory course in economics. This reader can also be used as a supplement for courses in intermediate microeconomics, industrial organization, business and government, law and economics, and public policy. Routledge Market: Economics / Business May 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-77739-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77740-7: £37.50 eBook: 978-0-203-87846-0: £100.00

Managing Water Resources in a Time of Global Change

Heterodox Macroeconomics

Contributions from the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy

Edited by Jonathan P. Goldstein, Bowdoin College, USA and Michael G. Hillard, University of Southern Maine, USA

Edited by Alberto Garrido, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain and Ariel Dinar, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA Series: Contributions from the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy Bringing together a raft of leading experts on water resources, this book explores the major issues facing this major subdivision of international studies. Employing a cross disciplinary perspective from economics, management, politics, law and international relations, water resources are examined from every angle.

Keynes, Marx and Globalization

Series: Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics This book focuses on an integrated heterodox approach to the original contributions of Keynes, Marx and early institutionalists, featuring an international set of authors from the US, the UK, Japan and Korea. Routledge

The Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution A Critical History John Pullen, University of New England, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics John Pullen presents a critical history of the concept of the Marginal Profit Theory of Distribution looking at the contributions of its proponents (eg Stigler) and its critics (eg Pareto) and stressing the continuity of the debate. Routledge Market: Economics June 2009: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48712-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87576-6: £75.00

Market: Economics May 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77808-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87670-1: £80.00

Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Economics April 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77778-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-98908-1: £80.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

102 ECONOMICS SocioEconomic Mobility and Low Status Minorities Slow Roads to Progress Jacob Meerman Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics The book concentrates on socially excluded minorities looking at why such groups remain among ’the poorest of the poor’ and focusing on US African Americans, Japan’s Burakumin, Afro-Cubans, the Dalits of India, and the Quechua and Aymara of Bolivia. Routledge Market: Economics May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77566-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87747-0: £75.00

Ireland and the Industrial Revolution The impact of the industrial revolution on Irish industry, 1801-1922 Andy Bielenberg, University College Cork, Ireland Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History This multi-disciplinary monograph provides the first comprehensive analysis of industrial development in Ireland and its impact on Irish society between 1801-1922. Routledge Market: Economics April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44846-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87933-7: £70.00

Modeling Environment-Improving Technological Innovations under Uncertainty * Edited by Alexander Golub, Environmental Defense, USA, and Anil Markandya, Basque Centre for Climate Change, Bilbao Series: Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics This book presents a compendium of methodologies for evaluating the economic impact of technological innovation upon climatechange policy. There is a broad consensus on the key elements of climate-change science and agreement that near-term actions are needed to prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. However, there is little agreement on the costs and benefits of climate policy. Any policy implementation will result in an irreversible but environment-improving investment in alternative technologies; this change will generate immediately-realized costs but significantly-delayed benefits. Hence, a critical element in policy selection is the inherent uncertainty in the climate and economy that can be expected over time. Routledge Market: Economics / Environmental Studies / Geography April 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46376-8: £85.00

The Principle of Circular Cumulative Causation

Michael Heller, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Based on a timely reassessment of the classic arguments of Schumpeter, Weber, Hayek, and Parsons, this book suggests new answers to those questions and Michael Heller makes a plea for the creation of a genuine liberal ‘ideology’. Routledge Market: Economics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48259-2: £70.00

Political Economy and Globalization Richard Westra, Pukyong National University, South Korea. Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy This book provides an analysis of capitalism’s world historic phases of development, a critique of the globalization literature and a re-examination of Marxian debates over the rise of capitalism. Routledge Market: Economics May 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47022-3: £70.00

Blind Spots on the AID Allocation Map Dirk-Jan Koch, Nethlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This book maps, explains and assesses the country choices of the largest international NGOs using qualitative, quantitative and experimental methods to provide a clear insight into what determines these choices. Routledge Market: Economics April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48647-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88217-7: £75.00

Anti-Poverty Land Reform Issues Never Die Collected Essays M. Riad El-Ghonemy, University of Oxford, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics Containing a balance of in-depth field studies and El-Ghonemy’s personal observations from 1952 onwards, this volume provides the basis for discussion and debate on a range of developmental issues. Essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students learning rural development and institutional and development economics. Routledge

The Foundations of Non-Equilibrium Economics

Capitalism, Institutions and Economic Development

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Aid from International NGOs

Edited by Sebastian Berger The contributors to this volume present new research on circular cumulative change, providing a basis for integration of diverse strands of research and a sound conceptual foundation for the further development of non-equilibrium economics. Routledge Market: Economics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77780-3: £75.00

May 2009: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-49701-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87785-2: £80.00

Development Economics in Action A Study of Economic Policies in Ghana Tony Killick, Overseas Development Institute, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics In this classic development economics volume, now available from Routledge with a new introduction and postscript, Tony Killick focuses on the development policies followed by Ghana between 1961 and 1972. Routledge Market: Economics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47383-5: £75.00

Economic Liberalisation and Turkey Togan Sübidey, Bilkent University, Turkey Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa This book examines the impact of economic liberalisation in Turkey and its approach to the elimination of barriers to trade. The experience of Turkey, its approach to liberalisation and its measures to eliminate barriers to trade serve as a useful model for other neighboring countries of the European Union. Routledge Market: Dvelopment Economics / Middle East Studies / European Union June 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49595-0: £85.00

Economic Transitions to Neoliberalism in Middle-Income Countries Policy Dilemmas, Crises, Mass Resistance Edited by Alfredo Saad-Filho, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK and Galip L. Yalman Series: Routledge Studies in Development Economics This book argues that neoliberalism is the contemporary form of capitalism, focusing on a materialist understanding of its workings as a modality of social and economic reproduction, and its everyday practices of dispossession and exploitation. Routledge

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Economics June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49253-9: £75.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ECONOMICS 103 A History of Entrepreneurship Robert F Hébert and Albert N. Link, University of North Carolina, Greensboro Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics In this book, a chronological history of entrepreneurship is presented and analysed by examining the treatment of the subject throughout the history of economic thought, illustrating the tension that often exists between theory and practice. Routledge Market: Economics April 2009: 216 x 138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-77738-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87732-6: £65.00

The Mathematical Analysis of Linear Economic Systems

Migration, Transfers and Economic Decision Making among Agricultural Households Edited by Calogero Carletto, World Bank, USA, Benjamin Davis, FAO-ESAE, Italy, and Paul Winters, American University, Washington DC, USA

Technology Infrastructure * Edited by Cristiano Antonelli, University of Turin, Italy, Albert N. Link, University of North Carolina, Greensboro, USA, and Stan Metcalfe, University of Manchester, UK

This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Development Studies.

This volume seeks to understand technology infrastructure as an element of a sector’s technology platform and of a national innovation system. It also examines the processes by which such infrastructure is embodied in standards or diffused through various institutional frameworks. This book was published as a special issue of Economics of Innovation and New Technology.

Routledge

Market: Economics / Rural Development June 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49513-4: £75.00

Market: Economics June 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47266-1: £75.00

This book systematically tests the empirical relationship between cash transfers and productive spending in agriculture amongst rural households in six different countries of the developing world.

Father Maurice Potron’s Pioneering Works. Edited by Christian Bidard, University of Paris X-Nanterre, France and Guido Erreygers, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This book makes Maurice Potron’s work available in the English language for the first time, whose original ideas on input-output models and duality properties between quantities and prices are now standard tools in economic analysis. Routledge Market: Economics June 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47321-7: £65.00

GEOGRAPHY & GIS

Cultural Heritage and Tourism in the Developing World

Understanding and Managing Tourism Impacts

Edited by Dallen J. Timothy, Brigham Young University, USA, and Gyan Nyaupane, Arizona State University, USA

An Integrated Approach

This is the first book of its kind to synthesize global and regional issues, challenges, and practices related to cultural heritage and tourism, specifically in less-developed nations. This book is fundamental for students and researchers of tourism, culture, and heritage in both the developed and developing worlds.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Heritage Issues and Challenges in Developing Regions 1. Introduction 2. Protecting the Past 3. The Politics of Heritage 4. Heritage Tourism and Its Impacts Section 2 : Heritage Issues and Challenges: Regional Perspectives 5. The Meanings, Marketing and Management of Heritage Tourism in South East Asia 6. Heritage and Tourism in East Asia’s Developing Nations 7. Heritage Tourism in the Pacific 8. South Asian Heritage Tourism 9. Heritage Tourism in Southwest Asia and North Africa 10. Tourism and Africa’s Tripartite Cultural Past 11. Heritage Management and Tourism in the Caribbean 12. Heritage Tourism in Latin America 13. Heritage Tourism in Central and Eastern Europe 14. Heritage tourism in the Developing World Routledge Market: Geography / Tourism May 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77621-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77622-6: £22.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Michael C. Hall, University of Canterbury, New Zealand, and Alan Lew, Northern Arizona University, USA Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility This book is a global overview of the impacts of tourism in both developed and less developed nations. It looks at the broad impact tourism has and applies it to three categories; economic, socio-cultural and the physical impact. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Understanding Impacts 3. Economic Impacts 4. Socio-Cultural Impacts 5. Physical Impacts 6. Integrated Approaches to Tourism Impacts: The Role of Planning 7. The Future of Tourism

Routledge Market: Tourism June 2009: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-77132-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77133-7: £19.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

104 GEOGRAPHY & GIS

Mobility

Disaster and Development *

Peter Adey, Keele University, UK

Andrew E. Collins, Northumbria University, UK

Series: Key Ideas in Geography

Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development

This book makes the subject of ‘mobility’ tangible by explaining the key theories and writings that surround it. It provides an essential guide to studying mobility, taking an interdisciplinary approach to drawing upon key writers and thinkers that have contributed to the topic. In analyzing these, it develops an understanding of mobility as a relationship through which the world is lived and understood. The text is organised around 5 themed chapters: • contexts • meanings • practices • politics • immobilities. Selected Contents: 1. Contexts 2. Meanings 3. Politics 4. Practices 5. Immobilities 6. Conclusion Routledge Market: Sociology / Geography / Tourism June 2009: 216x138: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-43399-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43400-3: £19.50

Environment and City *

This book provides accessible analyzes of disasters and development, addressing planning and response activities that accompany this field. Social, economic and environmental hazards, vulnerabilities and risks will be examined in an interdisciplinary way. With the benefit of the author’s long experience in this field the book addresses the key themes with regular use of case studies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Why Disaster and Development? 2. Viewing Disasters from Perspectives of Development 3. How do Disasters Influence Development? 4. Physical and Mental Health in Disaster and Development 5. Learning and Planning in Disaster Management 6. Disaster Early Warning and Risk Management 7. Disaster Mitigation, Response and Recovery 8. Conclusions Routledge Market: Development Studies / Geography May 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42667-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42668-8: £19.99

Non-Governmental Organizations and Development

Peter Roberts, University of Leeds, UK, Joe Ravetz, and Clive George, both at University of Manchester, UK

David Lewis, London School of Economics, UK, and Nazneen Kanji, International Institute for Environment and Development, London, UK

Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment

Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development

A valuable resource, providing a concise, accessible route map for all students interested in the environmental issues emanating from our urban society, Environment and the City explores the evolution of cities in the developed and the developing world and the implications for resource consumption and environmental impacts.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Planning / Urban Studies / Environmental Studies / Geography May 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-30246-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30247-0: £19.99

See separate Order Form

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What are Non-governmental Organizations? 2. Understanding NGOs in Historical Context 3. NGOs and Development Theory 4. NGOs and Development Practice: from Alternative to Mainstream? 5. NGO Roles in Development 6. NGOs and ‘Civil Society’ 7. NGOs and Globalization 8. NGOs and the Aid System 9. NGOs and International Humanitarian Action 10. Development NGOs in Perspective Routledge Market: Development Studies / Geography / Politics May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45429-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45430-8: £19.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Human Urban Environment Part 2: From Causes to Effects Part 3: From Problems to Solutions

The book discusses the wide diversity of NGOs and their roles, describing the ways in which NGOs are increasingly important in relation to ideas and debates about ‘civil society’, globalization and the changing ideas and practices of international aid. This critical overview will be useful to students of development studies at undergraduate and masters levels, as well as to more general readers and practitioners.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

GEOGRAPHY & GIS 105 2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

An Environmental History of the World

The Geography of Transport Systems

Humankinds’s Changing Role in the Community of Life

Jean-Paul Rodrigue, Hofstra University, USA, Claude Comtois, University of Montreal, Canada, and Brian Slack, Concordia University, Canada

J. Donald Hughes, University of Denver, US The edition of this book continues to provide concise but wide-ranging introductory survey of global environmental history, that is, an account of how human societies have lived, worked, and thought in relationship to the rest of nature throughout the world and through the changes that have occurred in every period of time since our species appeared. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: History and Ecology 2. Primal Harmony 3. The Great Divide of Culture and Nature 4. Ideas and Impacts 5. The Middle Ages 6. The Transformation of the Biosphere 7. Exploitation and Conservation 8. Modern Environmental Problems 9. Present and Future 10. Conclusion Routledge Market: History / Environmental Studies June 2009: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-48149-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48150-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88575-8: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-13618-1

This edition offers new topics and approaches that have emerged as critical issues in contemporary transport systems, including security, energy, supply chain management and GIS-T Selected Contents: 1. Transportation and Geography 2. Transportation and the Spatial Structure 3. Transportation and the Economy 4. Transportation Modes 5. Transportation Terminals 6. International Trade and Freight Distribution 7. Urban Transportation 8. Transport, Energy and Environment 9. Transport Planning and Policy Routledge Market: Geography / Planning May 2009: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-48323-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48324-7: £26.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35441-7

Urban Regeneration in the UK Andrew Tallon, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK

9TH EDITION

This book places the historical and contemporary regeneration agenda into context. Policy initiatives pursued by public and private sector bodies influence the social, economic and physical development of cities, and some are pursued by cities themselves. Key issues and debates, currently and for the future, facing urban regeneration are discussed. The book provides a rich, comprehensive and stimulating synthesis that will fill a significant gap in the current literature on regeneration.

Atmosphere, Weather and Climate Roger G. Barry, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA, Richard J. Chorley and Mark Serreze, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and History of Meteorology and Climatology 2. Atmospheric Composition, Mass and Structure 3. Solar Radiation and the Global Energy Budget 4. Atmospheric Moisture Budget 5. Atmospheric Instability, Cloud Formation and Precipitation Processes 6. Atmospheric Motion: Principles 7. Planetary-Scale Motions in the Atmosphere and Ocean 8. Numerical Models of the General Circulation, Climate and Weather Prediction 9. Mid-Latitude Synoptic Systems 10. Weather and Climate in Temperate and High Latitudes 11. Tropical Weather and Climate 12. Boundary Layer Climates 13. Climate Change Routledge Market: Physical Geography / Environmental Sciences June 2009: 246x189: 476pp Hb: 978-0-415-46569-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46570-0: £31.50 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-27171-4

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: Section 1: The Context for Urban Regeneration: 1. Introduction: the Decline and Rise of British Cities Section 2: Central government urban regeneration policy 2. The Early Years: Town and Country Planning and Area-based Policies 3. Entrepreneurial Regeneration in the 1980’s 4. Competition and Community in Urban Policy in the 1990’s 5. New Labour, New Urban Policy? Regeneration Since the Late 1990’s Section 3: Cities in Transition: Themes and Approaches 6. Urban Competitiveness 7. New Forms of Urban Governance 8. Urban Regeneration: Partnership, Financing and Delivery Mechanisms 9. Urban Sustainability 10. City Centre Retail and Office Regeneration 11. Housing-Led Regeneration, Renaissance and Gentrification 12. Leisure and Cultural Regeneration 13. Community and Regeneration 14. Regenerating Suburban and Exurban Areas of Cities Section 4: Conclusion 15. Urban Regeneration into the Future Routledge Market: Urban Studies / Planning / Geography June 2009: 246x174: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-42596-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42597-1: £23.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

In its ninth edition, Atmosphere, Weather and Climate is the essential introduction to weather processes and climatic conditions around the world, their observed variability and changes, and projected future trends. It presents a comprehensive coverage of global meteorology and climatology, and in this new edition the latest scientific ideas are expressed in a clear, non-mathematical matter.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

106 GEOGRAPHY & GIS

War, Violence, and Population

2ND EDITION

Making the Body Count

Theories of Development

James Tyner, Kent State University, USA

Contentions, Arguments, Alternatives

’A principled and passionate analysis of the intimate connections between populations and political violence. Tyner's case studies of Vietnam, Cambodia, and Rwanda are vivid and searching demonstrations of the public importance of a critical population geography, and deserve an audience far beyond the academy.’ – Derek Gregory, University of British Columbia, Canada Grounded in theory and research, this book offers a spatial perspective on how and why populations are regulated and disciplined by mass violence – and why these questions matter for scholars concerned about social justice. James Tyner focuses on how states and other actors use acts of brutality to manage, administer, and control space for political and economic purposes. He shows how demographic analyses of fertility, mortality, and migration cannot be complete without taking war and genocide into account. Guilford Press Market: Geography April 2009: 234x156: 234pp Hb: 978-1-60623-038-1: £47.50 Pb: 978-1-60623-037-4: £24.00

Climate, Environments and Experiences Michael Hall, University of Canterbury, New Zealand, and Jarkko Saarinen, University of Oulu, Finland

Climate change, landscape and species loss, increasing interest in energy resources and minerals, social changes in indigenous societies, and a new polar geo-politics in which countries disputing boundaries are laying claim to large amounts of seabed under previously international waters, which brings into question the sustainability of polar regions and the place of tourism within them. Routledge Market: Tourism June 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-48999-7: £80.00

Commercial Homes in Tourism An International Perspective

’Peet and Hartwick do not mince words as they offer a provocative critique of conventional, poststructuralist, and postdevelopmentalist theories ... This is an excellent, thought-provoking text for graduate or advanced undergraduate classes on development and globalization. It is sure to be a resource that students will return to again and again as a guide to the theoretical and historical origins of current debates.’ – Paul K. Gellert, University of Tennessee, USA Widely adopted, this unique text critically evaluates the leading theories of international economic development, from classical economic and sociological models to Marxist, poststructuralist, and feminist perspectives. No other book provides such comprehensive coverage or links the theories as incisively to contemporary world events and policy debates. Re-examining neoliberal conceptions of economic growth, the authors show what a more just and democratic form of development might look like today. Guilford Press Market: Geography April 2009: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-1-60623-066-4: £47.50 Pb: 978-1-60623-065-7: £25.95 eBook: 978-0-203-48227-8: £47.50 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-489-5

Tourism and Change in Polar Regions

Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility

Richard Peet, Clark University, USA, and Elaine Hartwick, Framingham State College, USA

Gender and Rurality Lia Bryant, University of South Australia, Australia and Barbara Pini, Queensland University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book will use empirical examples from a range of research projects undertaken by the authors as well as illustrations from work in the Australasia, Europe and the United States to explore gender and rurality and their relation to sexuality, ethnicity, class and (dis)ability. Routledge

The Political Economy of Water and Sanitation

Market: Geography / Sociology / Gender April 2009: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48899-0: £60.00

Matthias Krause, German Development Institute, Germany

Student Migration *

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Tourism, Business and Management

Series: Routledge Research in Population and Migration

This is the first book to give recognition to this distinct, economically important and expanding form of tourism business by, bringing together recent and international research on this common form of commercial tourism accommodation

Until now, the international migration of students has been an inexplicably neglected topic of geographical study. This groundbreaking text is the first book-length study on the foreign mobility of UK-based students.

Advances in human development are closely linked to increasing access to water and sanitation (WS) services in developing countries. Utilizing data from 69 nations, Krause argues that the level of democratic governance has a statistically significant positive impact on access to WS services, from influencing policy-making to managing providers.

Routledge

Market: Tourism April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47018-6: £75.00

Market: Geography & Demography April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37826-0: £65.00

Market: Geography April 2009: 229x152: 282pp Hb: 978-0-415-99489-7: £60.00

See separate Order Form

Russell King, University of Sussex, Brighton, UK, and Allan M. Findlay, University of Dundee, UK

+44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Edited by Paul Lynch, University of Strathclyde, UK, Alison J. McIntosh, University of Waikato, New Zealand and Hazel Tucker, University of Otego, New Zealand

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

GEOGRAPHY & GIS 107 Rethinking Maps *

Rural Urban Dynamics

Edited by Martin Dodge, University of Manchester, UK, Rob Kitchin, National University of Ireland, Maynooth and Chris Perkins, University of Manchester, UK

Livelihoods, mobility and markets in African and Asian Frontiers

Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography Rethinking Maps brings together leading theorists to explore how maps are being rethought, made and used, and what these transformations mean for working cartographers, everyday map creators and users, and cartographic scholarship. It is a multi-disciplinary approach to important contemporary mapping practices. Case studies are included. Routledge Market: Cartography / Geography May 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46152-8: £78.00

Edited by Jytte Agergaard, Niels Fold, and Katherine Gough, all at Copenhagen University, Denmark Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography The originality of the book lies in its combination of conceptual clarity, methodological coherence and empirical richness. By combining detailed empirical findings with theoretical insight from debates on livelihoods, global value chains, mobility patterns, settlement dynamics and rural-urban relations, the book sheds new light on these issues within an overall framework of development trajectories in Africa and Asia

Integrated Water Resources Management in Latin America Edited by Asit K Biswas, Third World Centre for Water Management, Mexico, Benedito P.F. Braga, Agencia Nacional de Aguas, Brazil, Cecilia Tortajada, Third World Centre for Water Management, Mexico and Marco Palermo, Instituto Pro-Ambiente, Brazil This pioneering analysis from Latin America conclusively shows that not only IWRM has been unsuccessful in the past, but also is highly unlikely to succeed in the future. Thus, a new paradigm for water management is urgently needed. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Water Resources Development.

Routledge

Market: Geography / Urban Studies June 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-47562-4: £75.00

Market: Development & Geography April 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48788-7: £75.00

ANTHROPOLOGY

Cultural Anthropology

Media and Middle Class Moms

A Global Introduction

Images and Realities of Work and Family

Jack David Eller, Metropolitan State College of Denver, USA

Lara J. Descartes, University of Connecticut, USA and Conrad Kottak, University of Michigan, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Anthropology 2. Understanding and Studying Culture 3. The Origins of Cultural Anthropology 4. Language and Social Relations 5. Learning to be an Individual 6. Individuals and Identities 7. Economics: the Base of Culture 8. Kinship and Non-Kin Organization 9. Politics: Social Order and Social Control 10. Religion: Humans and the Non-Human World 11. Cultural Dynamics 12. Colonialism and the Beginnings of Globalization 13. The Struggle for Political Identity 14. The Struggle for Economic Independence 15. The Struggle for Cultural Survival Routledge Market: Anthropology June 2009: 246x189: 348pp Hb: 978-0-415-48538-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48539-5: £33.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Written by nationally recognized anthropologists Conrad Kottak and Lara Descartes, this ethnography of largely white, middle class families in a town in the midwest explores the role that the media play in influencing how those families cope with everyday work/family issues. The book insightfully reports that families struggle with, and make work/family decisions based largely on the images and ideas they receive from media sources, though they strongly deny being so influenced. An ideal book for teaching undergraduate family, media, and methods courses. Routledge Market: Anthropology / Families / Media April 2009: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99308-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99309-8: £16.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Accessible and well organized with case studies on contemporary cultural controversies, this ethnographically rich text gives a refreshingly new vision of the discipline and its subject matter – human diversity. While covering important global and historical cultural phenomena and the more conventional topics of anthropology it also includes multi-sited ethnography, world anthropologies, glocalization, consumption as a cultural/economic subject, diasporas, and multiple modernities.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

108 SOCIOLOGY

Violence Against Women

Science For Humanism

Vulnerable Populations

The Recovery of Human Agency

Douglas A. Brownridge, University of Manitoba, Canada

Charles R. Varela

Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives

Series: Ontological Investigations

Violence Against Women investigates under-researched and underserved groups of women who are particularly vulnerable to violent victimization from an intimate male partner. In the past, there has been an understandable reluctance to address this issue to avoid stereotyping vulnerable groups of women. However, developments in the field, particularly intersectionality theory, which recognizes women’s diversity in experiences of violence, suggest that the time has come to make the study of violence in vulnerable populations a new sub-field in the area. As the first book of its kind, Violence Against Women identifies where violence on vulnerable populations fits within the field, develops a method for studying vulnerable populations, and brings vital new knowledge to the field through the analysis original data (from three large-scale representative surveys) on eight populations of women who are particularly vulnerable to violence. Routledge Market: April 2009: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-99607-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99608-2: £19.99

Transnationalism *

In this book, Varela revisits the problem of structure versus agency. Based on his original insight into Kant’s role in the debate, the author is able to solve this centuries old dilemma for the first time. He goes on to explain the wider ramifications of his discovery, addressing Giddens Call, the stalemate of the social and psychological sciences, determinism in science, and postmodernism. Selected Contents: Part 1: Science for Humanism 1. Historical context: Humanism and Giddens’s Call 2. Theoretical framework: Postmodernism and After 3. Kant and the Stalemate of the Social Sciences: Prelude and Transformation 4. Kant and the Stalemate of the Psychological Sciences: Behaviour and Energy Part 2: Returning to Kant and the Stalemate of Sociology 5. Simmel: Sociation and the Real A priori of Power 6. Durkheim: The Social Fact as a New Third Antinomy 7. Weber: The Noumenal Freedom of the Historical Actor 8. Parsons, Dahrendorf, Berger: Rituals of Return Part 3: Returning to Kant and To Giddens’ Call 9. The Dynamical Theory of Matter: Natural Agency 10. Kantian Realism: Human Agency Routledge April 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48182-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48520-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88227-6: £90.00

Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute, Germany

Global Gender Research *

Series: Key Ideas

Transnational Perspectives

This book surveys the broader meanings of transnationalism within the study of globalization before concentrating on migrant transnational practices. Each chapter and set of case studies demonstrates ways in which new and contemporary transnational practices of migrants are fundamentally transforming social, political and economic structures simultaneously within homelands and places of settlement. Transnationalism provides a much-needed single, clear and condensed text concerning a major concept in academic and policy discourse today.The book is for advanced undergraduate students, postgraduates and academics.

Edited by Christine Bose, and Minjeong Kim, both at University at Albany, USA

See separate Order Form

This volume provides an in-depth comparative picture of the current state of feminist sociological gender research and/or women's studies research for five regions of the world, represented by ten or eleven countries. A synthetic overview essay for each representative country is organized around key issues. It familiarizes readers with the wide range of salient issues, research methods, writing styles, and leading authors from around the globe. Readers can compare and contrast the threads of similarity and strands of difference in feminist concerns globally, gaining familiarity with the breadth of gender research and understanding the national contexts that produced it. Each essay is addition, the editors illustrate this new wave of gender research with a translated/reprinted sample of important contemporary theoretical or empirical work from each country. The editors include pieces from scholars in: India, China (Asia), sub Saharan Africa, western and Eastern Europe, South/Central America, and both the English and Hispanic speaking Caribbean. Routledge April 2009: 235x187: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-95269-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95270-5: £20.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transnationalism and Migrant Transnationalism 2. Socio-Cultural Transformations 3. Political Transformations 4. Economic Transformations 5. Religion in Migration, Diasporas and Transnationalism 6. Conclusion: Interconnected Migrants in an Interconnected World Routledge Market: Sociology / International Relations / Economics April 2009: 198x129: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-43298-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43299-3: £16.99

Series: Perspectives on Gender

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

SOCIOLOGY 109

Jane Hindley, University of Essex, UK Series: The New Sociology This innovative book presents an overview of the origins of nationalism to enable students coming to the subject for the first time to get a handle on the current key issues, controversies, theorists and ideas in the area. By using contemporary international case studies Hindley demonstrates how national identity has been caught up with processes such as citizenship, language, schooling, migration, sport, warfare, tourism, landscapes, heritage and tradition. Selected Contents: 1. Ways of Re-Imagining the Nation and Re-Orienting Everyday Life 2. Ways of Speaking and Viewing 3. Ways of Schooling and Training 4. Ways of Branding, Marketing and Consuming 5. Ways of Delimiting Rights, Entitlements and Public Goods 6. Ways of Being and Modes of Attachment. Epilogue: Envisioning the Future Routledge Market: Sociology / Politics / History June 2009: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-34881-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34880-5: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64122-4: £55.00

Democracy, States, and the Struggle for Global Justice Edited by Heather D. Gautney, Fordham University, USA, Neil Smith, CUNY Graduate Center, USA, Omar Dahbour, Hunter College, CUNY, USA, and Ashley Dawson, College of Staten Island, CUNY, USA Democracy, State, and the Struggle for Global Justice engages questions regarding new modes and spaces of democracy in the 21st century. Drawing on the fields of geography, political theory, and cultural studies, Altered States explores the theoretical implications of recent experiments with new forms of democracy and the changing nature of the state as they are buffeted by countervailing forces of corporate globalization and participatory politics. The collection, comprised of eighteen essays, approaches these issues from the following three optics: 1. the meaning of radical democracy in light of recent developments in democratic theory; 2. new spatial arrangements or scales of democracy – from local to global, street protests to transnational networks; and 3. the character and role of states in the development of new forms of democracy. Routledge

Market: Cities / Globalization April 2009: 235x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-98982-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98983-1: £29.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Doing Gender in Media, Art and Culture Edited by Rosemarie Lilian Buikema and Iris van der Tuin, both at Utrecht University, the Netherlands ’Gender in Media, Art, and Culture offers student and researchers in gender and media studies a clear and lucid overview of recent trends in theory and analysis. This vibrant, wide-ranging and brilliantly researched collection of essays is essential reading for anyone wanting an accessible but sophisticated guide to the very latest issues and concepts in cultural theory. It gathers the very best recent work of the field and provides a useful mapping of an increasingly complex terrain.‘ – Professor Claire Colebrook, University of Edinburgh Gender in Media, Art, and Culture presents cutting-edge feminist scholarship according to an attractive, pedagogically rich format which makes use of the stories of feminist heroines (so-called ’woman warriors’). Ideal text for students specialising in gender studies. Routledge Market: Gender / Media Studies / Culture May 2009: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-49382-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49383-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87680-0: £80.00

Ethnographies Revisited Constructing Theory in the Field Edited by Antony Puddephatt, Lakehead University, Canada, William Shaffir, McMaster University, Canada, and Steven W. Kleinknecht, Brescia University College, Canada This book presents reflexive first-hand accounts from the authors of major booklength ethnographies, recounting how they generated their key ideas in the practice of field research. This volume provides a fresh approach to teaching qualitative research by encouraging students to think creatively and theoretically in the field.

Routledge Market: Ethnography / Research Methods / Social Sciences May 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45220-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45221-2: £26.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Nationalism and Everyday Life *

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

110 SOCIOLOGY

From Max Weber Essays in Sociology

Social Movements and Activism in the USA

Max Weber

Stephen Valocchi, Trinity College, Hartford, USA Max Weber (1864-1920) was one of the most prolific and influential sociologists of the twentieth century. This classic collection draws together his key papers. This edition contains a new preface by Professor Bryan S. Turner

Selected Contents: 1. Questioning Social Movements 2. Social Movement Goals and Strategies 3. Gathering Resources, Exploiting Opportunities, Forming Organizations 4. What Makes Them Do It? 5. Who They Are: Identity and Oppositional Consciousness 6. Keeping It Real: Usable Knowledge for Activists, Students, and Scholars Routledge

Routledge Market: Sociology / Politics April 2009: 216x138: 528pp Pb: 978-0-415-48269-1: £19.99

The Handbook of Genetics & Society *

Market: Social Movements / Social Activism / Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46158-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46159-7: £23.99

Edited by Paul Atkinson, and Peter Glasner, both at Cardiff Univeristy, UK, and Margaret Lock, McGill University, Canada Series: Genetics and Society Offers an authoritative and comprehensive overview of contemporary international social science research on genetics, genomics and the new life sciences. Brings together leading scholars to provide expertise across a wide ranging spectrum of research fields related to the production, use, commodification and regulation of genetic knowledge. Features sections on biomedicine, commodification, representations, regulation, bioethics, laboratories and diversity and justice.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Biomedical Applications of New Genetic Technologies Part 2: Commercialisation Part 3: Representations of Genomics Part 4: Regulation Part 5: Bioethics and Genetics Part 6: Diversity and Justice Part 7: New forms of Knowledge Production Routledge Market: Sociology / Science and Technology Studies / Genetics May 2009: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-41080-9: £95.00

See separate Order Form

Social Work and Global Mental Health Research and Practice Perspectives Edited by Serge Dumont, and Myreille St-Onge, both at Universite Laval, Quebec, Canada This useful book discusses the latest in mental health research, information on violence, trauma and resilience, and social policies. This book was published as a special issue of Social Work in Mental Health.

Routledge Market: Social Work / Mental Health May 2009: 254x178: 302pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3709-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3710-7: £25.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Mapping the New Genomic Era

ORDER NOW!

Social Movements and Activism puts 'front and center' the stories, rhetoric, and emotions of progressive activists from Hartford Connecticut, a post-industrial city in neo-liberal nation. Resisting the impulse to flatten the myriad voices of activism but refusing to leave these voices without context, this text uses analytic concepts from social movement theory to assist these activists in telling us who they are, why and how they do activism, and what conflicts, tensions, and satisfactions they derive from it.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

SOCIOLOGY 111

The Handbook of European Welfare Systems

Youth Workers, Stuckness, and the Myth of Supercompetence

Edited by Klaus Schubert, Institut für Politikwissenschaft Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster, Simon Hegelich and Ursula Bazant

Not Knowing What to Do Ben Anderson-Nathe, Portland State University, USA This book explores how youth workers experience the moment of not-knowing what to do in the helping relationship. Professionals often talk about the stress and doubt they feel after moments in which they did not know how to respond.

This book provides the first comprehensive information and detailed data about the welfare systems of all 27 EU member states and offers the reader an invaluable introduction and basis for comparative analysis. It closes with a theoretical reflection by venturing the idea of politically limited pluralism in European welfare politics.

This book was published as a special issue of Child & Youth Services.

Routledge Market: Social Policy / Youth Work May 2009: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-99772-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99773-7: £22.99

Routledge Market: Social Policy / Sociology / Welfare May 2009: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-48275-2: £125.00

Class, Ethnicity, Gender and Latino Entrepreneurship

Biology and Criminology

Against the Spiritual Turn

The Biosocial Synthesis

Marxism, Realism, and Critical Theory

María Eugenia Verdaguer, Fulbright Program, Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, U.S. Department of State

Anthony Walsh, Boise State University, USA

Sean Creaven

Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology

Series: Routledge Studies in Critical Realism

Noted criminologist Anthony Walsh demonstrates how information from the biological sciences both strengthens criminology work and complements traditional theories of criminal behavior. With its reasoned case for biological science as a fundamental tool of the criminologist, this text is required reading for students and faculty within the field of criminology.

The argument presented in this book is that the recent ‘spiritual’ trajectory of Roy Bhaskar’s work, upon which he first embarked with the publication of his From East to West, undermines the fundamental achievements of his earlier work.

Series: New Approaches in Sociology Verdaguer examines first-generation Latino entrepreneurs, revealing not only that Latinos’ strategies for access to business ownership and development are cut across class, ethnic and gender lines, but also that immigrants’ options and practices remain shaped by patriarchal gender relations within the immigrant family, community and economy. Routledge Market: Sociology April 2009: 229x152: 236pp Hb: 978-0-415-99560-3: £60.00

Routledge Market: Sociology April 2009: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-80192-8: £35.00

Series: New Approaches in Sociology Much of the academic literature on peace activism has only explored organizations, leaving the knowledge and experiences of individual activists underexplored. This book addresses this gap and explores issues as activist identity, diversity, and movement participation as well as the challenges, successes, and failures of those struggling for peace.

Global Health Surveillance Online

Edited by Birgit Pfau-Effinger, University of Hamburg, Germany, Lluis Flaquer, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain and Per H. Jensen, Aalborg University, Denmark

Creating a World on Alert

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Informal work – family care, voluntary work, and undeclared or unregulated work – is a critical form of labor in today’s economy, yet it remains underanalyzed and examined. This volume develops a comprehensive conceptual framework of informal work and analyses systematically the relationship of formal and informal work. Routledge

Market: Sociology April 2009: 229x152: 194pp Hb: 978-0-415-99192-6: £60.00

Market: Sociology April 2009: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-96469-2: £60.00

Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

May 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-49031-3: £100.00

The Hidden Work Regime in Europe

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Lorna Weir, and Eric Mykhalovskiy, both at York University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society The invention of online techniques such as early warning outbreak detection has dramatically changed the action capacity and social organization of global infectious disease control. This book, one of the first to examine these transformations, is a stunning addition to the fields of global health, global news, surveillance, and globalization. Routledge Market: Sociology April 2009: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-95842-4: £60.00

Laura Toussaint, Bellevue Community College, USA

for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge

Formal and Informal Work *

The Contemporary US Peace Movement *

Selected Contents: 1. Bhaskar’s ‘Spiritual Turn’: Logical and Conceptual Problems 2. Meta-Reality, Critical Realism, and Marxism 3. Secularism, Agnosticism, and Theism 4. Critical Realism, Transcendence, and God 5. Humanism, Spiritualism, and Critical Theory

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

112 SOCIOLOGY Edward Said and the Literary, Social, and Political World *

International Perspectives on Women and HIV

Edited by Ranjan Ghosh, Sishu Nalanda School, Siliguri, India

Edited by Samuel A MacMaster, University of Tennessee, USA, Brian E Bride, University of Georgia, USA and Cindy Davis, University of Tennessee, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought The contributors to this volume - many among the foremost Edward Said scholars in the world - examine Said as the literary critic, his relationship to other major contemporary thinkers and his involvement with major movements of his time (such as music, feminism, new humanism, and Marxism).

Naturbanization

This work focuses on international perspectives on women and HIV casting a deliberately wide net addressing the interaction between HIV, gender, in a variety of specific geographic areas. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment.

Routledge

Market: Sociology April 2009: 229x152: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-96323-7: £60.00

Market: Women’s Studies / AIDS & HIV April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99837-6: £75.00

Secrecy and Silence in the Research Process *

Men in the Lives of Young Children

Feminist Reflections

Edited by Deborah Jones, and Roy Evans, both at Brunel University, UK

Edited by Róisín Ryan-Flood, University of Essex, UK and Rosalind Gill, London School of Economics, UK Series: Transformations

An International Perspective

The present book presents up to date research from a variety of international contexts on the issues facing men in the roles of nurturing, parenting, caring for and teaching young children.

Routledge

New Horizons for Policy Practice

Edited by Caragh Brosnan, University of Cambridge, UK and Bryan Stanley Turner, National University of Singapore The Sociology of Medical Education provides a contemporary introduction to this classic area of sociology, by examining the social origin and implications of the epistemological, organisational and demographic challenges facing medical education at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Leading sociologists explore topics such as gender, ethnicity, disability, and evidence-based medicine in the context of current international debates over medical curricula.

The contributions in this volume aim to conceptualize the territorial consequences of urbanization processes on rural areas close to/or inside protected areas (i.e. rural-natural areas), and reveal geographical interpretations about naturbanization processes in a way that differrent models of economic development and planning policies can be compared. Market: Geography April 2009: 246x174: 274pp Hb: 978-0-415-49000-9: £84.00

This book was published as a special issue of Early Child Development and Care.

Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education

Edited by Maria Jose Prados Velasco, University of Seville, Spain

CRC Press

Researchers face difficult dilemmas about who to represent and how, what to omit and what to include. This book explores such questions in a fascinating collection of essays from international scholars making an important contribution to theoretical and empirical debates about epistemology, subjectivity and identity in qualitative research. Market: Feminist Studies / Sociology / Research Methods June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45214-4: £75.00

New Identities and Processes for Rural-Natural Areas

Routledge HMarket: Sociology / Men’s Studies June 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49704-6: £75.00

Safe Motherhood in a Globalized World Edited by Barbara Wejnert, University of Buffalo, USA, Suzanne K. Steinmetz, Indiana University-Purdue University at Indianapolis, USA, and Nirupama Prakash, Birla Institute of Technology & Science, India This volume offers a unique portrayal of a multilevel impact of globalization on a broad spectrum of factors detrimental to safe motherhood and on the interaction of local environment with the globalized world. This book was published as a special issue of Marriage and Family Review.

Richard Hoefer, University of Texas at Arlington, USA

Routledge Market: Sociology / Women’s Studies April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48816-7: £75.00

This book provides penetrating analysis and up-to-date resources for social workers looking for information on vital issues of social work policy practice. Special emphasis is placed on topics of social justice, the strengths-based perspective and inclusion of marginalized populations. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Policy Practice. Routledge Market: Social Policy / Public Services April 2009: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-99815-4: £75.00

Selected Contents: Part 1: Historical and Theoretical Perspectives Part 2: Key Issues: Medical Students and Medical Knowledge Part 3: Medical Education in National Contexts Routledge

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Medicine / Sociology / Education May 2009: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-46044-6: £85.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

SOCIOLOGY 113

Human Sexuality

MAJOR WORKS

Biological, Psychological, and Cultural Perspectives

The Information Society

Anne Bolin, Elon University, USA and Patricia Whelehan, State University of New York, USA Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Human Sexuality: Biological, Psychological, and Cultural Understandings is a unique textbook that uses viewpoints from across cultural and national boundaries and incorporates evolutionary and psychological perspectives to provide a broad analysis of this crucial aspect of life.

4 volumes For more information please see page 202

Surveillance 4 volumes For more information please see page 199

Medical Advice for Women 5 volumes For more information please see page 204

Routledge Market: LGBT Studies April 2009: 229x152: 648pp Hb: 978-0-7890-2671-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-2672-9: £40.00

SPORT SCIENCE, LEISURE STUDIES & CULTURE

The Ethics of Doping and Anti-Doping

Exploring Sport and Fitness

To Redeem the Soul of Sport

Edited by Caroline Heaney, Ben Oakley, The Open University, UK, and Simon Rea

Verner Møller, University of Aarhus, Denmark

Work-Based Practice

Exploring Sport and Fitness is a guide to the development of essential professional and interpersonal skills in the sport, leisure and fitness sector. It features articles from both professional and academic sources, making it a comprehensive resource for students and professionals alike.

Series: Ethics and Sport Verner Møller argues that the fight against doping – promoted as an initiative to cleanse sport of cheats – is at heart nothing less than a battle to save sport from itself, located on the fault-line between the will to purity and the will to win. This book is important reading for all serious students and scholars of the ethics, sociology and politics of sport.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge Market: Sport & Leisure Management May 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-49155-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49156-3: £24.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Selected Contents: 1. What is Doping? 2. What is Sport? 3. Unchristian Sport 4. Doping History - Fact or Fiction? 5. The Law of Silence 6. Good Intentions Turn Bad 7. The Fear of Modernity 8. Legalisation of Doping 9. The Athletes’ Viewpoint 10. The Need for a Fresh Start Routledge Market: Sport Studies / Ethics & Philosophy of Sport June 2009: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-48465-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48466-4: £21.99

Selected Contents: 1. Reflection in workBased Practice 2. Encouraging and Maintaining Motivation 3. Communicating Effectively 4. Leading People and Teams 5. Perspectives on Learning and Instruction 6. You and Your Customers

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

114 SPORT SCIENCE, LEISURE STUDIES & CULTURE

Fatherhood, Sport and Leisure Edited by Tess Kay, Loughborough University, UK In Fatherhood, Sport and Leisure, an underrepresented and highly topical area of social study is examined. This is a book about fathers, and how we can understand fathers and their fathering practices better if we examine the role of sport and leisure in their relationships with their children and their partners. The author’s clear and interdisciplinary approach makes this volume an invaluable resource for undergraduates and scholars in the fields of leisure studies, family studies, sociology of the family, and the sociology of sport. Selected Contents: 1. The Missing Father in Leisure Studies 2. Traditional Family Settings, Non-residential Fathers, Gay Fathers and Grandfathers 3. Fatherhood and Baseball 4. Parental Expectation and Youth Sports 5. Fathers and Daughters 6. Leisure Time and Couple Time in Dual Earner Families 7. Divorce, Fatherhood and Leisure Routledge Market: Leisure Studies / Family Studies / Fatherhood May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43868-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43870-4: £22.99

Human Muscle Fatigue Edited by Craig Williams, Exeter University, UK, and Sébastien Ratel, University Blaise Pascal, France This book offers a broad view of the research, as well as an inventory of historical and current research, and will provide students with a clearer understanding of the subject by exploring the mechanisms of fatigue between different groups.

Routledge Companion to Sports History Edited by Steven W. Pope, Lincoln University, UK and John R. Nauright, Georgia Southern University, USA Afterword by Peter N. Stearns, George Mason University, USA This book describes how the field of sports history has matured dramatically over the past decade, and expands on what this means for sports historians today. The specially commissioned essays, addressing a range of thematic and regional contexts that make up this companion make it a uniquely valuable resource. Selected Contents: 1. Social and Cultural History 2. Biography 3. New Sources in Sport History 4. Theory in Sport History 5. Action Sports 6. Feminist Approaches 7. Sport History and Sociology of Sport 8. New Sources in Sport History 9. Early Sport History: The Search for a Method 10. Ancient Sport 11. Physical Education 12. Modern Olympics 13. Women’s Sports 14. Race 15. Science and Technology 16. Religion 17. Body Culture 18. International Relations 19. Politics 20. Transnationalism/Borderlands 21. Globalization 22. Postcolonialism 23. Institutionalisation of Modern Sport 24. Nationalism 25. Amateurism 26. Entrepreneurialism 27. Masculinity 28. Africa 29. Australia 30. Canada 31. China 32. England and Wales 34. France 35. Germany 36. Ireland 37. Italy 38. Japan 39. Mexico and Central America 40. New Zealand 41. Nordic Countries 42. Russia and the former Soviet Union 43. Scotland 44. South Africa 45. South America 46. United States 47. West Indies 48. Central and Eastern Europe 49. South East Asia 50. Belgium, Holland and Luxembourg 51. South Africa Routledge Market: Sport History / Social History / Economic History June 2009: 246x174: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-77339-3: £85.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: 1. Definitions of Muscle Fatigue 2. Measurement Methods of Muscle Fatigue 3. Cellular Mechanisms of Skeletal Muscle Fatigue 4. Muscle Fatigue in Children 5. Fatigue in Elderly People 6. Sex-Differences in Muscle Fatigue 7. Fatigue and Training Status 8. Fatigue and Ergogenic Aids 9. Fatigue and Neuromuscular Diseases 10. Fatigue and Metabolic Myopathy 11. Fatigue and Muscular Dystrophy 12. Fatigue and Inflammatory Myopathy Routledge Market: Sports & Exercise Physiology May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45327-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45328-8: £29.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

SPORT SCIENCE, LEISURE STUDIES & CULTURE 115 Contemporary Sport, Leisure and Ergonomics * Edited by Thomas Reilly, and Greg Atkinson, both at Liverpool John Moores University, UK This cutting-edge collection of international research papers explores the interface between physical, cognitive and occupational ergonomics and sport and exercise science, illuminating our understanding of ‘human factors’ at work and at play. Drawing on a wide diversity of disciplines, the book explores themes of central importance within contemporary ergonomics and sport and exercise science, such as performance, health, environment, technology and special populations. This volume will be of particular interest to academics and students of ergonomics and human sciences. Selected Contents: 1. Physical Activity and the Environment 2. Ergonomics in Competitive Sport 3. Ergonomics in Special Populations 4. Human Factors and Psychology 5. Methodological Studies in Sport and Ergonomics 6. Ergonomics and Health in the Workplace Routledge Market: Ergonomics / Sport Science May 2009: 234x156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-47272-2: £95.00

Ethics, Dis/Ability and Sports Edited by Mike J. McNamee, University of Wales Swansea, UK and Ejgil Jespersen, Norwegian School of Sport Sciences, Norway This volume is comprised of a range of essays by international scholars from philosophy, pedagogy and adapted physical activity who explore, critically, a range of ethical issues.

The Ethics of Sports Medicine

Militarism, Hunting, Imperialism

Edited by Claudio Tamburrini, and Torbjörn Tännsjö, both at University of Stockholm, Sweden

’Blooding’ The Martial Male

The book aims to establish a critical dialogue between sports ethicists and bioethicists across the range of sporting disciplines at elite level. This book was published as a special issue in Sport, Ethics and Philosophy. Routledge Market: Sports Medicine / Ethics April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48051-2: £70.00

J A Mangan, Formerly at the University of Strathclyde, UK and Callum McKenzie Series: Sport in the Global Society This book examines the late Victorian and Edwardian link between hunting, masculinity and militarism and how it was idealised as a means to serve British imperialist interests. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Routledge

Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age

Market: Sport / Colonialism / Sport History June 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42955-9: £70.00

Judy A. Driskell, University of Nebraska, USA While most books on sports nutrition focus on the professional or competition-level athlete, little research in this area has considered the very health conscious baby boomer generation. Judy Driskell, one of the top experts in sports nutrition, turns her attention in this book to the nutrition needs of the middle-aged athlete. She brings together current research on energy-yielding nutrients, vitamins, minerals, and fluids and hydration. She also includes information on recreational activities including endurance and strength training exercises, age-related disorders, and public health policies, as well as the role of diet and physical activity in reducing risk and treating age-related diseases. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 504pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6601-2: £72.99

The Balkan Games and Balkan Politics in the Interwar Years 1929-1939 Politicians in Pursuit of Peace Penelope Kissoudi, University of Thessaloniki, Greece Series: Sport in the Global Society The study discusses the role of the Balkan Games in the interwar years in promoting goodwill and cooperation between antagonist states in a Balkan scene of long established suspicion, traditional hostility and territorial claims. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Routledge Market: Sports / History May 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48645-3: £75.00

This book was published as a special issue in Sport, Ethics and Philosophy. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Sport Studies / Ethics April 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48797-9: £75.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

PSYCHOLOGY SELF-HELP TITLES

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. Discovering Your Couple Sexual Style

Breaking Up Blues

Sharing Desire, Pleasure, and Satisfaction

Denise Cullington, Psychoanalyst, Oxford, UK

A Guide to Survival and Growth

Barry McCarthy, American University, USA and Emily McCarthy

2008: 198x129: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-45547-3: £17.95

2009: 234x156: 146pp Pb: 978-0-415-99469-9: £9.99

7. The Parent Survival Guide

The Invisible Man

From Chaos to Harmony in Ten Weeks or Less

A Self-help Guide for Men With Eating Disorders, Compulsive Exercise and Bigorexia

Theresa Kellam, in Private Practice, USA

John F. Morgan, Yorkshire Centre for Eating Disorders, Leeds, UK

2008: 210x140: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-98934-3: £14.95

2008: 234x156: 184pp Pb: 978-1-58391-150-1: £23.95

8. What Should I Believe?

Moving On After Trauma

Why our Beliefs about the Nature of Death and the Purpose of Life Dominate our Lives

A Guide for Survivors, Family and Friends

Dorothy Rowe, Clinical Psychologist

2007: 198x129: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-40963-6: £17.95

Michael J. Scott, University of Manchester, UK

2008: 198x129: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-46679-0: £9.99

9. Helping Teens Who Cut

The Mindful Way through Depression

Understanding and Ending Self-Injury

Freeing Yourself from Chronic Unhappiness

Michael Hollander 2008: 229x152: 214pp Pb: 978-1-59385-426-3: £10.50

Mark Williams, John Teasdale, Zindel Segal and Jon Kabat-Zinn 2007: 229x152: 273pp Pb: 978-1-59385-128-6: £12.99

10.

5. A Dented Image Journeys of Recovery from Subarachnoid Haemorrhage Alison Wertheimer, Writer, Researcher and Counsellor 2008: 216x138: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-38672-2: £14.99

Skills-based Learning for Caring for a Loved One with an Eating Disorder The New Maudsley Method Janet Treasure, King’s College London, UK, Gráinne Smith, Course and Workshop Developer, UK and Anna Crane, King’s and St Thomas’ Hospital, London, UK 2007: 234x156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-43158-3: £23.95

PSYCHOLOGY 117 Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via www.guilford.com

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Immigrant Families in Contemporary Society Edited by Jennifer E. Lansford, Duke University, USA, Kirby Deater-Deckard, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA, and Marc H. Bornstein, National Institutes of Health, USA Series: Duke Series in Child Development and Public Policy

Parenting with Reason Evidence-Based Approaches to Parenting Dilemmas Esther Yoder Strahan, Heidelberg College, USA, Wallace E. Dixon, East Tennessee State University, USA and Jerry Burton Banks, Medical Practitioner, Southwest Virginia, USA Series: Parent and Child Parenting With Reason cuts through the masses of often confusing and contradictory advice found in parenting self-help books, providing a commonsense manual on ’evidence-based parenting’ which is grounded in the best research available.

’This is the first text to provide a comprehensive account of the complex issues faced by many of America’s immigrants and their children.’ – James A. Graham, The College of New Jersey, USA This timely volume explores the complexities of immigrant family life in North America and analyzes the individual and contextual factors that influence health and well-being. Synthesizing cutting-edge research from a range of disciplines, the book addresses such key topics as child development, school achievement, and the cultural and religious contexts of parenting. It examines the interface between families and broader systems, including schools, social services, and intervention programs, and discusses how practices and policies might be improved to produce optimal outcomes for this large and diverse population. Guilford Press Market: Developmental Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-1-60623-247-7: £21.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-403-4

TEXTBOOK

Psychology of Terrorism Classic and Contemporary Insights Edited by Jeff Victoroff, University of Southern California, USA and Arie W. Kruglanski, University of Maryland, USA Series: Key Readings in Social Psychology This reader provides a definitive collection of the best classic and contemporary writings about the mind of the terrorist. It provides the reader with deep knowledge and unique insights into the ideas, feelings, and social influences of modern terrorist groups. It will have strong appeal both to psychologists and political scientists.

Psychology Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

What Every Man Should Know About Being a Dad David Cohen, Writer, Psychologist and Film Maker, UK Series: Parent and Child Written by psychologist and father of two, David Cohen, this book provides a guide for men on how to be a good dad and a supportive partner. Dealing directly with the key issues and the many stresses that fathers can face, it looks at the psychological research on child development, parenting and fathering in particular. It examines such thorny topics as step-fatherhood, the changing relationship between partners and sex after babies. It also offers valuable advice on problems all dads will face – how to bond, how to provide sensible discipline, learning to play and managing teenage tantrums and traumas. Written in a light and anecdotal style, this book tells men everything they need to know about being a dad. Routledge Market: Parenting / Developmental Psychology May 2009: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48616-3: £19.95 Pb: 978-0-415-48617-0: £8.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Social Psychology April 2009: 235x187: 512pp Hb: 978-1-84169-464-1: £56.95 Pb: 978-1-84169-465-8: £24.95

Selected Contents: 1.The History of ChildRearing Advice and Science 2. The Big Sleep Controversies 3. Breastfeeding versus Bottle Feeding 4. The ’Mozart Effect’ and Einstein’s Babies 5. Understanding Child Temperament 6. Medical Decisions for the Faint at Heart 7. Toilet Training 8. Spanking, ’Time Out’ and Discipline: What to do When Your Child Acts Out 9. Diet Dilemmas and Childhood Obesity 10. Media Violence 11. Parents’ Psychological Health: Nurturing Strengths and Handling Problems 13. Child Neuropsychology: The Example of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder 14. Parenting Adolescents: Handling the Transitions from Childhood to Adulthood 15. Lifestyle Choices and Parent Values Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology June 2009: 198x129: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-41328-2: £34.95 Pb: 978-0-415-41329-9: £9.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

118 PSYCHOLOGY

Group Performance

Community Psychology in Practice

Bernard A. Nijstad, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

An Oral History Through the Stories of Five Community Psychologists

Series: Social Psychology: A Modular Course Group Performance outlines the current state of social psychological theories and findings concerning the performance of groups. It explores the basic theories surrounding group interaction and development and investigates how groups affect their members. It will be highly valuable to undergraduates, graduates and researchers in social psychology, organizational behaviour and business. Selected Contents: Part 1. Introduction. Studying Groups. Basic Group Processes. An Integrative Framework of Group Performance. Co-action and Audience Effects. Part 2. Task Types and Group Performance. Additive Tasks: When All Inputs Count. Disjunctive Tasks: When the Best Member Counts. Conjunctive and Compensatory Tasks. Part 3. Groups in Context. Teamwork and Leadership. Contextual Effects on Group Performance. Conclusion Psychology Press Market: Social Psychology May 2009: 216x174: 216pp Hb: 978-1-84169-668-3: £34.95 Pb: 978-1-84169-669-0: £15.95

2ND EDITION

James G. Kelly, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA Community Psychology in Practice: An Oral History Through the Stories of Five Community Psychologists is a unique examination of how community psychology evolved through the years. Five highly respected community psychologists recount their personal histories telling how they went from academia to careers disseminating principles of community psychology. As these respected experts tell their own stories in accessible narrative form, the reader gains a clear understanding of how applied community psychology intertwines with history, context, social movements, and individual personalities is revealed. The various viewpoints reveal how each one’s ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, and academic background affected how they experienced the history of community psychology. Three eminent scholars from the fields of community psychology, history, and business psychology discuss the narratives to provide further insight. Routledge Market: Psychology April 2009: 204x156: 124pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3763-3: £33.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3764-0: £14.00

A2 Level Psychology Michael Eysenck, Royal Holloway University of London, UK This thoroughly updated edition of the bestselling Psychology for A2 Level has been written specifically for the new AQA-A Psychology A2-level specification for teaching from September 2009. Written in an engaging and accessible style, the book includes chapters on all of the compulsory and optional topics that are on the new A2 syllabus. Presented in a clear, reader-friendly layout, the book is packed with advice on exam techniques, hints and tips to give students the best chance possible of achieving the highest grade.

Crosslinguistic Approaches to the Psychology of Language Research in the Tradition of Dan Isaac Slobin Edited by Jiansheng Guo, Elena Lieven, Nancy Budwig, Susan Ervin-Tripp, Keiko Nakamura and Seyda Ozcaliskan In this volume, conceived as a tribute to Dan Slobin's enormous intellectual contribution to the field, researchers discuss language learning from a crosslinguistic perspective; the integration of language specific factors in narrative skill; theoretical issues in typology, language development and language change; and the relationship between language and cognition.

The book is supported by our comprehensive package of online student and teacher resources, A2 Psychology Online. Student resources feature a wealth of interactive multimedia materials, including interactive exercises and podcasts by key figures in psychology. Teacher resources include a teaching plan, chapter-bychapter lecture presentations, and classroom exercises and activities.

See separate Order Form

Market: Language Development April 2009: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5998-0: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5999-7: £49.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Psychology Press Market: General Psychology April 2009: 278x215: 760pp Pb: 978-1-84872-009-1: £19.95

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOLOGY 119

Deception In The Marketplace

Human Potential

The Psychology of Deceptive Persuasion and Consumer Self-Protection

Exploring Techniques Used to Enhance Human Performance David Vernon, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK

David Boush, Marian Friestad, and Peter Wright, all at University of Oregon, USA

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Deception in the Marketplace 2. Theoretical Perspectives on Deceptive Persuasion 3. Marketplace Deception Tactics I 4. Marketplace Deception Tactics II 5. How Deception-Minded Marketers Think 6. How People Cope with Deceptiveness: Prior Research 7. Marketplace Deception Protection Skills 8. Developing Deception Protection Skills in Adolescence and Adulthood 9. Teaching Marketplace Deception Protection Skills: Prior Research 10. Societal Perspectives: Regulatory Frontiers, Societal Trust, and Deception-Protection Education. References Routledge Academic Market: Consumer Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6086-3: £34.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-6087-0: £19.95

Human Development from Early Childhood to Early Adulthood Findings from a 20 Year Longitudinal Study Edited by Wolfgang Schneider, University of Wuerzburg, Germany and Merry Bullock, American Psychological Association, USA This book describes and summarizes a landmark longitudinal study of approximately 200 children, from the ages 3–23, that traced developmental pathways in cognitive, social, and motor skills from preschool to young adulthood in a sample of children who grew up during the 1980s and 1990s in and around Munich, Germany. Each chapter provides a summary of the literature, answers the questions was development stable and was it possible to predict later variables from earlier ones, and summarizes developmental trends and issues of individual development, its stability over time and the extent to which earlier performance predicts later competencies. This book will appeal to anyone interested in human development. Psychology Press

Market: Human Development April 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6107-5: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6108-2: £24.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

This book examines a range of techniques that are intended to help improve some aspect of performance, and examines how well they are able to achieve this. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Hypnosis 3. Hypnopaedia 4. Subliminal Audio / Visual Stimulation 5. Visual / Auditory Entrainment 6. Meditation 7. Mnemonics 8. Speed Reading 9. Biofeedback 10. Neurofeedback 11. Mental Imagery Practice 12. Peak Performance: Techniques, Themes and Directions Routledge Market: Psychology June 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45769-9: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-415-45770-5: £19.95

Mental Health and Emerging Adulthood among HomelessYoung People Les B. Whitbeck, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, USA Findings from a three-year study of homeless and runaway adolescents that examined the consequences of runaway episodes are explored in this compelling book. The only longitudinal study of this hard to access population, the study paints a picture of the lives of adolescent runaways and evaluates the occurrence of mental and substance abuse disorders, suicidal behaviours, and the potential for future negative impact on such things as intimate relationships, education, and employment. Nutritional and health problems are explored along with the social and economic impact on society. As such the book sheds light on the adult consequences of adolescent homelessness and provides insight about why current prevention and treatment programs are failing. This book will appeal to anyone who works with and/or is interested in homeless adolescents. Psychology Press Market: Adolescent Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84169-751-2: £35.00 Pb: 978-1-84169-752-9: £18.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

This is the first scholarly book to fully address the topics of the psychology of deceptive persuasion in the marketplace and consumer self-protection. It should be essential reading for upper level and graduate courses in consumer behaviour, social psychology, communication, and marketing. Marketing practitioners and marketplace regulators will find it stimulating and authoritative, as will social scientists and educators who are concerned with consumer welfare.

’This book provides a comprehensive and highly readable summary of the psychology of human potential. Readers will appreciate the excellent summaries of the theories and techniques that have been developed over the years. It makes an important contribution to the science of positive psychology and is a must read for anyone with an interest in the areas of human performance and potential.’ – Philip J. Corr

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

120 PSYCHOLOGY 2ND EDITION

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Psychology for GCSE Level

The Development of the Person

Diana Dwyer, Association for the Teaching of Psychology, UK, and Craig Roberts, Totton College, UK

The Minnesota Study of Risk and Adaptation from Birth to Adulthood

Written by two experienced psychology teachers and examiners, this textbook covers the major GCSE Psychology specifications, OCR and AQA. It provides thorough coverage of both specifications in a user-friendly style, clearly indicating which text applies to which specification.

L. Alan Sroufe, Byron Egeland, Elizabeth A. Carlson, and W. Andrew Collins, all at the University of Minnesota, USA

It provides plenty of everyday examples to illustrate the theories and bring Psychology to life. The book is in attractive full colour with photographs, pictures and cartoons. It contains a wealth of activities to stimulate interest and help the student understand the basic theories. To ensure exam success, it provides memory aids, summaries and GCSE exam-style questions. Psychology for GCSE Level is accompanied by a set of online multimedia resources, including PowerPoint lecture courses and multiple-choice questions tests, available free-of-charge to schools who adopt the book. Psychology Press Market: General Psychology May 2009: 246x174: 280pp Pb: 978-1-84872-018-3: £14.95

’This is the book that developmental psychologists and clinicians have been awaiting for more than 25 years – even if they didn’t know it ... Essential reading for all in the field.’ – Daniel Stern, University of Geneva, Switzerland The definitive work on a groundbreaking study, this essential volume provides a coherent picture of the complexity of development from birth to adulthood. Explicated are both the methodology of the Minnesota study and its far-reaching contributions to understanding how we become who we are. The book marshals a vast body of data on the ways in which individuals’ strengths and vulnerabilities are shaped by myriad influences, including early experiences, family and peer relationships throughout childhood and adolescence, variations in child characteristics and abilities, and socioeconomic conditions. Implications for clinical intervention and prevention are also addressed. Guilford Press Market: Psychology / Child and Adolescent Mental Health May 2009: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-1-60623-249-1: £21.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-158-3

2ND EDITION

Rehabilitation of Neuropsychological Disorders A Practical Guide for Rehabilitation Professionals

Child Abuse and Neglect

Edited by Henry H. Stonnington and Brick Johnstone, both at University of Missouri-Columbia, USA

Monica L. McCoy, Converse College, Spartenburg, USA and Stefanie M. Keen, University of South Carolina Upstate, USA

This volume provides an overview of standard neuropsychological treatment strategies for specific cognitive impairments that are identified on testing. The new edition enhances this goal additional chapters outlining important recommendations, services, and issues for rehabilitation professionals.

Psychology Press Market: Child Abuse April 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6244-7: £32.50

ORDER NOW!

Market: Neuropsychology April 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84872-800-4: £44.50 Pb: 978-1-84872-801-1: £21.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-84169-063-6

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

This book examines child abuse and neglect — the latest research and laws, what it entails, and how to recognize and report it. Discussion questions, key terms, and a glossary of terms are included. The book concludes with a clinical psychologist’s review of what happens to a child after an abuse report is filed and provides suggestions for preventing child maltreatment. This is an invaluable resource to workers who are mandated reporters of child maltreatment and/or anyone interested in the problem.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOLOGY 121

The Joy of Work

Social Cognition

Jobs, Happiness and You

The Basis of Human Interaction

Peter Warr, University of Sheffield, UK, and Guy Clapperton, Journalist, UK

Edited by Fritz Strack, University of Würzburg, Germany and Jens Forster, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Are you happy at work? Do you like your job? We spend an average of 25 percent of our week-to-week lives at work, yet many of us drift through life without really answering these fundamental questions. When we do, we can rarely work out what to do about the answers. This book looks at people’s happiness and unhappiness in their jobs and aims to help the reader to actually do something about it. The book includes a variety of interesting case studies, and includes simple self-completion questionnaires and procedures to help you increase your happiness at work. Practical suggestions cover how to improve a job without moving out of it, issues around changing your job, as well as what can be done to alter typical styles of thinking which affect your feelings. Routledge Market: Lifestyle / Business May 2009: 198x129: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-45965-5: £34.95 Pb: 978-0-415-45966-2: £8.99

Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology This volume provides comprehensive coverage of research on the study of the cognitive processes involved when we think about the social world from leaders in the field. Each chapter combines an overview of seminal research with the state-of-the-art in this core topic in social psychology.

Market: Social Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 331pp Hb: 978-1-84169-451-1: £37.00

Information-Processing Channels in the Tactile Sensory System

Emotional Memory Across the Adult Lifespan

A Psychophysical and Physiological Analysis

Elizabeth A. Kensinger, Boston College, USA

Series: Scientific Psychology Series

Edited by George A. Gescheider, John H. Wright, and Ronald T. Verrillo This book addresses the fundamental question of whether sensory channels, similar to those known to operate in vision and audition, also operate in the sense of touch. Based on the results of psychophysical and neurophysiological experimentation the authors make a powerful case that channels operate in the processing of mechanical stimulation of the highly sensitive glabrous skin of the hand. This work is important because it provides researchers and students in the field of sensory neuroscience with a comprehensive model that enhances our understanding of tactile perception.

Series: Essays in Cognitive Psychology This volume explores how emotional experiences are more likely to be remembered than nonemotional ones. It examines the behavioral and thought processes that lead to emotion’s effects on memory and also the underlying brain processes guiding those influences of emotion. It integrates experimental research from cognitive psychology, cognitive neuroscience, and neuropsychology.

Psychology Press Psychology Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Cognitive Psychology April 2009: 229x152: 136pp Hb: 978-1-84169-896-0: £45.00

Market: Cognitive Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84169-483-2: £27.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

122 PSYCHOLOGY

Social Psychology of Consumer Behavior

Development and Prevention of Behaviour Problems

Edited by Michaela Wanke, Institute of Psycyhology, Basel, Switzerland

From Genes to Social Policy

Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology This volume provides handbook-like coverage of the latest psychological research into consumer behavior, including cognitive and affective processes, media influences, and self-regulation. It blends the theory and research of top scholars from the different research traditions of social and consumer psychology into one coherent volume.

Market: Social Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 385pp Hb: 978-1-84169-498-6: £37.50

Edited by Richard E. Tremblay, University of Montreal, Canada, Marcel A. G. van Aken and Willem Koops, both at Utrecht University, the Netherlands This book brings together world leading researchers from diverse fields to explore the potential causes of the development of behaviour problems. The book presents theories that hope to influence public health, education and social policy in the prevention of the costly social troubles that behaviour problems can cause.

Psychology Press

Two Sides to Every Self-Process: The Pros and Cons A Special Issue of Self and Identity

Market: Developmental Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-84872-007-7: £39.95

Intergroup Misunderstandings Impact of Divergent Social Realities

Edited by Virginia S.Y. Kwan, Princeton University, USA, and Lowell Gaertner, University of Tennessee, USA

Edited by Stephanie Demoulin, Jacques-Philippe Leyens and John F. Dovidio

This special issue brings together leading researchers to present their unique perspectives on the benefits and liabilities of the self-process they study.

Psychology Press

See separate Order Form

Market: Social Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 347pp Hb: 978-1-84872-803-5: £40.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Market: Self and Identity April 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-1-84872-703-8: £39.95

ORDER NOW!

This volume studies how interactions between differenct groups can produce misunderstanding, suspicion and conflict, often unintentionally. It suggests that improvement in intergroup relationships is only possible if we simultaneously take into account the attitudes, beliefs, emotions, and actions of the different groups that shape the nature of intergroup relations.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOLOGY 123

Methods in Social Neuroscience

The Psychology of Goals

Edited by Eddie Harmon-Jones, Texas A&M University, USA, and Jennifer S. Beer, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Edited by Gordon B. Moskowitz and Heidi Grant, both at Lehigh University, USA

’The sparkling new field of social neuroscience needs its procedures articulated. Here they are, in an approachable and clear form. An excellent book.’ – Michael S. Gazzaniga, University of California, USA

’This book offers the most definitive, state-of-the-art treatment of the topic that I have seen ... a field-renewing book that will launch a flotilla of new research.’ – Claude Steele, Stanford University, USA

Straightforward and practical, this is the first book to provide detailed guidance for using neurobiological methods in the study of human social behavior, personality, and affect. Each chapter clearly introduces the method at hand, provides examples of the method's applications, discusses its strengths and limitations, and reviews concrete experimental design considerations.

Bringing together leading authorities, this tightly edited volume reviews the breadth of current knowledge about goals and their key role in human behavior. Presented are cutting-edge theories and findings that shed light on the ways people select and prioritize goals; how they are pursued; factors that lead to success or failure in achieving particular aims; and consequences for individual functioning and well-being.

Guilford Press Market: Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 353pp Hb: 978-1-60623-040-4: £30.50

Guilford Press

The Human Amygdala

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Edited by Paul J. Whalen, Dartmouth College, USA, and Elizabeth A. Phelps, New York University, USA

The Science of Subjective Well-Being

Market: Psychology April 2009: 238x158: 548pp Hb: 978-1-60623-029-9: £43.50

’This superbly edited volume captures the exciting progress in understanding the human amygdala that has occurred over the past decade.’ – Trevor W. Robbins, University of Cambridge, UK

Edited by Michael Eid, Free University of Berlin, Germany, and Randy J. Larsen, Washington University, USA ’This terrific book captured my attention for hours of nonstop, riveting reading. The contributors are all first-rate, consisting of both eminent social scientists in the field of well-being and innovative young scholars … This book is indispensable for anyone interested in positive psychology, and is an ideal resource for graduate-level and advanced undergraduate classes.’ – Sonja Lyubomirsky, University of California, Riverside, USA

This comprehensive volume brings together leading authorities to synthesize current knowledge on the amygdala and its role in psychological function and dysfunction.

Guilford Press

This authoritative volume reviews the breadth of current scientific knowledge on subjective well-being (SWB): its definition, causes and consequences, measurement, and practical applications that may help people become happier. Interventions and practices that enhance SWB are examined, with attention to both their benefits and limitations. The concluding chapter from Ed Diener dispels common myths in the field and presents a thoughtful agenda for future research.

Market: Psychology April 2009: 238x158: 432pp Hb: 978-1-60623-033-6: £50.00

Guilford Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Psychology April 2009: 238x158: 546pp Pb: 978-1-60623-073-2: £24.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-59385-581-9

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

124 PSYCHOLOGY

Understanding Culture

Handbook of Developmental Social Neuroscience

Theory, Research, and Application Edited by Robert S. Wyer, Chi-yue Chiu and Ying-yi Hong This volume contains contributions from twenty-four internationally known scholars covering a broad spectrum of interests in cross-cultural theory and research. This breadth is reflected in the diversity of the topics covered in the volume’s chapters, as well as in a closing dialog between fourteen of the field’s top experts.

Psychology Press Market: Social / Cross-Cultural Psychology April 2009: 246x174: 538pp Hb: 978-1-84872-808-0: £45.00

Edited by Michelle de Haan, Institute of Child Health, University College London, UK, Megan R. Gunnar, Institute of Child Development, University of Minnesota, USA ’It is essential reading for students and an important resource for researchers in cognitive neuroscience and social development.’ – Mark H. Johnson, University of London, UK This state-of-the science handbook is unique in approaching the topic from a developmental perspective. Chapters address emotion, motivation, person perception, interpersonal relationships, developmental disorders, and psychopathology. The volume sheds light on how complex social abilities emerge from basic brain circuits, whether there are elements of social behaviour that are ‘hard wired’ in the brain, and the impact of early experiences. Guilford Press Market: Psychology May 2009: 246x174: 556pp Hb: 978-1-60623-117-3: £47.50

Delusion and Self-Deception *

Commitment in Organizations

Affective and Motivational Influences on Belief Formation

Accumulated Wisdom and New Directions

Edited by Timothy Bayne, University of Oxford, UK and Jordi Fernandez, University of Adelaide, Australia

Edited by Howard J. Klein, Ohio State University, USA, Thomas Becker, University of Delaware, USA, and John Meyer, University of Western Ontario, Canada

Series: Macquarie Monographs in Cognitive Science

Series: SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series

This volume is an interdisciplinary examination of the relationship between delusions and self-deception, bringing recent work on motivated reasoning to bear on the problems posed by these forms of pathological belief. The volume will appeal to cognitive scientists, clinicians and philosophers interested in the nature of belief and the disturbances to which it is subject.

This edited book in the SIOP Organizational Frontiers series, with contributions from many scholars, attempts to summarize current research and suggests new directions for studies on commitment in organizations. Commitment is linked to other concepts, ie., satisfaction, involvement, motivation, and identification, and is studied across cultural lines. Both the individual and group levels of building and maintaining commitment are discussed.

Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 310pp Hb: 978-1-84169-470-2: £36.95

Contents: Preface. 1. The Meaning and Relevance of Commitment 2. Multiple Foci of Commitment 3. Building and Maintaining Commitments 4. Methodological Issues and Challenges 5. Integration and Future Directions Routledge Academic Market: Industrial & Work Motivation April 2009: 234x156: 488pp Hb: 978-1-84872-830-1: £50.00

Electronics and Instrumentation for Audiologists Paul J. Moser, Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania, USA This volume is the first electronics and instrumentation for audiology text and provides information the applications of electronics and audiology often omitted from science and engineering books. It incorporates precise language and high quality drawings to explain electronic concepts clearly and accurately. It is a valuable resource for students and researchers of audiology. Market: Audiology April 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5555-5: £40.00

Intergroup Relations The Role of Motivation and Emotion Edited by Sabine Otten, University of Groningen, the Netherlands, Kai Sassenberg, University of Tuebingen, Germany, and Thomas Kessler, University of Exeter, UK This volume gives a survey of the most recent developments and trends in intergroup research. It diverges from classical approaches that look at needs and motives, focussing not on the question what motivates intergroup behaviour, but on how the motivation of intergroup behavior functions. Psychology Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Social Psychology May 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84169-705-5: £44.95

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOLOGY 125 Dementia From Diagnosis to Management — A Functional Approach Michelle S. Bourgeois, Florida State University, USA and Ellen Hickey, Dalhousie University, Canada Clinicians from many disciplines have been challenged to provide appropriate and effective interventions for the diverse behavioral symptoms that define the neurologically degenerative condition, dementia. This timely volume aims to serve as a reference manual and the starting point for those who want to provide life-enhancing services to persons with dementia, and to inspire the continued generation of quality research to demonstrate the value of cognitive-communication intervention. Students, researchers, and practitioners in all areas of communication sciences and disorders will find this book immensely helpful.

Special Issue Dedicated to the Memory of Arthur L. Benton

Psychology of Self-Regulation

A Special Issue of the Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology

Edited by Joseph P. Forgas, University of New South Wales, Australia, Roy F. Baumeister and Dianne M. Tice, both at Florida State University, USA

Edited by Harvey Levin, Baylor College of Medicine, USA, and Daniel Tranel, University of Iowa, USA

Cognitive, Affective, and Motivational Processes

Series: Sydney Symposium in Social Psychology

This special issue is dedicated to the memory of Arthur L. Benton, Ph.D. who was a pioneer in clinical and experimental neuropsychology during the latter half of the 20th century. Dr. Benton’s scholarly contributions also impacted neurology, including developmental and adult disorders.

This book presents contributions from leading international researchers who survey the most recent developments in this fascinating area. The chapters shed new light on the subtle and often subconscious ways that the people seek to regulate their thoughts, feelings and behaviors in everyday social life.

Psychology Press Market: Neuropsychology April 2009: 234x156: 104pp Pb: 978-1-84169-861-8: £45.95

The book offers a highly integrated and representative coverage of this important field, and is suitable as a core textbook in advanced courses dealing with social behavior and the applications of psychology to real-life problems.

Psychology Press

Market: Neuropsychology April 2009: 234x156: 422pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5606-4: £40.00

Market: Social Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84872-842-4: £40.00

CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & PSYCHIATRY Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via www.guilford.com

Contesting the Meaning of Schizophrenia Jim Geekie, Auckland District Health Board, New Zealand, and John Read, University of Auckland, New Zealand Series: The International Society for the Psychological Treatments of the Schizophrenias and Other Psychoses ’This is a ’must read’ for all mental health professionals and everyone else interested in madness.’ – Professor Paul J. Fink, USA Making Sense of Madness explores the subjective experiences of madness. Using clients’ stories and verbatim descriptions, it argues that the experience of ’madness’ is an integral part of what it is to be human, and that greater focus on subjective experiences can contribute to professional understandings and ways of helping those who might be troubled the these experiences. This book will be essential reading for all mental health professionals, people who experience psychosis and their families and friends.

Selected Contents: Subjective Experience. Lay Understandings. What Does the Public Think About ‘Schizophrenia’? Scientific / Professional Understandings of ‘Madness’. Bringing It All Together. What ‘Schizophrenia’ Really Is. Where to From Here? Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46195-5: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46196-2: £19.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Psychotherapeutic Approaches To Schizophrenic Psychoses Past, Present and Future Edited by Yrjo Alanen, University of Turku, Finland, Manuel Gonzalez de Chavez, Complutense Madrid University, Spain, Ann-Louise Silver, University of the Health Sciences, USA, and Brian Martindale, Mental Health NHS Trust, UK Series: The International Society for the Psychological Treatments of the Schizophrenias and Other Psychoses ’I am delighted to bring to the attention of psychiatrists and other mental health professionals across the world the work reflected in this book.’ – Professor Juan E. Mezzich, President of the World Psychiatric Association This book brings together professionals from around the world to provide an extensive overview of the treatment of schizophrenia and psychosis. With contributions from leading figures in the field, this book will provide a varied examination of treatment, and spark much-needed debate about its future. As such it will be essential reading for all mental health professionals, in particular those involved in psychiatry, psychology and psychotherapy. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry May 2009: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-44012-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44013-4: £24.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Making Sense of Madness

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

126 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & PSYCHIATRY

Domestic Violence Treatment for Abusive Women

Imagery and the Threatened Self Perspectives on Mental Imagery and the Self in Cognitive Therapy

A Treatment Manual

Edited by Lusia Stopa, University of Southampton, UK

Ellen L. Bowen, in Private Practice, USA In Domestic Violence Treatment for Abusive Women, Bowen challenges us to re-think our gender and violence constructs and guides clinicians through the emerging field of treatment of female abusers. Unlike other books designed for male clients that may be adapted to women, this book is specifically written for use with women, with handouts and exercises created from the author’s own clinical experience. It is deliberately designed to give clinicians knowledge to deal with all aspects of female domestic violence, from dealing with their first client to filling out paperwork correctly. As a whole, Domestic Violence Treatment for Abusive Women helps the licensed mental health professional understand women’s domestic violence and offers step-by-step direction for successful therapy. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3810-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3811-1: £19.99

Ethical and Legal Issues for Mental Health Professionals

Personality Disorders and Addiction Sharon C. Ekelberry, Community Services Board, Transformation Initiatives, Virginia, USA

Steven F Bucky, and Joanne E Callan, both at Alliant International University, USA, and George Stricker, Argosy University, USA Ethical and Legal Issues for Mental Health Professionals: in Forensic Settings comprehensively focuses on the integration of ethical, legal, and clinical issues for practicing mental health professionals dealing with legal processes in forensic settings. This unique text is organized around the most current ethical and legal standards as defined by the mental health professionals of psychology, social work, marriage and family therapy, and psychiatry. Respected well-known authorities with diverse backgrounds, expertise, and professional experience offer a far-reaching discussion of ethical and legal issues important for every mental health professional to know. Topics include; the discovery process, depositions, personal injury, psychological, and forensic evaluations, various types of witness preparation for court testimony, juvenile court dependency, dealing with litigation with civil lawsuits, tests that relate to false memories of trauma, APA’s Ethics Committee process and State Ethics Committees processes.

Routledge Market: Forensic Psychology April 2009: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3816-6: £47.20 Pb: 978-0-7890-3817-3: £16.60

Integrated Treatment for Co-Occurring Disorders: Personality Disorders and Addiction addresses a complex client population, which presents service providers with significant professional challenges. Underlying personality disorders compromise treatment effectiveness for medical, other psychiatric, or trauma services, as well as the ability these individuals have in adhering to probation, parole, or court-ordered treatment requirements. This book brings focus to the specifics of assessment and treatment for this type of co-occurring disorder and suggests that greater adaptability, fewer self-sabotaging behaviours, and an abstinent lifestyle are all possible. Recovery from both disorders is the journey these individuals take toward greater maturation, reliable impulse control, and coping skills that are not dependent upon the evasion of the demands of living or use of substances to manage stress or uncomfortable affect. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 229x152: 202pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3692-6: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3693-3: £19.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

in Forensic Settings

See separate Order Form

Routledge Market: Psychology / Psychiatry June 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-40759-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49430-4: £24.99

Integrated Treatment for Co-Occurring Disorders

TEXTBOOK

ORDER NOW!

Imagery and the Threatened Self considers the role that images of the self play in a number of common mental health problems and how these images can be used to help people to recover from mental health problems. Stopa and her contributors focus specifically on images of the self which are often negative and distorted and can contribute to both the cause and to the progression of clinical disorders. The book includes chapters on current theories of the self and on imagery techniques used in therapy, alongside chapters that examine the role of self-images and how images can be used in the treatment of disorders. Imagery and the Threatened Self is an original and innovative book that will appeal to both clinicians and students who are studying and practising cognitive therapy.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & PSYCHIATRY 127 NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Art and Science of Child Custody Evaluations Jonathan W. Gould, Forensic Psychological Services, USA, and David A. Martindale, State University of New York, USA ‘A groundbreaking book by Gould and Martindale’ – Leslie M. Drozd, Editor, Journal of Child Custody Addressing key topics in child custody evaluation, this book provides essential knowledge for practitioners who want to meet the highest standards for both scientific validity and legal admissibility. The authors are leading experts who describe the latest data-based approaches to understanding and assessing relevant child, parent, and family factors. Going beyond the basics, the book gives in-depth attention to controversial, frequently encountered issues, such as how to evaluate allegations of domestic violence, child sexual abuse, and child alienation. Also covered are the challenges of interviewing children effectively and working in the adversarial forensic context. A user-friendly appendix contains sample letters and statements of understanding, with permission to photocopy. Routledge Market: Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 234x156: 450pp Pb: 978-1-60623-261-3: £18.50

Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System Daniel W. Phillips Lii, Lindsey Wilson College, USA Prisons and jails are increasingly being filled with inmates who suffer from mental illness and need treatment. Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System examines a wide range of the latest research and learned perspectives focusing on the intersection of mental health services and the criminal justice system. Top experts and academics discuss mental health treatment, its availability, it effectiveness, and just how cost effective it truly is to treat those in prisons and jails. This valuable text provides a broad interdisciplinary view of the topic and presents important qualitative and quantitative research of specific topics, such as the effectiveness of prisoner representatives, the causal link between incarceration and mental illness, and the expanding rates of correctional offenders with mental illness. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 204x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3769-5: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3770-1: £36.00

TEXTBOOK

Treating Complex Traumatic Stress Disorders

Methods in Neuroimaging An Introductory Guide Julian Paul Keenan, Montclair State University, USA

An Evidence-Based Guide

Neuroimaging has become a cornerstone of brain research, and it has simply become impossible to study or conduct research in these disciplines at almost any level without encountering neuroimaging techniques on a daily basis. Methods of Neuroimaging: An Introductory Guide is designed to fill a significant gap in the literature by providing a broad, general introduction to the applications, techniques, comparative advantages, and other issues involved in neuroimaging.

Edited by Christine A. Courtois, in Private Practice, Washington, USA, and Julian D. Ford, University of Connecticut Health Center, USA ’This is the single best source for clinical expertise in complex traumatic stress disorders.’ – Frank W. Putnam, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, USA

This important book brings together prominent authorities to present the latest thinking on complex traumatic stress disorders and provide practical guidelines for conceptualization and treatment. Evidence-based assessment procedures are detailed, and innovative individual, couple, family, and group therapies are described and illustrated with case vignettes and session transcripts. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry April 2009: 238x158: 460pp Hb: 978-1-60623-039-8: £36.00

This book covers all of the major techniques in use today, methods that every student will either read about or employ. The book is broken into chapters that examine each of the techniques in depth, with the goal of providing a working knowledge of each technique. Starting with the historical precedent of each method, the book moves to a step-by-step guide to each technique and its key advantages and key disadvantages. Accompanying each technique are a couple of key studies that demonstrate how the use of that technique led to significant breakthroughs in research or clinical application. The uniform nature of the chapters will provide an easy comparison between the techniques. Psychology Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 229x178: 304pp Pb: 978-1-84169-430-6: £24.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

128 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & PSYCHIATRY

Psychodynamic Therapy *

Staff Support Groups in the Helping Professions

Conceptual and Empirical Foundations Steven K. Huprich, Eastern Michigan University, USA

Principles, Practice and Pitfalls

Contents: Introduction. Part 1: Theoretical Underpinnings. Basic Principles of Psychoanalytic and Psychodynamic Theory. The Evolution of Theory I. The Evolution of Theory II. Part 2: Treatment Principles and Empirical Support. How Does Treatment Work? Empirical Studies of Psychoanalytic and Psychodynamic Therapy. Theories and Empirical Studies of Therapeutic Action. Cognitive Neuroscience and Psychoanalytic Ideas. Part 3: Therapeutic Processes. Diagnosis and Assessment. Case Study Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 234x156: 273pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6400-7: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-6401-4: £22.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89329-6: £49.95

TEXTBOOK

Sex-Offender Therapy A ’How-To’ Workbook for Therapists Treating Sexually Aggressive Adults, Adolescents, and Children Rudy Flora, in Private Practice, Virginia, USA, Joseph T. Duchl, Veterans Administration, Virginia, USA, Wanda Fisher, Smyth County Counseling Center, Virginia, USA, Sandra Halsey, in Private Practice, Virginia, USA, Michael Keohane, The Highland Community Services Board, Virginia, USA, Barbara L. Maberry, in Private Practice, Virginia, USA, Jeffery A. McCorkindale, in Private Practice, USA, Leroy C. Parson, School Guidance Counselor, Virginia, USA This invaluable professional resource focuses on how to treat patients-male and female-impaired by sexual addiction, sexual disorders, sex offending, and other sexual misconduct behaviours. Designed as an accessible step-by-step guide, SexOffender Therapy features case studies, work exercises, and clinical suggestions that help to walk the reader through a sexual disorders program. With a wealth of therapeutic interventions, as well as information on polygraph testing and the FDA-approved plethysmograph, this unique text breaks new ground. Additionally, this detailed volume not only presents clinical definitions of all the sexual disorders but goes beyond patient features and evaluation to look at useable, concrete methods for lasting treatment.

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 246x198: 304pp Pb: 978-0-7890-3123-5: £28.00

See separate Order Form

Edited by Phil Hartley, Adult Psychotherapist and Group Analyst, NHS, UK, and David Kennard, Clinical Psychologist and Group Analyst, UK This book explores the influences that help and hinder the setting up and running of staff support groups, and attempt to counter the often negative stigma that the term ’staff support’ can evoke. It demonstrates that such support groups can be valuable interventions that needs careful preparation and skilful management to succeed, and will in turn not only benefit the individual, but also the department as a whole and those that they care for. Selected Contents: Hartley, Kennard, Setting Up a Staff Support Group. The Role of the Facilitator. Common Problems and Ways of Responding to Them. Ending a Staff Support Group. Do Staff Support Groups Work? Maher, Authority and Control. Powell, The Insider as Facilitator. Wojciechowska, Managing Personal and Professional Boundaries. Winship, Working with Staff Dynamics in an Educational Setting Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44773-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44774-4: £19.99

When The Opposite Sex Isn’t Sexual Orientation In Male-To-Female Transgender People Sandra L. Samons, Homestead Counselling Center, Michigan, USA ’This book will be appreciated and enjoyed by therapists and people interested in gender identity, human sexuality, and transgender issues.’ – Julia Serano, author of ‘Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Feminity‘ Written in both an enlightened and a reader friendly style interspersed with vignettes, When the Opposite Sex Isn’t offers a combination of insights and common sense understanding of the diversity of the human condition together with concepts of gender and sexuality that expand the horizons of any mental health professional, regardless of the clinical focus of his or her work. Samons challenges concepts once taken for granted, thus providing stimulus for creative thinking which many lay readers will also find interesting and entertaining, whether or not they are (thus far) acquainted with a transgender person. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3446-5: £52.99 Pb: 978-0-7890-3447-2: £27.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

The purpose of this book is to reintroduce psychoanalytic and psychodynamic theory to the practice of clinical psychology in ways that are easily understandable, practical and immediate in their application, and supported empirically. Moreover, this book is designed to demonstrate to its readers that psychoanalytic theory affects much of what is done in clincial practice today.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & PSYCHIATRY 129

Borderline Personality Disorder

MAJOR WORKS

Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment

Cognitive Neuroscience

Perry D. Hoffman, President National Education Alliance for Borderline Personality Disorder, USA, and Penny Steiner-Grossman, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, USA

4 volumes For more information please see page 200

Borderline Personality Disorder: Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment brings together over two dozen of the field’s leading experts in one enlightening text. The book also offers mental health providers a view of BPD from the perspectives of sufferers as well as family members to foster an understanding of the experiences of relatives who are often devastated by their loved ones’ struggles with this common disorder. Borderline Personality Disorder: Meeting the Challenges to Successful Treatment provides social workers and other mental health clinicians with practical access to the knowledge necessary for effective treatment in a single volume of the most current research, information, and management considerations. This important collection explores the latest methods and approaches to treating BPD patients and supporting their families. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry April 2009: 204x156: 275pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3233-1: £47.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3234-8: £22.00

Living and Surviving in Harm’s Way

Women and Addiction

2ND EDITION

A Psychological Treatment Handbook for Pre- and Post Deployment of Military Personnel

A Comprehensive Handbook

Psychiatry in Law / Law in Psychiatry

Edited by Sharon Morgillo Freeman, Center for Brief Therapy, Indiana, USA, Bret A. Moore, Medical Service Corps, United States Army, USA, and Arthur Freeman, Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, USA Living and Surviving in Harm’s Way examines how warriors live and survive in combat duty and the psychological impact of being in harm’s way. This is a book meant for the clinician who will be treating a service man or woman who has been in harm’s way, members of her or his family, and the veteran returning to the community. Routledge

Edited by Kathleen T. Brady, and Sudie E. Back, both at the Medical University of South Carolina, USA, and Shelly F. Greenfield, Harvard Medical School, USA ‘An exceptional contribution … Bravo to the editors and contributors for this truly fine work.’ - Lisa M. Najavits, Harvard Medical School, USA This volume brings together leading authorities to review the state of the science and identify key directions for research and clinical practice. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry May 2009: 246x174: 622pp Hb: 978-1-60623-107-4: £47.50

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry May 2009: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-98868-1: £28.00

Ralph Slovenko, Wayne State University, USA The second edition of Psychiatry in Law / Law in Psychiatry, is a sweeping, up-to-date examination of the infiltration of psychiatry into law and the growing intervention of law into psychiatry. Unmatched in breadth and coverage, and thoroughly updated from the first editon, this comprehensive text and reference is an essential resource for psychiatry residents, law students, and practitioners alike. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology / Psychiatry and Law April 2009: 254x178: 618pp Hb: 978-0-415-99491-0: £108.33 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-93365-0

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

130 PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via www.guilford.com

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy *

VOLUME 3

The Therapist’s Notebook Volume 3 *

Distinctive Features Frank Bond, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK, and Paul Flaxman, City University, London, UK Series: CBT Distinctive Features ACT incorporates acceptance and mindfulness strategies, encouraging the client to observe their experience without judgement and then work with this experience to bring about psychological change. Divided into two sections, theory and practice, this book provides an excellent guide to ACT and explains how the technique differs from traditional cognitive behaviour therapy in 30 concise points. Contents: Part 1: Theory. Developments Within CBT. The History of ACT. ACT’s View on Human Suffering. ACT’s Underlying Philosophy. ACT’s Underlying Theory. Psychological Flexibility. Acceptance. Defusion. Self-As-Context. Contact with the Present Moment. Values. Committed Action. Measuring Psychological Flexibility. Part 2: Practice. ACT Case Formulation. Core Clinical Goals and Examples of Associated Intervention Techniques. The Technical Flexibility of ACT. ACT and the Therapeutic Relationship. ACT in Groups. ACT in Nonclinical Contexts. ACT: The Evidence Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling June 2009: 186x123: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-45065-2: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45066-9: £9.99

Schema Therapy

Series: CBT Distinctive Features Schema therapy combines proven cognitive behaviour therapy techniques with elements of interpersonal, experiential and psychodynamic therapies in order to help people with long term mental health problems including personality disorders and chronic depression. In this book, Jeffrey Young and Eshkol Rafaeli – pioneers of the schema therapy approach – indicate the 30 distinctive features of schema therapy, and how the method fits into the broader CBT Spectrum. Contents: Part 1: Theory. Universal Core Emotional Needs. Coping Styles. Schema Modes as States. Angry and Impulsive Child Modes. The Maladaptive Coping Modes. Internalized Parental Modes. Healthy Modes. Empathic Confrontation. The Ultimate Goal. Part 2: Practice. The Assessment Process. Educating the Patient. Toolboxes. Mode Dialogues and Imagery. Specific Points for Different Client Groups. Interplay between Schema Therapy for Axis II and CBT for Axis I Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling June 2009: 186x123: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-46298-3: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46299-0: £9.99

Series: Practical Practice in Mental Health The Therapist’s Notebook III includes clinician field-tested activities for therapists who work with individuals, children and adolescents, couples, families, and groups. The reproducible handouts are designed to be practical and useful for the clinician, and cover the most salient topics that counselors are likely to encounter in their practices, with various theoretical approaches. Each chapter includes a ’Reading and Resources for the Professional’ section that guides readers toward useful books, videos, or websites that will further enhance their understanding of the chapter contents. This book is an excellent tool for both experienced and novice counselors for increasing therapeutic effectiveness. Selected Contents: Part 1: Children and Adolescents. Part 2: Adult Clients. Part 3: Couples. Part 4: Families and Groups. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy Resources April 2009: 279x216: 248pp Pb: 978-0-7890-3522-6: £30.00

Edited by Paul Gilbert, Kingsway Hospital, Derby, UK, and Robert L. Leahy, Weill-Cornell University Medical School, USA The therapeutic relationship is a major contributor to therapeutic outcomes. This book explores the therapeutic relationship from a range of different perspectives within cognitive behavioural therapy and emotion focused therapy traditions. It covers new research on basic models of the process and the therapeutic relationship, and explores key issues related to developing emotional sensitivity, empathic understanding, mindfulness, compassion and validation. The contributors draw on their extensive experience in different schools of cognitive-behavioural therapy to address their understanding, and use of the therapeutic relationship. The book will be of great interest to all psychotherapists who want to deepen their understanding of the therapeutic relationship, especially those who wish to follow the cognitive behavioural approach. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling April 2009: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-48542-5: £19.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Jeffrey Young, and Eshkol Rafaeli, both at Columbia University, USA

See separate Order Form

Catherine Ford Sori, Governors State University, USA, and Lorna L. Hecker, Purdue University Calumet, USA

The Therapeutic Relationship in the Cognitive Behavioral Psychotherapies

Distinctive Features

ORDER NOW!

More Homework, Handouts, and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING 131

Collaborative Case Conceptualization

Discovering Your Couple Sexual Style

Working Effectively with Clients in Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy

Sharing Desire, Pleasure, and Satisfaction Barry McCarthy, American University, USA, and Emily McCarthy

Willem Kuyken, University of Exeter, UK, Christine A. Padesky, Center for Cognitive Therapy, Huntington Beach, USA, and Robert Dudley, Institute of Neuroscience, Newcastle University, UK ’This book sets a gold standard for how to develop individualized case conceptualizations with our clients … This book is destined to be one of the most important and widely used works on case conceptualization for many years to come.’ – Aaron T. Beck, University of Pennsylvania Medical School, USA Presenting an innovative framework for tailoring cognitive-behavioral interventions to each client's needs, this accessible book is packed with practical pointers and sample dialogues. Step by step, the authors show how to collaborate with clients to develop and test conceptualizations that illuminate personal strengths as well as problems, and that deepen in explanatory power as treatment progresses. An extended case illustration demonstrates the three-stage conceptualization process over the entire course of therapy with a multiproblem client. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling April 2009: 234x156: 366pp Hb: 978-1-60623-072-5: £27.00

Kenneth Burr, in Private Practice, Seattle, and Lopez Island, USA Coming Out, Coming Home increases the potential for spiritual growth and development in our society. Many books have been written and many opinions aired about gay rights and pro-gay theology, but not many have focused upon providing people with an opportunity to enlarge their own belief systems to embrace gay spirituality while still being true advocates of Scripture. Currently many people have felt the need to split the personal from their professional lives in order to intensify their job performance and maintain proper boundaries. But in doing so, many have also split off their soul life from their work life, forcing spirituality to go underground which often results in tension and disharmony. Because spirituality is all about connection, we know that when people lack the opportunities and richness of deeper connections, soul healing is often inhibited.

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling April 2009: 229x152: 278pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3842-5: £44.40 Pb: 978-0-7890-3843-2: £22.20

TEXTBOOK

Exploring the Spiritual Paths for Counselors and Psychotherapists David R. Matteson, in Private Practice, USA Exploring the Spiritual: Paths for Counselors and Psychotherapists provides challenging questions and exercises that lead the counselor or psychotherapist through a personal exploration to attain the maturity of development needed to facilitate the client’s spiritual growth. Each chapter includes an overview of an issue, develops an argument or position, and presents a focused exploration of some relevant empirical research that is presented in a context that helps the reader see its personal implications. The final section leads the reader through exercises and experiments, helping them to focus on the counselor’s own inner experience or encouraging the counselor to experiment with new behaviours. Selected Contents: Part 1: Assessing Spiritual Health and Development. Part 2: Areas of Crisis. Part 3: Helping and Healing. Part 4: Experiential Approaches. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 234x156: 504pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3672-8: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3673-5: £33.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Making Room for Gay Spirituality in Therapy

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Think all sex should be earth shattering? The quality of most couples sex doesn’t measure up to the much distorted image of the perfect romantic love / passionate sex encounter portrayed by the popular media.In Discovering Your Couple Sexual Style: Sharing Desire, Pleasure, and Satisfaction, renowned marital and sex therapist Barry McCarthy and his wife Emily McCarthy urge couples to ignore what they see on TV, in books, or online, and discover their own unique sexual style. The McCarthys offer three guidelines for sexual satisfaction: Develop positive, realistic sexual expectations; explore sensual and sexual options; and communicate sexual desires. With this foundation, the couple can then determine their sexual style with the style’s strengths and vulnerabilities by taking a straightforward 36-question survey. Routledge Market: Sex Therapy April 2009: 234x156: 146pp Pb: 978-0-415-99469-9: £9.99

Coming Out, Coming Home

for e-mail updates in your field

’Once again the McCarthys have created a classic, easy to read, and relevant guide to a great sex life that is tailored to your personal style and taste. Great insights, compelling stories and fun exercises make this a must read book.’ – Dr Sue Johnson, author of ‘Hold me tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love’

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

132 PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING

Guide to Ministering to Alzheimer’s Hope in Action Solution-Focused Conversations About Suicide Patients and Their Families Pat Otwell

Heather Fiske, University of Toronto, Canada

The Guide to Ministering to Alzheimer’s Patients and Their Families examines the importance of spirituality in dealing with the everyday challenges of this mysterious disease. Not a ’how-to’ manual with step-by-step instructions or tried and true formulas, this unique book instead examines the essential elements of ministering to dementia patients based on the first-hand accounts of family members living through pain and uncertainty. The book explores the stages of Alzheimer’s, grief and guilt, available resources, and implications of spiritual care for patients and families. The Guide to Ministering to Alzheimer’s Patients and Their Families communicates the thoughts, feelings, and needs of those affected by the disease to help ministers feel more comfortable, confident, and competent as they develop a theological understanding of God, Alzheimer’s patients, and their role in ministry.

Hope in Action: Solution-Focused Conversations About Suicide is a unique resource providing fresh approaches to treating individuals and families where suicide is an issue. This comprehensive book provides a thorough grounding in using a solution-focused therapy approach to elicit and reinforce hope and reasons for living. Hope in Action: Solution-Focused Conversations About Suicide provides case transcripts to help in role-play or rehearsal situations as well as numerous practical tips. The book also provides lists of solution-focused questions for use in various situations, including suicide crisis, the use of anti-depressant medications, facilitation of collaborative working relationships with colleagues as well as clients. Each application chapter gives therapists practical, hands-on tools and uses stories and illustrations to make the book user-friendly.

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling May 2009: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-7890-2902-7: £39.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-2903-4: £28.00

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling May 2009: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3393-2: £42.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3394-9: £28.00

2ND EDITION TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Handbook of the Medical Consequences of Alcohol and Drug Abuse

Handbook of Family Therapy and Chronic Illness Joan Atwood, President and CEO of Marriage and Family Therapy of New York PLLC, USA, and Concetta Gallo, Hofstra University, USA

John Brick, Executive Director, Intoxikon International, Pennsylvania, USA The Handbook of the Medical Consequences of Alcohol and Drug Abuse, Second Edition is the newly-updated classic reference text that provides even more detailed and expanded information on the pharmacological, toxicological, and neuropsychological consequences of alcohol and drug abuse. Eight new chapters of crucial information have been added. Written by leading experts in the fields of medical physiology, psychopharmacology, and neuropsychology, this valuable resource provides the detailed alcohol and drug information health professionals in all fields need to know. This text provides reviews of the cardiovascular, neurological, pulmonary, gastrointestinal, psychological, and hepatic effects of commonly abused drugs. The book also provides in-depth explanations of the mechanisms by which these psychoactive drugs exert their biobehavioural effects as well as current thinking about-and definitions of-abuse, dependence, and alcohol / drug use.

The Handbook of Family Therapy and Chronic Illness presents a social constructioned approach to the treatment of chronic illness. It describes the methods of working with families experiencing various debilitating medical issues such as multiple sclerosis, irritable bowl syndrome, and cutting. It further discusses the family caregiving roles and the issues experienced by them. This book encourages more of a collaborative approach to treating chronic illness issues within the family system. Routledge Market: Family Therapy April 2009: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3387-1: £47.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3388-8: £22.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 198x156: 642pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3573-8: £83.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3574-5: £50.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-7890-1864-9

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING 133 2ND EDITION

Hospice and Palliative Care The Essential Guide Stephen R. Connor, Vice President, National Hospice and Palliative Care Organisation and National Hospice Foundation, USA This book provides professionals with a comprehensive overview of the practice of hospice, as weel as the challenges faced by and the future direction of the hospice movement. Connor combines clinical, administrative, and research considerations in his analysis. Chapters address key topics such as the goals and importance of community involvement, outcome measurement, and the manner in which hospices address death, grief, and bereavement. Connor also provides a detailed analysis of the business side of hospice and offers strategies for proper management. Routledge Market: End-of-Life Care / Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 234x156: 260pp Pb: 978-0-415-99356-2: £19.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88615-1: £22.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-56032-513-0

How to Think and Intervene Like an REBT Therapist

Intercultural Couples Exploring Diversity in Intimate Relationships Terri A. Karis, University of Wisconsin-Stout, USA, and Kyle D. Killian, York University, Canada While cross-cultural relations were once assumed to be inherently problematic, in recent years these couples have increased in both numbers and social acceptance, and there is now a growing awareness of how little we really know about them. Addressing this gap in our knowledge, this book presents 12 chapters focusing on cross-cultural couple formations (i.e., a partner from the U.S. and another from abroad). Highlighting both the struggles and successes of couples, this book challenges the principle of homogamy, helping the reader gain a deeper understanding and respect for intercultural couples. The chapters tackle a broad range of topics and issues, including systemic considerations of the phenomenon of cross-cultural couples, bilingual couples, interfaith relationships, struggles in such couple formations, different methods of approaching solutions, and the use of the internet to meet partners from diverse backgrounds. Routledge Market: Couple Therapy April 2009: 229x152: 274pp Hb: 978-0-7890-2939-3: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-2940-9: £21.99

Windy Dryden, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK

2ND EDITION

How to Think and Intervene Like an REBT Therapist provides the trainee with an opportunity to discover how experienced therapists think, and how their thoughts influence their interventions when using rational emotive behaviour therapy. In this book, Windy Dryden compares the thinking and intervening characteristics of experienced REBT therapists with the actions of trainees making errors typical of people at an introductory level. By using clinical vignettes, case scenarios and verbatim dialogue he demonstrates how REBT therapists can make better use of the work alliance between themselves, clients and trainees, and use REBT more flexibly in practice.

Married Women Who Love Women

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

This book is is about women in heterosexual marriages who discover or come to terms with their lesbianism or bisexuality. It answers questions such as how women make this discovery, what they do once they realize their same-gender sexuality, how family and friends deal with the situation, and what happens to marriages and families. This second edition contains a new introduction, three new chapters, a glossary of gay-related terms, and a new list of additional reading. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Discovery. Part 2: A New Life Part 3: Options Part 4: Selfhood Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 229x152: 231pp Hb: 978-1-56023-790-7: £33.33 Pb: 978-1-56023-791-4: £13.86

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Selected Contents: Thinking and Intervening Related to: Engaging Clients in REBT. Placing Client Problems in Context. Disturbance. Goals. Explaining the Process of Change. Disputing. Homework Assignments. Dealing with Obstacles to Change. Maintaining Change Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling May 2009: 216x138: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-48793-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48795-5: £18.99

Carren Strock, Sociologist and Author, USA

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

134 PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING 6TH EDITION

TEXTBOOK

People in Crisis

Solution-Focused Substance Abuse Treatment

Clinical and Diversity Perspectives Lee Ann Hoff, Life Crisis Institute, USA The first edition of People in Crisis published in 1978, and it established success as a comprehensive and user-friendly text for health and social service professionals. The book and its following incarnations included critical life events and life cycle transition challenges, clearly pointing out the interconnections between such events, stressful development changes, and their potential for growth but also danger of suicide and/or violence toward others. This new edition includes new case examples and expanded coverage of cross-cultural content, including ’commonalities and differences’ in origins, manifestations, and crisis responses. The authors illustrate the application of crisis concepts, assessment, and intervention strategies across a wide range of health and mental health settings, as well as at home, school, workplace, and in the community. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 246x174: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-99075-2: £30.00

Teri Pichot, Jefferson County Department of Health and Environment, USA, and Sara A. Smock, Texas Tech University, USA Solution-Focused Substance Abuse Treatment describes the standard of care for substance abuse treatment, and clearly demonstrates how solution-focused brief therapy exceeds this standard. It then shows how this approach can be effectively used in substance abuse evaluation, case management, as well as individual and group treatment. Applications to adolescence as well as cultural relevance are addressed. It provides both beginning and advanced concepts to address the questions of even the most advanced clinician. This informal and easy reading style is inviting to readers of all levels of sophistication. This book answers the many questions that professionals may have about how solution-focused brief therapy can be successfully integrated into the field of substance abuse. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3722-0: £38.90 Pb: 978-0-7890-3723-7: £19.45

TEXTBOOK

A Clinician’s Guide to Systemic Sex Therapy

TEXTBOOK

Katherine Hertlein, and Gerald Weeks, both at University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA, and Shelley Sendak, Clark College, Washington, USA

Edited by Katherine Milewski Hertlein, and Gerald Weeks, both at University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA, and Nancy Gambescia, in Private Practice, USA

A Clinician’s Guide to Systemic Sex Therapy provides readers with an integrative and comprehensive theory in guiding their clinical practice. Pragmatically oriented, this text walks clinicians through diagnosis and treatment with resources such as tables, graphs, flow charts, and implementation strategies. The text does not rely on only visual elements, however. Acknowledging that information needs to be guided by a theory that can be translated into practice, the authors use the Intersystems approach to provide a comprehensive perspective in understanding and improving intimate and sexual relationships for clients. Routledge Market: Sex Therapy April 2009: 229x152: 181pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3822-7: £38.90 Pb: 978-0-7890-3823-4: £16.60

Systemic Sex Therapy

Systemic Sex Therapy serves as an introduction to the field of sex therapy from a systems perspective. It is an excellent resource for graduate students in marriage and family therapy programs or students and professionals who want a truly fresh perspective on sex therapy. This approach moves beyond traditional behavioural approaches to incorporate individual, couple, and intergenerational factors in etiology and treatment. Unlike current books on the market that are outdated, too advanced, simplistic, unfocused, or too diffuse in content, Systemic Sex Therapy is comprehensive, concise, highly focused on treatment, user-friendly, and contains features not found in other sex therapy texts, such as a systemic / behavioural focus, clinical innovation, and a greater focus on implementation rather than competing works.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Sex Therapy April 2009: 229x152: 367pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3668-1: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3669-8: £25.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING 135

David C. Olsen, Executive Director, Samaritan Counseling Center, USA The Spiritual Work of Marriage comprehensively discusses an issue that is central to addressing committed relationships and intimacy – the difficult, and yet very common, spiritual work that exists within marriage. This insightful guide goes deeper into ways to improve marital intimacy by explaining its spiritual dimension and describing a variety of spiritual themes that every couple deals with and must resolve. The book contains practical case study material, questions for group discussion, and a series of spiritual and theological theories tied to powerful marital dynamics. Author Dr. David Olsen, certified pastoral counselor and certified marriage and family therapist, explains approaches that every counselor can use when attempting to help couples navigate and working through marital intimacy and spiritual issues. Routledge Market: Marriage & Family Counseling May 2009: 234x156: 112pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3632-2: £25.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3633-9: £12.95

Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy Learning the Essential Domains and Nonlinear Approaches of Master Practitioners Gerald Mozdzierz, Loyola University, Chicago, USA, Paul Peluso, Florida Atlantic University, USA and Joseph Lisiecki, Hines V.A. Hospital, USA This text presents a novel approach to teaching and learning the fundamental skills and techniques of counselling and psychotherapy, based on a ’non-linear ’process of thinking that more accurately reflects the reality of mental health practice. At the core of Essential Skills for Therapists lies the idea that to best prepare students for practice with real clients, they have to learn how to think in a new way, the way that research has shown the most effective practitioners think. This non-linear approach to therapy is based on the authoritative research of Tom Skovholt and colleagues, who have studied ’master therapists’ in action for years, from which these authors have drawn seven core competencies of effective practice.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Level 1 Counsellor and Domains. Part 2: The Level 2 Counsellor and Domains. Part 3: The Level III Counsellor and Domains. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 246x174: 487pp Hb: 978-0-415-99751-5: £69.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99752-2: £27.75

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Trauma and Serious Mental Illness Steven N. Gold, Nova Southeastern University, Florida, USA For decades, the idea that serious mental illnesses (SMIs) are almost exclusively biologically-based and must be treated pharmacologically has been commonplace in psychology literature. As a result, many mental health professionals have stopped listening to their clients, categorizing their symptoms as manifestations of neurologically-based disturbed thinking. Trauma and Serious Mental Illness is the groundbreaking series of works that challenge this standard view and provides a comprehensive introduction to the emerging perspective of SMIs as traumabased. Each extensively-referenced chapter in Trauma and Serious Mental Illness offers mental health workers a forward-looking theoretical inquiry, empirical study, or critical treatise providing compelling counter evidence to challenge the widespread belief that SMIs are not reactions to the extreme and extremely disturbing circumstances embodied by psychological trauma. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 204x156: 170pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3650-6: £22.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3651-3: £13.00

TEXTBOOK

Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women A Clinician’s Manual Hadar Lubin, and David Johnson, Co-Directors, Post Traumatic Stress Center, Connecticut, USA The awareness of psychological trauma has grown exponentially in the past decade and clinicians in many areas have increasingly found themselves confronted with the need to provide trauma-related services to clients. Still, there remains a serious lack of manuals that guide clinicians using group therapy to treat posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women: A Clinician’s Manual is the important, ’how-to’ resource that fills this void with a successful theory-based, fieldtested model of group therapy for traumatized women. Concise and full of clinical examples, this helpful text includes a session-by-session guide for clinicians and a workbook for clients. Explained in-depth are unique methods such as the use of testimonial and ceremonial structures to heighten the therapeutic impact and case examples of individual client histories and progress through treatment. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 204x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3682-7: £28.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3683-4: £17.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

The Spiritual Work of Marriage

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

136 PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING

When Someone You Love is Bipolar

Psychotherapist Revealed

Help and Support for You and Your Partner

Edited by Andrea Bloomgarden, in Private Practice, Philadelphia, USA, and Rosemary B. Mennuti, Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, USA

Therapists Speak About Self-Disclosure in Psychotherapy

Cynthia G. Last, in Private Practice, Florida, USA ’This book is a 'must read' for loved ones of bipolar sufferers. Dr. Last's candid sharing of her own personal struggles, and her therapeutic insight and recommendations, will resonate deeply with readers.’ – Mary A. Fristad, coauthor of Raising a Moody Child What happens when "in sickness and in health" meets the turbulent challenges of bipolar disorder? In this wise, candid, and compassionate book written expressly for the spouse or partner, Dr. Cynthia Last shares her heartfelt insights as a highly regarded therapist/researcher and a bipolar sufferer. Readers learn how to help their loved one come to terms with a bipolar diagnosis and find effective treatment – and how to work together to get control over the mood swings and live life to the fullest.Vivid examples from Dr. Last's own experience and the couples she has treated illuminate ways to resolve painful relationship conflicts caused by the illness. She shows spouses what they can do to provide truly helpful nurturance and support, while also taking care of themselves. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling June 2009: 234x156: 308pp Hb: 978-1-60623-124-1: £25.95 Pb: 978-1-59385-608-3: £10.95

In Psychotherapist Revealed, therapists speak openly and honestly about their self-disclosure practices, decisions and clinical dilemmas. Bloomgarden & Mennuti bring together research, training and tales from their clinical experience to illuminate lessons derived from their own journeys toward judicious, balanced self-disclosure practices. The collective wisdom offered through these stories will assist the reader in developing a better understanding of what it means to self-disclose appropriately, recognizing a flexible middle ground between ‘too much’ and ‘too little’ along with responsiveness to client need. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling April 2009: 234x156: 303pp Hb: 978-0-415-96383-1: £31.00

Vital Information and Review Questions for the NCE, CPCE and State Counseling Exams

Evidence-Based Practice of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy

Special 15th Anniversary Edition

Deborah Dobson and Keith S. Dobson, both at the University of Calgary, Canada

Howard Rosenthal, St. Louis Community College, USA First packaged as a set in 1993, and later released as a revised and updated edition in 2002, these tapes have demonstrated to be a valuable resource for anyone preparing for these difficult exams. The material covered on the exams is arranged into nine major areas, containing explanations of terms, concepts, and inter-relationships between subjects.

’The most useful CBT volume I’ve ever seen.’ – Peter J. Bieling, McMaster University, Canada From leading experts in the field – a practicing clinical psychologist and a renowned psychotherapy researcher – this book synthesizes the evidence base for cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and translates it into practical clinical guidelines. The focus is how clinicians can use current research findings to provide the best care in real-world practice settings. Within a case formulation framework, core cognitive and behavioral theories and techniques are described and illustrated with vivid case examples. The authors also discuss managing everyday treatment challenges; separating CBT myths from facts; and how to develop a successful CBT practice and optimize the quality of services.

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling CD-ROM: 978-0-415-80141-6: £60.00

Guilford Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / CBT April 2009: 234x156: 322pp Hb: 978-1-60623-020-6: £25.95

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELLING 137 2ND EDITION

The Lost Art of Listening How learning to Listen Can Improve Relationships Michael P. Nichols, College of William and Mary, USA ‘What is true listening and why, the author asks, has it become a near-rarity in modern life? ... Humor, true life examples and simple exercises make this a practical and even entertaining self-help guide.’ – Publishers Weekly This perennial bestseller has already helped many thousands of readers resolve conflicts and transform their relationships with family members, romantic partners, colleagues, and friends. Experienced therapist Michael P. Nichols explains why we often feel cut off from those we care about and provides easy-to-learn techniques for really hearing and being heard. Thoughtful, witty, and empathic, the book is filled with vivid examples that readers of all ages and walks of life can relate to. The revised second edition features practical exercises for building key skills, plus a new chapter on listening to kids and teens. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling / Psychiatry April 2009: 234x156: 314pp Hb: 978-1-60623-064-0 : £27.00 Pb: 978-1-59385-986-2 : £11.50 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-131-3

Helping Couples Get Past the Affair A Clinician’s Guide Donald H. Baucom, University of North Carolina, USA, Douglas K. Snyder, Texas A&M University, USA, and Kristina Coop Gordon, University of Tennessee, USA ’It is wonderful to have a practical book addressing the dark shadow in many couple relationships ... Couple therapists of all persuasions will want this practical volume on their shelves.’ – W. Kim Halford, University of Queensland, Australia From leading marital therapists and researchers, this unique book presents a three-stage therapy approach for clinicians working with couples struggling in the aftermath of infidelity.

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling April 2009: 234x156: 356pp Hb: 978-1-60623-067-1: £25.95

5th Edition

Adlerian Counseling and Psychotherapy A Practitioner’s Approach Thomas J. Sweeney, Ohio University, USA Adlerian Counseling and Psychotherapy, now it its fifth edition, remains a classic text for students and an essential resource for practitioner’s of all levels of experience. Reviewers have consistently lauded the book in previous editions for its clarity, concise focus, and use of many practical applications. It explains and illustrates individual, group, and couples work with children, adolescents, and adults of all ages. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Psychotherapy / Counseling May 2009: 234x156: 442pp Hb: 978-0-415-99348-7: £31.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-56032-510-9

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

138 PSYCHOANALYSIS

Dare to Be Human

Sex Changes

A Contemporary Psychoanalytic Journey

Transformations in Society and Psychoanalysis

Michael Shoshani, Rosenbaum, Tel Aviv Institute for Contemporary Psychoanalysis, Israel

Mark Blechner, William Alanson White Institute, New York, USA

Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series

In the 1950s, ambitious women were often seen as psychopathological and were told by psychoanalysts that they had penis envy that needed treatment; today, a woman has campaigned for President of the United States. Mark Blechner has lived and worked through these startling changes in society, and Sex Changes collects papers he has written over the last 45 years on sex, gender, and sexuality. Interspersed with these papers are reflections on the changes that have occurred during that time period, both within the scope of society at large as well as in his personal experiences inside and outside of the therapeutic setting. He shows how changes in society, changes in his life, and changes in his writing on sexuality - as well as changes within psychoanalysis itself - have affected one another.

Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series

’A wonderful book, truly a magnificent achievement ... I wholeheartedly recommend this book for every teacher and supervisor, as well as student and candidate of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. I will read it with my students, with study groups and during my courses.’ – Lewis Aron, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis Quite simply, this book is an unprecedented achievement, taking the reader into actual psychoanalytic sessions and sharing with the reader Michael Shoshani’s dialogues with Daniel, vividly illustrating his pain and struggle to transcend his existential plight. Furthermore, as the author of two sections of the book, Daniel himself provides a rare, insightful view from the other side of the couch, illuminating the challenge and change experienced within the other half of the therapeutic relationship. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-99797-3: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99798-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88312-9: £55.00

Beyond Postmodernism

Heterosexual Masculinities

New Dimensions in Clinical Theory and Practice

Edited by Bruce E. Reis, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis, USA, and Robert Grossmark, City University of New York, USA Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series In recent years there have been substantial changes in approaches to how genders are made and what functions genders fulfill. Most of the scholarly focus in this area has been in the areas of feminist, gay, and lesbian studies, and heterosexual masculinity - which tended to be defined by lack and absence - has not received the critical and scholarly attention these other areas have received. Heterosexual Masculinities rethinks a psychoanalytic tradition that has long thought masculinity as a sort of brittle defense against femininity, softness, and emotionality. The contributors to this insightful volume take new perspectives on relations between men, men’s positions as fathers in relation to their sons and daughters, the clinical encounter with heterosexual men, the social contexts of masculinity, and the multiplicity of heterosexual masculine subjectivities.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-88163-501-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-88163-502-7: £21.99

See separate Order Form

Edited by Roger Frie, Long Island University, USA and Donna Orange, Institute for the Psychoanalytic Study of Subjectivity, New York, USA Beyond Postmodernism: New Dimensions in Clinical Theory and Practice identifies ways in which psychoanalysis has moved beyond the postmodern debate and discusses how this can be applied to contemporary practice. Roger Frie and Donna Orange bring together many of the leading authorities on psychoanalytic theory and practice to provide a broad scope of psychoanalytic viewpoints and perspectives on the growing interdisciplinary discourse among psychoanalysis, continental philosophy, social theory and philosophy of mind. Beyond Postmodernism: New Dimensions in Clinical Theory and Practice provides a fresh perspective on the relationship between psychoanalysis and postmodernism and raises new issues for the future. It will be of interest to practicing psychoanalysts and psychologists as well as students interested in psychoanalysis, postmodernism and philosophy. Selected Contents: Part 1: Psychoanalytic Encounters with Postmodernism Part 2: Psychoanalysis Beyond Postmodernism Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46687-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46688-2: £22.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Contemporary Perspectives from Psychoanalytic Gender Theory

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Part 1: Psychoanalysis, Sexuality, and Prejudice Part 2: Sex, Gender, and the Good Life Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99434-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99435-4: £21.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PSYCHOANALYSIS 139

Doubt, Conviction and the Analytic Process

Mirroring and Attunement *

Selected Papers of Michael Feldman

Kenneth Wright, in Private Practice, Suffolk, UK

Self Realization in Psychoanalysis and Art ’Recommended reading for practitioners and students of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy.’ – Ann Casement

Michael Feldman, British Psychoanalytical Society, UK Series: The New Library of Psychoanalysis In this book, Feldman draws the reader into experiencing how the clinical interaction unfolds within a session. In doing so, he develops some of the implications of the important pioneering work of such analysts as Klein, Rosenfeld and Joseph, demonstrating ways in which the patient feels driven to communicate to the analyst, not only in order to be understood by him, but also in order to affect him.

This book offers a new approach to psychoanalysis, artistic creation and religion, proposing that each provides a medium for creative dialogue. Arguing that each activity is rooted in the infant’s preverbal relationship with the mother, Wright suggests that the need for subjective reflection persists throughout the life cycle and that psychoanalysis, artistic creation and religion can be seen as cultural attempts to provide the self with resonant containment.

Selected Contents: Schafer, Preface. Joseph, Introduction. Feldman, The Oedipus Complex: Manifestations in the Inner World and the Therapeutic Situation. Splitting and Projective Identification. The Dynamics of Reassurance. The Illumination of History. Manifestation of the Death Instinct in the Consulting Room. Envy and the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Addressing Parts of the Self. The Defensive Use of Compliance. The Problem of Conviction in the Session Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47934-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47935-6: £22.99

Selected Contents: On Being in Touch. The Poetics of Interpretation. Deep Calling unto Deep. Making Experience Sing. Bion and Beyond. Words, Things and Wittgenstein. Shaping the Inarticulate. Embodied Language. The Search for Form. The Intuition of the Sacred. Recognition and Relatedness. The Silver Mirror Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis / Psychotherapy April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46829-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46830-5: £22.99

Melanie Klein in Berlin

Spontaneity

Her First Psychoanalyses of Children

A Psychoanalytic Inquiry

Claudia Frank, Psychoanalyst in Private Practice, Stuttgart, Germany

Gemma Corradi Fiumara, The Third University of Rome, Italy

Series: The New Library of Psychoanalysis By using previously unpublished studies from the Melaine Klein archives, Claudia Frank demonstrates how Klein enriched the concept of negative transference and laid the basis for the innovations in technique and theory that eventually led to changes in both child and adult analysis. Frank also uncovers the influence that this had on Klein’s later theories of the paranoid-schizoid and depressive positions, and on her understanding of psychotic anxieties.

Contents: Part 1: Melanie Klein’s Psychoanalytic Clinical Work in Berlin. Grete: One of Melanie Klein’s Very First Little Girl Patients in Berlin. Rita: Klein’s Youngest Patient. The Beginning of the Play Technique: Inge and, perhaps, Ernst? Erna: The Most Extensive Child Analysis of the Berlin Years. Conclusion. Part 2: Notes to this Edition. Treatment Notes on: Grete, Rita, Inge, Erna Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-48497-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48498-5: £24.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Psychoanalytic theory frequently explains psychopathology from the perspectives of either inadequate early care or as the result of environmental factors. In this book the author draws on a wealth of clinical and theoretical experience to demonstrate that it is not what happens to us, but how we react to events, that forms who we are, and indicates that spontaneity is essential in the development of many aspects of the self. Spontaneity presents an original approach to issues of agency, spontaneity and creativity in psychoanalysis by exploring issues including active internalisation, paradox, forgiveness, responsibility, empathy and self de-creation. Selected Contents: Rethinking Internalization. The Function of Paradox. Subjective Agency – And Passivity. The Problem of Entitlement. Actions and Reactions. The Question of Forgiveness. The Quest of Responsibility. Empathy and Sympathy. Self Formation and Self Decreation Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49268-3: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49269-0: £22.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Edited by Elizabeth Spillius, Training and Supervising Psychoanalyst, British Psychoanalytical Society, UK

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

140 JUNG/ANALYTICAL PSYCHOLOGY

Film After Jung

Self and No-Self

Post-Jungian Approaches to Film Theory

Continuing the Dialogue Between Buddhism and Psychotherapy

Greg Singh, Buckinghamshire New University, UK

Edited by Dale Mathers, in Private Practice, UK, Melvin E. Miller, Norwich University, USA, and Osamu Ando, Hanazono University, Japan

Film After Jung considers the reaction that popular film can evoke through emotional and empathetic engagement with its audience. It encourages students to explore the insights and experiences of everyday life that film has to offer by applying Post-Jungian concepts to image construction, narrative, and cultural theory. It will enhance the film student’s knowledge of film engagement and introduce the Jungian Analyst to previously unexplored traditions in film theory. Contents: Part 1: Film Theory: A Critical Historiography. Film Matters, but How? and Why? Film and Audience, a ’Felt’ Relation. The Film as Political. Part 2: Applying Key Jungian Concepts in Film Theory: Refitting the Notion of the Gaze. Difference, Sameness, and Gender in Film. Narrative and Myth, Heroes and Villains, Film and Television. Synchronicity and Space-time Transgression in Film and Video Routledge Market: Film Studies / Analytical Psychology June 2009: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-43089-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43090-6: £17.99

This collection explores the growing interface between Eastern and Western concepts of what it is to be human from analytical psychology, psychoanalytic and Buddhist perspectives. Self and No-Self considers topics discussed at the Self and No-Self conference in Kyoto, Japan in 2006. International experts from practical and theoretical backgrounds compare and contrast Buddhist and psychological traditions, providing a fresh insight on the relationship between the two. This book explains how a Buddhist approach can be integrated into the clinical setting and will interest seasoned practitioners and theoreticians from analytical psychology, psychoanalytic and Buddhist backgrounds, as well as novices in either field. Selected Conents: Part 1: Introduction. Part 2: Buddhist Theory and Practice. Part 3: Bridges. Part 4: Psychotherapy Theory. Part 5: Psychotherapy Practice. Part 6: Mysticism and Spirituality. Part 7: Myth and Fairytale Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology / Religion June 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43605-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43606-9: £22.99

Possession Jung’s Comparative Anatomy of the Psyche Craig Stephenson, Jungian Analyst in Private Practice, Paris, France Anatomizing Jung’s concept of possession reinvests Jungian psychotherapy with its positive potential for practice. Analogizing the concept – lining it up comparatively beside the history of religion, anthropology, psychiatry, and even drama and film criticism – offers enlightening possibilities along the borders of these diverse disciplines. This book offers a conceptual bridge between psychology and anthropology, it challenges psychiatry to culturally contextualize its diagnostic manual, and it posits a much more fluid, pluralistic and embodied notion of selfhood.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Contents: The Possessions at Loudun: Tracking the Discourse of Possession. The Anthropology of Possession: Studying the Other. Possession Enters the Discourse of Psychiatry: Recuperation or Epistemological Break? Reading Jung’s Equivocal Language. Jung’s Concept of Possession and the Practice of Psychotherapy. The Suffering of Myrtle Gordon: Cassavetes’s Opening Night and Chaikin’s Open Theatre. Closing Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44651-8: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44652-5: £21.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CHILD & ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH 141 Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via www.guilford.com

Eating Disorders Cognitive Behaviour Therapy with Children and Young People Simon G. Gowers, University of Liverpool, UK, and Lynne Green, Cheshire and Merseyside Eating Disorders Service for Adolescents, UK Series: CBT with Children, Adolescents and Families In this book, Simon Gowers and Lynne Green bring together up-to-date research, clinical examples and useful tips to guide practitioners to working with young people, as well as helping families of children and adolescents to deal with their behaviour. Eating Disorders provides the clinician with an introduction about how CBT can be used to challenge beliefs about control, restraint, weight and shape allowing young people to manage their eating disorder. This practical text will be essential reading for child and adolescent mental health professional specialising in eating disorders, it will benefit those working with both sufferers themselves, and families who have difficult comprehending the disorder. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction. Part 2: Preparing for Therapy. Part 3: A CBT Treatment Programme. Part 4: Applications and Challenges Routledge Market: Eating Disorders / Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44462-0: £55 .00 Pb: 978-0-415-44463-7: £19.99

Bullying Prevention and Intervention Realistic Strategies For Schools Susan M. Swearer, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, USA, Dorothy L. Espelage, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign, USA, and Scott A. Napolitano, in Private Practice, Lincoln, USA Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools ’Do we need another book on bullying? You bet we do – and this is the book we need ... I recommend this book to anyone who wants to eradicate the scourge of ’mean classrooms’ which too often dominates our educational landscape.’ – William S. Pollack, Harvard Medical School, USA; author of Real Boys Grounded in research and extensive experience in schools, this engaging book describes practical ways to combat bullying at the school, class, and individual levels. Step-by-step strategies are presented for developing school- and district-wide policies, coordinating team-based prevention efforts, and implementing targeted interventions with students at risk. Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 276x219: 170pp Pb: 978-1-60623-021-3: £21.00

2ND EDITION

Through Assessment to Consultation Conducting School-Based Independent Psychoanalytic Approaches with Children Functional Behavioral Assessments and Adolescents

Series: Independent Psychoanalytic Approaches with Children and Adolescents Drawing from the Independent tradition in psychoanalysis, Through Assessment to Consultation explores the application of psychoanalytic thinking to daily work, reflecting on what is actually done and why. Contributors provide a variety of clinical illustrations as they describe a range of approaches and settings in the tasks of both assessment and consultation. This book will help both new and experienced Child and Adolescent Psychotherapists reexamine their role and function in the team and in the outside world, and will also be of interest to specialist health workers, educational psychologists and those wanting to explore more Winnicottian approaches to therapeutic work.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Assessment. Part 2: Overlaps. Part 3: Consultation and Beyond. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Psychoanalysis / Child and Adolescent Mental Health June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46289-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46290-7: £19.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

A Practitioner’s Guide Mark W. Steege, University of Southern Maine, USA, and Steuart T. Watson, Miami University, Ohio, USA Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools ’Steege and Watson successfully meet their goal of helping school-based practitioners conduct FBAs that are both legally defensible and grounded in best practices ... The inclusion of numerous case examples, sample reports, and practical tools makes this second edition a valuable resource.’ – Marie C. McGrath, Immaculata University, USA Explaining the ’whats,’ ’whys,’ and ’how-tos’ of functional behavioral assessment, this practical and engaging book is packed with real-world tools and examples. Effective procedures are presented for evaluating challenging behavior in K–12 students, organizing assessment data, and using the results to craft individualized behavior support plans. The authors draw on extensive school-based experience to provide sample reports, decision trees, and reproducible checklists and forms - all in a large-size format with lay-flat binding to facilitate photocopying. Guilford Press Market: Special Education / Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 276x219: 272pp Pb: 978-1-60623-027-5: £24.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-854-1

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Edited by Ann Horne, Senior Member of the British Association of Psychotherapists, UK, and Monica Lanyado, Training Supervisor at the British Association of Psychotherapists, UK

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

142 CHILD & ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH TEXTBOOK

Adolescent Substance Abuse Psychiatric Comorbidity and High Risk Behaviors Edited by Yifrah Kaminer, University of Connecticut Health Center, USA, and Oscar Bukstein, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, USA Dual diagnosis of adolescent substance use disorders and comorbid psychiatric disorders must be treated simultaneously to be effective. Adolescent Substance Abuse: Psychiatric Comorbidity and High Risk Behaviors presents leading experts offering insightful viewpoints and dynamic suggestions on how to best provide simultaneous treatment and integrated services to these youths. The book covers the state-of-the-art in the field of substance use disorders, and reviews different psychiatric disorders and high risk behaviors, and then addresses the issue of integrated services and ethical, legal, and policy issues pertaining to this population. This unique text closely examines the assessment and treatment of psychiatric comorbid disorders among adolescents such as depression, anxiety disorders, ADHD, and high risk behaviors including suicidal behavior, self-harm behavior, and gambling behavior. Routledge Market: Psychiatry / Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 235x156: 528pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3171-6: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3172-3: £33.00

’This is a great resource for schools learning about, developing, or refining an integrated primary prevention program ... The chapter previews and summaries are very effective, and the concluding chapter on frequently asked questions is terrific.’ – John Umbreit, University of Arizona, USA Packed with hands-on tools and grounded in the latest research, this important resource provides guidelines for designing, implementing, and evaluating a schoolwide primary prevention program. The authors’ team-based, school-tested approach includes behavioral, academic, and social components that can be tailored to address any school’s needs. Each chapter presents real-world examples alongside essential information about how to prevent the development of antisocial behavior in grades K–12.

’Superb ... Outstanding contributors provide comprehensive coverage of adolescent disorders and interventions. Chapters effectively describe the state of knowledge about this unique and challenging period of development ... Well written for students as well as for fledgling and seasoned professionals.’ – Michael Roberts, University of Kansas, USA More than fifty leading experts comprehensively review current knowledge on adolescent externalizing disorders, internalizing disorders, developmental disorders, personality and health-related disorders, gender identity and sexual disorders, and maltreatment and trauma. Chapters identify the core features of each disorder; explore its etiology, course, and outcome; address diagnostic issues specific to adolescents; and describe effective assessment and treatment approaches. The book also provides an integrative conceptual framework for understanding both healthy and maladaptive adolescent development. Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 246x174: 719pp Hb: 978-1-59385-225-2: £54.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-115-9: £28.50

Social Responsibility Therapy for Adolescents and Young Adults A Multicultural Treatment Manual for Harmful Behavior James M. Yokley, MetroHealth Medical Center, Ohio, USA This book is a crucial treatment manual that can be used by mental health professionals whose caseload includes a multicultural population of adolescents and young adults who exhibit multiple forms of harmful behavior. This unique therapy enhances relapse prevention in harmful behavior treatment by addressing the target behavior problem, negative social influence problem, and dose-response problem, along with acknowledging that harmful behavior is multicultural and addressing the key criticisms of multicultural therapy through a theory-driven treatment approach that utilizes methods and procedures from existing evidence-based treatments with known multicultural applications. This text provides a comprehensive explanation of social responsibility therapy, its advantages, and the intervention evidence-base for multiple forms of harmful behavior. Routledge Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health May 2009: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3120-4: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3121-1: £28.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Edited by David A. Wolfe, Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, Ontario, Canada, and Eric J. Mash, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Kathleen Lynne Lane, Peabody College of Vanderbilt University, USA, Jemma Robertson Kalberg, Seneca Center, California, USA, and Holly Mariah Menzies, California State University, Los Angeles, USA

TEXTBOOK

Nature, Assessment, and Treatment

See separate Order Form

A Step-by-Step Approach

Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 267x198: 196pp Pb: 978-1-60623-032-9: £21.95

Behavioral and Emotional Disorders in Adolescents *

ORDER NOW!

Developing Schoolwide Programs to Prevent and Manage Problem Behaviors

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CHILD & ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH 143

Treating Problem Behaviors A Trauma-Informed Approach Ricky Greenwald, Founder, Executive Director, and Faculty Chair, Child Trauma Institute in Greenfield, Massachusetts, USA ’This work book is truly ground-breaking ... Dr. Greenwald’s very practical and useful book will become a classic for all those who help people whose trauma has been so long unresolved that their behaviors have become problematic. This is another book that should be required reading for anyone that helps children in the juvenile system or adults mandated to treatment.’ – Teresa Descilo, Victim Services-The Trauma Resolution Center, Miami, USA The book is designed as a user-friendly textbook / manual for mental health professionals. It teaches a trauma-informed treatment approach as an organizing framework for a series of empirically supported interventions including motivational interviewing, cognitive-behavioral skills training, trauma resolution, and relapse prevention. Although it notes the importance of a systemic treatment approach, the focus is on the individual component of treatment. Routledge Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 276x219: 452pp Pb: 978-0-415-99801-7: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87708-1: £25.00

2ND EDITION

Multisystemic Therapy and Neighborhood Partnerships Reducing Adolescent Violence and Substance Abuse Cynthis Cupit Swenson, and Scott W. Henggeler, both at the Medical University, South Carolina, USA, Ida S. Taylor, Gethsemane Community Center, South Carolina, USA, and Oliver S. Addison, Leader in Union Heights, USA ’Henggeler and his colleagues have broken new ground with this clear, detailed road map for implementing multisystemic therapy ... This is a major contribution in a field sorely in need of evidence-based interventions.’ – Patrick McCarthy, The Annie E. Casey Foundation, Maryland, USA Multisystemic therapy (MST) has grown dramatically since the initial publication of this comprehensive manual. Today, over 400 MST programs operate in more than thirty states and ten countries, supported by a strong empirical evidence base. This book explains the principles of MST and provides clear guidelines for clinical assessment and intervention with delinquent youth and their families. Practitioners are guided to implement proven strategies for engaging clients and helping them to address the root causes of antisocial behaviour, improve family functioning and peer relationships, enhance school performance, and build meaningful social supports. Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-1-60623-269-9: £16.99

Multisystemic Therapy for Antisocial Behavior in Children and Adolescents Scott Henggeler, Sonja K. Schoenwald, both at the Medical University of South Carolina, USA, Charles M. Borduin, University of Missouri, USA, Melisa D. Rowland, and Phillippe B. Cunningham, both at the Medical University of South Carolina, USA ’Henggeler and his colleagues have broken new ground ... This is a major contribution in a field sorely in need of evidence-based interventions.’ – Patrick McCarthy, The Annie E. Casey Foundation, USA This book explains the principles of MST and provides clear guidelines for clinical assessment and intervention with delinquent youth and their families. Practitioners are guided to implement proven strategies for engaging clients and helping them to address the root causes of antisocial behavior, improve family functioning and peer relationships, enhance school performance, and build meaningful social supports. Guilford Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health April 2009: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-1-60623-071-8: £27.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-57230-780-3

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

144 CREATIVE ARTS THERAPIES

Expressive Therapies Continuum A Framework for Using Art in Therapy

The Art and Science of Dance / Movement Therapy

Lisa D. Hinz, Saint Mary-of-the-Woods, Indiana, USA

Life is Dance

Expressive Therapies Continuum is distinctive in its application as a foundational theory in the field of art therapy. First developed by Vija Lusebrink, this theory can be used by persons of any theoretical orientation, and has the ability to unite art therapists of varying backgrounds. The information contained in this book demonstrates how the expressive therapies continuum provides a framework for the organization of assessment information, the formulation of treatment goals, and the planning of art therapy interventions. Dr. Hinz divides material into three parts. The first describes the historical roots of the expressive therapies continuum and pays homage to contributions from the fields of art and psychology. The seven component parts of the ETC are examined in the second section, and the last part of the book is dedicated to assessment and clinical applications.

Edited by Sharon Chaiklin, American Dance Therapy Association, USA, and Hilda Wengrower, University of Barcelona, Spain

Routledge Market: Creative Arts Therapies April 2009: 234x156: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-96347-3: £44.50 Pb: 978-0-415-99585-6: £22.19

Routledge Market: Creative Arts Therapies June 2009: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-99657-0: £49.97 Pb: 978-0-415-99656-3: £24.97

2ND EDITION

This book is composed of a collection of articles written by experienced dance / movement therapists, and will be a valuable resource for the mental health, rehabilitation and special education fields. The material provided goes beyond the basics that characterize much of the available literature. The topics covered are intrinsic to many areas of dance / movement therapy, and each offers a theoretical perspective followed by case studies which emphasize the techniques used in the varied settings. Several different theoretical points of view are presented in the chapters, demonstrating that dance in therapy can be approached through different paths. The Art and Science of Dance / Movement Therapy offers both a broad understanding and an in-depth view of how and where dance therapy can be used to produce change.

Imagery for Pain Relief

Introduction to Art Therapy

A Scientifically Grounded Guidebook for Clinicians

Sources & Resources

David Pincus, Chapman University, California, USA, and Anees A. Sheikh, Marquette University, Wisconsin, USA

Judith A. Rubin, University of Pittsburgh, USA Introduction to Art Therapy, clarifies the differences between artists or teachers who provide ’therapeutic’ art activities, psychologists or social workers who request drawings or suggest creative tasks in their work, and those who are trained as art therapists to do a kind of work which is similar, but qualitatively different. Thoroughly revised and updated, this second edition contains a DVD with still images and edited video clips; a new chapter on describing the work that art therapists do; new material on education that includes updated information on Standards, Ethics, and Informing Others; and a revised Appendix. Routledge

Routledge

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

See separate Order Form

this book inlcude psychisicans, clinical psychologists, counselors, social workers, nurses, and graduate students in all health related fields, including sports medicine. Market: Creative Arts Therapies April 2009: 234x156: 298pp Hb: 978-0-415-99702-7: £33.30

Market: Creative Arts Therapies May 2009: 234x156: 325pp Hb: 978-0-415-96093-9: £29.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-87630-897-4

ORDER NOW!

Imagery for Pain Relief, the first book of its kind, familiarizes the reader with basic scientific information about pain and mental imagery and shows why imagery is a valuable tool for pain management. This book is scientifically grounded, easy to read, and contains a wealth of practical information, including imagery techniques that have been successfully used in the past. Those who serve to benefit from

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

NURSING 145

Children Exposed To Violence Current Issues, Interventions and Research Edited by Robert Geffner, California School of Professional Psychology, USA, Dawn Griffin, Alliant International University, USA and James Lewis III, New Opportunities Inc., USA

Grief, Loss and and Bereavement Care An Evidence Based Approach for Health and Social Care Peter Wimpenny Bereavement is a challenging area for everyone, including health and social care practitioners who are well placed to offer support to the bereaved. This invaluable text draws together a comprehensive evidence-base for supporting grieving people and applies it to a health and social care context.

This book provides chapters concerning the physiological effects of violence on children, its effects on behavioral and emotional functioning, and differences between boys and girls.

Routledge Market: Social Work / Child Care / Physical Abuse April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3827-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3828-9: £21.99

3RD EDITION

Working More Creatively With Groups Jarlath Benson This new edition presents the basic knowledge for setting up and working with a group. It looks at how to plan and lead a group successfully and intervening skilfully. Each chapter is updated and expanded and there are two new chapters. Widely used, this text is suitable for all those working with groups.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Planning the Group 2. Leading and Setting up the Group 3. Working with Different Types of Groups 4. Group Dynamics 5. The Beginning Stages 6. The Middle Stages 7. The Later Stages 8. The Ending Stages 9. The Foundations of Creative Groupwork 10. The Skills of Creative Groupwork 11. Creative Groupwork Techniques 12. Working More Intensively with Groups 13. Working More Synthetically with the Group 14. Group Supervision 15. Keeping your Practice Going Routledge Market: Social Work / Psychology / Counselling June 2009: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-48229-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48230-1: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-23038-4

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1. Bereavement Across the Lifespan 2. Bereavement in Childhood 3. Parental Bereavement 4. Families 5. Bereavement and Older People Section 2. Interventions and Care Settings 5. Interventions for the Bereaved 6. Bereavement and Community Care 7. Bereavement and Acute Care 8. Bereavement and Cancer/Palliative Care 9. Occupational Support 10. Bereavement in Old Age Section 3. Areas of Risk 14. Mental Health 15. Traumatic Death 16. Bereavement and HIV/AIDS 17. Bereavement and Learning Disability 18. Spiritual/cultural Aspects 19. Overall Messages Routledge Market: Nursing / Counselling / Social Work June 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46750-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46751-3: £19.99

Handbook of Psychosocial Interventions with Older Adults Evidence-Based Approaches Edited by Sherry M. Cummings, University of Tennessee, USA and Nancy P. Kropf, Georgia State University, USA This book provides a synthesis of evidence based psychosocial interventions for older adults and their family members in three domains – health, mental health and social functioning. The nature and consequences of each issue is discussed and intervention approaches are highlighted. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Gerontological Social Work.

Routledge Market: Gerontology / Social Work April 2009: 216x138: 364pp Hb: 978-0-415-48185-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48186-1: £22.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Emotional Abuse.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

146 NURSING

High Dependency Nursing Care Observation, Intervention and Support for Level 2 Patients Tina Moore, Middlesex University, UK, and Philip Woodrow, East Kent Hospitals NHS Trust, UK

Management and Leadership in Social Care Theoretical Perspectives John Lawler, Bradford University, UK, and Andy Bilson, University of Central Lancashire, UK

Updated throughout, this text discusses explores the current evidence base for clinical practice. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Patient-Centred Care 3. Stress 4. Psychological Disturbances 5. Sleep 6. Nutrition 7. Pain Management 8. Cultural Competence 9. Infection Control 10. Death 11. Tissue Retrieval 12. Health Promotion 13. Families 14. Ethics 15. Respiratory Pathologies 16. Oxygen Therapy 17. Temporary Tracheostomies 18. NIV 19. Intrapleural Chest Drains 20. Coronary Syndromes 21. Heart Failure 22. Shock 23. Haematological Disorders 24. Renal Failure 25. Gastrointestinal Disorders 26. Diabetic Emergencies 27. Liver Failure 28. Neurological Pathologies 29. Assessment 30. Pulse Oximetry 31. Neurological Assessment 32. Respiratory Assessment 33. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis 34. Suctioning 35. Haemodynamic Monitoring 36. Electrocardiograms and Common Dysrhythmias 37. Fluids & Electrolytes 38. Transferring the Sicker Patient 39. Outreach 40. Professional Issues Routledge Market: Nursing June 2009: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-46794-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46795-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87588-9: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-26755-7

Life After Cancer in Adolescence and Young Adulthood

Management and leadership are increasingly important within the organisation and delivery of social care services and now form part of the post-qualification framework for social workers. This text promotes an appreciation of the development of management and leadership thinking and the different themes which inform current ideas on those topics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Theoretical Framework 3. Leaders and Managers in Control: Rationalist Approaches to the Individual 4. Autonomous Voices in Management: Pluralist Approaches to the Individual 5. Controlling the Organisation: Organisational Rationalist Approaches 6. Self Organisation and Emergence: Pluralist Approaches to Organisations 7. Reflection and Critical Reflection 8. Management and Leadership, Theory and Practice Routledge Market: Social Work / Management June 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45905-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46703-2: £19.99

Managing Long-Term Conditions and Chronic Illness in Primary Care A Guide to Good Practice Judith Carrier, Cardiff University, UK This book explores the key issues in managing long-term conditions and provides a practical and accessible guide for allied health professionals. It covers background context and policy as well as practical guidance for all aspects of chronic disease.

The Experience of Survivorship Anne Grinyer, Lancaster University, UK Adolescence and young adulthood is often a difficult enough time without serious illness. However, research has shown that cancer, and surviving cancer, at this age presents distinctive problems medically, socially and psychologically. This important work offers a glimpse into a previously under-researched area and contributes to a better understanding of the needs of young adults post cancer.

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: 1. The Late Effects and Long-Term Consequences of Survivorship 2. Case Studies 3. The Physical Legacy and the Fear of Recurrence 4. Long-Term Follow up and the Need for Ongoing Support 5. The Emotional Legacy: How it Changes Philosophy and Perspective 6. Survivorship Identity, the Resistance to Victimhood and the Positive Outcomes 7. The Effect on Life Plans and the Long-Term Financial Impact 8. The Impact on Fertility 9. Implications for Policy and Practice Routledge Market: Nursing / Sociology April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47702-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47703-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87880-4: £75.00

See separate Order Form

Selected Contents: 1. Social and Political Background 2. Physical, Psychological and Psychosocial Impact of Living with a LTC and Social Influences on Health 3. Case Management and Disease-Specific Care Management 4. Importance of SelfManagement 5. Motivational Interviewing, Dr Claire Lane 6. How to Identify a Person with a Long-Term Condition 7. Effective Management of People with a Long-Term Condition 8. Evidence-Based Practice 9. Case Scenarios 10. Nutritional and Medication Management Routledge Market: Nursing / Allied Health April 2009: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-45087-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45088-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88131-6: £70.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

2ND EDITION

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

NURSING 147

New and Expanded Neuropsychosocial Concepts Complementary to Llorens’ Developmental Theory

Skills for Social Work Macro Practice Candyce Berger, Richard Morgan, and Carolyn Peabody, all at Stony Brook University, USA This innovative text introduces macro practice in social work for generalist social work students, focusing on key skills for working in this area.

Achieving Growth and Development through Occupation for Neonatal Infants and their Families This book analyzes and suggests an expansion of Llorens’ developmental theory of occupational therapy, applying these concepts in a final schematic model for use by practitioners. This book was published as a special issue of Occupational Therapy in Mental Health.

Routledge Market: Sociology / Behavioural Neuroscience / Physiology April 2009: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3468-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3469-4: £22.99

Paedophiles in our Communities Sarah Dalal Goode, University of Winchester, UK This groundbreaking book explores what can be done to stop paedophilia, seeking a new understanding of it in order to better prevent child sexual abuse and making use of case studies and primary interview-data.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background Information 1. They are Out There 2. No Boundaries Anymore: The Problem is Growing 3. Harm caused by Child Sexual Abuse 4. Keeping Children Safe? Part 2: Views from Nowhere 5. Views from Nowhere and the MAA Project 6. Minor Attracted Adults 7. Paedophiles and the Internet Community 8. Paedophiles, Human Rights and Civil Rights 9. Paedophiles as Parents 10. Paedophiles as Professionals 11. Faith and Paedophiles Part 3: What Is To Be Done? 12. How Adult-Child Sexual Contact Hurts Children 13. Dealing with Risk 14. Turning it Around: Circles of Support. Conclusion: Theory and Practice in Effective Child Protection Routledge Market: Social Care / Sociology June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44625-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44626-6: £19.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: Part 1: Cross-Cutting Knowledge, Values and Skills 1. Overview of Macro Practice in Social Work 2. Knowledge, Values and Ethics in Macro Practice 3. Cultural Competency within Systems and Organizations 4. Organizational and Community Culture 5. Communication Skills 6. Group Process 7. Promoting Effective Meetings 8. Leadership 9. Mobilizing Change 10. Planning and Program Development 11. Social Marketing 12. Evaluation Techniques for Macro Practice Part 2: Domains of Practice 13. Community Organizing 14. Policy Practice 15. Human Services Management Routledge Market: Social Work / Social Policy June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77724-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77725-4: £19.99

2ND EDITION

Social Work Practice with Transgender and Gender Variant Youth Edited by Gerald P. Mallon, Hunter College, USA Containing invaluable information on a topic that is not widely discussed or written about, Social Work Practice with Transgender Youth discredits negative stereotypes surrounding these youths and offers insight into their experiences through personal narratives and case studies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Knowledge for Practice with Transgender and Gender Variant Youth 2. Ethical Issues in Mental Health Treatment 3. Internal and External Stress Factors Associated With Identity Development 4. Social Work Practice with T&GV Children and Youth 5. Social Work Practice with Female to Male T&GVY 6. ’For Colored Girls’ Reflections of an Emerging Male to Female T&GVY Consciousness 7. Group Work Practice 8. Social Work Practice with T&GVY and Their Families 9. Legal Issues 10. A Call for Organizational Trans -Formation 11. Summary of Recommendations for Clinical Treatment Routledge Market: Social Work / LGBT Studies April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99481-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99482-8: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-56023-136-3

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Lynne LaCorte, Walden University, USA

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

148 NURSING

The New Sociology of the Health Understanding the Impact of Service Clergy Sexual Abuse Betrayal and Recovery

Edited by Jonathan Gabe, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, and Mike Calnan, University of Kent, UK Providing a vital new sociological framework for analysing health policy and health care, this book will be an important read for all students and researchers of medical sociology and health policy. Selected Contents: 1. Remaking a Trustworthy Medical Profession in Twenty-first Century Britain? 2. Changing Forms of Managerialism in the NHS: Hierarchies, Markets and Networks 3. The Restratification of Primary Care in England? A Sociological Analysis 4. Visions of Privatization: New Labour and the Reconstruction of the NHS 5. The Pharmaceutical Industry, the State and the NHS 6. Evidenced-based Practice in UK Health Policy 7. Innovation and Implementation in Health Technology: Normalizing Telemedicine 8. Health Care, Consumerism and the Politics of Identity 9. Mainstream Marginality: `Non-orthodox’ Medicine in an `Orthodox’ Health Service 10. Social Care: Relationships, Markets and Ethics 11. Equalizing the People’s Health: a Sociological Perspective Routledge Market: Sociology, Health Policy April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45597-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45598-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87974-0: £70.00

Edited by Robert A. Mc Mackin, Lemuel Shattuck Hospital, USA, Terence Keane, Boston University School of Medicine, USA and Paul Kline, Boston College, USA This book brings together the perspectives of survivors and practitioners and scholars from the professions of psychiatry, psychology, social work, theology and law to examine this highly toxic form of interpersonal violence. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Child Sex Abuse.

Routledge Market: Health Studies / Counselling April 2009: 229x152: 285pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3599-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3600-1: £22.99

Violence and Abuse Issues Cross-Cultural Perspectives for Health and Social Service Lee Ann Hoff, Life Crisis Institute, USA Health and social service providers are in pivotal positions to provide preventive and restorative services to those affected by violent and abusive behaviour. This textbook presents theoretical background and practical strategies for doing so, providing a solid knowledge base for good practice in this area.

Understanding the Effects of Extreme Stress and of Psychological Harm Edited by Victoria L. Banyard, University of New Hampshire, USA, Valerie J. Edwards, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, USA and Kathleen A. Kendall-Tackett, University of New Hampshire, USA This book describes the negative physical health effects of psychological trauma and abuse, and provides an explanatory model, suggesting ways in which clinicians with expertise in trauma may partner with primary care professionals to better meet the needs of trauma survivors across the lifespan.

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The association between childhood abuse, health and pain-related problems, and the role of psychiatric disorders and current life stress 2. Victimization, chronic pain and fatigue 3. The impact of traumatic childbirth on health through the undermining of breastfeeding 4. The complexity of links between gender, trauma and health 5. Trauma survivors, self-efficacy and sleep disorders 6. How victimization impacts presentation and outcomes in primary care 7. Client-centered care: Integrating the perspectives of adult CSA survivors and clinicians 8. Healthcare can change from within: A sustainable model for IPV intervention and prevention Routledge Market: Nursing / Medicine / Mental Health April 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48078-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48079-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88501-7: £70.00

See separate Order Form

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Perspective and Essential Content Part 2: Illustrations of Violence Issues Essentials Across Disciplines and Cultures: Life Stories and Applications to Clinical Practice Part 3: Professional and Continuing Education Applications Routledge Market: Violence / Health and Social Care June 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46571-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46572-4: £21.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Trauma and Physical Health

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

NURSING 149 Globalization and Health * Pathways, Evidence and Policy Edited by Ronald Labonté, Ted Schrecker, Vivien Runnels, and Corinne Packer, all at University of Ottawa, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Health and Social Welfare Based on the findings of a global research project undertaken by the World Health Organization, this volume systematically analyzes the relationship between globalization and global trends in health outcomes. This will be a necessary addition for scholars studying globalization, health and social policy, and public health across the social sciences. Routledge Market: Nursing / Health / Society April 2009: 229x152: 429pp Hb: 978-0-415-99334-0: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88102-6: £60.00

SOCIAL WORK TEXTBOOK

Families in a Global Context Edited by Charles B. Hennon, Miami University, USA, and Stephan M. Wilson, Oklahoma State University, USA How are families the same or different around the world? Families in a Global Context puts the similarities and differences into perspective, presenting an in-depth comparative analysis of family life in 17 countries around the world. Contributors discuss different country’s family life by using a standard framework to review major influences and patterns. The framework allows readers to do comparative reflection across several countries on a variety of daily living elements, including social and economic forces such as urbanization and modernization, changes in gender/courtship/spousal patterns, and war. Important social, economic, political, and other trends are explored in detail, and major ethnic, religious, or other subcultures are noted emphasizing marriage and family patterns that differ from the more typical ones.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Edited by Carolyn Hilarski, SUNY at Buffalo, USA, John S. Wodarski, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, USA, and Marvin D. Feit, Norfolk State University, Virginia, USA When sexual abuse occurs, helping those directly affected can be a difficult and convoluted task. The Handbook of Social Work in Child and Adolescent Sexual Abuse is a comprehensive guide that provides the latest information on assessment, management, prevention, and policy. The increased attention given to child sexual abuse in recent years has revealed how little we know about this tragedy. The Handbook of Social Work in Child and Adolescent Sexual Abuse is the practical compendium that covers the already existing information regarding violence against children and delves into practical methods for treating those immediately affected by it. From its historical place in society to contemporary issues of prevention that have only recently come to light, contributors examine essential details in-depth and provide concise, empirical directions for short and long-term support. Psychology Press Market: Social Work April 2009: 204x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3201-0: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3202-7: £28.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Psychology Press Market: Social Work April 2009: 229x152: 624pp Hb: 978-0-7890-2707-8: £72.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-2708-5: £35.95

Handbook of Social Work in Child and Adolescent Sexual Abuse

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

LIFE SCIENCES STUDIES

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. 5TH EDITION

Understanding Bioinformatics

Molecular Biology of the Cell

Marketa Zvelebil, The Institute of Cancer Research, UK and Jeremy O. Baum

Julian Lewis, Cancer Research UK, Martin Raff, University College London, UK, Keith Roberts, John Innes Centre, UK, Alexander Johnson, Peter Walter, and Bruce Alberts, all at University of California, USA

2007: 276x213: 800pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4024-9: £41.99

2007: 279 x 216: 1392pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4106-2: £59.99

3RD EDITION

Essential Cell Biology

Instant Notes in Biochemistry

Bruce Alberts, University of California, USA, Dennis Bray, University of Cambridge, UK, Karen Hopkin, Science Journalist and Biochemist, USA, Alexander Johnson, University of California, USA, Julian Lewis, Cancer Research UK, Keith Roberts, John Innes Centre, UK, Martin Raff, University College London, UK and Peter Walter, University of California, USA

David Hames, and Nigel Hooper, both at University of Leeds, UK

2003: 279x216: 860pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4130-7: £45.00

2005: 246x174: 460pp Pb: 978-0-415-36778-3: £20.00

7TH EDITION

3RD EDITION

Janeway’s Immunobiology, Seventh Edition

Genomes 3

Kenneth M. Murphy, Paul Travers and Mark Walport

2006: 736pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4138-3: £45.00

T.A. Brown, University of Manchester, UK

2007: Pb: 978-0-8153-4123-9: £45.00

9. 3RD EDITION

3RD EDITION

The Immune System

Instant Notes in Molecular Biology

Peter Parham, Stanford University, USA

Phil Turner, Alexander McLennan, Andy Bates, UK and Michael White, all at University of Liverpool, UK

2004: 279x216: 456pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4093-5: £41.00

2005: 246x174: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-35167-6: £20.00

10.

5. 3RD EDITION

3RD EDITION

Human Molecular Genetics

Biology of Fishes

Tom Strachan, University of Newcastle, UK and Andrew Read, University of Manchester, UK

Quentin Bone, Marine Biological Association of the UK, Plymouth, UK and Richard Moore, Coastal Carolina University, USA

2003: 276x210: 696pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4184-0: £45.00

2008: 246x174: 450pp Pb: 978-0-415-37562-7: £39.99

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 151 2ND EDITION

Animal Clinical Chemistry A Practical Handbook for Toxicologists and Biomedical Researchers

Mathematics for Biological Scientists Mike Aitken, Bill Broadhurst, and Stephen Hladky, all at Cambridge University, UK

G.O. Evans, retired from Wellcome Research Laboratories, UK Assembling information widely dispersed throughout the literature, the second edition of this work focuses on information of relevance to experimental toxicology as separate from human medicine. It presents background information on the selection and application of biochemical tests in safety assessment studies. In addition to chapters which discuss the assessment of toxicity in specific organs, such as the liver, kidney and thyroid, the book also covers pre-analytical variables, regulatory requirements, and statistical approaches, while highlighting some of the major differences between humans and various laboratory animals. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8011-7: £48.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-7484-0351-6

TEXTBOOK

Systems Biology and Bioinformatics A Computational Approach Kayvan Najarian, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, USA Emphasizing computational methods, Systems Biology and Bioinformatics provides an introduction to system biology and its impact on biology and medicine. The book reviews the basic principles of molecular and cell biology using a system-oriented approach, with a brief description of the high-throughput biological experiments that produce databases. The methods presented in the text include techniques to discover genes, perform nucleotide and amino acid sequence matching, and estimate static gene dynamic pathways. The book also explains how to use system-oriented models to predict the behavior of biological systems for important applications such as rational drug design. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4650-2: £48.99

Mathematics for Biological Scientists is a new textbook designed for undergraduate students. As mathematics is fundamental to the life sciences, most students will encounter it from the beginning of their biological studies, but with very different levels of knowledge. An introduction explains what students need to know before using the book and, for those who need additional preparation, points them to appropriate resources. The book begins with short chapters on quantities, algebra and trigonometry, then tackles calculus, statistics and probability, and finally biological modeling. Throughout the book, mathematical concepts are presented as worked examples that show how a concept applies to a particular biological problem. Key terms and concepts are highlighted within the text, and there are highlight boxes in the margins that draw attention to related material. Each chapter ends with a series of questions, divided into basic, intermediate, and advanced, with the answers given in the back of the book. There are also questions with fully worked-out answers given to help students on how to present their work. Selected Contents: 1. Quantities and Units 2. Numbers and Equations 3. Tables, Graphs and Functions 4. Shapes, Waves and Trigonometry 5. Differentiation 6. Integration 7. Calculus: Expanding the Toolkit 8. Calculus of More Complex Functions 9. Descriptive Statistics 10. Probability 11. Statistical Inference 12. Biological Modelling Garland Science Market: Biological Science April 2009: 212x277: 500pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4136-9: £32.00

Decapod Crustacean Phylogenetics Edited by Joel W. Martin, Natural History Museum of L.A. County, USA, Keith A. Crandall, Brigham Young University, USA and Darryl L. Felder, University of Louisiana, USA Series: Crustacean Issues Although there is no shortage of publications reflecting the wide variety of ideas and hypotheses concerning decapods phylogeny, the world’s leading decapodologists had never before assembled with the sole purpose of elucidating these relationships. These experts present methodological updates for research on the diversity and relationships of the decapods, provide an overview of current understanding of the systematics within select major decapod assemblages, and advance work toward assembling and coding molecular and morphological characters toward an overall decapod phylogeny. They provide a synopsis of current understanding of this vast and important group of animals. CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 254x178: 555pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9258-5: £89.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

152 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Biology and Breeding of Crucifers Edited by Surinder Kumar Gupta, University of Agricultural Science and Technology, India Considerable interest has developed in recent years in crucifers (brassica), particularly wild variations of these flowering mustard and cabbage plants, as these contain genetic material that may be cultivated for further evolution of superior crop varieties. Bringing together leading researchers, this book includes research on biology, breeding, and the genetic diversity of species Brassicaceae. It will explore possibilities of utilizing genes from wild variations into commercial agricultural crops. Chapters will include information on the evolution and phylogenies of crucifers; cytogenetics, biology, and sterility in crucifer species; and germplasm conservation. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 384pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8608-9: £89.00

Regulation of Gene Expression by Small RNAs * Edited by Rajesh K. Gaur, and John J. Rossi, both at Beckman Research Institute, Duarte, USA Recent research demonstrates that defects in the processing mechanisms of small non-coding RNAs are linked to various human diseases. This text explores the latest research on microRNAs and their functional roles in cells and organisms. Written by international experts, discussion will include the identification, characterization, and structure-function analysis of microRNAs; the study of microRNAs in development, cancer, and viruses; and the applications of microRNAs with respect to gene regulation, functional genomics and therapeutics. This book is a valuable reference for established researchers and is also suitable for postdoctoral and clinical fellows, and graduate students. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 440pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9169-9: £89.00

BIOTECHNOLOGY

Application of Solution Protein Chemistry to Biotechnology Roger L. Lundblad, Lundblad Biotechnology, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA Series: Protein Science Relying upon his broad view of biotechnology, pioneering scientist, Roger Lundblad draws from both traditional protein science and proteomics to include a great deal of material not found in electronic format. He includes chapters on the use of classical protein chemistry in food, the protein and carbohydrate chemistry of adhesives, glues and sealants, protein chemistry and hydrogels, and the use of chemical modification to prepare protein therapeutics. While demonstrating current use and the development of biotech applications, Lundblad makes a point to separate what is truly new from that which has merely been renamed. Ultimately, he provides much time saving research on which others can build.

Medicinal Protein Engineering * Edited by Yury E. Khudyakov, National Center for Infectious Diseases, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, USA Medicinal Protein Engineering provides a comprehensive overview of one of the most complex areas of molecular research. Using a multidisciplinary approach, this book seeks to move readers from experiment and theory to actual applications. In particular, this text focuses on cutting-edge research and medicinal applications of protein construction including the construction of synthetic genes and the chemical synthesis of peptides. It discusses computational approaches to protein design, including the prediction of protein folding. It also considers those medicinal proteins that could be improved through protein engineering, including antibodies, antigens, and a variety of vaccines. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 584pp Hb: 978-0-8493-7368-8: £95.00

One of the world’s most respected protein researcher, Dr. Lundblad has authrored and edited several books for CRC Press including the Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Compendium.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 576pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7341-6: £103.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

BIOTECHNOLOGY 153

Microarray Methods and Protocols *

The Metabolic Pathway Engineering Handbook

Robert S. Matson, Beckman Coulter Inc., California, USA

Christina D. Smolke, California Institute of Technology, USA

Microarray Methods and Protocols provides insight into present and future uses for microarray technology. This book presents an overview of companies providing arrays, the type of arrays available, array construction processes, substrate chemistry, array printing, and quality control. With a focus on nucleic acid microarrays of biomedical relevance and the use of microarrays in drug discovery, the text describes the application of gene expression arrays to identify drug targets for human diseases and to predict possible drug toxicity problems. The relatively new field of protein microarray technology is also discussed, including technical challenges and how they have been overcome. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 216pp Pb: 978-1-4200-4665-6: £78.99

Focusing on current application as well as emerging technologies, The Metabolic Pathway Engineering Handbook provides an in-depth exploration of this relatively new field. It discusses the history of its development, as well as ethical issues associated with the field, and prospects for future developments. This book organizes the current work being done into distinct sub-groups. World renowned researchers representing each of the sub-groups provide comprehensive and highly well-referenced explanations that demonstrate how each of their specialized areas fits into the definition of metabolic engineering. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 3000pp Hb: 978-0-8493-3923-3: £121.00

Fundamentals of MRI *

Biochemical Applications of Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy *

An Interactive Learning Approach

Edited by Vladislav Yakovlev, University of Wisconsin, USA

Elizabeth Berry, Elizabeth Berry Ltd, Leeds, UK and Andrew J. Bulpitt, University of Leeds, UK

Series: Optical Science and Engineering

TEXTBOOK

Series: Series in Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering This interactive workbook provides a practical, self-contained introduction to the principles of MRI. Shaped by the authoritative experience of the authors, the book presents the fundamentals of MRI, while an accompanying CD-ROM offers animations and exercises that will help students develop a deeper understanding of the physical principles of MRI in practice. The text includes a number of exercises and worked examples with detailed solutions. Fundamentals of MRI: An Interactive Learning Approach provides radiologists, radiographers, and clinicians with a pragmatic approach to MRI that builds a solid foundation for further practice and study. Taylor & Francis

Nonlinear optical spectroscopy is a powerful tool for studying biomolecular structures and cellular organelles. This volume presents the most important advances and future directions within this important field. It provides an understanding of the nonlinear optical response of complex molecules and reviews developments in ultrafast technology. In addition, the editor includes a theoretical analysis of nonlinear optical spectroscopies. Novel experimental approaches, such as spatial and temporal pulse shaping, are addressed as well as various nonlinear optical spectroscopic tools, including harmonics generation and Raman spectroscopy. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 238pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6859-7: £89.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-58488-901-4: £31.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

154 BIOTECHNOLOGY VOLUME 3

Bioactive Peptides

Biomolecular EPR Spectroscopy *

Advances in Numerical Heat Transfer

John Howl, and Sarah Jones, both at University of Wolverhampton, UK

Wilfred Raymond Hagen, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands

W. J. Minkowycz, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

Answering a long-standing need in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology fields, this definitive reference focuses on the biology, pharmacology, and therapeutic applications of endogenous peptide mediators and their analogues. This book takes peptide science beyond chemical synthesis strategies and into the realms of peptide biology and therapeutics. It presents the overall contribution peptide science has made to molecular, cellular and whole organism biology, while discussing future targets and therapeutic applications. With the mounting worldwide interest in the therapeutic potential of peptides, this is an indispensable work for researchers in the chemistry, pharmacology, forensic science, and biomedical fields.

Biomolecular EPR spectroscopy is widely used for the structural, functional, and analytical analysis of paramagnetic molecules in the biochemistry of all species and in related fields. This volume presents comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of the theory of spectroscopy and its applications to biological systems. The underlying quantum mechanics is introduced, assuming no previous knowledge but offering rigorous treatment. The author provides practical tricks as well as do’s and don’ts based on his 30 years of experience in the field. The text also includes supporting software with simple graphical user interfaces to allow readers to tackle most of the problems faced in spectral analysis.

CRC Press

April 2009: 235x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5957-1: £73.99

Series: Computational & Physical Processes in Mechanics & Thermal Scienc The bio heat and fluid flow focus of this volume of Advances in Numerical Heat Transfer is motivated by the marked upwelling of current interest in these subjects that are critical to human health. The ten chapters which comprise Volume 3 range widely over both fundamentals and applications. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 468pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9521-0: £97.00

Microarray Innovations

April 2009: 254x178: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6114-7: £109.00

Technology and Experimentation Edited by Gary Hardiman, University of California at San Diego, USA Series: Drug Discovery Series Microarray technologies and applications have evolved steadily with increasing content and better analytical methodologies. This compendium represents a cross section of the past five years of microarray methods and applications and their usage in drug discovery and biomedical research. Expert contributors cover improvements in automation, new substrates for printing arrays, platform comparisons and contrasts, experimental design, data normalization and mining schemes, epigenomic array studies, electronic microarrays, comparative genomic hybridization, microRNA arrays, mutational analyses, clinical diagnostic arrays, protein arrays and neuroscience applications.

CRC Press

Two-Dimensional Optical Spectroscopy

Biocatalysis and Agricultural Biotechnology

Minhaeng Cho, Korea University, South Korea

Edited by Ching T. Hou, United States Department of Agriculture, Illinois, USA, and Jei-Fu Shaw, National Chung Hsing University, Taiwan With contributions from 55 distinguished international experts, this book brings together current advances and in-depth reviews of biocatalysis and agricultural biotechnology, emphasizing bio-based products and agricultural biotechnology. Divided into two sections, it covers the latest research on improvements of agronomic and microbial traits and bio-based industry products.

Effectively introducing two-dimensional optical spectroscopy, this volume offers valuable information on aw to apply spectroscopic techniques to a wide range of problems in physical chemistry, biophysics, and biochemistry. The book touches on two of the most thrilling techniques and one of the most exciting developments in recent history, 2D IR and 2D electronic spectroscopies. CRC Press May 2009: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8429-0: £85.00

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7703-2: £109.00

CRC Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9448-0: £78.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

NEUROSCIENCE 155 2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

The Female Brain

In Vivo Optical Imaging of Brain Function

Cynthia Darlington, University of Otago, New Zealand

Series: Frontiers in Neuroscience

Series: Conceptual Advances in Brain Research

Updated to reflect continuous development in this emerging area, this new edition, as with the original, reaches across disciplines to review a variety of noninvasive optical techniques used to study activity in the living brain. Leading authorities from such diverse areas as optical hardware, cognitive behavior, and neuroscience present a host of perspectives that range from a single neuron to large assemblies of neurons several million strong, captured at various temporal and spatial resolutions. Techniques are introduced that were not available just a few years ago. They allow for such things as imaging of mitochondria, cortical mapping, and imaging of brains fully awake and engaged.

Edited by Ron Frostig, University of California, USA

In experimental disciplines such as neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, neuropharmacology and experimental psychology, male animals have been used as subjects more than females, skewing the results. The first edition of this work laid the groundwork for gaining a better understanding of the female brain. Likewise, this volume continues to evaluate the evidence for structural and functional differences between the brains of males and females. The chapters lead the reader from basic principles of anatomy and physiology to complex behavioural functions that constitute the workings of the normal (and abnormal) female brain. This edition addresses a wealth of new research that has recently surfaced.

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 528pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7684-4: £89.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-2389-8

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 248p Hb: 978-1-4200-7744-5: £78.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-27722-8

FORENSIC SCIENCE

Police Corruption

Profiling Hackers

Preventing Misconduct and Maintaining Integrity

The Science of Criminal Profiling as Applied to the World of Hacking

Timothy Prenzler, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia Series: Advances in Police Theory and Practice Designed for administrators at all levels, this book presents proven strategies to prevent police corruption and to maintain an ethical culture in policing. Written by a leading international authority, this text describes diverse types of police misconduct, as well as their impact. It establishes ethical principles that police should follow, provides ways to identify misconduct, and discusses various strategies for managing integrity, including alternative strategies for dealing with misconduct. Bringing together four decades of research and work in the field, the author also addresses such key topics as ethical leadership, independent external oversight bodies, and early warning systems.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Complex and controversial, hackers possess a wily, fascinating talent, the machinations of which are shrouded in secrecy. Providing in-depth exploration into this largely uncharted territory and focusing on the relationship between technology and crime, this volume offers insight into the hacking realm by telling attention-grabbing tales about bizarre characters that practice hacking as an art. Applying the behavioural science of criminal profiling to the world of internet predators, the text addresses key issues such as the motivation behind hacking and whether it is possible to determine a hacker’s profile on the basis of his behaviour or types of intrusion. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 279pp Pb: 978-1-4200-8693-5: £25.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7796-4: £48.99

Raoul Chiesa, Mediaservice.net, Italy, Silvio Ciappi, University of Pisa, Italy and Stefania Ducci, United Nations Interregional Crime and Justice Research Institute, Turin, Italy

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

156 FORENSIC SCIENCE

Death Scene Investigation *

Data Mining for Intelligence, Fraud & Criminal Detection *

A Field Guide Scott A. Wagner, Northeast Indiana Forensic Center, Indiana, USA This handy field guide provides easy direction for the death scene investigator. Organized in an easily accessible outline format, it covers protocols and guidelines, assessment and examination, use of medical history and records, autopsy, and death certification. Emphasizing natural diseases as the most common cause of death, the book also covers traumatic deaths, evidence collection, indicators of previous surgeries and other treatments. It includes an extensive medical glossary, references for more in-depth information, and over 150 colour photographs. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 237pp Pb: 978-1-4200-8676-8: £31.99

Advanced Analytics & Information Sharing Technologies Christopher Westphal, CEO, Visual Analytics, Maryland, USA Every organization, bureau, agency, and corporation has fundamental analytical needs that traditionally require a significant amount of data integration and resources. Whether investigating money laundering, insider trading, insurance fraud, or terrorist behavior, the analytical processes and systems architectures are very similar. In fact, the types of patterns exposed in one domain can often be translated into another. This book reviews the commonality, framework, and infrastructures necessary to implement complex analytical systems. It addresses analytical approaches, technologies, and methodologies, as well as information sharing and how current fusion-centers are being architected. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6723-1: £36.99

The Virtopsy Approach * 3D Optical and Radiological Scanning and Reconstruction in Forensic Medicine

Forensic and Medico-legal Aspects of Sexual Crimes and Unusual Sexual Practices *

Edited by Michael J. Thali, and Richard Dirnhofer, both at Institute of Forensic Medicine, University of Berne, Switzerland and Peter Vock, Institute of Diagnostic, Interventional and Pediatric Radiology, University Hospital, Switzerland

Anil Aggrawal, Maulana Azad Medical College, New Delhi, India

Charred, badly decomposed, or mummified corpses, and restrictions found in conservative branches of some religions often make autopsies impossible to perform. In addition, backlogs at the coroner’s office can create situations where the personnel required to do the autopsies cannot keep up with the cases. The techniques shown in this color atlas provide methods for performing autopsies that are more efficient and minimally invasive. These procedures utilize state-of-the-art imaging technologies which uncover information which would be otherwise unattainable. Approximately 600 photographs provide visual instruction that takes the reader from external body documentation to internal investigation. CRC Press April 2009: 279x216: 520pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8178-2: £121.00

From sexual abuse and fetishism to necrophilia and sadomasochism, Forensic and Medico-legal Aspects of Sexual Crime and Unusual Sexual Practices identifies fourteen classifications of sexual pathologies. The book presents detailed comparisons of legal and medical definitions, historical aspects, current incidence, and geographical prevalence, as well as potential causes, etiological theories, and psychopathology. It examines various case studies in the context of international legislation. Highlighting the cross-cultural nature of the forensic aspects of human sexuality and joining the physical and psychological aspects of sexuality itself, this unique book also covers minor sexual offenses such as coprolalia and troilism. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 424pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4308-2: £52.99

Forensic Cardiovascular Medicine Basil RuDusky, MD Private Practice, Wilkes Barre, Pennsylvania, USA Serving as a complement to Pathology of the Heart and Sudden Death in Forensic Medicine, which focuses on laboratory aspects, this book covers clinical aspects of the investigation of cardiac disease in a forensic context. A brief introductory overview covers death certificates, autopsies, and the role of the medical examiner. Based on the author’s own work, case studies illustrate the topics discussed in the text, which include cardiac trauma, vascular abnormalities, specific cardiopathic disorders, as well as toxic, physical, technical, epidemiological, and social influences. Special sections examine the effects of breast cancer therapy and the classification of myocardial contusion. CRC Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 170pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9431-2: £60.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

FOOD SCIENCE 157 TEXTBOOK

Introducing Food Science Robert L. Shewfelt, University of Georgia, Athens, USA With a compelling new approach to introductory food science, this book is designed to excite and encourage students to major in food science. It proceeds from a non-technical discussion of food issues that concern today’s student to an in-depth technical overview of the basic principles of the study of food. In between are commercial products and processes and the functions and roles of food scientists. Each section builds on the previous one, providing greater technical depth. Depending on the course, professors can choose to use select chapters or all chapters in the book. It provides a comprehensive introduction to food science for the major and non-major alike. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-58716-028-8: £36.99

Fiber Ingredients * Food Applications and Health Benefits Edited by Susan Sungsoo Cho, and Priscilla Samuel, both at NutraSource Inc., Maryland, USA Fiber is recognized as a shortfall nutrient in many developed countries and more than 90 percent of the American population does not get enough. It falls on food product developers to formulate attractive high fiber foods and health professionals to recommend these high fiber foods to improve the American diet and therefore improve overall public health. Fiber Ingredients: Food Applications and Health Benefits provides the latest scientific evidence on available fiber sources to help the food industry develop new food products with improved health benefits. This book discusses new sources of fiber, such as bamboo, cottonseed, and fibers from fruits and vegetables, and reviews patent activities. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4384-6: £84.00

Breaded Fried Foods * Parameswarakuma Mallikarjunan, Virginia Tech, USA, Michael O. Ngadi, McGill University, Canada, and Manjeet S. Chinnan, University of Georgia, USA Breaded fried food - foods that have a crispy surface and a moist, soft interior - constitute a major segment of the fried food industry. These foods include meat, poultry, seafood and vegetable products. This book is the first reference to provide a coherent and concise overview of these products, the issues related to breaded fried foods, and recent research and technological advances. Included are the latest advances in the reduction of fat uptake in fried foods, enhancing the quality of breaded fried foods, the improvement of product crispness, the impact of breading and batters on the quality of frying oil, developing new frying methods, and preventive methods that reduce oil abuse. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-8493-1461-2: £89.00

Vitamin K in Health and Disease John W. Suttie, Professor Emeritus, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA Studied since the 1930s, Vitamin K is a fat-soluble vitamin available from vegetable and animal sources. Vitamin K in Health and Disease provides a comprehensive summary of the latest scientific evidence regarding Vitamin K’s health-promoting activities. This book offers complete coverage of the chemistry of Vitamin K, deficiency signs and nutritional assessment, metabolism and biochemistry, and pharmacology. It presents up-todate scientific studies on the nutritional, metabolic, and medical aspects along with an overview of the history of Vitamin K research. This text also reviews current dietary requirements and discusses both plasma and non-plasma Vitamin K-dependent proteins.

Ultraviolet Light in Food Technology *

Adequate Food for All Culture, Science, and Technology of Food in the 21st Century

Principles and Applications Tatiana Koutchma, Guelph Food Research Centre, Larry J. Forney, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA, and Carmen I. Moraru, Cornell University, USA Series: Contemporary Food Engineering Integrating fundamental knowledge, summaries and reviews of published studies and commercial applications, Ultraviolet Light in Food Technology provides a broad overview of UV technologies as well as practical guidance on the use of UV light in food processing. Covering both continuous and pulsed UV light, it introduces the principles of UV technology, terms, and definitions. It discusses FDA and Department of Agriculture safety approvals for use in water treatment, air disinfection, and surface decontamination. Novel applications include the pasteurization of juices, post lethality treatment of meats, extension of shelf-life, and the disinfection of food packaging and conveyor belts.

Edited by Wilson G. Pond, Cornell University, USA, Buford L. Nichols, Baylor College of Medicine, Texas, USA and Dan L. Brown, Cornell University, USA While access to affordable food is the norm for some, it is not a reality for all. This comprehensive interdisciplinary book explores way to find solutions to the ever-increasing problem of food supply. Critical in its analysis, but still taking an optimistic view, the text discusses the practical problems of both nutrient excesses and deficiencies and their serious effects on human growth and development in children, and on productivity in adults. Adequate Food for All is divided into six major sections addressing food and agriculture in history, foods by choice, required nutrients, foods and health, food production, and global food security. CRC Press April 2009: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7753-7: £60.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5950-2: £109.00

CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-8493-3392-7: £78.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

158 ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING

The West

Curating Architecture and the City

The Dark Age to the Reformation Christopher Tadgell

Edited by Sarah Chaplin, University of Greenwich, London, UK, and Alexandra Stara, Kingston University, UK

Series: Architecture in Context This fourth volume in the Architecture in Context series narrates the development of European architecture in the Middle Ages. Fantastically illustrated with over 2,000 photographs and plans, Tadgell covers the major architectural traditions of the period, from the Romanesque to the Gothic. The book ends with the Italian rediscovery of Classical ideas and the emergence of the great Renaissance theorists and architects, including Brunelleschi, Alberti, and Bramante. As with the previous volumes – Antiquity, The East and Islam, The West presents not only the buildings themselves, but the cultures of which they are a part. Unprecedented in its scope, this volume is a beautiful guide to the fascinating architecture of this period. Selected Contents: Part 1: Renovation of Gravitas Part 2: Refraction of Light Part 3: Revival of Classicism Routledge Market: Architecture April 2009: 210x180: 912pp Hb: 978-0-415-40754-0: £65.00

Series: Critiques Addressing the collection, representation and exhibition of architecture and the built environment, this book explores current practices, historical precedents, theoretical issues and future possibilities. Striking a balance between theoretical investigations and case studies, the chapters cover a broad methodological as well as thematic range. The contributors look at curatorship as an emerging attitude towards the investigation and interpretation of the city. International in scope, this collection investigates curation, architecture and the city across the world, opening up new possibilities for exploring the urban fabric. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: City Tours and Urban Reveries Part 2: Rethinking Curatorship, Rethinking Architecture Part 3: Re-Interpreting Public Space and Cultural Heritage Routledge Market: Architecture April 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48982-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48983-6: £29.99

Managing Knowledge in the Construction Industry

Eco-Urbanity

Alexander Styhre, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden

Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments

Series: Spon Research

Edited by Darko Radovic, University of Melbourne, Australia Knowledge management presents a new way of understanding organizations and companies, and is especially suited to sophisticated and highly technical firms and operations such as those in the construction industry. A range of readers should find the book useful, from students and construction managers through to researchers.

Taylor & Francis

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Construction Management April 2009: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-46344-7: £75.00

See separate Order Form

Eco-Urbanity examines cultural, as well as ecological, sustainability in the context of sustainable urbanism and architecture. The broad range of issues are all clearly articulated and linked to places and projects, marrying theory and action. Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards a Theory of Eco-Urbanity Part 1: The Compact City, Strategies and Success Stories Part 2: Other Cultures, Approaches and Strategies Part 3: Other Scales and Sensibilities Routledge Market: Architecture / Urban Design / Urban Planning April 2009: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47277-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47278-4: £27.99

Market:

ORDER NOW!

Eighteen top experts from the fields of sustainable architecture and urbanism explore the variety of local intersections between sustainability and urbanity, expressing a logical aim for responsible practice of urban planning, urban design, landscape and architecture.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING 159

Introducing Property Valuation

Modern Hospice Design

Michael Blackledge, University of Portsmouth, UK

The Architecture of Palliative Care

Taking a practically-orientated rather than purely theoretical approach, this book provides a comprehensive introduction to the basic concepts and methods of valuing real estate. The author demonstrates how the principles can be applied in professional practice with reference to the requirements of, and guidance provided by, the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. Further reading, a full range of worked examples, clear chapter summaries and further questions are provided in the book. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background Part 2: Valuation Mathematics Part 3: Valuation Methods Part 4: Applied Valuations Routledge Market: Property / Real Estate May 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-43476-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43477-5: £24.99

2ND EDITION

Refurbishment and Upgrading of Buildings David Highfield, and Christopher Gorse, both at Leeds Metropolitan University, UK A detailed guide to the technical aspects of refurbishing and upgrading buildings, this book provides solutions to a range of problems, challenges and issues and is an essential purchase for all construction professionals engaged in this kind of work. Topics covered include: • existing floor and wall strengthening

Ken Worpole, The Cities Institute, London Metropolitan University, UK The rise of the modern hospice movement began in 1967 and today there are over 8,500 modern hospice projects in 123 countries. This book uses medical and sociological history with specific case studies of hospices to establish how hospitals and hospices might share the same set of principles in design, management and care. It offers new ideas about buildings for healthcare across the globe and will inform the public debate across the world about care for the elderly and the dying, and what is meant by good quality palliative care. This book is invaluable for architects and interior designers, estate and facility managers involved in hospice design, healthcare professionals, hospital administrators and Healthcare Trust Boards. Selected Contents: 1. The House at the End of Life 2. Be Kind Quickly 3. The Brief is Everything 4. Public Faces and Private Places 5. Everything Gathered in One Room 6. In a Hospice Garden 7. The Evening Land. List of Hospices and Hospitals Visited Routledge Market: Architecture / Healthcare Management April 2009: 234x156: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-45179-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45180-2: £24.99

Making the Metropolitan Landscape Standing Firm on Middle Ground Edited by Jacqueline Tatom, Washington University in St. Louis, USA, and Jennifer Stauber, Trivers Associates, St Louis, USA

• facade retention

Bringing together for the first time many well known and emerging voices in urban design theory and practice, this book argues for a progressive and engaged design practice which relates to the complexity and diversity of American cities.

• introduction of new floors • timber decay problems • fire-resistance • prevention of moisture and damp • upgrading thermal and acoustic performance.

Recognising that the landscape of the American city has always reflected democratic aspirations, mixed cultural heritage, and practical necessity, this book proposes new frameworks for describing and interpreting today’s metropolitan landscape.

With detailed technical drawings and case-studies throughout the text, this second edition contains additional illustrations and new chapters on existing walls and mezzanine floors and roof spaces.

Taylor & Francis Market: Architecture / Building April 2009: 246x189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44123-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44124-7: £35.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-419-23160-8

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: Photo Essay Part 1: Towards a Metropolitan Landscape: Interpreting American Cities Part 2: Towards a Metropolitan Urbanism: Democratic Aspirations, American Pragmatism and Design Practice Part 3: Making the Metropolitan Landscape: Action Through Practice Part 4: Programs for a Metropolitan Landscape Routledge Market: Urban Design / Planning / Landscape April 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77410-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77411-6: £27.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why Refurbishment? 2. Upgrading the Fire-Resistance of Existing Elements 3. Upgrading Internal Surfaces 4. Upgrading the Thermal Performance of Existing Elements 5. Upgrading the Acoustic Performance of Existing Elements 6. Preventing Moisture and Dampness within Buildings 7. Introduction of New Floors and Access Between Levels 8. Timber Decay and Remedial Treatments 9. Strengthening of Existing Timber Floors 10. Heavy-lifting Systems 11. Underpinning Systems 12. Strengthening Existing Walls 13. Façade Retention. Index of Products and Systems

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

160 ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING

Spatial Recall

5TH EDITION

Room Acoustics

Memory in Architecture and Landscape

Heinrich Kuttruff, Institute of Technical Acoustics, Aachen University, Germany

Edited by Marc Treib, University of California at Berkeley, USA Twelve international and noted scholars, designers and artists such as Juhani Pallasmaa, Adriaan Geuze, Susan Schwartzenberg, Georges Descombes and Esther da Costa Meyer explore the subject of memory and the built environment. Essays range from broad topics of message and audience to specific ones of landscape production. Beautifully illustrated, the book is for architects, landscape architects and students in those fields.

Since the first edition in 1973, this classic professional and scientific reference has become the standard work, providing detailed analysis of the state-of-the-art in room acoustics. This book considers the theory and practice of sound behaviour in enclosed spaces, a key area for acoustical engineers. Includes a new list of symbols and updated sections on the measurement of the impulse response; a discussion of distortions; sound propagation as a diffusive process and scattering by wall irregularities. Selected Contents: 1. Sound Waves, Sources and Hearing 2. Reflection and Scattering 3. Sound Field in a Closed Space 4. Geometrical Room Acoustics 5. Reverberation and Steady State Energy Density 6. Absorption and Absorbers 7. Characterisation of Subjective Effects 8. Measuring Techniques 9. Design Considerations and Procedures 10. Electroacoustic Installations in Rooms Taylor & Francis Market: Acoustical Engineers and Scientists / Post-Graduate Students May 2009: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-48021-5: £99.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-419-24580-3

Selected Contents: 1. Space, Place, Memory and Imagination 2. Recreating the Past 3. The Place of Memory 4. Indelible Marker, Palimpsest, Thin Air 5. Rivers, Meanders and Memory 6. Displacements: Canals, Rivers and Flows 7. Land, Cows and Pyramids 8. Landscape as Collective Memory 9. The Place of Place in Memory 10. Remembering Ruins, Ruins Remembering 11. The Memory Industry and its Discontents 12. Mnemonic Value and Historic Preservation Routledge Market: Architecture / Landscape / Urban Design May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77735-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77736-0: £30.00

Sports Facilities and Technologies

2ND EDITION

Peter Culley and John Pascoe, Electrocomponents Plc, UK

Shaping Neighbourhoods

Developers, designers and operators are increasingly needing to create versatile sport and leisure amenities that are of lasting value to local and wider communities.

Hugh Barton, Marcus Grant, and Richard Guise, all at University of the West of England, UK ‘Essential reading for communities seeking to influence the planning process.’ – Alison West, Director, Community Development Foundation Substantially revised, this second edition responds to a changing agenda in government policy and planning practice. Climate change, public health – particularly in relation to obesity and physical activity – and nature’s role in the city are all topics that have come to the fore since the first edition published in 2003. • new case studies include: Dove Gardens, Belfast; Glasgow East End; Freiburg, Germany • progressive outlook informed by latest practice and research • greater experience of renewable energy feeds design guidance.

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: 1. Orientation and Principles 2. A Collaborative Planning Process 3. Inclusive, Healthy Neighbourhoods 4. Promoting Sustainable Resource Use 5. Sustainable Neighbourhood Design 6. Neighbourhoods Checklists Routledge Market: Urban Design / Planning / Architecture April 2009: 276x219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-49548-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49549-3: £35.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-26009-1

See separate Order Form

Extensive use of case studies from around the world makes this book a definitive reference for practitioners and students in sports and leisure, building design and facilities management. Selected Contents: Part 1: Sports and Facilities 1. Sports Halls 2. Squash Courts 3. Gymnasiums 4. Dance Studios 5. Swimming Pools 6. Ice Rinks 7. Integrated Sports Facilities 8. Sports-led Urban Regeneration 9. Stadiums 10. Indoor Facilities for Outdoor Sports Part 2: Facilities Development 11. Building Regulations 12. Health and Safety 13. Feasibility, Site Selection and Investigation 14. Masterplanning, Transportation and Infrastructure 15. Building Form, Structure and Facades 16. Indoor Sports Surfaces 17. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning 18. Electrical Installation 19. Facilities Management 20. Continuous Improvement Part 3: Technologies 21. Materials 22. Acoustics 23. Lighting 24. Communications 25. Security and Access Control 26. Stairways, Elevators and Ramps 27. Controls and Automation 28. Sustainability 29. Refurbishment 30. Recycling Taylor & Francis Market: Architecture / Structural Engineering / Sport Leisure & Tourism June 2009: 276x219: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45868-9: £50.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

For Local Health and Global Sustainability

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING 161

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development Adrian Pitts, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Hanwen Liao, University of Greenwich, London, UK This book explains how a modern Olympic games can successfully develop a more sustainable design approach by learning from the lessons of the past and by taking account of the latest developments. It offers an assessment tool that can be tailored to individual circumstance; a tool which emerges from the analysis of previous summer games host cities and from techniques in environmental analysis and assessment. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Olympic Development Scenario 1. Introduction 2. Olympic History and its Urban Context Part 2: Olympic Design and Development: Past and Present 3. Urban Development 4. Sports Venue Design and Development 5. Olympic Village Design and Development 6. The Olympic Impact on Host Cities Part 3: Evaluating Olympic Urban Development for Sustainability 7. Infrastructural Requirements to Stage the Modern Games 8. Sustainable Olympic Urban Development 9. Proposed Evaluation Framework for the Olympic City 10. The London 2012 Olympics 11. Conclusions and Recommendations Taylor & Francis Market: Architecture / Environmental Engineering / Sports & Leisure April 2009: 246x189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46761-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46762-9: £40.00

Dubai: An Emerging Urbanity? Yasser Elsheshtawy, UAE University, United Arab Emirates

2ND EDITION

Understanding Housing Finance Meeting Needs and Making Choices Peter King, De Montfort University, UK Making the basic principles of housing finance accessible without requiring detailed prior knowledge of economics and financial systems. This second edition, features greater emphasis on the role of housing markets, together with concepts such as need and choice, which are central to current debates in social and public policy. Moving on from the social housing context, the new edition elaborates on how markets work and the effects of government action in all tenures. This is a key reference for Planning and Housing students at both undergraduate and postgraduate level and unlike other Housing guides, it is aimed at international as well as UK based readers. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Housing Finance 2. Need, Choice and Responsibility 3. The Importance of Markets 4. Government Action 5. Influencing Markets 6. Controlling Housing 7. Complexity and Choice Routledge Market: Housing Studies April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43294-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43295-5: £25.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-23548-8

Making Leisure Work Architecture and the Experience Economy Brian Lonsway, Syracuse University, USA

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

This book explores architecture’s role in the spatial construction of themed experience design, and provides a new architectural-theoretical framework for its social interpretation. Through the study of cognitive mapping, entertainment capacity design, leisure strategy planning and other techniques it seeks to provide a unique presentation of the detailed mechanisms of spatial control.

This book explores Dubai’s history from its beginnings as a small fishing village to its place on the world stage today. The author uses historical narratives, travel descriptions and fictional accounts as well as case studies and surveys to explore the economic and political forces driving Dubai’s growth and its changing urbanity.

Routledge

Planning History / Urban Studies / Geography April 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44461-3: £60.00

Market:

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Market: Architecture April 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39801-5: £65.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

162 ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING Collaborative Construction Information Management Edited by Geoffrey Shen, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, P. Brandon, Salford University, UK and Andrew Baldwin, Loughborough University, UK Series: Spon Research This book considers the potential use, development and limitations of collaborative technologies and practices in the construction industry. It focuses on six major topics: key issues, technologies, virtual prototyping, building information modelling, management, and human resources. Researchers and practitioners in the construction industry will find this a valuable reference. Taylor & Francis Market: Construction Management April 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48422-0: £75.00

CIVIL ENGINEERING & BUILDING VOLUME 4

VOLUME 3

Frontier Technologies in Infrastructure Engineering

Computational Analysis of Randomness in Structural Mechanics

Edited by Alfredo H.S. Ang, University of California, Irvine, USA and Shi-Shuenn Chen, President, National Taiwan University of Science and Technology, Taiwan Series: Structures & Infrastructures Series An exclusive collection of papers introducing current and frontier technologies of special significance to the planning, design, construction, and maintenance of civil infrastructures. This volume is intended for professional and practicing engineers involved with infrastructure systems such as roadways, bridges, buildings, power generating and distribution systems, water resources, environmental facilities, and other civil infrastructure systems. Contributions are by internationally renowned and eminent experts. Selected Contents: 1. Life-Cycle Cost and Performance 2. Reliability Engineering 3. Risk Assessment and Management 4. Optimization Methods and Optimal Design 5. Role of Maintenance, Inspection, and Repair 6. Structural and System Health Monitoring 7. Durability, Fatigue and Fracture 8. Corrosion Technology for Metal and R/C Structures 9. Concrete Materials and Concrete Structures.

Christian Bucher, Vienna University of Technology, Austria Series edited by Dan Frangopol, Center for Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems, USA Series: Structures and Infrastructures This volume details the computational aspects of stochastic analysis within the field of structural mechanics. It treats various themes in a structured and clear way and is suited for graduate students and structural analysts wishing to explore the potential benefits of stochastic analysis. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Preliminaries in Probability Theory and Statistics 3. Regression and Response Surfaces 4. Mechanical Vibrations Due to Random Excitations 5. Response Analysis of Spatially Random Structures 6. Computation of Failure Probabilities CRC Press Market: Civil / Mechanical Engineering May 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40354-2: £49.95

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

CRC Press Market: Civil / Mechanical Engineering May 2009: 246x174: 430pp Hb: 978-0-415-49875-3: £89.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CIVIL ENGINEERING & BUILDING 163

Acoustic Emission and Critical Phenomena From Structural Mechanics to Geophysics

Footbridge Vibration Design Edited by Elsa Caetano, and Alvaro Cunha, both at University of Porto, Portugal, Wasoodev Hoorpah, M.I.O., Paris, France and Joel Raoul, Sétra, Bagneux Cedex, France

Edited by Alberto Carpinteri, and Giuseppe Lacidogna, both at Politecnico di Torino, Italy Based on contributions from international experts, this book brings together the state-of-the-art information on topics ranging from the mechanics of materials to geophysics, and outlines the potential of the AE technique in terms of practical applications and theoretical developments. Divided into two parts, it covers acoustic emission and critical structural states and seismic mechanics and critical behaviours. The book will be an important resource for civil and geotechnical engineers, and researchers working in the areas of mechanics of materials, geophysics, and nondestructive measurements and testing. CRC Press Market: Geotechnical Engineering / Geophysics April 2009: 246x174: 282pp Hb: 978-0-415-45082-9: £69.95

Concrete Repair, Rehabilitation and Retrofitting

Collection of 11 contributions by international eminent experts transferring current knowledge of footbridge dynamic design in an applied, practical way. Presents new approaches and numerical, experimental tools for assessing and controlling pedestrian effects plus practical cases. Focus on; recommendations, guidelines, codes, design tools, and on practical experience with case studies.

CRC Press Market: Civil & Structural Engineering / Structural / Assessment & Evaluation April 2009: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-49866-1: £48.99

3RD EDITION

Foundations of Engineering Geology Tony Waltham, Retired from Nottingham Trent University, UK ’A useful source for a quick insight into the subject or a reminder for the practising engineer when difficult ground is encountered.’ – Ground Engineering

2nd International Conference on Concrete Repair, Rehabilitation and Retrofitting, ICCRRR-2, 24-26 November 2008, Cape Town, South Africa Edited by Mark G. Alexander, and Hans-Dieter Beushausen, University of Cape Town, South Africa, Frank Dehn, MFPA Leipzig, Germany and Pilate Moyo, University of Cape Town, South Africa

CRC Press Market: Civil Engineering / Materials and Concrete April 2009: 246x174: 476pp Pack: 978-0-415-46850-3: £119.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: 1. Geology 2. Igneous Rocks 3. Surface Processes 4. Sedimentary Rocks 5. Metamorphic Rocks 6. Geological Structures 7. Geological Maps 8. Map Interpretation 9. Tectonics 10. Boundary Hazards 11. Rocks of Britain 12. Rocks of the US 13. Weathering and Soils 14. Floodplains and Alluvium 15. Glacial Deposits 16. Climatic Variants 17. Coastal Processes 18. Groundwater 19. Ground Investigation 20. Desk Study 21. Ground Investigation Boreholes 22. Geophysical Surveys 23. Assessment of Difficult Ground 24. Rock Strength 25. Rock Mass Strength 26. Soil Strength 27. Ground Subsidence 28. Subsidence on Clays 29. Subsidence on Limestone 30. Subsidence over Old Mines 31. Mining Subsidence 32. Slope Failure and Landslides 33. Water in Landslides 34. Soil Failures and Flowslides 35. Landslide Hazards 36. Slope Stabilization 37. Ground Conditions 38. Rock Excavation 39. Tunnels in Rock 40. Stone and Aggregate Taylor & Francis Market: Civil Engineering / Geotechnical Engineering April 2009: 297x210: 104pp Hb: 978-0-415-46959-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46960-9: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47219-4: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-25450-2

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Collection of papers focusing on repairing, maintaining, rehabilitating, and if necessary retrofitting existing infrastructures to extend their life and maximize economic return. Moreover, structural performance and material durability are discussed. For researchers and patricians in structure and infrastructure engineering. Set of book of abstracts and a searchable full paper CD-ROM.

Now in full colour, the third edition of this well established textbook provides a readable and highly illustrated overview of the aspects of geology that are most significant to civil engineers. Each topic is presented as a double page spread with a mix of text and diagrams.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

164 CIVIL ENGINEERING & BUILDING

Handbook for Designing Cement 3RD EDITION 2 VOLUMES Heavy Construction Plants

Jagman Singh, Punjab Technical University, India

S.P. Deolalkar, Consultant, Deolalkar Consultants, India

In any major heavy construction venture, overall planning, satisfactory maintenance of equipment, and efficient project management clearly play key roles. This third edition coherently sets out the considerations inherent in all aspects of these themes, and more. It contains sections on:

The book explains theoretical aspects of various processes in making cement at various stages as also steps in sizing of major machinery and auxiliaries. All in all it is a very comprehensive and practical handbook. The contents of the book are divided in eight sections covering all aspects of designing cement plants from scratch to guide step by step through various stages involved in setting up a cement plant: Selected Contents: 1. Basics 2. Machinery Used in Making Cement 3. Techno-Economic Feasibility Studies 4. Civil Design and Construction 5. Electricals and Instrumentation 6. Layouts and Detailed Engineering 7. Selecting and Ordering Machinery 8. Reference section. It will be of great use to Cement Plant Consultants, Cement Technologists, and Cement Machinery Manufactures and most certainly to Entrepreneurs and Cement Plant Personnel, Staff of Design and Drawing Offices who have the responsibility to develop layouts would find in it a very handy guide. CRC Press Market: Industrial Engineering April 2009: 1295pp Hb: 978-81-7800-145-6: £199.00

• project management • construction equipment • concrete production and placement • drilling and blasting • tunneling. Keeping in view the complexity of heavy construction and the often astronomical costs of the structures involved, this book shows how to reduce both time and cost without compromising on specifications, and how to ensure optimum utilization of men, materials and resources. CRC Press Market: Civil Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 1200pp Hb: 978-0-415-47688-1: £169.00

Infrastructure of Urban Areas

4TH EDITION

Book + CD-ROM

Handbook of Road Technology

Edited by Cezary Madryas, Bogdan Przybyla, and Arkadiusz Szot, all at Faculty of Civil Engineering,Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland

Maxwell G. Lay, Professional Engineer, Australia ’Presents excellent and interconnected cores on the many topics falling within road technology’ – Highway Engineering in Australia

With a focus on geotechnical aspects and town planning issues, this collection of papers on the design, application, and maintenance of underground and subterranean systems is essential for academics, designers and builders of underground structures, manufacturers and suppliers of building materials and equipment, and to policy makers involved in managing and maintaining these structures.

The fourth edition of Dr Max Lay’s wellestablished reference work covers all aspects of the technology of roads and road transport. A comprehensive but accessible reference for all professionals and students interested in roads, road transport, and in the wide range of disciplines involved in the subject. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Definitions 3. History of Roads 4. The Management of Roads 5. Road Needs 6. Road Location 7. Residential Streets 8. Pavement Materials 9. Water in Pavements 10. Stabilisation 11. Pavement Design 12. Bituminous Pavements 13. Drainage 14. Pavement Performance 15. Bridges 16. Driver Behaviour 17. Traffic Flow and Capacity 18. Speeds 19. Road Geometry 20. Intersections 21. Traffic Signs 22. Pavement Markings 23. Traffic Signals 24. Lighting 25. Construction 26. Maintenance 27. Road Vehicles 28. Safety 29. Road User Costs and Charges 30. Road Transport 31. Transport Planning 32. Environmental Factors 33. Peripheral Technologies 34. Information Sources

CRC Press Market: Geotechnical Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 300pp Pack: 978-0-415-48638-5: £69.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Taylor & Francis Market: Highway and Traffic Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 960pp Hb: 978-0-415-47265-4: £150.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CIVIL ENGINEERING & BUILDING 165

Risk: An Introduction

Modern Bamboo Structures

The Concepts of Risk, Danger and Chance

Proceedings of the First International Conference

Bernardus Ale, Delft University, the Netherlands

Edited by Yan Xiao, University of Southern California, USA, Masafumi Inoue, Department of Architectural Engineering, Oita University, Japan, and Shyam K. Paudel, International Network for Bamboo and Rattan, Beijing, China

Ben Ale explains the concepts, methods and procedures for risk analysis as an introduction to the core topics of risk perception, assessment and management. This highly respected expert casts light on the often overlooked basics of a fascinating field. A critical insight for all students of policy, management sciences and construction as well as policy and decision-making professionals, it is developed from the Safety Science or Risk Science course taught at Delft University. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What is Risk? 2. Modelling Risk 3. The Systems Approach 4. Managing Risk 5. Risky Information: The Difference Between Data and Knowledge 6. Risk and Decision-Making Routledge Market: Risk / Building Management April 2009: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49089-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49090-0: £19.99

Including the state-of-the-art on materials, design, analysis, testing, manufacturing, construction of modern bamboo structures, this book will be essential for researchers, engineers and administrators involved in structural engineering, civil engineering, agriculture engineering, forestry, environmental engineering and urban development.

CRC Press Market: Structural Engineering / Civil Engineering, Agriculture Engineering / Forestry / Environmental Engineering / Urban Development April 2009: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-47597-6: £79.95

4 VOLUMES

Safety, Reliability and Risk Analysis

Very Soft Organic Clay Applied for Road Embankment

Theory, Methods and Applications

Modelling and Optimisation Approach, UNESCO-IHE PhD, Delft, the Netherlands

Containing the papers presented at the joint ESREL (European Safety and Reliability) and SRA-Europe (Society for Risk Analysis Europe) Conference (Valencia, Spain, 22–25 September 2008), the four volumes will be of interest to academics and professionals working in a wide range of industrial and governmental sectors, including aeronautics and aerospace, civil engineering, electrical and electronic engineering, information technology and telecommunications, insurance and finance, manufacturing, mechanical engineering, nuclear engineering, policy making and public planning.

CRC Press Market: Civil Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 3510pp Pack: 978-0-415-48513-5: £499.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

C. Limsiri, UNESCO-IHE, Delft, the Netherlands In this study strategies for using very soft organic clay as a fill material for road embankment construction are compared, and an optimisation scheme is presented. This study concerns optimisation of the use of clay in embankments and recommendations are presented based on a rational method for conditioning and emplacing very soft organic clay in a safe and economic way.

CRC Press Market: Soil Mechanics April 2009: 246x174: 165pp Pb: 978-0-415-38487-2: £39.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Edited by Sebastián Martorell, Universidad Politécnica de Valencia, Spain, Carlos Guedes Soares, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal and Julie Barnett, University of Surrey, UK

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

166 CIVIL ENGINEERING & BUILDING

eWork and eBusiness in Architecture, Engineering and Construction ECPPM 2008 Edited by Alain Zarli, CSTB – Centre Scientifique et Technique du Bâtiment, Sophia Antipolis, France and Raimar Scherer, Technische Universität Dresden, Germany This text will be invaluable to scientists and professsionals working on process optimisation, extended products and future services for homes and buildings infrastructures, decision support systems for universal design of buildings, ICTbased applications for energy efficiency, environmental monitoring, the ageing population, assistive technologies for the built environment, policy, legal framework, and rules and regulations.

CRC Press Market: Structural Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-48245-5: £149.95

Efficient Transportation and Pavement Systems: Characterization, Mechanisms, Simulation, and Modeling Edited by Imad L. Al-Qadi, University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign, USA, Tarek Sayed, University of British Columbia, Canada & Qatar University, Qatar, Naser Alnuaimi, Qatar University, Qatar and Eyad Masad, Texas A&M University at Qatar, Qatar This volume includes contributions on recent developments, research results and needs on transportation network optimization, traffic management, transportation safety, pavement design, analysis, material characterization, modeling, and rehabilitation techniques.

CRC Press Market: Transportation Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 924pp Hb: 978-0-415-48979-9: £199.00

Creep, Shrinkage and Durability Mechanics of Concrete and Concrete Structures

Excellence in Concrete Construction Through Innovation

Proceedings of the CONCREEP 8 Conference Held in Ise-Shima, Japan, 30 September – 2 October 2008

Proceedings of the conference held at Kingston University, United Kingdom, 9 – 10 September 2008

Edited by Tada-aki Tanabe, Chubu Regional Institute of InfraTechnology Evaluation and Support (CRIIES), Japan, Kenji Sakata, Okayama University, Japan, Hirozo Mihashi, Tohoku University, Japan, Ryoichi Sato, Hiroshima University, Japan, Kochi Maekawa, University of Tokyo, Japan and Hikaru Nakamura, Nagoya University, Japan

Edited by Mukesh C. Limbachiya, Kingston University, London, UK, and Hsein Y. Kew, Kingston University, London, UK Includes recent innovations in concrete science, technology and practice, and discusses challenges from new materials, technologies, environmental concerns and economic factors in maintaining concrete construction excellence.

Contains the keynote lectures, technical reports and contributed papers presented at the Eighth International Conference on Creep, Shrinkage and Durability of Concrete and Concrete Structures (CONCREEP8, Ise-shima, Japan, 30 September – 2 October 2008)

CRC Press Market: Structural Engineering / Building Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 594pp Hb: 978-0-415-47592-1: £109.95

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

CRC Press Market: Structural Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 1552pp Hb: 978-0-415-48508-1: £269.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CIVIL ENGINEERING & BUILDING 167

Tailor Made Concrete Structures

Tubular Structures XII

New Solutions for our Society (Abstracts Book 314 pages + CD-ROM full papers 1196 pages)

Proceedings of the conference held in Shanghai, China, 8-10 October 2008

Edited by Joost C. Walraven, Technical University of Delft, Delft, the Netherlands and Dick Stoelhorst, Dutch Concrete Society, Gouda, the Netherlands

Edited by Z.Y. Shen, Y.Y. Chen, and Xian-zhong Zhao, all at Tongji University, Department of Structural Engineering, China

Including sections on new materials (i.e. fire resisting concrete, ultra-high performance fibered concrete, textile reinforced concrete, bacteria-based self healing concrete) and codes for the future (i.e. the American P2P Iniative, fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) applications in construction, Codes for SFRC Structures) this book presents the state-of-the-art in research on concrete and concrete structures, and will be invaluable to professionals, structural engineers and scientists. CRC Press Market: Structural Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 1196pp Hb: 978-0-415-47535-8: £159.00

90 Articles on connections/joints, concrete filled sections; composite tubular members, offshore structures, earthquake resistance, specification and standard developments, manufacture, construction, properties; structural reliability, sustainability, fire resistance, casting, applications and cases. Selected Contents: 1. Architecture 2. Profiling & Bending Tubes 3. Concrete Filled Hollow Sections & Composite Tubular Members 4. Earthquake Resistance.

CRC Press Market: Civil & Mechanical Engineering / Structural Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 688pp Hb: 978-0-415-46853-4: £145.99

Technology, Design and Process Innovation in the Built Environment

Flood Risk Management: Research and Practice

Peter Newton, Swinburne University, Australia, Keith Hampson, and Robin Drogemuller, both at Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Extended Abstracts Volume (332 pages) + full paper CD-ROM (1772 pages)

Series: Spon Research This book embodies the results of a major research programme by members of the Australia Co-operative Research Centre for Construction Innovation and its global partners, presented for an international audience of construction researchers, senior professionals and advanced students. It covers a number of themes, applied to regeneration as well as to new build, and within the overall theme of Innovation.

Edited by Paul Samuels, Stephen Huntington, William Allsop, and Jackie Harrop, all at HR Wallingford, UK Including about 200 contributions on all aspects of flood risk (causes of floods, their impacts on people, property and the environment, and portfolios of risk management measures), this book provides an overview of recent advances for researchers, flood risk managers, policy makers and practitioners.

Taylor & Francis

CRC Press

Market: Construction Management April 2009: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-46288-4: £99.00

Market: Water Science April 2009: 246x174: 1772pp Hb: 978-0-415-48507-4: £189.00

Earthquake Engineering for Structural Design

Seismic Design of Buildings to Eurocode 8

Victor Gioncu, Technical University, Romania, and Federico Mazzolani, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Edited by Ahmed Elghazouli, Imperial College, London, UK

Understanding the distinction between earthquake types and their different impacts on buildings can make the difference between whether a building stands or falls. Covering the basis and basics of the major international codes, this is the essential guide for professionals working on structures in earthquake zones.

Market: Earthquake & Structural Engineering June 2009: 234x156: 452pp Hb: 978-0-415-46533-5: £85.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Fundamental Concepts of Earthquake Engineering Roberto Villaverde, University of California, Irvine, USA Presenting the fundamental concepts involved in the assessment of earthquake effects on structural systems, this volume provides coverage at the deepest level, yet is basic enough to appeal to those with no prior knowledge of earthquake engineering. It describes the types and the extent of damage that an earthquake can produce and presents a wide range of historical case studies. It covers the ways that earthquake motions can be characterized and discusses how local soil conditions and soil-structure interaction may affect the characteristics of these motions. Enhanced with numerous illustrations, the text also introduces seismology, the design spectrum, base isolation, and damping enhancement with added energy dissipating devices. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 960pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6495-7: £59.99

This book covers seismic design in a clear but brief manner and links the principles to Eurocode 8, illustrated with design examples. It will be of value to a wide range of practising civil and structural engineers as well as academics. Selected Contents: 1. Preface / Introduction 2. Loading and Spectra 3. General Building Considerations 4. Design of Concrete Structures 5. Design of Steel Structures 6. Design of Shallow Foundations 7. Design of Deep Foundations Taylor & Francis Market: Earthquake Engineering May 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-44762-1: £65.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Taylor & Francis

TEXTBOOK

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

ENGINEERING 168 ENVIRONMENTAL HEADING

ENVIROMENTAL ENGINEERING

Energy Efficiency

Energy Portfolios

Real Time Energy Infrastructure Investment and Asset Management

Customization and Management

Leslie Solmes, Mill Valley, California, USA While she is recognized as a Legend of Energy by the Association of Energy Engineers, Leslie Solmes work has always been ahead of her times. Fortunately, she has prepared for the nation’s recognition of the energy crisis with this brilliant treatise that defines the policies we must adapt and the technological paths in which we must invest to assure ourselves of an energy future. In this prescient engaging work, she evaluates current systems and sources, and considers obstacles both technological and psychological. She not only calls for leadership but defines the path that energy leaders must take to create a paradigm shift, in how we value, develop, and conserve our energy resources. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8925-7: £48.99

Edited by U. Aswathanarayana, Mahadevan International Centre for Water Resources Management, India To provide more energy in the coming decades, the global energy economy needs to be transformed. Energy Portfolios provides an overview, in numbers and with technologies, of the global research and development efforts to reduce emissions and costs, and improve the efficiency of energy technologies. It comprises sections on coal, oil and natural gas, nuclear power, renewable energy resources and a future outlook. For every source, detailed information is provided on optimal size, capital costs, power plant operation and maintenance costs, environmental and public health consequences and ways to mitigate these by low-carbon emission energy generation alternatives: coal-fired power, nuclear power, hydropower, biomass plants, wind power – onshore and offshore, geothermal power and solar power. A knowledge base for balanced choices in energy sourcing and technology for energy portfolios. CRC Press Market: Earth & Environmental Sciences / Energy June 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-46985-2: £75.99

Post-Oil Energy Technology

Wind Energy

The World’s First Solar-Hydrogen Demonstration Power Plant

Renewable Energy and the Environment

Bela G. Liptak, Liptak Associates, Stamford, Connecticut, USA Demonstrating the feasibility of a clean, renewable global energy future, Post-Oil Energy Technology describes the detailed design of the first 1,000 megawatt solar power plant with hydrogen storage. The preeminent author looks at how to solve the energy crisis, eliminate global warming, reduce starvation, and improve the world’s economythrough a solar-hydrogen economy that is technically feasible and cost-effective. He presents a pragmatic and realistic strategy of transitioning from a fossil fuel – and nuclear based economy to an economy based on solar hydrogen. He discusses the technical design of this new type of plant and incorporates process control and optimization techniques for energy conservation.

Vaughn Nelson, West Texas A&M University, USA Series: Energy and the Environment Focusing on geothermal energy systems, this book provides background, theory, power generation technologies, applications, strengths and weaknesses, and useful practical technical techniques for implementing wind energy projects. It provides numerous examples, real world case studies, practical implementation steps, and lessons learned, demonstrating how to implement successful and efficient solar, wind, geothermal, and biomass projects. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7568-7: £72.99

CRC Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 536pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7025-5: £52.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ERGONOMICS & HUMAN FACTORS 169 2ND EDITION

Designing for Older Adults Principles and Creative Human Factors Approaches, Second Edition

Lighting for Driving * Roads, Vehicles, Signs, and Signals Peter R. Boyce, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, UK By considering vehicle, signal, and road lighting as integrated means of communication, this unique authoritative work explains the thinking and scientific reasoning behind various forms of lighting and analyzes their contribution to the driver’s understanding of real and potential road hazards. Attention is also given to how these forms of lighting are likely to evolve in response to the development of new technology and an improved understanding of ergonomics.

Wendy A. Rogers, and Arthur D. Fisk, both at Georgia Institute of Technology, USA, Neil Charness, Florida State University, USA, Sara J. Czaja, and Joseph Sharit, both at University of Miami, USA Series: Human Factors and Aging Series Completely updated, this primer on the issues that must be considered when designing systems, products, or environments for older adults translates the wealth of literature on age-related changes in abilities, learning, and performance and how such changes relate to interactions with technology into guidelines that are immediately applicable. It presents the collective views of the authors based on their many years of research in aging. This new edition adds a selection of tutorials that cover general as well as statistical and design specific information. One such tutorial covers design considerations for multimedia products in general but especially for older adults.

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 371pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8529-2: £41.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8055-1: £42.99

Human Factors in Simulation and Training *

Promotion of Work Ability Towards Productive Aging

Edited by Dennis A. Vincenzi, Partnership 1, Air 4651, Florida, USA, John A. Wise, Honeywell International, Arizona, USA, Mustapha Mouloua, and Peter A. Hancock, both at University of Central Florida, USA

Selected Papers of the 3rd International Symposium on Work Ability, Hanoi, Vietnam, 22–24 October 2007

Discussing issues and concepts relating to human factors in simulation, this book covers theory and application in fields such as space, ships, submarines, naval aviation, and commercial aviation. The authors develop and expand on concepts in simulator usage particularly specific characteristics and issues of simulation and their effect on the validity and functionality of simulators as a training device. The chapters contain in depth discussions of these particular characteristics and issues. They also incorporate theories pertaining to the motivational aspects of training, simulation of social events, and PC based simulation.

Edited by Masaharu Kumashiro, University of Occupational and Environmental Health, Japan This book is a collection of papers that discusses, from a variety of angles, the goal of developing a truly international standard tool that can be used internationally, taking into account differences in circumstances among countries. This publication addresses in a major way the Work Ability Index (WAI) as an index for evaluating work ability. The aim of the book is to establish a common guideline that exceeds national and regional boundaries that can be used for the diagnostic evaluation of work ability and employability. Market: Ergonomics April 2009: 246x174: 374pp Hb: 978-0-415-48590-6: £89.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

CRC Press

April 2009: 254x178: 453pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7283-9: £52.99

CRC Press

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

170 ERGONOMICS & HUMAN FACTORS Canine Ergonomics The Science of Working Dogs William S. Helton, Michigan Technological University, USA Currently, the scientific literature on working dogs is scattered across several disciplines, from forensics to all of the life sciences and on through to medicine, psychology, security, and wildlife biology. This volume draws together research from experts in all these fields to focus on dogs as working agents and as models for developmental psychologists and includes contributions from actual handlers working in field settings. It covers a wide range of current and potential tasks, explores ergonomic and cognitive aspects, and covers personality traits and behavioral assessments of working dogs. The book unifies different perspectives to define the field of canine ergonomics. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7991-3: £54.99

ENVIROMENTAL SCIENCE

A Pilot Constructed Treatment Wetland for Pulp and Paper Mill Wastewater Performance, Processes and Implications for the Nzoia River, Kenya

Burrowing Shrimps and Seagrass Dynamics in Shallow-Water Meadows off Bolinao (New Philippines) Hildie Maria E. Nacorda

UNESCO-IHE PhD

This study examines the role of small-scale disturbance by burrowing shrimps and its interaction with seagrass performance against a changing background of anthropogenically altered sediment dynamics. It establishes that the two types of burrowing shrimps redistribute considerable quantities of sediment with siginificant substrate effects on depth gradients of organic matter, grain size and nitrogen.

Margaret Akinyi Abira This study, conducted in Kenya, gives the first insight into the performance of a constructed treatment wetland receiving pulp and paper mill wastewater in the tropics. The study concludes that integrating a full-scale wetland, as a tertiary stage with the existing treatment ponds would significantly improve the quality of water in River Nzoia downstream of the effluent discharge. This is a valuable resource book for scientists, managers and students in the field of wetland ecology, water and environmental management. Taylor & Francis

CRC Press Market: Marine Science April 2009: 246x174: 110pp Pb: 978-0-415-48402-2: £29.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Environmental Sciences April 2009: 246x174: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-46715-5: £29.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ENVIROMENTAL SCIENCE 171

Enhanced Stabilisation of Municipal Solid Waste in Bioreactor Landfills UNESCO-IHE PhD Thesis Roberto Valencia Vazquez This book describes the interaction and modification of the factors controlling the waste stabilisation process in a bioreactor landfill and reveals that within a year of operation biological stabilisation can be achieved. The book reduces the current gaps-in-knowledge and offers feasible technical alternatives to control and steer the processes occurring in a bioreactor landfill.

CRC Press Market: Environmental Sciences April 2009: 246x174: 158pp Pb: 978-0-415-47831-1: £39.00

Land Use Scenarios Environmental Consequences of Development Alan W. Shearer, Rutgers University, USA, David A. Mouat, Desert Research InstituTe, USA, Scott D. Bassett, University of Nevada, USA, Michael W. Binford, University of Florida, USA, Craig W. Johnson, Utah University, USA, Justin A. Saarinen, University of Florida, Gainsville, USA, Alan W. Gertler, Desert Research, USA, and Julide Koracin, Rutgers University, USA Series: Integrative Studies in Water Management & Land Deve Employing a set of analyses to understand interrelated consequences of urbanization, this book explores a range of bio-geographic conditions. It addresses the complex social challenges associated with the dual roles of federally owned lands, which support both a primary mission as well as the conservation of natural resources.

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 460pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9254-7: £72.99

Environmental Assessment of Estuarine Ecosystems A Case Study Edited by Claude Amiard-Triquet, Universite de Nantes, France, and Philip S. Rainbow, The Natural History Museum, London, UK Series: Environmental and Ecological Risk Assessment With contributions from international experts, this reference covers all aspects of estuaries from the physiological to the economical. Using a comparative case study of two French estuaries, the text demonstrates the state-of-the-art science required to assess the estuary paradox. The two estuaries detailed here provide a full-spectrum of chemical and toxicological exposure and effects. Although the focus is on a specific region, the book covers a broad range of environmental issues and solutions. Understanding the observations about this region allow it to serve as a benchmark when assessing, remediating, and applying new developments to other estuaries. CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Edited by Hale W. Thurston, US EPA, Ohio, USA, Matthew T. Heberling, National Center for Environmental Assessment, Ohio, USA and Alyse Schrecongost, West Virginia University, Virginia, USA A handbook for environmental policymakers and stakeholders, this volume provides guidance to those who are interested in understanding and incorporating economic valuation in project prioritization and other economic decision-making aspects of stream or watershed restoration. It provides basic background on the types of ecological goods and services that are often valued, and details the types of questions that must be asked in watershed project analysis. It will allow those who are not economists to be comfortable discussing things like contingent valuation, marginal costs, nonmarket goods, and other terms required for the sort of economic analysis required for government-funded projects. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 188pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9262-2: £60.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6260-1: £78.99

Environmental Economics for Watershed Restoration

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

172 ENVIROMENTAL SCIENCE

Holocene Environmental History of the Central Sahara Palaeoecology of Africa Vol. 29, An International Yearbook of Landscape Evolution and Palaeoenvironments Edited by J. Runge, University of Frankfurt, Germany and Roland Baumhauer The environmental setting within the Central Sahara was subject to considerable changes during Late Quaternary, mainly driven by major global climate variations, although human impact increased constantly since Early Holocene. Such global events can be reconstructed with the help of reliefs, sediments and palaeosoils and their specific morphological, chemical and mineralogical properties. The 14 papers gathered together in this volume are mainly the outcome of the interdisciplinary German research project LIMNOSAHARA (www.limnosahara.de) financed by the German Research Foundation (DFG). The investigations were carried out by a collaboration of multiple disciplines, reaching from physical geography, palaeopedology and palaeolimnology to palynology and prehistory. This book will be of interest to all concerned with environmental changes in desert ecosystems in the past and at present and related development problems of Saharan countries, especially Ecologists, Botanists, Earth scientists and Climatologists. CRC Press Market: Ecology April 2009: 246x174: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-48256-1: £74.50

2ND EDITION

Principles of Hazardous Materials Management Roger D. Griffin, Griffin Environmental International, California, USA A comprehensive overview of the field of hazardous materials management, this second edition features updated information on toxic and hazardous substance and waste; sources, storage, and treatment; transportation; regulatory jurisdictions; emergency response planning; as well as industrial hygiene and worker safety. The author also explains how the concepts described fit together. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8970-7: £65.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-87371-145-6

Water Distribution System Monitoring A Practical Approach for Evaluating Water Quality Abigail F. Cantor, Process Research Solutions, Madison, USA Despite the publication of the Lead and Copper Rule more than ten years ago, compliance is still a major challenge. Due to continuing modifications to the rule, the need for an alternative protocol for obtaining representative water quality samples has been expressed by the drinking water industry. This book explores new procedures and a monitoring device-already in use at several municipal water utilities-that provide higher quality water chemistry and microbiology data than by using other available methods. It outlines the new procedures and provides equipment lists and assembly instructions for the monitoring device as an open-source technology. CRC Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0052-2: £72.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

GIS & REMOTE SENSING 173

Quality Aspects in Spatial Data Mining *

2ND EDITION

Classification Methods for Remotely Sensed Data

Alfred Stein, Wageningen Ag University, Wenzhong Shi, The Hong Kong Polytech University, Kowloon and Wietske Bijker, ITC, Enschede, the Netherlands

Paul Mather, University of Nottingham, UK, and Brandt Tso, Management College, NDU, Bie-Tou, Taiwan

Both end users and researchers are eager to develop more sophisticated ways to quantify, model, and visualize spatial data. In this cohesive collection of peer-reviewed chapters, respected international researchers present the latest advancements, covering data acquisition, geoinformation theory, spatial statistics, and dissemination. Stressing practical considerations, a significant portion of the text is dedicated to a number of data quality applications. Many of these demonstrate how the needs of users trigger new scientific developments. Each chapter is introduced by the editors, who, along with the contributors, look at each topic from a conceptual, applied, and methodological point of view.

A blend of the theoretical and the practical, this book covers the entire field of classification methods applied to remotely sensed data. After introducing the basics, the text provides a detailed discussion of different approaches to image classification, including maximum likelihood, fuzzy sets, and artificial neural networks. It provides comparisons, experimental results, and discussion for each classification method introduced. The second edition features two new chapters that cover recent developments in support vector machines, decision trees, change detection, and mixed pixel classification. It also updates references and discussions of Earth observation missions.

CRC Press

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 472pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9072-7: £60.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-25909-5

April 2009: 235x156: 374pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6926-6: £62.99

The Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS): An Operational Handbook Adam Weintrit, Gdynia Maritime University, Poland Electronic navigation, although still relatively new, is becoming increasingly more common, particularly onboard commercial vessels. This handbook offers a tremendous amount of technical information about how the different charting systems operate and provides answers to the most commonly asked questions regarding electronic charts (ENC, RNC, DNC) and electronic chart systems (ECDIS, RCDS, ECS). This is the first book providing so much detail on all facets of ECDIS and Electronic Charting Systems. For a long time to come, it will serve as the technical bible for ECDIS for not only providing information for training programs but also for engineers maintaining ECDIS Systems in the field. The book will be of specific interest to those who need to know about selection, implementation, operational use, benefits, and management of ECDIS and ECS systems, but do not need to know all the technical details of how a ECDIS/GIS actually ’works’, technically.

GIS Cartography A Guide to Effective Map Design Gretchen N. Peterson GIS professionals often have little understanding of what makes a map informative, elegant, and purposeful. But now they have a resource that offers them the information and examples they need to create appealing high-quality, professional maps. This text provides instructions on where and how to find inspiration for unique maps, and details concerning the placement and visualization of every type of layout element (e.g., north arrows, charts, inset maps). With hundreds of full-colour examples, a complete reference list including high-quality blog links and enjoyable informative text, this book is certain to become a staple in every GIS professional’s library. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 240pp Pb: 978-1-4200-8213-5: £49.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Selected Contents: Introduction. 1.Legal Aspects, Requirements and International Standards. 2.Principal Types of ECS and Electronic Charts. 3.ECDIS Data. 4.Presentation of ENC/SENC Data. 5.Main Functions of ECDIS. 6.Route Planning and Special Functions. 7.Route Monitoring and Special Functions. 8.Data Updating System. 9.Additional Navigation-related Information Sensors, Display and Functions. 10.Voyage Data Recording (Documentation). 11.Errors, Status Indications, Warnings and Alarms. 12.Operational Requirements. CRC Press Market: Maritime Science April 2009: 246x174: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-48246-2: £172.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

174 GIS & REMOTE SENSING Modelling Urban Development with Geographical Information Systems and Cellular Automata * Yan Liu, National Institute of Education, Singapore Urban development and the migration from rural to urban areas are significant global phenomena. Various models aim to address these issues, especially cellular automata models. This book presents a simulation model of urban development based on cellular automata principles and provides theoretical context. The first part of the text supplies a practical review of modeling techniques in urban development research and develops a cellular automaton model incorporating fuzzy set and fuzzy logic approaches. The second part of the text implements this model in a GIS environment to simulate the process of urban development as applied to the metropolitan area of Sydney, Australia. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 186pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5989-2: £62.99

ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION TEXTBOOK

Advanced Signal Processing

Thermodynamics *

Theory and Implementation for Sonar, Radar, and Non-Invasive Medical Diagnostic Systems

From Concepts to Applications Arthur Shavit, and Chaim Gutfinger, both at Israeli Institute of Technology, Israel

Edited by Stergios Stergiopoulos, University of Western Ontario, Cananda

This textbook covers the applied physics and mathematics concepts of thermodynamics, and various applications important to engineering students. The text begins with a discussion of the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics and covers issues appropriate for advanced undergraduates. It builds a foundation in the math and physics of thermodynamics, while still being accessible to students in quality engineering programs. This edition is fully revised to account for recent developments, provides nearly 300 more problems, and includes equation summaries.

Series: Electrical Engineering & Applied Signal Processing Series Continuing in the bestselling tradition of the first edition, this book integrates topics of signal processing from sonar, radar, and medical system technologies by identifying their concept similarities. The second edition continues to gather the most pertinent information in advanced signal processing and provides substantial updates to the section on non-invasive medical diagnostic system applications, including intracranial ultrasound, an emerging technology that attempts to address non-invasive detection on brain injuries and stroke. The chapter entitled Adapting Systems in Signal processing represents a coherent summary of Simon Haykin’s work in the relevant field.

CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 642pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7368-3: £67.99

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 768pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6238-0: £97.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-3691-1

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 175

Standards, Conformity Assessment, and Accredition for Engineers Robert D. Hunter, Austin, USA While knowing and complying with standards can be a tedious pain, the alternative is even worse. Saving countless hours of research and eliminating concerns over potentially missed details, this authoritative volume defines current international standards as they have recently been redefined by the International Organization for Standardization / International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC). It covers vocabulary, as well as issues specific to state, regional, and national regulation, and delves into both conformity assessment and accreditation. In addition to treating the subject from a technical perspective, this text also addresses legal, trade, management, and educational viewpoints. CRC Press

TEXTBOOK

The Dynamics of Energy Supply, Conversion, and Utilization Horacio Perez-Blanco, Pennsylvania State University, USA A departure from traditional thermodynamics and energy texts, this book focuses on the dynamic modeling of energy supply and introduces time as a meaningful variable. After a review of basic thermodynamic principles, the author provides an evaluation of energy supplies, including coal, gas, oil, nuclear, and renewables. Units are kept consistent to allow students to make meaningful comparisons and to decrease the inevitable confusion that arises from the use of disparate units, such as BTUs for oil and ft3 for gas. The book also emphasizes the importance of response time in determining the commercial viability of energy technologies, while discussing mainstream conversion technologies. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7688-2: £49.99

April 2009: 235x156: 232pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0094-2: £85.00

3RD EDITION 5 VOLUMES

The Circuits and Filters Handbook Edited by Wai-Kai Chen, University of Illinois, USA In its third edition, this groundbreaking bestseller surveys current accomplishments in the field while providing researchers and designers with the comprehensive detail they need for continued research and design. All six volumes have been extensively updated to provide the most current information available in the emerging fields of circuits and filters, both analog and digital. With contributions from more than 150 leading international experts, this reference includes the key mathematical formulas, concepts, definitions, and derivatives that those involved with cutting-edge research and design require. It eschews extensively detailed theory to concentrate on professional applications with numerous examples provided throughout the. The set includes more than 2500 illustrations and hundreds of references. Available as a comprehensive six-volume set, each of the subject-specific volumes can also be purchased separately.

Cognitive Radio Networks * Edited by Yang Xiao, The University of Alabama, USA, and Fei Hu, Rochester Institute of Technology, USA The explosive growth in wireless services over the past several years illustrates the huge demand for spectrum-based communications. Advances in technology continue to tax the finite resources of the available spectrum. Cognitive Radio Network (CRN) is an efficient communication paradigm which allows unlicensed users access to licensed bands without interfering with existing users. This book covers a range of cognitive radio network issues. It addresses the physical layer, medium access control, the routing layer, cross-layer considerations and advanced topics in cognitive radio networks. Research, management, and support are addressed, as are cognitive techniques such as position and network awareness, infrastructure and physical and link layer concerns. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 478pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6420-9: £46.99

CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 254x178: 3150pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5527-6: £121.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-0912-0

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

176 ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Futures in Mechanics of Structures and Materials

Boilers for Power and Process *

Edited by Thiru Aravinthan, Warna (Karu) Karunasena, and Hao Wang, all at Faculty of Engineering and Surveying, University of Southern Queensland, Australia

Written by an experienced boiler professional, this text is an invaluable reference for practicing engineers. After providing the necessary theoretical framework of topics involved in boiler technology, this book describes the practical aspects of industrial and utility boilers, including contemporary boiler constructional and various firing technologies. Broad in scope, this work will assist power consultants looking to purchase boiler plants, while providing operating engineers with a thorough grounding in the mechanics of various boilers. It will also provide designers with state-of-the art information on the newest construction features and design improvements.

Kumar Rayaprolu

Infrastructure building in the Australasian region has continued to grow at a very rapid pace, embracing new technologies, new design methods and new materials. This volume contains the latest research in the field of mechanics of structures and materials.

CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 804pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7536-6: £73.99

CRC Press Market: Structural Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 914pp Hb: 978-0-415-49196-9: £189.00

Elastic Waves in Composite Media and Structures *

Near-Earth Laser Communications *

With Applications to Ultrasonic Nondestructive Evaluation

Edited by Hamid Hemmati, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California, USA

Series: Mechanical Engineering Series

Subhendu K. Datta, University of Colorado, USA, and Arvind H. Shah, University of Manitoba, Canada

Series: Optical Science and Engineering With an emphasis on near-earth links including air, LEO, MEO, and GEO orbits rather than on terrestrial links, Near-Earth Laser Communications presents a summary of important free-space laser communication subsystem challenges and discusses potential ways to overcome such challenges. This comprehensive reference provides up-to-date information on component and subsystem technologies, fundamental limitations, and approaches to reach those limits. Highlighting key design variations and critical differences between them, this book is vital to those working with optical communications technology and also highlights optical communications work performed in the US, Europe, and Japan.

Elastic Waves in Composite Media and Structures: With Applications to Ultrasonic Nondestructive Evaluation deals with the fundamentals of waves in laminated plates and shells. This book provides an understanding of the characteristics of ultrasonic wave propagation in composite structures as well as how to stimulate and interpret measured dynamic data. Including extensive numerical results with executable computer programs that can be used for particular cases, the text presents theoretical tools to perform tasks such as ultrasonic nondestructive material characterization, nondestructive testing, as well as the impact response of aircraft components, pipelines, coatings, and interfaces. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5338-8: £79.00

CRC Press

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 401pp Hb: 978-0-8247-5381-8: £85.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 177

MicroComputed Tomography *

Vibration of Plates *

Methodology and Applications

Snehashish Chakraverty, Central Building Research Institute, Uttaranchl, India

Stuart R. Stock, Northwestern University, USA Due to the availability of commercial laboratory systems and the emergence of user facilities at synchrotron radiation sources, studies of microcomputed tomography (or microtomography) have increased exponentially. MicroComputed Technology provides a complete introduction to microCT, describing how to use this technique effectively and how to understand its results. The first part of the book focuses on methodology, covering experimental methods, data analysis, and visualization approaches, while the second part of the book addresses various microCT applications, including porous solids, microstructural evolution, soft tissue studies, multimode studies, and indirect analyses. CRC Press

Plates are integral parts of most engineering structures and their vibration analysis is required for safe design. Vibration of Plates provides a comprehensive, self-contained introduction to vibration theory and analysis of two-dimensional plates. Reflecting the author’s more than 15 years of original research on plate vibration, this book presents new methodologies and demonstrates their effectiveness by providing comprehensive results. The text also offers background information on vibration problems along with a discussion of various plate geometries and boundary conditions, including the new concepts of Boundary Characteristic Orthogonal Polynomials (BCOPs). CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 411pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5395-1: £73.99

April 2009: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5876-5: £67.99

Linear Control Theory * Structure, Robustness, and Optimization Shankar P. Bhattacharyya, and Aniruddha Datta, both at Texas A&M University, College Station, USA and Lee H. Keel, Tennessee State University, Nashville, USA Series: Automation and Control Engineering This unique text presents the latest developments in linear control theory in a format suitable for self-study or for graduate-level engineering courses in Linear Systems, Robust Control, and Optimal Control. Part I describes the standard state space structural theory of linear systems, realization theory, state feedback, observers, the linear quadratic regulator, and the linear servomechanism problem. Part II covers the recent results on three-term controllers, including the innovations in PID controller synthesis and design. Parts III and IV present the many elegant results on robust control under parametric uncertainty and norm based optimal control in the formulations. CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 924pp Hb: 978-0-8493-4063-5: £97.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

178 ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Image Processing and Mathematical Morphology

TEXTBOOK

Networks-on-Chips Theory and Practice

Fundamentals and Applications

Introduction to Rocket Science and Engineering

Frank Y. Shih, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA

Travis S. Taylor, American Military University, Charles Town, USA

Exceptionally comprehensive, this text covers both basic and advanced techniques in image processing and mathematical morphology. It goes beyond the technical to instruct readers on the fundamental theoretical framework required to understand as well as develop extensive advanced techniques. It includes image enhancement, edge detection and linking, order statistics morphology, regulated morphology, alternating sequential morphology, recursive morphology, soft morphology, fuzzy morphology, and sweep morphology. It also discusses practical applications, such as distance transformation, feature extraction, object representation and recognition, shape description, and shortest path planning. The principles are thoroughly illustrated with graphs and examples.

Written to inspire the next generation of rocket scientists, this volume offers an introduction to the field of rocketry from first principles. It provides a carefully developed approach to rockets and basic science as a background for space propulsion applications. Equally effective as a self-tutorial or classroom text, this book is designed to permit instructors to start from the first page and sequentially work through the book with their students to achieve an understanding of real-world applications involving basic rocketry principles, including how they were derived. It contains numerous worked-out examples and chapter problems. An instructor’s manual is available with qualified class adoptions.

CRC Press

April 2009: 235x156: 314pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7528-1: £54.99

April 2009: 235x156: 432pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8943-1: £78.99

CRC Press

TEXTBOOK 4TH EDITION TEXTBOOK

Introduction to Fluid Mechanics William S. Janna, The University of Memphis, USA A classic bestseller, this text is written for engineering majors taking their first course in fluids. Updated to include new advances and relevant examples, the text starts with the concepts of fluid statics, and moves on to the control / volume approach of determining flow. Noted for its careful explanation of topics and use of step-by-step examples, this text helps those new to fluid mechanics make sense of its concepts and calculations. Applications areas are emphasized, with extensive resources included for design problems involving piping and tubing. Separate problem sections now stress computer usage, and design project work. A complete Solutions Manual is available with course adoption. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 800pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8524-2: £72.99

Manufacturing Techniques for Microfabrication and Nanotechnology Marc J. Madou, University of California, USA Authored by Marc Madeau, leading expert in mems and manufacturing at the nano scale, this textbook focuses on industrial lithography and pattern transfer. It includes extensive references and a comprehensive glossary, worked out problems, and end of chapter problems. PowerPoint slides and solutions are available for qualifying instructors. CRC Press

Edited by Fayez Gebali, and Haytham Elmilgi, both at University of Victoria, Canada Addressing the many challenging topics related to NoC research, this book highlights traffic modeling, including the development of different methods to extract real traffic traces. The book explores which languages should be used and what metrics to use to choose target technology. It includes coverage of implementation issues with case studies and examples. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7978-4: £60.99

Pedestrian Dynamics Mathematical Theory and Evacuation Control Pushkin Kachroo, University of Nevada, USA Unlike most works on traffic flow, this exceptionally thorough work examines the development of optimal methods to effectively control and improve pedestrian traffic flow. The work of a leading expert, this work examines the differential equations applied to conservation laws encountered in the study of pedestrian dynamics and evacuation control problem. The author presents new pedestrian traffic models for multi-directional flow in two dimensions. A range of control models are considered in various simulations, including relaxed models and those concerned with direction and magnitude velocity commands.. Questions of time, cost, and scalability are addressed. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 152pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0519-0: £60.99

TEXTBOOK

Solid State Physics in Microfabrication and Nanotechnology

April 2009: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5519-1: £49.99

Marc J. Madou, University of California, Irvine, USA

Monte Carlo Methods for Electromagnetics Matthew N.O. Sadiku, Prairie View A&M University, Texas, USA Numerical techniques have become the standard tools for solving complex electromagnetic problems. Focusing on one of these popular techniques, this book explores the use of Monte Carlo methods for the solution of electromagnetic problems. With a great deal of his own work included, the author presents these methods in a systematic way, enabling a clear understanding of the methods and their applications to electromagnetic computation. He also provides background on numerical analysis, including the finite difference method, as well as examples and end-of-chapter problems. CRC Press

Providing a clear theoretical understanding of MEMS and NEMS, Solid State Physics in Microfabrication and Nanotechnology covers all aspects of solid state physics behind nanotechnology and science. After exploring the rise of Si, MEMS, and NEMS in a historical context, the text discusses crystallography, quantum mechanics, the band theory of solids, and the silicon single crystal. It concludes with coverage of photonics, the quantum hall effect, and superconductivity. The text offers end-of-chapter problems, worked examples throughout, extensive references, and PowerPoint slides for download, along with a solutions manual for qualifying instructors. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5511-5: £54.99

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0071-3: £60.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 179 TEXTBOOK

Bio-MEMS and Bio-NEMS Manufacturing Techniques and Applications Marc J. Madou, University of California, USA This text details manufacturing techniques applicable to bio-nanotechnology. After reviewing MEMS techniques, materials, and modeling, the author covers nanofabrication, genetically engineered proteins, artificial cells, nanochemistry, and self-assembly. He also discusses scaling laws in MEMS and NEMS, actuators, fluidics, and power and brains in miniature devices. He concludes with coverage of various MEMS and NEMS applications.

Photoacoustic Imaging and Spectroscopy *

Brief Notes in Advanced DSP

Edited by Lihong Wang, Washington University, USA

Artyom M. Grigoryan, University of Texas, San Antonio, USA, and Merughan Grigoryan

Series: Optical Science and Engineering

In addressing new concepts and methods of advanced digital signal processing and their applications, this book looks at recent research in Fourier analysis. Instead of focusing on well-known fundamental properties of thetransformations found in many books, this work shows readers new approaches and new forms of signal and image representation that can be used effectively in signal and image processing. It includes new algorithms for integer approximation of the Fourier and cosine transforms, new methods of multi-resolution based on the Fourier analysis rather than wavelet-theory, and MATLAB®-based codes for implementing fast transforms and many methods of signal and image processing

Fourier Analysis with MATLAB

Wai-Kai Chen, University of Illinois, USA

Photoacoustic imaging combines electromagnetic and ultrasonic waves to provide deep speckle-free imaging with high electromagnetic contrast at a high resolution. By means of spectroscopy, photoacoustics can also provide functional sensing of physiological parameters such as the oxygen saturation of hemoglobin. This book presents the state of the art in this exciting new area of research, offering complete coverage of photoacoustic, optoacoustic, and thermoacoustic imaging. Featuring 200 illustrations, this text compares x-ray and ultrasonic images with photoacoustic images. It also discusses all potential applications of photoacoustic technology, including biomedical applications.

Series: The Circuits and Filters Handbook, 3rd Edition

CRC Press

Featuring hundreds of illustrations and references, this volume in the third edition of the Circuits and Filters Handbook, provides the latest information on analog and VLSI circuits, omitting extensive theory and proofs in favor of numerous examples throughout each chapter. The first part of the text focuses on analog integrated circuits, presenting up-to-date knowledge on monolithic device models, analog circuit cells, high performance analog circuits, RF communication circuits, and PLL circuits. In the second half of the book, well-known contributors offer the latest findings on VLSI circuits, including digital systems, data converters, and systolic arrays.

April 2009: 279x216: 492pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5991-5: £89.00

Handbook of Optical Metrology

2ND EDITION

Principles and Applications

Shape Classification and Analysis

Edited by Toru Yoshizawa, Mitutoyo Corporation, Kanagawa, Japan

CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 500pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5516-0: £49.99

Analog and VLSI Circuits

CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 725pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5891-8: £60.99

Theory and Practice Luciano da Fona Costa, Cybernetic Vision Research and Roberto Marcond Cesar, Jr., University of Sao Paulo, Brazil Series: Image Processing Series Shape analysis offers great potential for applications in diverse areas, from materials science to biology and neuroscience. Including numerical tools for characterization, this new edition presents the most advanced imaging techniques for the analysis of general biological shapes, such as cells, tissues, organs, and organisms. Various chapters review the main approaches for shape classification. Although focused on two-dimensional shapes, which are more effectively handled by current technology, the text also covers basic concepts and techniques for three-dimensional shapes. These methods offer a rich resource for the computational characterization and classification of biological shapes.

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0137-6: £60.99

Natalia Mitkova Dushkina, Michael Shribak, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, USA, Hiroyuki Fujiwara, AIST, Ibaraki, Japan, Nobuo Kochi and Peter Reginald Hall Carefully designed to make information accessible without sacrificing coverage of advanced topics, this book discusses fundamental principles and techniques before exploring practical applications of optical methods. It includes contributions from veterans of the field and up-and-coming researchers. The editor draws on his experience in teaching and industry to provide a resource that both authoritative and practical. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 752pp Hb: 978-0-8493-3760-4: £85.00

CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 696pp Hb: 978-0-8493-7929-1: £78.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

180 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 7 MANAGEMENT

Building Vulnerability Assessments *

3RD EDITION TEXTBOOK

Manufacturing Facilities * Location, Planning, and Design

Industrial Hygiene and Engineering Concepts Edited by Martha J. Boss, and Dennis W. Day, both at URS Corporation, Omaha, Nebraska, USA Discussing building and facility siting issues in a concise, interrelated format, this resource aids building owners and operators in quickly determining appropriate risk management in order to help in the mitigation and management of risk both during normal operation and when emergencies occur. It also looks at the potential impacts of design elements, including chemical, biological, and radioactive elements (CBR) which may be present and/or associated with the structure. Historically, these risks are thought to exist only after a catastrophic event, such as terrorism or sabotage, but in actuality, many buildings and facilities throughout the world have these current known risk factors. April 2009: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7834-3: £52.99

B.S. Dhillon As the first volume to address all three areas of human reliability, error, and human factors in engineering maintenance, this text offers engineers a tool for dealing with the increasing problem of human error. Requiring little prior knowledge, this work begins with history, definitions, and mathematical concepts. It then discusses maintenance environment, causes for error, types of error, typical maintenance errors, and useful design improvement guidelines to reduce equipment maintenance errors. The author includes methods, as well as additional mathematical models, for performing human reliability and error analysis. CRC Press

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0383-7: £54.99

See separate Order Form

CRC Press

Production and Operations Management

Reliability Analysis and Prediction with Warranty Data

Edited by Vijay Kumar Khurana, Rukukmani Devi Institute of Advanced Studies, Delhi, India

Issues, Strategies, and Methods

As an authoritative presentation of activities, functions, and concepts of production and operations management activities, this reference work begins with the nature and scope of production management, guiding step-by-step through production activities, such as process and service design, facilities and plant location, layout planning, and materials planning. It also covers production planning and control and materials requirements. As a comprehensive manual for industrial engineers in a variety of fields, Production and Operations Management illustrates long-, medium-, and shortterm production activities, as well as support functions and advanced management concepts, making it a one-stop, essential resource.

Bharatendra K. Rai, University of Massachusetts, USA and Nanua Singh, Consultant, USA Using simple and practical approaches, this book provides methods and strategies for reliability analysis and prediction with warranty data. It demonstrates how to use warranty data to define and analyze field problems in order to find the root causes for warranty cost reduction. These methods can be used to obtain component-level nonparametric hazard rate estimates that provide important clues toward probable root causes and help reduce warranty costs. The author also includes a detailed discussion of warranty performance prediction. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0325-7: £48.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x187: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7048-4: £60.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

With Reference to Aviation and Power Generation

Global competition in manufacturing has made proficient facilities planning an important issue in industrial engineering and technology. From plant layout and materials handling to quality function deployment and design considerations, Manufacturing Facilities covers a wide range of topics crucial to the efficiency of a well-planned facility. Updated and revised, this third edition features new topics including lean manufacturing, agile manufacturing, supply chain effects, aggregate planning, scheduling, resource planning, graph theory, economic evaluation of processes, information technology. This edition also includes new mathematical methods, problems, and layout software. April 2009: 235x156: 824pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4422-5: £49.99

CRC Press

Human Reliability, Error, and Human Factors in Engineering Maintenance

Dileep R. Sule, Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, USA

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS 181 TEXTBOOK

3RD EDITION

Interest Rate Modeling

A Beginner’s Guide to Structural Equation Modeling

Theory and Practice Lixin Wu, University of Science & Technology, Hong Kong Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics Series Interest rate derivatives play a central role in modern financial markets. Self-contained, practical, and easy to follow, this graduate-level textbook provides a systematic introduction to interest rate models used for pricing and hedging various derivatives on interest rates. It reveals the missing links between various types of interest rate models and addresses model calibration, volatility, and correlation adjustments. The author emphasizes application of the material by providing examples with real-world data. He also includes MATLAB® codes of the algorithms used to obtain most numerical results. Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9056-7: £48.99

Randall Schumacker, University of Alabama, USA, and Richard G Lomax, The Ohio State University, USA This best-selling book introduces readers to the building blocks of structural equation modeling (SEM) so they can conduct their own analysis and understand and critique related research. Noted for its accessible approach with fewer equations than competing books, the authors utilize an application-oriented approach - each chapter covers basic concepts, principles, and practices, and then utilizes SEM software to provide meaningful examples. Each chapter also features an outline, a list of key concepts, and numerous examples from a variety of disciplines including psychology, education, marketing, and sociology to illustrate the concepts. Numerous tables, computer input and output, and figures including path diagrams assist with conceptual understanding. Most chapters follow the SEM basic steps: specification, identification, estimation, testing, and modification. A checklist is included to guide the reader's model analysis according to the basic steps a researcher takes. The text includes numerous examples using the latest versions of Amos (7.0), EQS (6.1), and LISREL (8.54). Routledge Academic Market: April 2009: 229x152: 552pp Hb: 978-1-84169-890-8: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84169-891-5: £24.99

Edited by M.A.H. Dempster, University of Cambridge and Cambridge Systems Associates Limited, UK, Gautam Mitra, Brunel University, UK and Georg Pflug, University of Vienna, Austria Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics Series This introduction presents leading-edge theory and methods, along with their application in practical problems encountered in the fund management industry. It covers quantitative fund management at both the dynamic strategic and one-period tactical levels. The book considers the optimal portfolio choice for wealth maximization with integrated risk management. It also explores novel application techniques, including stochastic control, dynamic stochastic programming, and related optimization techniques, and discusses real-world implemented solutions to fund management problems, such as equity trading, pension funds, mortgage funding, and guaranteed investment products. Chapman & Hall

April 2009: 235x156: 486pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8191-6: £41.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

3RD EDITION

A Handbook of Statistical Analyzes Using SAS Brian S. Everitt, King’s College, University of London, UK, and Geoff Der, University of Glasgow, UK Remaining the go-to resource for learning how to use SAS for many kinds of statistical analysis, this third edition of a bestseller explains how to conduct a range of statistical analyzes using the latest version of SAS. It illustrates each type of analysis with numerous real-world data examples, such as environmental causes of diseases, hypertension treatment, and gastric cancer treatment. This edition presents the new graphics procedures of SAS 9.2. It also includes more end-ofchapter exercises and selected answers in the appendix, along with a solutions manual that provides SAS code, output, and comments. The SAS programs and data sets used in the book are available online. Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 392pp Pb: 978-1-58488-784-3: £28.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Quantitative Fund Management *

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

182 MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS

Introduction to Spatial Econometrics *

3RD EDITION 3 VOLUMES

The CRC Encyclopedia of Mathematics * Eric W. Weisstein, Wolfram Research, Champaign, Illinois, USA This third edition of a bestseller is now presented as a three-volume set, making it much more accessible and easier to use when searching for information. Now with over 12,800 entries, this edition contains more than 6,000 illustrations, numerous new references, and extensive tabulations of mathematical data. It includes web links to additional materials for reference and investigation and updates the material for the use of MathematicaÆ 6. Each article provides definitions, formulas, illustrations, web links, bibliographic information, and facts from mathematics, the sciences, and engineering. Chapman & Hall

James Le Sage, McCoy College of Business Administration, USA, and Robert Kelley Pace, Louisiana State University, USA Series: Statistics: A Series of Textbooks and Monographs Spatial dependence is a frequent occurrence in sample data collected with reference to points or regions in space, such as with census data based on regions like census tracts, counties, or postal code areas. When spatial dependence is encountered in sample data, it leads to biased and inconsistent estimates arising from conventional regression-based econometric models. This book introduces readers to the econometric issues encountered when this occurs. It presents maximum likelihood and Bayesian spatial regression methods at a level appropriate for practitioners familiar with undergraduate-level introductory economic models and methods. Chapman & Hall

April 2009: 279x216: Hb: 978-1-4200-7221-1: £240.00

April 2009: 235x156: 340pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6424-7: £54.99

Introduction to Data Technologies

TEXTBOOK

Paul Murrell, The University of Auckland, New Zealand Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer Science & Data Analysis Unique and much requested, this reference provides scientists with a mandatory tutorial on dealing with scientific data as captured by various programming languages, such as HTML, XML, SQL, and PHP. Written by Paul Murrell, the principle developer of the R Project, and based on a university course he teaches, this book presents each of the key technologies and then gives guidance on data handling and processing with each. In addition to chapters containing detailed and historical information, illustrative examples and case studies, Murrell includes entirely separate bare bones chapters for quick reference. Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6517-6: £42.99

Mathematical and Experimental Modeling of Physical and Biological Processes * H.T. Banks, and H.T. Tran, both at North Carolina State University, Raleigh, USA Series: Textbooks in Mathematics Written by highly experienced instructors, this text provides readers with a fundamental understanding of how mathematics is applied to problems in science and engineering. Taking a case study approach, the authors consider problems that arise in industrial and scientific research laboratory applications. For each problem, the authors discuss why a mathematical model is needed and what is to be accomplished with the model. The book emphasizes the design of experiments that can be used to validate the development of mathematical models. In this context, both hardware and software tools are described in detail, so that the experiments can be duplicated by the interested reader. Chapman & Hall

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 298pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7337-9: £48.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS 183 TEXTBOOK

Advanced Engineering Mathematics with Modeling Applications * S. Graham Kelly, The University of Akron, Ohio, USA A graduate level text, this book presents a unique combination of theoretical mathematics and engineering applications. It demonstrates the relationship between advanced mathematics and engineering principles, introduces engineering mathematics at a theoretical level, and includes functional analysis topics such as vector spaces, inner products, and norms and develops advanced mathematical methods from this foundation. The author does not focus on proving theorems but on the application of the theorems to the solution of engineering problems. In sum, the book provides an overview of the principles and techniques of advanced mathematics as applied to mechanical engineering problems. CRC Press

Optimal Design of Queuing Systems * Shaler Stidham Jr., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA Over the last 30 years, research on optimal design and control of queuing systems has flowered. However, although many books exist on descriptive queuing theory, until now, none has addressed the topic from the perspective of optimization. Emphasizing economic interpretation of the output of optimization models, this text offers a thorough examination of this important and rapidly expanding area. With established applications in manufacturing and telecommunications and new applications continually being discovered, this book becomes a vital reference for professionals and an outstanding textbook for operations research, computer science, and electrical engineering students. Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 392pp Hb: 978-1-58488-076-9: £54.99

April 2009: 235x156: 522pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9533-8: £52.99

Introduction to Scientific Programming and Simulation Using R *

TEXTBOOK

Regression Modeling

Complex Functions with Applications to Flows and Fields *

Methods Theory and Computation with SAS

Owen Jones, Robert Maillardet, and Andrew Robinson, all at University of Melbourne, Australia

Luis Manuel Braga de Costa Campos, Instituto Superior Technico, Lisboa, Portugal

An introductory text, this book surveys a range of useful mathematical tools that either require or are illuminated by scientific computation. The focus is on the use of R, an open-source programming environment. Input and output, functions, data structures, and flow programming are covered, as are numerical techniques, probability, simulation, and stochastic modeling. Where appropriate, formal derivations are provided. The text is supplemented with simple yet relevant examples that allow students to see how the tools can be applied to contemporary problems.

Series: Mathematical and Physics for Science and Technology

Requiring only basic knowledge of statistics and calculus, this textbook explores the diversity of regression techniques. It first reviews random variables, probability distributions, and classical statistical interference. The book then presents the many varieties of regression analyses, including ordinary least squares methods, semiparametric regression, Bayesian methods, robust regression, random coefficients, fuzzy regression, L1 and q-Quantile regression, and regression in a spatial domain. SAS code is available for most of the methods presented. To avoid overwhelming students with calculations, proofs and derivations are provided only in the appendices.

Chapman & Hall April 234x156: 472pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6872-6: £48.99

ROC Curves for Continuous Data Wojtek J. Krzanowski, University of Exeter, UK and David J. Hand, Imperial College, London, UK

With a focus on interdisciplinary areas, Complex Functions with Applications to Flows and Fields provides an overview of the mathematical modeling of physical phenomena and engineering processes. The author, considered one of Europe’s leading applied mathematicians, presents a unified treatment of complex functions. This volume emphasizes how similar methods can be applied to analogous problems in different areas with specific interpretations. Each chapter includes problems with solutions as well as illustrative examples and practical applications. Accessible for all readers, the text progresses from an undergraduate to a post-graduate level, offering deeper insight into key topics.

Michael Panik, University of Hartford, USA

Chapman & Hall April 2009: 254x178: 640pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9197-7: £60.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 350pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7118-4: £39.99

Series: Monographs on Statistics and Applied Probability An exploration of Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC) curve analysis, this book brings together information in a format readily understandable to anyone interested in analyzing ROC curves, regardless of their background. The book pulls together early results with the results of recent research in a wide range of disciplines, including statistics, machine learning, and data mining. Chapman & Hall

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0021-8: £42.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

184 COMPUTER SCIENCE & COMPUTER ENGINEERING

ARM Assembly

Context-Aware Computing and Self-Managing Systems

Fundamentals and Techniques William Hohl, ARM, Inc, Austin, TX Of the 13 billion microprocessor-based chips shipped last year, nearly 3 billion were ARM-based. Since 1994, ARM has introduced five new generations of processors; however, instruction on compiling for 32 bit machines lags behind. Written for those with some background in digital logic and high-level programming, this work serves as a text for new programmers, as well as a reference for students and professionals. It focuses on what is needed to compile for ARM, details real assembly uses, and explores situations that programmers will ultimately encounter. A fully functional evaluation version of the RealView Microcontroller Development Kit from Keil accompanies the text. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 360pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0610-4: £48.99

Edited by Waltenegus Dargie, Technische Universitat, Dresden, Germany Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Studies in Informatics Series Addressing an emerging topic in computing platforms with broad applications in mobile and pervasive computing, this book presents a comprehensive overview of self-managing networks and context-aware systems and networks. Written by those pioneering the field, this work provides a handbook for researchers working on the designing of such systems. It also serves as a reference for those wishing to get up to speed on context-awareness from the network level to applications in the area of human-computer interaction. Divided into four main parts, the book demonstrates the scope and usefulness of context-aware computing in developing self-managing devices, middleware, networks, and applications. Chapman & Hall

TEXTBOOK

Understanding and Applying Cryptography and Data Security * Adam J. Elbirt, The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Cambridge, USA While cryptography books abound, this is very first to focus on teaching fundamental methods. Written from a mathematical perspective, rather than from engineering or computer science, it includes real implementation problems. Demonstrating how to select and implement proper algorithms, it relies on approaches coded in C or VHDL. The examples examine hardware, software, and embedded implementations to give readers a feel for what they will encounter in actual job situations. It encourages them to examine tradeoffs that must be made regarding code and hardware logic size, speed/throughput, and power. It covers basic ciphers, various algorithms, key exchange, signatures, and security services. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 416pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6160-4: £41.99

April 2009: 235x156: 416pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7771-1: £60.99

Genetic Algorithms and Genetic Programming * Modern Concepts and Practical Applications Michael Affenzeller, Stefan Wagner, and Stephan Winkler, all at Johannes Kepler University of Linz, Austria Series: Numerical Insights Genetic algorithms and genetics programming are known to achieve robust and high-quality solutions to difficult problems. Due to increasing computing power, these methods have been successfully applied to problems in logistics, data mining, and various other fields with complex data. Genetic Algorithms and Genetic Programming: Modern Concepts and Practical Applications introduces basic concepts in an intuitive way. Designed as both a reference and self-study guide for readers from different backgrounds, this book provides theoretical material as well as practical applications. It also includes an accompanying CD-ROM with software and source code for heuristic laboratory work, along with illustrative examples. Chapman & Hall

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-58488-629-7: £48.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

COMPUTER SCIENCE & COMPUTER ENGINEERING 185

Reconfigurable System Design and Verification Pao-Ann Hsiung, National Chung Cheng University, Taiwan, Marco D. Santambrogio, Universita degli Studi di Milano, Italy and Chun-Hsian Huang, National Chung Cheng University, Taiwan Focusing on system-level design and verification techniques, this text allows readers to immediately grasp concepts and put them into practice. It starts with an overview of reconfigurable computing architectures and platforms and demonstrates how to develop reconfigurable systems. This sets up the discussion of the hardware, software, and system techniques that form the core of the text. The authors classify design and verification techniques into primary and secondary categories, allowing the appropriate ones to be easily located and compared. The techniques discussed range from system modeling and system-level design to co-simulation and formal verification. Case studies illustrate real-world applications. CRC Press

SIP Handbook * Services, Technologies, and Security of Session Initiation Protocol Edited by Syed A. Ahson, Microsoft Corporation, Bellevue, Washington, USA and Mohammad Ilyas, Florida Atlantic University, USA This volume provides a powerful hands-on reference for designers and planners of Session Initiation (SIP) networks. It reviews various services associated with SIPs, examines different technologies involved in their utilization, and explores the myriad of security issues that their use engenders. Supplemented with a wealth of figures and equations, the book draws on the experience of many worldwide contributors. Because of the editors’ pivotal influence and their proximity to both the current market and the latest science, this work is certain to become the definitive text on this emerging technology. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 614pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6603-6: £79.00

April 2009: 235x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6266-3: £60.99

Computational Intelligence in Medical Imaging *

Microcontrollers

Techniques and Applications

Fernando E. Valdes-Perez, Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba, Cuba and Ramon Pallas-Areny, EPSC-UPC, Castelldefels, Spain

Fundamentals and Applications with PIC

Edited by G. Schaefer, Aston University, Birmingham, UK, A. Hassanien, Kuwait University, Safat and J. Jiang, University of Bradford, West Yorkshire, UK Operating at the intersection of computer science and diagnostic radiology, medical imaging continues to evolve with new modalities and improved devices, many of these based on artifical intelligence. This workprovides an authoritative source of research and methodology in soft computing as it relates to imaging. The book presents developments in image visualization, and image-guided procedures authored by pioneers in the field. It also covers the physics of imaging; the physiology of medical images; image processing; imaging informatics; and ultrasonic signal processing. In addition, the editors include disucssions on clinical decision making, artificial intelligence in medical education, and medcial knowledge engineering. Chapman & Hall

While the official documentation provided for the PIC family from Microchip is extensive, it can also be overwhelming. This book gives users the information necessary to understand the architecture and the programming of microcontrollers. Each topic is described using a reader-centered, top-bottom approach. First, the authors describe the concepts that are common to any microcontroller. Each of the topics is then detailed for PIC microcontrollers. Practical applications supplement each topic to provide further clarity. This book does not limit itself to a digital view of microcontrollers. Instead, it includes aspects of analog signals such as the acquisition and processing of external analog signals. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7767-4: £60.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 235x156: 464pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6059-1: £60.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

186 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The Top Ten Algorithms in Data Mining Edited by Xindong Wu, University of Vermont, Burlington, USA and Vipin Kumar, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, USA Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Series From classification and clustering to statistical learning, association analysis, and link mining, this book covers the most important topics in data mining research. It presents the ten most influential algorithms used in the data mining community today. Each chapter provides a detailed description of the algorithm, a discussion of available software implementation, advanced topics, and exercises. With a simple data set, examples illustrate how each algorithm works and highlight the overall performance of each algorithm in a real-world application. Featuring contributions from leading researchers, this reference is useful for both professionals and students.

6TH EDITION VOLUME 3

Information Security Management Handbook Edited by Harold F. Tipton, HFT Associates, California, USA and Micki Krause, Pacific Life Insurance Company, California, USA A compilation of the fundamental knowledge, skills, techniques, and tools required by all security professionals, this text forms the basis on which all IT security programs and certifications are created. Considered the gold-standard reference of Information Security, Volume 3 includes coverage of each domain of the Common Body of Knowledge, the standard of knowledge required by IT security professionals worldwide. In step with the lightening-quick, increasingly fast pace of change in the technology field, this book is revised annually, keeping IT professionals updated and current in their field and on the job. A CD-ROM version of this book is also available which includes the content from every annual edition since 1997. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9092-5: £60.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-9561-1

Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8964-6: £48.99

Long Term Evolution

Multimedia Data Mining *

3GPP LTE Radio and Cellular Technology

A Systematic Introduction to Concepts and Theory

Borko Furht, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA and Syed A. Ahson, Microsoft Corporation, Bellevue, Washington, USA

Zhongfei Zhang, State University of New York, USA and Ruofei Zhang, Yahoo Inc., California, USA

Series: Internet and Communications

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Series

With coverage ranging from basic concepts to research grade material including future directions, this handbook is a complete reference for technical information about all aspects of 3GPP LTE. The book details low chip rate, high-speed downlink/uplink packet access (HSxPA)/TDSCDMA EV 1x, LTE TDD, and 3G TDD.

Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 472pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7210-5: £60.99

Multimedia data mining is a growing research field of interest to researchers in a wide range of disciplines. Multimedia Data Mining: A Systematic Introduction to Concepts and Theory describes the fundamental theory and techniques used in multimedia data mining research and practice. The book covers statistical mining theory and methods, softcomputing-based mining theory and methods, and graph-based mining theory and methods. The authors also discuss in detail the applications of these techniques in various modalities of multimedia data, including imagery, video, and audio. In addition, the book provides a website with supplementary information. Chapman & Hall

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-58488-966-3: £46.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 187

Converging NGN Wireline and Mobile 3G Networks with IMS *

Network Design for IP Convergence *

Converging NGN and 3G Mobile

Yezid Donoso, Universidad de los Andes, Colombia

Rebecca Copeland, Strategic IMS Solution Consultant, Warwickshire, UK

Emerging Internet Quality of Service mechanisms are leading to widespread use of real time multimedia services; however, this requires drastically improved technology and standards. To assist designers and operators, this work provides a comprehensive guide to the state of the field and emerging advances. It includes an introduction to LAN/MAN/WAN network design detailing the latest network architecture and equipment. It describes routing baseline architecture for internetworking protocols. It also covers IP protocols and interconnections between different level 1 technologies and between different level 2 technologies with IP routing. Finally, it details service connections, providing designs and configurations.

Series: Informa Telecoms & Media Delivering deep insight into the role of IMS in fixed line and mobile networks, this guide fosters a clear understanding of the next generation of converged communication. It discusses the sources of standards and their particular areas of activities. Most of the text centers on important aspects of IMS that go beyond session control and multimedia handling to include ID management, service profiles, event triggering, flow- and event-based charging mechanisms, and service-based quality of service. The author also examines network admission, security, border control, and legacy services, enabling a thorough appreciation of new network requirements.

Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6750-7: £41.99

Auerbach Publications April 2009: 254x178: 518pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9250-4: £46.99

2ND EDITION

Computer-Aided Power Systems Analysis, Second Edition * George Kusic, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA Computer-Aided Power Systems Analysis: Second Edition provides a complete view of the power system and introduces computational methods. Each chapter in this new edition features examples that use Power World software. This book provides physical understanding and methodology of electric utilities. Aimed at upper level undergraduate students, this comprehensive text features homework problems and a solutions manual for qualifying instructors. Additional chapters cover key areas of power systems analysis, including monitoring, control, transmission, distribution, the bus reference frame, faults, protection, power flow, modern energy exchange, and measurement processing. CRC Press

The Road for SEEM. A Reference Framework Towards a Single European Electronic Market Edited by Ricardo Goncalves, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Portugal and Flavio Bonfatti, University of Modena and Reggio Emilia, Italy This book presents the main results of the prospective study performed by the SEEMseed (Single European Electronic Market) project, and will be of interest to managers and senior researchers in the area of ICT and business, to policy makers, and to ICT engineers and post-graduates.

Taylor & Francis Market: Electronical Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 140pp Hb: 978-0-415-41995-6: £69.95

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 254x178: 388pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6106-2: £39.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

188 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Multi-Agent Systems

2ND EDITION TEXTBOOK

Simulation and Applications Edited by Adelinde M. Uhrmacher, University of Rostock, Germany, and Danny Weyns, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium Series: Computational Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Dynamic Systems Multiple agent systems(MAS) have been used extensively as a tool for designing simulation problems; while simulation has often been used for the design of multiple agent studies. This book focuses on the intersection of MAS and simulation, emphasizing application domains. The book starts with a historical overview from different perspectives. A second part discusses the use of simulation in MAS and among a wealth of topics, explains simulation support for agent decision making. A third section zooms in on MAS for simulation and a last section presents a number of representative platforms and tools for MAS and simulation. CRC Press

See separate Order Form

A Guide for Non-Engineers, Second Edition Stephan Jones, Ron Kovac, and Frank M. Groom, all at Ball State University, Muncie, Indiana, USA Providing an accessible tutorial on telecommunications and network technologies, this book emphasizes the relationship between voice and data. This edition has been substantially updated to reflect the latest cellular and mobile technologies, including OFDM, IPv6, WCDMA, SD-CDMA, 4G, WiMAX, QoS, MPLS, unified messaging, IP telephony, and residential convergence (smart home technology). It also features new chapters on network management and security, and digital media. The authors cover a range of topics, from circuit switching and packet switching technologies to wireless and video technologies. Based on an actual course, the book provides PowerPoint slides, problems, and a detailed syllabus for qualifying instructors. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4684-7: ÂŁ36.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 254x178: 536pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7023-1: ÂŁ85.00

Introduction to Communications Technologies *

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 189 TEXTBOOK

Data Flow Analysis *

TEXTBOOK

Introduction to Machine Learning *

Theory and Practice

Stephen Marsland, Massey University, Palmerston North, New Zealand

Uday Khedker, Amitabha Sanyal, and Bageshri Karkare, all at IIT Bombay, Mumbai, India

Requirements Engineering for Software and Systems

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Machine Learning & Pattern Recognition

This work provides an in-depth treatment of data flow analysis technique. Reviewing inter-procedural analysis and incremental flow analysis, this book is the first to extend detailed coverage of data flow analysis beyond bit vectors. Supplemented by numerous case studies and examples, this text equips readers with a combination of mutually supportive theory and practice. It examines mathematical functions and includes studies of data flow analysis implantations through use of the GNU Compiler Collection. Readers can experiment with the analyses described in the book by accessing the author’s web page where they will find OPTEX (Optimization Explorer) software and source code.

Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective introduces this subject to computer science students and others who may not have a strong mathematical background. Focusing on algorithms and applications, the text presents three distinct sets of problems for each section: standard questions that test understanding of the material, structured programming exercises using code and data from the Internet, and suggested further investigations, often involving some basic programming. The book covers such fundamental topics as neuronal modeling, perceptron, multi-layer perceptron, classification, regression, decision trees, the naïve Bayes’ classifier, unsupervised learning, the selforganizing map, and genetic algorithms. Chapman & Hall April 2009: 235x156: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6718-7: £36.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 395pp Hb: 978-0-8493-2880-0: £60.99

2ND EDITION

Charles Dickerson and Dimitri N. Mavris, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, USA Series: CRC Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering The emergence of Model Based Architecture (MDA™) and recent initiatives for model-based systems engineering (MBSE) will play heavily in how the practice of architecture and systems engineering evolves over the next several years. Rooted in the long-standing practices of engineering, science, and mathematics, this book gives readers the foundation and elementary methods to step into the domain of model-based architecture and systems engineering practices. It explores the fundamentals of systems architecture, describes how it fits into systems engineering, explains the role of a systems architect, and provides succinct recommendations on how systems architecture should be practiced. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: Hb: 978-1-4200-7253-2: £54.99

Edited by Robert Slade, Gary McIntyre, Patricia A. Okolita, The Hanover Insurance Group, Worcester, Massachusetts, USA, Stephen Fried, Keith Pasley, PGP Security, Ken M. Shaurette, Marcus K. Rogers, Purdue University, USA, Paul Baker, Micki Krause and Tyson Macaulay Series: (ISC)2 Press This officially sanctioned resource is the best and most up-to-date study guide available for those seeking CISSP certification. Offering a compendium of information security topics, the book is detailed enough to also serve as an authoritative resource for those executives or organizational managers seeking to maintain or improve security measures. The book is packaged with a CD-ROM, which includes sample exams that simulate the actual exam, providing the same number and types of questions with the same allotment of time. It even grades the exam, provides correct answers, and identifies areas where more study is needed.

A review of the state of the technology, this book explores developments intelligent systems and soft computing techniques and their application in diverse areas within manufacturing. Topics include advanced production machines and systems, collaborative and responsive manufacturing systems, digital manufacturing, emanufacturing, e-business and virtual enterprises, fit manufacturing, human machine interfaces, innovative design technologies, intelligent and competitive manufacturing, intelligent planning and scheduling systems, mechatronics and MEMS, micro and nano Manufacturing, production automation and control, reconfigurable manufacturing systems, robotics, and sustainable manufacturing systems. April 2009: 235x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6467-4: £54.99

Port Security Management Kenneth Christopher, Park University, Parkville, Missouri, USA An exploration of organizational structure, risk and vulnerability analysis, and managing security operations, this book provides a basic awareness and understanding of security management in the port facility environment. It covers the management of risk assessment and the responsibilities which must be managed by the facility security officer, port director, and staff. Auerbach Publications April 2009: 254x178: 328pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6892-4: £54.99

The Effective CIO * How to Achieve Outstanding Success through Strategic Alignment, Financial Management, and IT Governance Eric J. Brown, and William A. Yarberry, Jr., both at NCI Building Systems, The Woodlands, Texas, USA

Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: Hb: 978-1-4398-0959-4: £42.99

Model-oriented Systems Engineering Science

Series: Applied Software Engineering Series

Auerbach Publications

Official (ISC)2 Guide to the CISSP CBK

Architecture and Principles of Systems Engineering

Phillip A. Laplante, Pennsylvania State University, Malvern, USA

Unlike other books, which merely discuss strategies important to the chief information officer, this volume discusses how the guidelines it recommends can actually be executed. The authors provide not only a survey of existing strategies but include detailed problem-solving ideas, such as how to structure optimal IT and telecom contracts with suppliers, the implications of SOP-98, and accounting for software costs. The book brings together two perspectives: that of a working CIO who must cope with the dayto-day pressure for results, and that of an IT audit consultant with a special focus on governance and internal control. Examples, charts, templates, and anecdotes supplement the material.

A Unifying Framework for Traditional and Complex Systems Duane W. Hybertson, MITRE, McLean, Virginia, USA Series: CRC Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering The field of systems engineering (SE) is at a juncture in its history where it needs to strengthen and extend its methods to support its expanding scope. This book addresses the issue, lays out a recommended direction for the future, and provides a unified basis for moving toward a mature discipline with the expanded scope.

Auerbach Publications April 2009: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6460-5: £41.99

Auerbach Publications

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 254x178: 360pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7251-8: £54.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

190 GEOTECHNOLOGY, MINING AND PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

Proceedings of the 5th International Symposium on Deep Foundations on Bored and Auger Piles (BAP V), 8-10 September 2008, Ghent, Belgium Edited by William F. Van Impe, Laboratory of Geotechnics, Ghent University, Belgium and Peter van Impe, AGE, Erpe-Mere, Belgium Selected collection of articles presenting latest developments and innovations in Pile design and code developments; Bored pile foundations in offshore conditions; Bored and auger pile testing developments; Energy pile concepts, and Pile execution developments & equipment.

Taylor & Francis April 2009: 246x174: 358pp Hb: 978-0-415-47556-3: £109.00

Geoinformation Technologies for Geo-Cultural Landscapes: European Perspectives * Edited by Andreas Vassilopoulos, Geocultural Park of Eastern Aegean, Greece, Niki Evelpidou, University of Athens, Greece, Oliver Bender, Austrian Academy of Sciences, Mountain Research: Man and Environment, Innsbruck, Austria and Alenka Krek, HafenCity University Hamburg, Germany This book aims to link research problems, geoinformation methods and corresponding applications. The research goals, both theoretical and practical, originate from multidisciplinary fields, such as archaeology, history, geography, landscape planning, environment, geoinformation science, geology and geomorphology. All these areas have the spatial dimension in common, i.e. the vast amount of spatially referenced data. Their research issues can be addressed and analyzed with geoinformation technology. This books aims to get researchers familiar with the range of available geoinformation methods, it provides descriptions of a variety of research problems and technological solutions that can be used to support processes of data capturing, mapping and analysis. Well-illustrated with numerous practical examples.

ORDER NOW!

1. Introduction; 2. Data capturing and mapping; 3. Analysis and modelling; 4. Case Studies: Ireland, Great Britain, Greece, Austria, Spain, Italy, Spain, Italy, France. Taylor & Francis Market: Earth Sciences & Geography April 2009: 246x174: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-46859-6: £68.00

See separate Order Form

5TH EDITION

Geomicrobiology Henry Lutz Ehrlich, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, USA, and Dianne K. Newman, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Howard Hughes Medical Institute, USA Reflecting important new discoveries and advances in the field, this fifth edition presents a survey of various aspects of geomicrobiology, including the microbial role in the formation and degradation of minerals and fossil fuels and elemental cycling. It explores the role of microbes in early evolution, as well as in the lithosphere, deep subsurface, and hydrosphere. This edition includes more foundational information, covering important principles and methods for identification and function of specific microbes in a particular process. Generously laden with tables, graphics, diagrams, and photographs, the remainder of the book examines the geomicrobial aspects of a wide range of minerals. Selected Contents: The Earth as a Microbial Habitat. Origin of Life and Its Early History. Geomicrobial Processes: A Physiological and Biochemical Overview. Microbial Formation and Degradation of Carbonates. Geomicrobial Interactions with Silicon. Geomicrobiology of Aluminum: Microbes and Bauxite. Geomicrobially Important Interactions with Nitrogen. Geomicrobial Interactions with Chromium, Molybdenum, Vanadium, Uranium, and Polonium. Biogenesis and Biodegradation of Sulfide Minerals at the Earth’s Surface. Geomicrobiology of Fossil Fuels CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 628pp Hb: 978-0-8493-7906-2: £105.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8247-0764-4

Geotechnical Aspects of Underground Construction in Soft Ground Proceedings of the 6th International Symposium (ISShanghai 2008) Edited by Charles W.W. Ng, Hong Kong University of Science & Technology, Hong Kong, H.W. Huang and G.B. Liu This book provides the state-of-the-art in geotechnical engineering research associated with the design, construction and monitoring of tunnels and excavations in soft ground.

CRC Press Market: Geotechnical Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 886pp Hb: 978-0-415-48475-6: £139.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Deep Foundations on Bored and Auger Piles - BAP V

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

GEOTECHNOLOGY, MINING AND PETROLEUM ENGINEERING 191

Mining and the Environment * From Ore to Metal Karlheinz Spitz, Environmental Resources Management and John Trudinger, Trudinger Consulting, Australia Practice-oriented reference book that identifies the wide range of social and environmental issues pertaining to mining. Particular reference to mining in developing countries. Gives an extensive overview of issues of concern and illustrates how environmental impact assessment integrates with the mining lifecycle, how negative and positive aspects can be eliminated, resp. accentuated. Presents practical approaches to manage issues ranging from land acquisition and resettlement of indigenous peoples, through technical aspects of acid rock drainage and mine waste management, to an analysis of sharing benefits with host communities, allowing mining to become a sustainable economic activity. Includes many real-life case studies. Key reading for environmental consultants, students, operators, regulators, and environmental personnel in oil and gas industry; large part of subject matter applies to the extractive industries as a whole. Taylor & Francis Market: Mining & Environmental Engineering April 2009: 276x219: 900pp Hb: 978-0-415-46509-0: £161.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46510-6: £78.99

New Challenges and Visions for Mining

2ND EDITION

Selected Papers from the 21st World Mining Congress and Expo, Cracow (Congress) and Katowice, Poland, 7-11 September 2008

Bearing Capacity and Settlement

Edited by Jacek Sobczyk, Mineral and Energy Economy Research Institute, Polish Academy of Sciences and Jerzy Kicki, AGH-University of Science & Technology, Cracow, Poland Major themes of volume include: New technologies in mining; Methods of underground and open pit mining; Underground Mine Environment; Information technology in mining; Sustainable development in mining industry; Coal mining – chances and challenges; Ore mining – trends and challenges; Open pit mining - trends and challenges; Legal aspect of mining; Risk management & subsidence engineering; Economics, management and design in the mining industry.

Considered the standard engineering reference on shallow foundations, this edition strengthens that position. Completely reworked and written by one of the top men in the field, it covers all the latest developments and approaches. Equally valuable to researchers and designers as it is to engineering students, this resource updates data and provides revised theories on the ultimate and allowable bearing capacities of shallow foundations. It adds refinements to a number of unique circumstances such as foundations on soil with geogrid reinforcement as well as bearing capacity relationships for shallow foundations subjected to eccentric and inclined loads. It also covers advances in reinforcement materials.

CRC Press

Market: Geotechnical Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-48667-5: £79.00

April 2009: 235x156: 334pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7006-4: £89.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-1135-2

Tailings and Mine Waste ’08

Shallow Foundations Braja M. Das, California State University, Sacramento, USA

Edited by The Organizing Committee of the 12th International Conference on Tailings and Mine Waste This collection of 40 papers presents the state-ofthe-art on mine and mill tailings and mine waste, as well as current and future issues facing the mining and environmental communities, including technical capabilities and developments, regulations, and environmental concerns. CRC Press Market: Geotechnical Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 462pp Hb: 978-0-415-48634-7: £84.00

Geotechnical Safety and Risk 2nd International Symposium on Geotechnical Safety and Risk 11-12 June, 2009, Gifu, Japan - IS-Gifu2009 Edited by Feng Zhang, Nagoya Institute of Technology, Nagoya, Japan International exchange of information on geotechnical risk assessment and management is of vital importance today to advance knowledge and experience. This collection of papers deals with this and with requirements in geotechnical issues, such as planning, design, geotechnical construction, mitigation of geo-hazards, large construction projects, maintenance and life-cycle cost evaluation. Taylor & Francis

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Civil Engineering, Soil and Foundation June 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-49874-6: £89.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

192 PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATERIAL SCIENCE TEXTBOOK 2ND EDITION

TEXTBOOK

Chemistry for the Life Sciences, Second Edition *

Fundamentals of Sustainable Chemical Science

Raul Sutton, University of Wolverhampton, UK, Bernard Rockett, Formerly of University of Wolverhampton, UK and Peter G. Swindells, University of Wolverhampton, UK

Stanley E. Manahan, University of Missouri, Columbia, USA

Series: Lifelines Series Retaining the user-friendly style that made the original popular, this updated edition continues to provide a grounding in the aspects of chemistry that developing life scientists need to understand biochemical and biomedical research. This edition adds new chapters, including one on water, covering the mole concept and colloids; another on gases, discussing pressure, solubility, and diffusion; and still another chapter on metals, covering properties, carriers, biocatalysis, and toxicity. Each topic is clearly tied to numerical considerations and core concepts. Critical information is reinforced through worked examples and questions.A solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 280pp Pb: 978-1-4200-6935-8: £20.99

Handbook of Optical Sensing of Glucose in Biological Fluids and Tissues *

Assuming no prior background, this book presents the basics of general chemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistry. The first chapter provides a brief mini-course in chemistry, defining key terms that are required for understanding materials presented in the rest of the text. It develops chemistry as it would a language with its key parts. The author begins with a discussion of atoms and elements, moves to a description of chemical compounds made from those elements, and concludes with a look at chemical reactions involving elements and compounds. The chapters also include references to renewable resources, energy, and offer an emphasis on green chemistry in support of learned concepts. CRC Press April 2009: 254x178: 556pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0239-7: £42.99

Seeing the Unseen: Geophysics and Landscape Archaeology Edited by Stefano Campana, University of Siena, Italy and Salvatore Piro, National Research Council, Rome, Italy This book provides a clear illustration of the remarkable potential of geophysical methods in the study of ancient landscapes.

Edited by Valery V. Tuchin, Saratov State University, Russia Series: Series in Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering With an extensive list of references on glucose sensing, glucose monitoring, and light-tissue interaction, this handbook analyzes trends in noninvasive optical glucose sensing and discusses its impact on tissue optical properties. It presents an up-to-date review of commercialized glucose sensors and the underlying science behind their functionality, discusses the fundamentals and basic research of light-tissue interaction, and describes biological fluids that contain glucose on physiological and hyperphysiological levels. The book also details new optical techniques for glucose diffusion coefficient measurements in human tissues and explains glucose-induced optical clearing effects in tissue and blood.

Taylor & Francis Market: Archaeology, Geophysics April 2009: 246x174: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-44721-8: £59.00

Taylor & Francis

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

April 2009: 235x156: 744pp Hb: 978-1-58488-974-8: £67.99

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATERIAL SCIENCE 193

Polymeric Foams *

Ultrasonics *

Technology and Developments in Regulation, Process, and Products

Data, Equations, Applications

Edited by Shau-Tarng Lee, Sealed Air Corporation, USA and Dieter Peter Klaus Scholz, Consultant, Rapra Technology, Germany Series: Polymeric Foams Polymeric Foams describes current trends in technologies, regulations, processes, and product developments for the polymeric foam research community. This book provides an international perspective on the direction of foam technologies and applications, focusing on advancements in Europe, which has shown great progress in blowing agent research and hydrofluorocarbons for the polyurethane foam industry. The text covers new foam products including PP/PS interpolymer, nano-, and biodegradable foams. It also examines new technologies such as injection foam molding and PVC foam; industry and environmental regulations; and research on foam performance, emission impact, and economic effects.

Edited by Dale Ensminger, Sunnyvale, California, USA and Foster B. Stulen, Ethicon Endo-Surgery, USA Ultrasonics is a form of acoustical energy with practical applications in a variety of areas, such as medicine and nondestructive testing. Ultrasonics Data provides data and functions gathered from several areas of science and technology. To facilitate the use of ultrasonic energy, this book evaluates the practicality of new ideas and explores how to make important data available for the design of ultrasonic systems to meet present and new developments, such as applications in standard and harsh environments. Additional coverage includes design equations, piezoelectric materials, magnetostrictive transducer design data, materials evaluation, and mechanical effects of ultrasonic energy. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 508pp Hb: 978-0-8247-5830-1: £73.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 302pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6125-3: £73.99

Combustion Phenomena * Selected Mechanisms of Flame Formation, Propagation and Extinction Edited by Jozef Jarosinski, Technical University of Lodz, Poland, and Bernard Veyssiere, Laboratoire de Combustion et de Detonique, Chassenwil, France Extensively using experimental and numerical illustrations, this book provides a comprehensive survey of the fundamental processes occurring in the conception, spread, and extinguishment of a flame. It uses numerous color photographs to reveal various combustion phenomena and supplies all of these color images on the accompanying CD-ROM. Taking you through the stages of combustion, the expert contributors visually display, mathematically explain, and clearly theorize on important physical topics of combustion, such as flammability limits, instability, and quenching. They examine both the historical and present understanding of several fundamental problems of combustion. CRC Press

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

April 2009: 279x216: 234pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8408-0: £79.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

194 PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATERIAL SCIENCE TEXTBOOK

Chemical Reaction Engineering and Reactor Technology Tapio O. Salmi, Jyri-Pekka Mikkola, and Johan P. Warna, all at Abo Akademi, Abo-Turku, Finland Series: Chemical Industries The latest volume in our highly respected Chemical Industries Series, this advanced text defines the qualitative aspects that affect the selection of a industrial chemical reactor and couples various reactor models to the case-specific kinetic expressions for various chemical processes. Special attention is given to the exact formulation and derivation of mass and energy balances; numeric solutions accompany each formula. A collection of exercises and solved problems is included. Of continuing value to professionals beyond the classroom, mathematical methods and numerical strategies, estimation methods for physical properties, as well as correlation equations are summarized in the appendices of the book. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9268-4: £62.99

Laser-Plasma Interactions *

Second-order Nonlinear Optical Characterization Techniques

The Role of the Chemist in Automotive Design

An Introduction

H. K. Phlegm, General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Michigan, USA

Thierry Verbiest, KU Leuven, Belgium, Koen Clays, Katholieke Universiteit, Leuven, Belgium and Vincent Rodriguez, Universite Bordeaux 1, Talence Cedex, France A multidisciplinary resource, this book provides an elementary description of nonlinear optics and practical examples of how to use nonlinear optics as a versatile characterization tool. It presents a detailed description on how to implement nonlinear optical techniques for specific purposes, going from determination of molecular symmetries over surface characterization to biological imaging. The book does not give a complete overview of all possible nonlinear optical techniques, but instead focuses on those techniques that are relatively easy to describe and implement in the lab. The authors give non-specialist readers a taste of these exceptional characterization tools.

Ultrafast Dynamics and Laser Action of Organic Semiconductors *

The Fragment Molecular Orbital Method

Edited by Zeev Valy Vardeny, University of Utah, USA

Series: Scottish Graduate Series

Considered a promising alternative for modeling large molecules of biochemical interest, the fragment molecular orbital method (FMO) shows great promise when applied to any number of biochemical problems, especially in drug design, protein-ligand binding, enzyme reactivity, and lightdriven processes. This handbook, written by the inventors of the process, makes FMO accessible. The authors present the necessary foundation material in a way that the general scientist will understand and demonstrate applications to biochemical studies that emphasize practical aspects of performing actual simulations. The text pays some attention to FMOenabled software. An attached CD-ROM will allow scientists to perform calculations.

April 2009: 235x156: 430pp Hb: 978-1-58488-778-2: £85.00

An Introduction to Gravity Currents Intrusions

April 2009: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7188-7: £85.00

April 2009: 235x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7071-2: £72.99

Practical Applications to Large Molecular Systems

Taylor & Francis

CRC Press

Edited by Dino A. Jaroszynski, University of Strathclyde, UK, R.A. Bingham, CCLRC Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, UK and R.A Cairns, University of St. Andrews, UK Laser-Plasma Interactions presents an introduction to the field by providing a solid foundation of basic concepts, such as the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter. This book offers a glimpse into current research trends, challenges, and future directions. It features several applications and examines the underlying phenomena that link them together. It discusses state-of-the-art diagnostic tools and experimental techniques used to study laser-plasma interactions, making it an excellent reference for researchers and graduate students who are entering or already in the field. This book also includes numerical techniques and simulations using advanced simulation tools for modeling interactions.

Today’s engineering applications require material knowledge above and beyond that of most mechanical engineers. Polymers are being increasingly used to help make vehicles lighter, more cost effective, and more environmentally friendly. New technologies such as engineering polymers, polymer films in fuel cells, microcellular foams, and CO2 AC systems drive this need. This book demonstrates how chemists are filling the role of design engineer in the automotive industry. With over 20 years of vehicle design and laboratory experience, the author explores the effect that chemists are having in all phases of automotive design, providing valuable information for students and engineers.

Edited by Dmitri Fedorov, RICS, AIST, Tsukuba, Japan and Kazuo Kitaura, Grad School of Pharmaceutical, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto, Japan

While organic semiconductor displays are now a commercial reality, there still remains much research to do in order to understand and develop future generations of organic semiconductor devices, such as solar cells and lasers. Focusing on the basic phenomena found in the field, this book summarizes the state-of-theart research and development of organic lasers based on ultrafast photophysics (ultrafast exciton dynamics) in organic semiconductors (OSEC). It covers the physics of these materials, namely conducting/conjugated polymers, and the ongoing research of unresolved issues pertaining to the creation of OSEC with laser applications. CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7281-5: £78.99

CRC Press April 2009: 235x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7848-0: £78.99

WATER MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY

The Kelvin Probe for Surface Engineering Fundamentals and Design

Water Engineering and Management: Learning from History

A. Subrahmanyam, and Suresh Kumar, both at IIT Madras

Gravity currents and intrusions are common phenomena in nature, industry, and the laboratory. Understanding and predicting flow fields are important for both theory and practice. Written from the perspective of an applied mathematician or a theoretically oriented engineer, An Introduction to Gravity Currents Intrusions provides a comprehensive introduction to both the mathematical and physical aspects of this important topic. The book presents full details of typical numerical procedures used in the solution of relevant flow fields, enabling the development and implementation of numerical codes for related problems. It also addresses open problems in the field that require further study.

Answering the need for both fabrication specifications and analytical standards, this volume is the first complete source of information on the Kelvin probe. In surface engineering, the probe is considered the most powerful non-destructive technique used to understand active and passive surfaces and interfaces. While the equipment can be easily fabricated, until now engineers have lacked ready access to what this text provides: systematic documentation on design and fabrication. Just as significantly, this authoritative volume also explains how to interpret Kelvin probe data. It guides readers through the basics of design and builds their capacity for analysis through the use of case studies.

Edited by Enrique Cabrera, Universidad politecnica de Valencia, Spain

Chapman & Hall

CRC Press

April 2009: 235x156: 512pp Hb: 978-1-58488-903-8: £54.99

April 2009: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8077-3: £60.99

June 2009: 246x174: Hb: 978-0-415-48002-4: £79.95

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

The history of water reviewed in the context of this Seminar will help understand the importance water has had in every possible context and civilization in the past. The ultimate goal of this book is ’to learn from history’, approaching the problem from a pragmatic point of view, far from the political and social interests which, unfortunately, are usually linked to water. This work will be of particular interst to wter managers, politicians, decision makers, and scientists and professionals working in the area of water sciences.

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Marius Ungarish, Technion, Haifa, Israel

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

WATER MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY 195

Integrated Urban Water Management: Arid and Semi-Arid Regions *

Urban Water Security: Managing Risks

UNESCO-IHP

Edited by Blanca Jimenez, Arizona State University, USA and Joan B Rose, Michigan State University, USA

Edited by Larry Mays, Arizona State University, USA

UNESCO-IHP

Series: Urban Water Series

Series: Urban Water Series Integrated Urban Water Management (IUWM) is the outcome of UNESCO’s-IHP’s project on the topic – examines the integrated management of water resources in urban settings specific to arid and semiarid regions and on what makes them different from other regions. The urban water management system is considered herein as two integrated major entities; water supply and water excess management. An overview of the IUWM in arid and semi-arid regions is given, with emphasis on water supply technologies, such as artificial recharge, water transfers, desalination, and harvesting of rainfall. Water excess management is examined in the context of both the stormwater management system and the floodplain management system. Case studies from developed and developing countries are presented to emphasize both needs and challenges of water management in urban environments around the world. Taylor & Francis Market: Civil & Environmental Engineering / Water / Urban Water April 2009: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45348-6: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-415-45349-3: £24.95

Urban Water Conflicts UNESCO-IHP

This book is focused on the effects of the still increasing urbanization, and, accordingly, the increasing number of urban dwellers and the consequences for the urban water cycle. It elaborates on the effects, impact and management strategies to better prepare the city on the increasing urbanization by describing the risks, presenting approaches to risk control and by demonstrating effects through big case studies done around the world. 1. Introduction; 2. Drinking water – effects wastewater disposal; 3. Microbial Health Risks ; 4. Chemical Health Risks; 5. Risk Management; 6. Water source 7. Wastewater risks 8. Risks Biosolids Reuse in Agriculture; 9. Closing the Urban Water Cycle; 10. Reducing risk from wastewater use in urban farming; 11. Drinking water – infiltration of pollutants from solid waste landfills 12. Exploding sewers; 13. Lessons learned; 14. Managing drought and climate change risks in Australia Taylor & Francis Market: Civil & Environmental Engineering / Water / Urban Water April 2009: 246x174: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-48566-1: £57.90 Pb: 978-0-415-48567-8: £29.99

Dams in Japan Past, Present and Future Edited by Japan Commission on Large Dams, Tokyo, Japan

Bernard Barraque

This volume covers Japan’s long water history, starting from the 7th century, when

Series: Urban Water Series

Taylor & Francis Market: Civil & Environmental Engineering / Water / Urban Water April 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49862-3: £57.99 Pb: 978-0-415-49863-0: £28.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

irrigation ponds were first constructed for paddy cropping, until the beginning of the 21st century. It elaborates on various roles of dams: water supply, power generation and flood control. Moreover, it tries to clarify the negative impacts of dams on the natural environment and local societies, as well as extensive efforts made to minimize these impacts. It provides overviews, tables and maps of existing dams to further complete this overview of Japanese dams. Includes overviews of location and characteristics of main dams, administrative organs, river management system and water resources development river systems and facilities. 1. Introduction; 2. Dams in History; 3. Environmental and Social Impact; 4. Future role of Dams; Appendixes, Subject index Taylor & Francis Market: Civil Engineering / Dams & Hydraulics May 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49432-8: £72.99

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

With the changing nature of urban water conflicts, there is an urgent need for a solid foundation of conflict solution guidelines. Presenting several historical urban water conflicts cases, this overview presents the nature of conflicts, either technological, economic, political or social, with a comparative approach to water services provision. It moreover provides a theoretical analysis of urban water conflicts from an ecological–economic. Intended to illustrate and contribute to develop urban water conflict solution guidelines, supported by history, geography, policital science, sociology, anthropology, law and economics. Includes case studies from Famous cases in Spain, USA, Portugal, Brazil, Argentina, Mexico, South Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa, Indonesia, India, Italy and Germany

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

196 WATER MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY

Applied Hydrodynamics

Water Ethics

An Introduction to Ideal and Real Fluid Flows

Edited by M.Ramon Llamas, Complutense University, Spain, L. Martinez Cortina and Aditi Mukherji

Hubert Chanson, University of Queensland, Australia This textbook deals with the topic of applied hydrodynamics. The lecture material is grouped into two complementary sections: ideal fluid flow and real fluid flow. The former deals with two- and possibly three-dimensional fluid motions that are not subject to boundary friction effects, while the latter considers the flow regions affected by boundary friction and turbulent shear. The lecture material is designed as an intermediate course in fluid dynamics for senior undergraduate and postgraduate students in Civil, Environmental, Hydraulic and Mechanical Engineering. It is supported by notes, applications, remarks and discussions in each chapter. Moreover a series of appendices is added, while some major homework assignments are developed at the end of the book, before the bibliographic references. CRC Press Market: Hydraulic Engineering June 2009: 246x174: 500pp Hb: 978-0-415-49271-3: £97.00

Water and Urban Development Paradigms Towards an Integration of Engineering, Design and Management Approaches

Water Ethics’ results from the 3rd Marcelino Botin Foundation Water Workshop’, held in Santander, Spain, June 12-14, 2007 and discusses the role of ethics in the deep roots, values, and the potential commonalities of the global water policy. Experts from different cultural, geographic and religious backgrounds have discussed the different ethical points of view, not with the intention to reach a common declaration or moral blueprint, but to exchange ideas and enhance the debate how ethical considerations can play a more significant and explicit role in water development and management. 1. Some Cultural Traditional Approaches on Water Ethics. 2. Some Ethical Aspects of New Water Management. 3. Water as a Human Right and as an Economic Resource. 4. Water and Poverty. 5. Groundwater Use and its Ethical Aspects 6. Ethics of Water Ownership and Management. 7. Corruption, Transparency and Participation in the Water Sector. 8. Ethical Aspects of Unforeseen and Extreme Events Management such as Floods and Droughts Taylor & Francis Market: Water Sciences April 2009: 246x174: 350pp Hb: 978-0-415-47303-3: £89.00

From Headwaters to the Ocean Hydrological Change and Water Management - Hydrochange 2008, 1-3 October 2008, Kyoto, Japan

Edited by Jan Feyen, Kelly Shannon, and Matthew Neville, all at K.U.Leuven, Department of Architecture, Urbanism and Planning, Heverlee, Belgium This book discusses the historical relationship between water systems and human settlements, and related management problems regarding urban floods, water use and water sanitation.

CRC Press Market: Water Science April 2009: 246x174: 712pp Hb: 978-0-415-48334-6: £129.95

Edited by Makoto Taniguchi, Research Institute for Humanity and Nature (RIHN), Kyoto, Japan, William C. Burnett, Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL, USA, Yoshihiro Fukushima, Research Institute for Humanity and Nature (RIHN), Kyoto, Japan, MARTIN HAIGH, Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, UK and Yu Umezawa, Nagasaki University, Japan The vulnerability of water resources due to climate change and human activities is globally increasing. The phenomenon of hydrological change is complicated because of the combinations and interactions between natural climate fluctuation, global warming and human activities including changes in land utilization. The impact areas of hydrological changes are also not only within the basin, but reach to the ocean through coastal water exchanges. This book contains keynote lectures and papers presented at the conference which are focused on the integrated water management from headwater to the ocean in a time of climate change and increasing population. Taylor & Francis

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Market: Water Science, Technology & Engineering April 2009: 246x174: 696pp Hb: 978-0-415-47279-1: £159.95

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

CRC TITLES

TOP TEN BESTSELLERS 1.

6. 5TH EDITION

2ND EDITION

Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Materials

Encyclopedia of Public Administration and Public Policy

David R. Gaskell, Purdue University, USA

Edited by Jack Rabin, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Evan M. Berman, National Chengchi University, Taiwan

2008: Hb: 978-1-59169-043-6: £49.99

2007: 2200pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5275-6: £665.00

2. Encyclopedia of Wireless and Mobile Communications

Official (ISC)2 Guide to the CISSP CBK

Edited by Borko Furht, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA

Edited by Robert Slade, Gary McIntyre, Patricia A. Okolita, The Hanover Insurance Group, USA, Stephen Fried, Keith Pasley, PGP Security, Ken M. Shaurette, Marcus K. Rogers, Purdue University, USA, Paul Baker, Micki Krause and Tyson Macaulay

2007: 279x216: 1856pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4326-6: £1535.00

2006: 235x156: 1112pp Hb: 978-0-8493-8231-4: £40.99

8. 89TH EDITION

2ND EDITION

CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics

Water-Insoluble Drug Formulation, Second Edition

Edited by David R. Lide, National Institute of Standards & Technology (retired), USA

Edited by Rong Liu, AustarPharma, New Jersey, USA

2008: 279x216: 2736pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6679-1: £83.00

2008: 254x178: 688pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9644-1: £167.00

9. Practical Statistics for Medical Research

2ND EDITION 3 VOLUMES

The RF and Microwave Handbook

Douglas G. Altman, Centre for Statistics in Medicine, Oxford, UK

Mike Golio, HVVi Semiconductors, Inc., Arizona, USA

1990: 235x156: 624pp Hb: 978-0-412-27630-9: £49.99

2008: 254x178: 2208pp Hb: 978-0-8493-7217-9: £99.00

10.

5. 2ND EDITION

Encyclopedia of Water Science, Second Edition Stanley W. Trimble, University of California, Los Angeles, USA 2007: 279x216: 1586pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9627-4: £553.00

Handbook of Membrane Separations Chemical, Pharmaceutical, Food, and Biotechnological Applications Edited by Anil K. Pabby, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, India, Syed S.H. Rizvi, Cornell University, USA and Ana Maria Sastre, Universitad Politecnica de Catalunya, Spain July 2008: 279x216: 1184pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9549-9: £166.00

198 LIBRARY REFERENCE

Adapting to E-Books Edited by William Miller, and Rita Pellen, both at Florida Atlantic University, USA Electronic books are now having a major impact on library collections. This book provides models for acquisitions policies and reports on several surveys of faculty and librarian attitudes toward e-books. It discusses issues in acquiring cataloguing and collection development regarding this important new library resource. Its subject matter deals with the different types of e-books, statistical data available for e-book usage, the development of e-book collections, learning environments, integrating e-books into local catalogues, acquisitions and usage monitoring of e-books. This book will be of interest to librarians across all educational sectors, library science scholars and e-book publishers. This book was published as a special issue of The Acquisitions Librarian. Routledge Market: Library Sciences / Media Studies April 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-48377-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48378-0: £22.99

Critical Thinking Within the Library Program Edited by John Spencer, University of Gonzaga, USA and Christopher Millson-Martula, Lynchburg College Library, USA While academic librarians frequently discuss critical thinking and its relationship to information literacy, the literature does not contain an abundance of sources on the topic. Therefore, this works provides a current and timely perspective on the possible roles of critical thinking within the library program. The work contains a variety of approaches likely to benefit the practicing librarian. It begins with a review of the literature, followed by theoretical approaches involving constructivism and the Socratic method. Readers will find pieces on the integration of critical thinking into the first-year experience and course-specific case studies, as well as a selection on a campus-wide critical thinking project. In each of the pieces, librarians are exploring new ways to meet their instructional goals, including the goal of teaching critical thinking skills to students across the curriculum. This book was originally published as a special issue of College & Undergraduate Libraries. Routledge Market: Information Science April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99838-3: £75.00

Career Paths and Career Development of Business Librarians Edited by Diane Zabel, Pennsylvania State University, USA Contributors provide insights about business librarianship in various types of institutions, explore traditional and non-traditional career paths in business librarianship, and discuss numerous strategies for professional growth (from earning an MBA degree to working abroad). Among the topics covered are the following: recruitment of business librarians (including recent data on the supply and demand of business librarians); the special concerns of early career and mid-career business librarians; the importance of mentoring; leadership development; and business librarians on the job in academic, public, and corporate libraries. This book will appeal to a wide audience: practitioners; directors of public, academic, and special libraries serving the business community; library and information science educators; and those considering business librarianship as a career, including students, generalist librarians, and individuals seeking a career change. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Business & Finance Librarianship. Routledge

Robert E. Wolverton Jr., Lona Hoover, Susan Hall, and Robert Fowler, all at Mississippi State University, USA As open access initiatives, electronic theses and dissertations (ETDs) provide Internet access to graduate student research documents from hundreds of academic institutions, thus furthering international scholarly communication. The last decade has seen change and collaboration among colleagues of varied disciplines and across institutional boundaries. There is a need for practical information for academics, database managers and library catalogers in dealing with the complexities of developing ETD programs and workflow. The authors present a comprehensive treatise on ETDs, drawing on many years of collective experience within this specialization.

Routledge Market: Information Science April 2009: 229x152: 152pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3175-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3176-1: £22.99

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

See separate Order Form

Developing Standards and Changing Practices for Libraries and Universities

This book was published as a special issue of Technical Services Quarterly.

Market: Information Science April 2009: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3794-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3795-4: £22.99

ORDER NOW!

Electronic Theses and Dissertations

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LIBRARY REFERENCE 199

Edited by Amy Besnoy, University of San Diego, USA A library must function with integrity in order to function well. This book looks at a broad range of library functions through the lens of integrity and ethics. This largely unexplored area of study is handled exceptionally well by the library and information professionals contained in these pages. This book addresses the ethical and integrity issues that may come up in the day to day workings of the library as well considerations for the ethical education of our future librarians. Within a framework based on the ethical issues that are attached with information management, this book examines the impact of the US Patriot Act, library authentication and access management, plagiarism and social networking. This material was published in the Journal of Library Administration. Routledge Market: Information Science April 2009: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7890-3755-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-7890-3756-5: £22.99

Googlization of Libraries Edited by William Miller, and Rita Pellen, both at Florida Atlantic University, USA This book includes a variety of articles which look critically and judiciously at Google and its products, with a focus on Google Scholar and Google Book Search. It also examines their usefulness in a public service context. Its ultimate aim is to assess the use of Google as a major information resource. Its subject matter deals with online megasearch engines and their influence on reference librarianship, the impact of Google on information seeking, librarianship and the development of book digitization projects in which Google Book Search plays its part. This book will be of interest to librarians across all educational sectors, library science scholars and publishers. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Library Administration. Routledge

Market: Library Sciences / Media Studies / Internet April 2009: 234x156: 202pp Hb: 978-0-415-48379-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48381-0: £22.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

Surveillance Edited by Benjamin Goold, University of Oxford, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Criminology

Over the past fifty years, the apparatus of surveillance in modern societies has expanded to such an extent that almost every aspect of our public and private lives is now open to scrutiny and analysis. Each time we walk down a city street or pass through a shopping centre, CCTV cameras record our every move. Credit card and online purchases are logged and used to construct ever more detailed profiles of our consumption patterns and preferences. Personal information held by a bewildering array of state and private organizations is becoming increasingly centralized and searchable. As a result, modern life and citizenship is now intimately bound up with surveillance and the construction of data profiles, profiles that are largely beyond our power to alter or amend, and which may bear little resemblance to how we see ourselves (or want to be seen). Combining fear of crime and a desire for social control, surveillance is an inescapable fact of modern life. Research on surveillance — conducted by governments, academics, and the private sector — has exploded in recent years and this new title in the Routledge series, Critical Concepts in Criminology, addresses the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of this rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of interdisciplinary scholarly literature. Edited by Benjamin Goold of Oxford University’s Centre for Criminology and organized into three principal parts, Surveillance is a four-volume collection of the foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. Surveillance is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. An essential reference collection, it is destined to be valued by scholars and students of criminology — as well as those working in the allied fields of sociology, politics, and urban studies — as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Routledge Market: Criminology April 2009: 234x156: 1640pp Hb: 978-0-415-45819-1: £650.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Ethics And Integrity In Libraries

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

200 LIBRARY REFERENCE MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

Civilization

Cognitive Neuroscience

Edited by Brett Bowden, University of New South Wales, Australia

Edited by Jamie Ward, University of Sussex, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology

Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science

In response to the revival and misuse of ‘civilization’, this new Routledge Major Work meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast and growing scholarly literature. It brings together canonical and the best cutting-edge research to provide a comprehensive overview of the origins, contested meanings, contextual applications, and general history of this critical concept. With a full index and a comprehensive introduction, Civilization is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers of politics, political philosophy, and international relations-as well as those working in allied disciplines such as security studies and international law-as a vital research resource.

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Volume I: The Origins and Meaning of Civilization Volume II: Civilization, Civilizations, Progress, and History Volume III: Civilization and its Others Volume IV: Civilizational Relations: Past, Present, and Future Routledge Market: Political Science / Political Philosophy June 2009: 234x156: 1779pp Hb: 978-0-415-46965-4: £650.00

See separate Order Form

Standing at the junction of psychology, neuroscience, and biology, Cognitive Neuroscience seeks to provide brain-based accounts of mental functions such as language, memory, perception, action, emotions, and decision-making. Its emergence as a coherent discipline came about relatively recently through the amalgamation of techniques that had already been in existence (such as research into the effects of brain lesion on cognition, and electrical recordings of the brain) with newly established techniques (principally brain-imaging methods), originally developed for medical diagnostic purposes. As Cognitive Neuroscience flourishes as never before, this new title in Psychology Press’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Psychology, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s already vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by a prominent scholar, and the author of the field’s leading student textbook, Cognitive Neuroscience is a four-volume collection of foundational and contemporary contributions. The four volumes are divided into eight principal sections: History, Methods, and Key Concepts; Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience; Perception and Attention; Action; Learning and Memory; Language; Executive Functions and Decision-Making; and Emotions and Social Neuroscience. The collection is also fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editors, which places the collected material in its historical, intellectual, and practical context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students of Cognitive Neuroscience as a vital one-stop research tool. Selected Contents: Volume I: Part 1: History, Methods, and Key Concepts 1.1 Electrophysiology 1.2 Brain Imaging 1.3 Neuropsychology 1.4 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation Part 2: Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience Volume II: Part 3: Perception and Attention Part 4: Action Volume III: Part 5: Learning and Memory Part 6: Language Volume IV: Part 7: Executive Functions and Decision-Making Part 8: Emotions and Social Neuroscience Routledge Market: Psychology / Cognitive Science May 2009: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46139-9: £650.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Especially since the end of the Cold War, the concept of ‘civilization’ has been frequently deployed by those who seek to describe and explain the world in which we live. The events of 11 September 2001, and the subsequent ‘war on terror’, have further elevated the use of this critical concept in the discourse of politics and international relations. There has, for instance, been feverish speculation and increasingly heated rhetoric about struggles ‘for civilization’ or a possible ‘clash of civilizations’, particularly between the West and the Islamic world. The term is used both to describe-and to cast value-laden judgements about-people, places, and events. It is often misinterpreted and misapplied, with sometimes dangerous consequences.

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LIBRARY REFERENCE 201 MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

Women and Religion

Modern Indian Culture and Society

Edited by Pamela Klassen, University of Toronto, Canada Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies

Edited by Knut A. Jacobsen, University of Bergen, Norway Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology

This collection is an essential research tool for all students specializing in religion and women’s studies, and is equally useful to those working in related fields such as anthropology, cultural studies, history, literary studies, philosophy, political science, psychology, and theology. By tracing the evolution of the topic, from the beginnings of feminist research on religion to more contemporary debates about categorizations of gender in the study of religion, this four-volume collection serves the needs of both specialist and generalist users. Women and Religion includes essays treating a broad range of religious traditions, while focusing on particular methodological and theoretical concerns common to the study of women and religion. Organized thematically, each volume includes the most formative theoretical contributions to the field, grouped together with articles that explore a particular set of issues from a range of traditions, with the use of methodologies drawn from anthropology, history, sociology, textual criticism, and religious studies. Each volume’s introductory essay explicitly problematizes the central categories of analysis operating in the study of women and religion — for example, women, gender, religion, body, science, and colonialism — while also setting the articles in historical context.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

More dramatic than the changes in the focus of research are the changes in Indian society itself. Urbanization, the liberalization and globalization of the economy, the IT revolution, the success of the global Indian Diaspora, the affirmation of religious identities and reaffirmation of ancient world views, reinterpretations of history, new Medias and transnational mega gurus, and new political landscapes denote some of these processes. This new title from Routledge makes sense of these changes by bringing together the very best scholarly work on India’s contemporary transformation. As the world’s largest democracy emerges as an economic and cultural superpower, there is a pressing need for a more sophisticated and nuanced understanding of Indian culture and society. This four volume collection answers that need and will be welcomed as a vital one-stop research resource. Selected Contents: Volume 1: Identity 1. Freedom, Partition, and Aftermath 2. The Past in the Present 4. Violence 5. Social Movements Volume 2: Society 6. Work, Economy, and Globalization 7. Caste Part 8. Gender Volume 3: Religion 9. Secularism 10. Religious Traditions Volume 4: Culture 11. Food 12. Urban and Natural Environment 13. Literature 14. Cinema 15. Television 16. Music, Folklore, and Beauty Pageants 17. Cricket and Sports Routledge Market: Asian Studies June 2009: 234x156: 1760pp Hb: 978-0-415-45219-9: £650.00

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Religion & Women’s Studies June 2009: 234x156: 1699pp Hb: 978-0-415-43839-1: £650.00

Research on Indian culture and society has been conducted from a dizzying range of perspectives. However, in recent decades it has been particularly characterized by a change in focus from the past to the present; from the worldview of the élites to that of the subalterns; from philosophy to everyday life; and from hierarchy to the critiques of hierarchy and the sources of equality in Indian culture.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

202 LIBRARY REFERENCE MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

MAJOR WORK 5 VOLUMES

The Information Society

Cross-Cultural Management

Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology

Edited by Tim G. Andrews, University of Strathclyde, UK

Edited by Robin Mansell, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management

Edited by a leading scholar in the field, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Sociology, is a four volume collection of canonical and the best cutting-edge research on the intellectual origins and the development of ‘the information society’, a critical concept in the social sciences in general, and in sociology, communications, and media research in particular. Selected Contents: Volume I: History and Perspectives Part 1: History and Early Debates Part 2: Further Reflections and Critical Perspectives Volume II: Knowledge, Economics, and Organization Part 3: Knowledge and Economics Part 4: Open Networks Part 5: Inequality and the Digital Divide Part 6: Widespread Organizational Change Volume III: Democracy, Governance, and Regulation Part 7: Democracy, Networks, and Power Part 8: Governing Networks Volume IV: Everyday Life Part 9: Everyday Life Online and Offline Part 10: Gender and the Cyborg Part 11: Privacy and Surveillance Routledge April 2009: 234x156: 1719 pp Hb: 978-0-415-44308 -1: £675.00

Cross-Cultural Management is a new five volume collection in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Perspectives on Business and Management. It meets the need for an authoritative, up-to-date, and comprehensive reference work synthesizing the increasingly diverse cross-cultural management literature. Indeed, the sheer scale of the growth in related research output — and the breadth of the field — makes this collection especially timely and welcome. Cross-Cultural Management provides the most comprehensive collection of classic and contemporary contributions on the subject to date. It facilitates ready access to the most influential and important works across the field, combining the theory and application in the process to encourage a broader appreciation of the discipline and the mutual influences within it. Volume I is dedicated to the conceptual antecedents of cross-cultural management, covering all the major approaches and frameworks along with several noted critiques. Volumes II, III, and IV examine how national culture influences management practice; material assembled here includes essential contributions on adaptation and assimilation, communication, negotiation, and cross-national teams. Volume V, meanwhile, gathers the best work on methodological considerations. Each volume comprises foundational, cutting-edge, and less accessible research carefully selected and collated by the editors, two leading scholars in the field, as well as newly written introductions. The introductions are designed not just to place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, but also to explain the relationships between the gathered works and to identify additional and promising areas of research. Together, the five volumes provide an essential one-stop resource for academics, students, policymakers, and practitioners seeking to understand a critical aspect of contemporary business management within an increasingly global economy.

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Volume 1: Theoretical Foundations, Critiques, and Developments 1. Overviews 2. Models 3. Critiques and Developments Volume 2: The Impact of Culture 1 4. Values, Ethics, and Justice 5. Well-being, Stress, and Motivation 6. Communication Behaviour Volume 3: The Impact of Culture 2 7. Teamwork 8. Leadership and Influence 9. Entrepreneurship 10. Structure, Systems, Strategy, and Change Volume 4: Managing Cultural Differences 11. Intelligence and Competence 12. Adaptation and Assimilation 13. Interaction and Conflict Volume 5: Methodological Considerations 14. Overviews 15. Design and Pre-collection 16. Contextual Alignment 17. Validation Routledge Market: Business / Cross-Cultural Management April 2009: 234x156: 472pp Hb: 978-0-415-44340-1: £750

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LIBRARY REFERENCE 203 MAJOR WORK 5 VOLUMES

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

Women and Empire, 1750-1939

Gifted and Talented Education

Primary Sources on Gender and Anglo-Imperialism

Edited by Deborah Eyre, Director of The Academy for Gifted and Talented Youth, University of Warwick, UK

Edited by Susan Martin, La Trobe University, Australia

Series: Major Themes in Education

Series: History of Feminism

Women and Empire, 1750–1939: Primary Sources on Gender and Anglo-Imperialism functions to extend significantly the range of the History of Feminism series (co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse), bringing together the histories of British and American women’s emancipation, represented in earlier sets, into juxtaposition with histories produced by different kinds of imperial and colonial governments. The alignment of writings from a range of Anglo-imperial contexts reveals the overlapping histories and problems, while foregrounding cultural specificities and contextual inflections of imperialism. The volumes focus on countries, regions, or continents formerly colonized (in part) by Britain: Volume I: Australia Volume II: New Zealand Volume III: Africa Volume IV: India Volume V: Canada Perhaps the most novel aspect of this collection is its capacity to highlight the common aspects of the functions of empire in their impact on women and their production of gender, and conversely, to demonstrate the actual specificity of particular regional manifestations. Concerning questions of power, gender, class and race, this new Routledge–Edition Synapse Major Work will be of particular interest to scholars and students of imperialism, colonization, women’s history, and women’s writing. Routledge April 2009: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-31092-5: £595.00

The education of gifted and talented pupils is an established domain of study but research in the area has increased dramatically, particularly in the past fifteen years. The reason for this burgeoning interest relates principally not to conventional educational concerns but rather to the desire of governments around the world to maximize intellectual capital better to compete in a globalized economy. Nurturing those with exceptional ability is now seen as a societal necessity rather than simply an educational objective. A secondary aspect of this societal interest relates to equity; gifted and talented programmes are at the forefront of national and international educational policy and they are increasingly being adopted in the pursuit of meritocracy as a mechanism to improve life chances and to stimulate social mobility. As serious thinking about and around the education of the gifted and talented continues to flourish, this new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in Education, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to codify and make sense of the field’s literature. Edited by Deborah Eyre, the founding Director of the world-renowned Academy for Gifted and Talented Youth at the University of Warwick, this new Major Work brings together in four volumes the foundational and the best cutting-edge scholarship. The editor has drawn on the most important and influential research from a broad range of countries to create a one-stop ‘mini library’ which describes and analyses the rationale and purposes of gifted education. Particular attention has been paid to the controversies surrounding definitions and the identification of giftedness, and the collection provides a substantial overview of best practice in relation to education in schools and classrooms, as well as special programmes. The material gathered also closely considers the substantial hurdles that may face children identified as especially gifted. Gifted and Talented Education is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential library purchase and is destined to be valued by scholars and students — as well as by educational policy-makers — as a vital reference work and research tool.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Routledge Market: Education April 2009: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46598-4: £650.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

204 LIBRARY REFERENCE MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUMES

MAJOR WORK 5 VOLUMES

Computer Assisted Language Learning

Medical Advice for Women, 1830–1915 Edited by Ruth Robbins

Serious work using computers to support language teaching and learning began in the 1960s, but it was not until the beginning of the 1980s when microcomputers began to proliferate that groups of practitioners began forming professional groups and a formal identification of the field occurred. Although the early promise of computer-assisted language learning (or ‘CALL’), to revolutionize second-language learning has not been met, the past quarter century has seen a fascinating range of growth. This is not only because of lessons learned from research and practice, but also due to the rapid and continuing shifts in the technology itself. Nominally a branch of applied linguistics, CALL is truly interdisciplinary, drawing its core concepts not only from linguistics, but also from computer science, speech engineering, psychology, sociology, second-language acquisition, and general education. This new four volume title from Routledge will allow CALL practitioners, researchers, and students easily to access the best and most influential foundational and cutting-edge scholarship. The collection will also be welcomed as a comprehensive introduction to critical concepts in CALL for applied linguists and language educators interested in the growing role of technology in second-language acquisition. Selected Contents: Volume 1: Foundations of CALL 1. CALL Theory, Frameworks, and Conceptualizations 2. Early CALL Projects 3. CALL Research Trends and Issues 4. CALL Design and Evaluation Volume 2: CALL and Language Skills 5. Listening, Speaking, and Pronunciation 6. Reading and Writing 7. Grammar, Vocabulary, and Data-Driven Learning Volume 3: Computer-Mediated Communication for Language Learning 8. CMC Foundations and Conceptualizations 9. Synchronous CMC 10. Asynchronous and Mixed CMC Volume 4: Present Trends and Future Directions in CALL 11. Online Learning 12. Assessment 13. Learner Training and Autonomy 14. Teacher Education 15. Intelligent CALL 16. Future Directions

Medical Advice for Women is a new five volume collection from Routledge and Edition Synapse covering professional, scientific, and medical opinion, in addition to the popular guides aimed at the female reader, between the years 1830–1915. Medical literature from this period provides a fascinating insight into the interrelations between social proscriptions, often validated by appeals to religious authority, and medical prescriptions. The narrative contained within this largely chronological collection is not necessarily a progressive one from quackery to medical and scientific enlightenment; the situation was more nuanced than selective quotation from sensational examples has implied in the past. This collection, edited and with a new introduction by Ruth Robbins, illuminates the complexity and shifting grounds of opinion in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries by bringing back into print a broad selection of texts offering medical advice to women, and will be of interest to all scholars and students working in gender and cultural studies, and particularly to historians and sociologists of medicine. Routledge April 2009: 234x156: 728pp Hb: 978-0-415-40331-3: £625.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge Market: Linguisitics May 2009: 234x156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-46539-7: £725.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

LIBRARY REFERENCE 205

Europa Regional Surveys of the World set 2009 This nine volume set covers each of the major world regions. As well as covering the region as a whole, each volume provides a vast range of background information, statistics, directory information and analysis of the social, political and economic situation for each of the individual countries within that region.

18TH EDITION

The Europa International Foundation Directory 2009 Now in its eighteenth edition, the Europa International Foundation Directory 2009 provides an un-paralleled guide to the foundations, trusts, charitable and grant-making NGOs, and other similar not-for-profit organizations of the world. It provides a comprehensive picture of third sector activity on a global scale.

Titles include: • Africa South of the Sahara 2009

Presenting names and contact details for over 2,550 institutions world-wide, this new edition has been revised and expanded to include the most comprehensive and up-to-date information on this growing sector.

• Central and South-Eastern Europe 2009 • Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2009 • The Far East and Australasia 2009 • The Middle East and North Africa 2009 • South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2009 • South Asia 2009 • The USA and Canada 2009

Part 1: Essays provide valuable background information on the sector, giving an introductory overview of foundation activity world-wide, as well as detailing the direction in which foundations and NGOs are moving in the 21st century. Part 2: Entries are arranged alphabetically, and are listed within individual country chapters. Over 2,500 entries are listed, providing the following details:

• and Western Europe 2009. Routledge December 2008: 279x211: 9550pp Hb: 978-1-85743-495-8: £3285.00

• directory information, including the name of the organization, postal address, e-mail and internet addresses as well as telephone and fax numbers

Handbook of US-Middle East Relations

• full details of the date of establishment and the aims and function of the organization are listed where appropriate, as well as its principal activities: projects and programmes, etc. Restrictions on grants are listed along with the geographical area of activity, finances, key executives and trustees of the organization

Edited by Robert Looney Divided into three sections, the Handbook of US-Middle East Relations provides a thorough and up-to-date overview of contemporary US-Middle East relations in historical perspective. With chapters contributed by leading experts in the field, this Handbook will be of use to academics, students and researchers in international relations, policy analysts, media professionals and government officials. Part 1: Factors Affecting US Relations contains essays including Globalization, Energy Security, Wars and Revolution, Peace Processes, US Foreign Aid Policy to the Middle East, and US Relations with Islamic Groups in the Middle East.

Foundation centres and co-ordinating bodies are listed in a separate section at the start of each chapter. These include CAF (Charities Aid Foundation, UK), Civil Society International (USA) and the Association internationale des charités (Belgium). Entries listed include: Polish-Czech-Slovak Solidarity Foundation, The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Rowan Charitable Trust, Marie Curie Cancer Cure and Médecins sans Frontières. Part 3: Indexes are provided, listing foundations alphabetically, by geographical region of concern (e.g. the Middle East, Western Europe, Central and South America and the Caribbean, etc.) and by main areas of activity. Routledge May 2009: 279x211: 744pp Hb: 978-1-85743-523-8: £270.00

Part 2: Perceptions of US Relations contains essays on how US policies are viewed, including The View from the Arab Street, The View from Palestine, The View from Pakistan and The View from Kurdistan. Part 3: US Relations at the Country Level comprises essays detailing relations between the USA and countries and areas in the Middle East and North Africa, including Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Israel, Tunisia, Lebanon, Iran, Iraq, Libya, Algeria and Bahrain. A comprehensive index completes the volume. Routledge

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Market: Politics / International Relations May 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-1-85743-499-6: £150.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

LIBRARY REFERENCE 206 HEADING

LIBRARY REFERENCE

73RD EDITION

50TH EDITION

The International Who’s Who 2010

The Europa World Year Book 2009 Globally renowned for its accuracy, consistency and reliability, the Europa World Year Book provides detailed country surveys containing the latest analytical, statistical and directory information available for over 250 countries and territories.

Published annually since 1935, The International Who’s Who is now in its seventy-third edition. Providing hard-to-find biographical details for over 22,000 of the world’s most prominent and influential personalities, this outstanding reference work records the lives and achievements of men and women from almost every profession and activity – from heads of state to sporting greats. The editorial team aims to include all those who have risen to the top of their field or profession – from the headline makers to the unsung experts whose achievements and talents guarantee their inclusion. Entries are taken from across the world and from a broad sweep of professions, to include the leading figures from the worlds of science, medicine, business, finance, politics, international affairs, diplomacy, law, art, music, entertainment and fashion, to name but a few. There is also a separate section that details reigning royal families. Also available online at www.worldwhoswho.com! In summer 2009, World Who's Who will be available as part of Europa Online, a suite of online reference tools with unprecedented worldwide reference coverage.

For more than eighty years since its first publication, the Europa World Year Book has been at the forefront of political information on library reference shelves, providing reliable and timely information which is often hard to find. International Organizations Over 1,900 international and regional organizations are included. All the featured organizations are listed in a comprehensive index. Provides extensive coverage of the United Nations and its related agencies and bodies; and covers in depth a further sixty major international organizations. These entries provide in-depth articles on the activities of each organization and the programmes they run, a list of member states, and information covering the structure of the organization. Contact details, publications and information on finance are also included. The third section lists some 1,750 other international organizations, listed by area of activity. Contact details and publications are listed for each entry, as well as a description of activities. Organizations featured include the United Nations Environmental Programme, the European Union, the International Organization for Migration, the Criminal Court, the World Trade Organization, and the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries.

Routledge June 2009: 279x211: 2424pp Hb: 978-1-85743-510-8: £395.00

Country Surveys

Outsourcing Records Management

More than 250 countries and territories are covered by an individual chapter. These chapters contain: Introductory Survey

Jane Proffitt This book is a distillation of the outsourcing process, and is derived from detailed and wide-ranging research of the subject, but contextualised to cater for the records management environment. Outsourcing is not, however, necessarily the way ahead for every organization or business. The process of determining whether the concept is feasible, costeffective and beneficial is complex and should not be entered into lightly. The price of failure is high and, for that reason, any outsourcing initiative demands robust project management skills, strong support at board level and the unremitting support and commitment of every executive, departmental head and senior manager in the company. Particularly so in the case of such an overarching entity as the records management facility because all are major stakeholders in the outcome. This title will prove invaluable for any librarian or information professional with a practical or academic interest in outsourcing, or any students in the field of library science.

The Introductory Survey includes essays covering recent history, economic affairs, government, defence, education and public holidays. Extensively updated and revised annually, these provide an excellent introduction to the country. Statistical Survey This section provides tables giving the latest available figures on area and population; health and welfare; agriculture; forestry; fishing; mining; industry; finance; trade; transport; tourism; the media; and education. Statistics are sourced from official local or national bodies, or from international organizations where appropriate. Directory Section A comprehensive directory section lists names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers, e-mail and internet addresses, plus other useful facts about organizations from the fields of government; election commissions; political organizations; diplomatic representation; judicial system; religions; the press; publishers; broadcasting and communications; banking; insurance; trade and industry; development organizations; chambers of commerce; industrial and trade associations; utilities; trade unions; transport; and tourism. Routledge June 2009: 279 x 211: 5088pp Hb: 978-1-85743-511-5: £765.00

See separate Order Form

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Routledge May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-1-85743-491-0: £35.00

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INDEX 207

A2 Communication & Culture 17 A2 Drama and Theatre Studies: The Essential Introduction for Edexcel 33 A2 Level Psychology 118 Aberbach, David 88 Aberbach, Moshe 88 Aberth, John 12 Abira, Margaret Akinyi 170 Acceptance and Commitment Therapy 130 Accounting for Goodwill 98 Acoustic Emission and Critical Phenomena1 63 Action Learning in Schools 44 Adapting to E-Books 198 Addison, Oliver S. 143 Adequate Food for All 157 Adey, Peter 104 Adlerian Counseling and Psychotherapy 137 Adolescent Substance Abuse 142 Adolescents and Adults with Learning Disabilities and ADHD 51 Advanced Econometrics of Tourism Demand, The 98 Advanced Engineering Mathematics with Modeling Applications 183 Advanced Signal Processing 174 Advances in Numerical Heat Transfer, Volume 3 154 Advertising and Consumer Culture Reader, The 23 Advertising and Public Relations Law 17 Advertising Handbook, The 19 Advocacy Leadership 58 Affenzeller, Michael 184 African Economic Institutions 70 After Sovereignty 93 Against the Spiritual Turn 111 Agergaard, Jytte 107 Aggrawal, Anil 156 Aghayev, Emin 156 Ahson, Syed A. 185, 186 Aid from International NGOs 102 Aidoo, Michael 152 Aitken, Mike 151 Akaha, Tsuneo 82 Akonor, Kwame 70 Alanen, Yrjo 125 Alday, Untza Otaola 31 Ale, Bernardus 165 Alekseeva, Jekaterina 152 Alexander, Mark G. 163 Alexy, Allison 82 Ali, Amber 156 Aligica, Paul Dragos 66 Aljunied, Syed Muhd Khairudin 85 Allan, Karen Kuelthau 43 Allen, Charles T. 180 Allen, Robert 169 Allsop, William 167 Alnuaimi, Naser 166 Al-Qadi, Imad L. 166 Alternative Globalizations 71 Alves, Jaime Osterman 13 Ambiguities of Empire 13 American Civilization 11 American Literary Criticism since the 1930s 25 America’s Special Relationships 66 Amiard-Triquet, Claude 171 Analog and VLSI Circuits 179 Analyticity 5

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Anders, Karl-Heinrich 173 Anderson, Gary L. 58 Anderson-Nathe, Ben 111 Ando, Osamu 140 Andrews, Tim 96 Andrews, Tim G. 202 Andrzejewski, Julie 59 Ang, Alfredo H.S. 162 Animal Clinical Chemistry 151 Anon, Javier 156 Another Europe 72 Anti-Poverty Land Reform Issues Never Die 102 Antonelli, Cristiano 103 Application of Solution Protein Chemistry to Biotechnology 152 Applied Behavior Analysis for Effective Teaching 44 Applied Hydrodynamics 196 Arabinda, Acharya 76 Aradau, Claudia 77 Arai, Tatsushi 77 Arase, David 82 Aravinthan, Thiru 176 Archaeological Investigation 14 Architecture and Principles of Systems Engineering 189 Arguing About Knowledge 4 Arguing About Law 4 Arguing About Metaphysics 4 Arguing About Religion 4 ARM Assembly Language 184 Arnold, Jorg 156 Art and Science of Child Custody Evaluations, The 127 Art and Science of Dance/Movement Therapy, The 144 ASEAN Regionalism 84 Assessing Performance 56 Assessment in Health Professions Education 62 Asthana, Vandana 83 Aswathanarayana, U 168 At the Limits of History 11 Athique, Adrian 83 Atkinson, Greg 115 Atkinson, Paul 110 Atmosphere, Weather and Climate 105 Atwood, Joan 132 Aubusson, Peter 44 Auditions 33 Authentic Assessment for Early Childhood Intervention 51 Autonomy, Consent and the Law 90 Ayad, Mariam 14

B Böröcz, József Babylonian World, The Bachmann, Martin Back, Sudie E. Backes, Uwe Badiru, Adedeji B. Badran, Amneh Bagby, Gregory J. Bagnato, Stephen J. Bagshaw, Dale Bailey, David Bailey, Mark Baker, Gideon Baker, Mona Baker, Paul Balakrishnan, N.

71 14 152 129 70 98 88 156 51 71 74 71 73 28 189 182

Balancing Written History with Oral Traditions Baldinetti, Anna Baldwin, Andrew Balkan Games and Balkan Politics in the Interwar Years 1929-1939, The Balkelis, Tomas Ballou, Dale Baltodano, Marta Banks, H.T. Banks, James A. Banks, Jerry Burton Banks, Miranda Banyard, Victoria L. Baral, Kailash Barbour, Charles Barkman, Arnold I. Barnett, Julie Barnett, Ronald Barnett, Vincent Barry, Roger G. Bartelson, Jens Barton, Hugh Bassett, Scott D. Baucom, Donald H. Baughen, Simon Baumeister, Roy F. Baumhauer, Roland Bayne, Tim Bazant, Ursula Beattie, Rona S. Beck, Clive Becker, Thomas Bedard, Yvan Beer, Jennifer S. Beeres, Robert Beginner’s Guide to Structural Equation Modeling, A Behavioral and Emotional Disorders in Adolescents Bell, Benjamin Bello, Valeria Bender, Oliver Bengtsson, Rikard Benn, James Alexander Bennett, Peter Benson, Jarlath Benton, Gregor Berdal, Mats Berends, Mark Beretta Zanoni, Andrea Berger, Candyce Berger, Sebastian Bergeron, Suzanne L. Bergman-Rosamond, Annika Berik, Günseli Berman, Evan M. Barraque, Bernard Berry, Elizabeth Besnoy, Amy Bestor, Theodore C. Bestor, Victoria Beushausen, Hans-Dieter Beyond Postmodernism Beyond Prime Time Bhatia, Lakshmi Bhattacharyya, Harihar Bhattacharyya, Shankar P. Bidard, Christian Bielenberg, Andy Bigler, Peter Bijker, Wietske Billingsley, Anthony

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

12 88 162

115 70 61 59 182 58 117 22 148 87 93 169 165 55 10 105 73 160 171 137 91 125 172 124 111 96 46 124 173 123 76 181 142 169 72 190 76 83 17 145 78 77 61 98 147 102 73 70 86 98 195 153 199 79 79 163 138 20 87 71 177 103 102 156 173 88

Bilson, Andy 146 Binford, Michael W. 171 Bingham, R.A. 194 Bioactive Peptides 154 Biocatalysis and Agricultural Biotechnology 154 Biochemical Applications of Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy 153 Biology and Breeding of Crucifers 152 Biology and Criminology 111 Biomolecular EPR Spectroscopy 154 Birch, Barbara M. 39 Bird, Karen 73 Biswas, Asit K 107 Biswas, Shampa 67 Bivins, Tom 21 Bjola, Corneliu 76 Blacher, Jan 51 Black, Laura 63 Blackledge, Michael 159 Blair’s Educational Legacy? 63 Blakeley, Ruth 77 Blakemore, Louise 40 Blanton, Maria L. 44 Blanton, William E. 46 Blechner, Mark J. 138 Blickensderfer, Elizabeth L. 169 Block, Cathy Collins 42 Blokker, Paul 70 Bloomer, Aileen 29 Bloomgarden, Andrea 136 Body Voice Imagination 33 Boesch, Chris 156 Boettke, Peter J 66 Bogaards, Matthijs 72 Boggs, Colleen G. 25 Boilers for Power and Process 176 Bolin, Anne 113 Bolliger, Stephan A. 156 Bolstad, Cheryl 169 Bond, Frank 130 Bonfatti, Flavio 187 Boomer Marketing 96 Borderline Personality Disorder 129 Borduin, Charles M. 143 Bornstein, Marc H. 117 Bosch, Gerhard 99 Bosch, Herbert 156 Bose, Christine 108 Bose, Mandakranta 83 Boss, Martha J. 180 Boss, Randy R. 180 Botelho, Maria José 37 Botto, Mercedes 71 Boucek, Françoise 72 Bourgeois, Michelle S. 125 Boush, David 119 Bowden, Brett 200 Bowen, Ellen L. 126 Boyce, Peter R. 169 Boyle-Baise, Marilynne 48 Bräuchler, Birgit 84 Bracken, Cheryl Campanella 18 Brady, Kathleen T. 129 Braga de Costa Campos, Luis Manuel 183 Braga, Benedito P.F. 107 Brandon, P 162 Brannick, Michael T. 169 Brass, Paul 79 Braun, Marcel 156 Brawley, Mark R. 77 Breaded Fried Foods 157 Brecher, Bob 77

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

208 INDEX

ORDER NOW!

Caballero-Anthony, Mely 84 Cabatingan, Lee 93 Cabrera, Enrique 194 Caetano, Elsa 163 Cahn, Steven M. 61 Cairns, R.A 194 Caldwell, John Thornton 22 Calhoun, Gloria 169 Callan, Joanne E 126 Calnan, Mike 148 Cameron, Ross 6 Cammer, Stephen 152 Campana, Stefano 192 Campbell, Kirsten 93 Campo, David 152 Canagarajah, Suresh 60 Canine Ergonomics 170 Cantor, Abigail F. 172 Capel, Susan 41 Capitalism, Institutions and Economic Development 102 Carbone, Maurizio 74 Career Paths and Career Development of Business Librarians 198 Carletto, Calogero 103 Carlson, Elizabeth A. 120 Carmen, Andrew 154

Carney, Richard 82 Carpinteri, Alberto 163 Carrier, Judith 146 Carroll, Meredith Bell 169 Carter, Ian 7 Carvalho, Edzia 67 Carver, Martin 14 Cassidy, Cheryl 203 Castillejo, Marta 14 Caucasus, An Introduction, The 83 Causation in Educational Research 56 Cere, Rinella 13 Cesar, Jr., Roberto Marcond 179 Chaiklin, Sharon 144 Chaisse, Julien 82 Chakrabarti, Anjan Kumar 85 Chakraverty, Snehashish 177 Challenging Institutional Analysis and Development 66 Chamberlain, Franc 34 Chan, Dean 24 Changes in Japanese Employment Practices 83 Changing Face of Management in Thailand, The 96 Changing Face of Retailing in the Asia Pacific, The 87 Changing Faces of Journalism, The 19 Chanson, Hubert 196 Chaplin, Sarah 158 Character of War in the 21st Century, The 76 Charest, Jean 99 Charness, Neil 169 Chaston, Ian 96 Chemical Reaction Engineering and Reactor Technology 194 Chemistry for the Life Sciences, Second Edition 192 Chen, Guanrong 175 Chen, Shi-Shuenn 162 Chen, Wai-Kai 175, 179 Chen, Y.Y. 167 Cheng, Liying 57 Chiesa, Raoul 155 Child Abuse and Neglect 120 Children Exposed To Violence 145 China on Video 84 China-India-Pakistan Strategic Relationship, The 84 China’s Three Decades of Economic Reforms 86 China’s Trade Unions - How Autonomous Are They? 81 Chinese Third Revolutionary Civil War, 1945-49, The 80 Chinnan, Manjeet S. 157 Chiu, Chi-yue 124 Cho, Minhaeng 154 Cho, Susan Sungsoo 157 Chorley, Richard J 105 Chou, Bill K.P. 81 Choudhry, Shazia 94 Christe, Andreas 156 Christenson, Kendall G. 180 Christian and Critical English Language Educators in Dialogue 60 Christopher, Kenneth 189 Chun, Lin 78 Ciappi, Silvio 155 Circuits and Filters Handbook, The 175 Citizenship and Collective Identity in Europe 71 Civilization 200 Clapperton, Guy 121

See separate Order Form

Clapson, Mark 10 Clarke, Simon 40 Class, Ethnicity, Gender and Latino Entrepreneurship 111 Classification Methods for Remotely Sensed Data 173 Clays, Koen 194 Clinician’s Guide to Systemic Sex Therapy, A 134 Cochran-Smith, Marilyn 49 Coene, Frederik 83 Coffin, Caroline 29 Cognitive Psychology of Mass Communication, A 19 Cognitive Radio Networks 175 Cohen, David 117 Cohn, Joseph 169 Coker, Christopher 76 Cold War in Southern Africa 76 Collaborative Case Conceptualization 131 Collaborative Construction Information Management 162 College Organization and Professional Development 53 Collings, David G. 96 Collins, Andrew E. 104 Collins, Erik 17 Collins, Nicolas 35 Collins, W. Andrew 120 Colloquial Latvian 31 Colloquial Spanish 31 Colonial Criminology 93 Colonialism, Violence and Muslims in Southeast Asia 85 Combustion Phenomena 193 Coming Out, Coming Home 131 Commercial Homes in Tourism 106 Commitment in Organizations 124 Commonwealth Caribbean Tort Law 90 Community Psychology in Practice 118 Comparative Fascist Studies 10 Complex Functions with Applications to Flows and Fields 183 Complex Peace Operations and Civil-Military Relations 76 Computational Analysis of Randomness in Structural Mechanics 162 Computational Intelligence in Medical Imaging 185 Computer-Aided Power Systems Analysis 187 Computer-Assisted Language Learning 204 Comtois, Claude 105 Concrete Repair, Rehabilitation and Retrofitting 163 Conducting School-Based Functional Behavioral Assessments 141 Connelly, Vincent 41 Connor, Stephen R. 133 Constitutional Bargaining in Russia, 1990-93 80 Constitutional Law and Criminal Justice 93 Constructivist Instruction 60 Cont, Rama 181 Contemporary China 81 Contemporary Choreography 34 Contemporary Japanese Cinema and Otherness 86 Contemporary North Korea 81 Contemporary Perspectives on Reading and Spelling 41 Contemporary Sport, Leisure and Ergonomics 115

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Contemporary State Terrorism 76 Contemporary US Peace Movement, The 111 Contested and Shared Places of Memory 73 Context-Aware Computing and Self-Managing Systems 184 Continental Idealism 7 Continuity in Iranian Identity 87 Controversy in the Classroom 39 Converging NGN Wireline and Mobile 3G Networks with IMS 187 Copeland, Rebecca 187 Corbett, Jenny 85 Corradi Fiumara, Gemma 139 Cortina, L. Martinez 196 Costa, Luciano da Fona 179 Cottrell, Jill 93 Courts of Genocide, The 94 Cox, Robyn 46 Cox, Rupert 82 Crandall, Keith A. 151 Crawford, Mary 84 CRC Encyclopedia of Mathematics, The 182 Creative Dialogues 45 Creative English, Creative Curriculum 45 Creativity and Conflict Resolution 77 Creaven, Sean 111 Creep, Shrinkage and Durability Mechanics of Concrete and Concrete Structures 166 Cremin, Teresa 40 Criminal Investigative Failures 93 Critical Lands, Critical Pedagogies 87 Critical Multicultural Analysis of Children’s Literature 37 Critical Perspectives on bell hooks 58 Critical Readings in Translation Studies 28 Critical Thinking Within the Library Program 198 Crook, Larry 35 Cross-Cultural Management 202 Crosslinguistic Approaches to the Psychology of Language 118 Crystal, David 3, 28 Ctesias’ History of Persia: Tales of the Orient 15 Cudney, Elizabeth A. 97 Cullet, Philippe 94 Culley, Peter 160 Cultural Anthropology 107 Cultural Heritage and Tourism in the Developing World 103 Culturally Responsive Mathematics Education 43 Culture and Economics 100 Cummings, Sally N. 74 Cummings, Sherry M. 145 Cummins, Jon A. 180 Cunha, Alvaro 163 Cunningham, Phillippe B. 143 Curating Architecture and the City 158 Curriculum Studies Handbook - The Next Moment 59 Curtis, Andy 57 Customary Law In The Modern World 88 Czaja, Sara J. 169 Czar, Michael 152

Brennan, Marie 49 Brick, John 132 Bride, Brian E 112 Brief Notes in Advanced DSP 179 Bright, Rick 152 Broadhurst, Bill 151 Brogdon, B. G. 156 Brosnan, Caragh 112 Brown, Alan 173 Brown, Dan L. 157 Brown, Eric J. 189 Brown, Mark 93 Brown, Rebecca 85 Brownridge, Douglas A. 108 Brumann, Christoph 82 Brunton, Pat 38 Bryant, Lia 106 Bucher, Christian 162 Buchholz, Rogene 98 Buck, Ursula 156 Buckland, Warren 17 Bucky, Steven F 126 Buddhist Monasticism in East Asia 83 Budwig, Nancy 118 Bugday, Korkut 30 Buikema, Rosemarie 109 Building Vulnerability Assessments 180 Bukstein, Oscar G. 142 Bull, Stephen 19 Bulley, Daniel 70 Bullock, Merry 119 Bullying & Young Children 37 Bullying Prevention and Intervention 141 Bulpitt, Andrew J. 153 Burnett, William C. 196 Burns, Matthew K. 56 Burr, Kenneth 131 Burrowing Shrimps and Seagrass Dynamics in Shallow-Water Meadows off Bolinao (New Philippines) 170 Business and Global Governance 66 Butcher, Melissa 82 Butera, Salvatore 152 Butterworth, J 34 Buzan, Barry 12

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INDEX 209

Dahbour, Omar 109 Dales, Laura 80 Daley, Caroline 203 Daley, John P. 94 Daly, Anne 85 Dams in Japan 195 Danaher, Patrick Alan 63 Daniels, Harry 58 Dare to Be Human 138 Dargie, Waltenegus 184 Darlington, Cynthia 155 Das, Braja M. 191 Das, Dilip K. 155 Data Flow Analysis 189 Data Mining for Intelligence, Fraud & Criminal Detection 156 Datta, Aniruddha 177 Datta, Subhendu K. 176 Davaran, Fereshteh 87 Davidson, Maria del Guadalupe 58 Davies, Heddwen 52 Davies, Martin 13 Davis, Benjamin 103 Davis, Cindy 112 Davison, Jon 41 Dawes, Erika Thulin 43 Dawson, Ashley 109 Day, Dennis W. 180 De Furia, Guy L. 94 de Haan, Michelle 124 de Jong, Eelke 100 De Propris, Lisa 74 De Wijze, Stephen 7, 72 Dealing with Failed States 73 Deater-Deckard, Kirby 117 Death Scene Investigation 156 Deaton, John E. 169 deBot, Kees 27 Decapod Crustacean Phylogenetics 151 Deception In The Marketplace 119 Decroux Sourcebook, The 34 Dedman, Martin 67 Deep Foundations on Bored and Auger Piles - BAP V 190 Dehn, Frank 163 Della Porta, Donatella 72 Delusion and Self-Deception 124 Dementia 125 Democracy and Pluralism 72 Democracy, States, and the Struggle for Global Justice 109 Demoulin, Stephanie 122 Dempster, M.A.H. 181 Deng, Francis 88 Dennick, Reg 53 Deolalkar, S.P. 164 Der, Geoff 181 Descartes, Lara J 107 Designing for Older Adults 169 Deslandes, Rollande 49 Destructive Organizational Communication 18 Dettmer, H William 99 Developing Attachment in Early Years Settings 37 Developing China 82 Developing Schoolwide Programs to Prevent and Manage Problem Behaviors 142 Development and Prevention of Behaviour Problems 122 Development Economics in Action 102

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Development of Intellectual Property Regimes in the Arabian Gulf States, The 93 Development of the Person, The 120 Development, Sexual Rights and Global Governance 73 Developments in Educational Psychology 45 Devenney, Mark 77 Devereux, Cecily 203 Dhar, Anup Kumar 85 Dhillon, B.S. 180 Dickerson, Charles 189 Digitized Imagination, The 87 Dimensions of Literacy 60 Dimitrova, Zoya 152 Dimock, Elizabeth 203 Dinar, Ariel 101 Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan, The 80 Dirnhofer, Richard 156 Disaster and Development 104 Discourse of Palestinian-Israeli Relations, The 70 Discourses and Practices of Terrorism 77 Discovering Your Couple Sexual Style 131 Dissent and Cultural Resistance in Asia’s Cities 82 Dittus, Donald C. 180 Dixon, Wallace E 117 Doak, Jonathan 92 Dobson, Deborah 136 Dobson, Keith S. 136 Dodge, Martin 107 Doing English 25 Doing Gender in Media, Art and Culture 109 Domestic and International Perspectives on Kyrgyzstan’s ‘Tulip Revolution’ 74 Domestic Violence Treatment for Abusive Women 126 Dominant Political Parties and Democracy 72 Dong, Xiao-yuan 86 Donohue, Jim 29 Donoso, Yezid 187 Dorf, Richard C. 175 Doubt, Conviction and the Analytic Process 139 Dovidio, John F 122 Downing, Steven M. 62 Dowson, Jane 41 Drake, Jane 38 Dreyfus, Tommy 42 Driskell, Judy A. 115 Drogemuller, Robin 167 Dryden, Windy 133 Dubai: An Emerging Urbanity? 161 Dube, Saurabh 81 Ducci, Stefania 155 Duchl, Joseph T. 128 Dudley, Robert 131 Duffy, Gerald G. 42, 61 Duffy, Thomas M. 60 Dumbrell, John 66 Dumont, Serge 110 Dunlosky, John 56 Durant, Alan 27 Dushkina, Natalia Mitkova 179 Dwyer, Diana 120 Dynamics of Energy, The 175 Dyreson, Mark 115

E Eaglestone, Robert 25 Earthquake Engineering for Structural Design 167 East Asian Regionalism from a Legal Perspective 82 Eating Disorders 141 Eckstein, Susan 69 Economic Liberalisation and Turkey 102 Economic Transitions to Neoliberalism in Middle-Income Countries 102 Eco-Urbanity 158 Education and Hope in Troubled Times 59 Education and Inequality in India 83 Education and Social Change 62 Education in Political Science 72 Education, Science and Truth 63 Educational Theories, Cultures and Learning 57 Edward Said and the Literary, Social, and Political World 112 Edwards, Valerie J. 148 Effective CIO, The 189 Efficient Transportation and Pavement Systems: Characterization, Mechanisms, Simulation, and Modeling 166 Egeland, Byron 120 Egnell, Robert 76 Ehrlich, Avrum 87 Ehrlich, Henry Lutz 190 Eid, Michael 123 Eighteenth-Century Authorship and the Play of Fiction 26 Ekelberry, Sharon C. 126 Elali, Wajeeh 54 Elastic Waves in Composite Media and Structures 176 Elbirt, Adam J. 184 Eldridge, Robert 80 Electoral Systems in the Postwar Era 72 Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS): An Operational Handbook, The 173 Electronic Media Criticism 20 Electronic Theses and Dissertations 198 Electronics and Instrumentation for Audiologists 124 Elghazouli, Ahmed 167 El-Ghonemy, M. Riad 102 Elgibali, Alaa 87 Ellenberger, Dennis 152 Eller, Jack David 107 Ellor, James W. 9 Elmilgi, Haytham 178 Elsheshtawy, Yasser 161 Emmers, Ralf 84 Emotional Memory Across the Adult Lifespan 121 Emotions: A Cultural Studies Reader 20 Enchantments of Modernity: Empire, Nation, Globalization 81 Encyclopedia of American Journalism 20 Encyclopedia of Feminist Literary Theory 25 Energy Efficiency 168 Energy Portfolios 168 English Language Assessment and the Chinese Learner 57 English Legal System, The 92 English Teacher in Global Civil Society, The 39 Enhanced Stabilisation of Municipal Solid Waste in Bioreactor Landfills 171

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Enlightenment Political Thought and Non-Western Societies 72 Ensminger, Dale 193 Environment and City 104 Environmental Activism in China 81 Environmental Assessment of Estuarine Ecosystems 171 Environmental Economics for Watershed Restoration 171 Environmental History of the World, An 105 Epstein, Rachel A. 70 Equity and Trusts 90 Erreygers, Guido 103 Ervin-Tripp, Susan 118 Esparza, Marcia 77 Espelage, Dorothy L. 141 Essentials of Sports Reporting and Writing, The 23 Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind 5 Ethical and Legal Issues for Mental Health Professionals 126 Ethics And Integrity In Libraries 199 Ethics As Foreign Policy 70 Ethics of Doping and Anti-Doping, The 113 Ethics of Sports Medicine, The 115 Ethics, Dis/Ability and Sports 115 Ethnographies Revisited 109 Ethno-Symbolism and Nationalism 67 Etzion, Giore 31 EU and Human Security, The 76 EU and the European Security Order, The 76 Europa International Foundation Directory 2009, The 205 Europa Publications, 205 Europa Regional Surveys of the World set 2009 205 Europa World Year Book 2009, The 206 Europe 1783-1914 11 Europe and Tunisia 88 European Regime of Liberal Democracy, The 73 European Security Governance 76 European Union and Global Social Change, The 71 European Union Governance 73 European Union Intergovernmental Conferences 73 Evaluating Educational Interventions 56 Evans, G.O. 151 Evans, Julie 42 Evans, Richard 33 Evans, Roy 112 Evelpidou, Niki 190 Everitt, Brian S. 181 Evidence-Based Practice of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy 136 Evolution of International Society, The 12 Ewers, Hans-Heino 26 Ewing, Robyn 44 eWork and eBusiness in Architecture, Engineering and Construction 166 Excellence in Concrete Construction through Innovation 166 Exemplary Literacy Teachers 42 Exley, Kate 53 Expansion of Trade and FDI in Asia 82 Explaining Reading 42 Exploring English Grammar 29 Exploring Sport and Fitness 113 Exploring the Spiritual 131

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

210 INDEX 144 70 203 118

ORDER NOW!

F.R. Leavis 24 Families in a Global Context 149 Family Factors And The Educational Success Of Children 37 Farrands, Chris 71 Farrell, Michael 51 Fathering through Sport and Leisure 114 Feasey, Rosemary 40 Federalism in Asia 71 Fedorov, Dmitri 194 Feierstein, Daniel 77 Feit, Marvin D. 149 Felder, Darryl L. 151 Feldman, Michael 139 Felstead, Alan 39 Female Brain, The 155 Feminist Movements in Contemporary Japan 80 Feminist Research Methodology 84 Fenema, Paul van 76 Feng, Teng-Yung 154 Fernández, Jordi 124 Ferris, Dana R. 47 Feyen, Jan 196 Fiber Ingredients 157 Fiction and Fictionalism 5 Fictions of Female Education in the Nineteenth Century 13 Fidler, David P. 76 Fields, Gregory P. 80 Filanovsky, Igor M. 175 Film After Jung 140 Film Theory and Contemporary Hollywood Movies 17 Financial Sector Reform and the International Integration of China 86 Findlay, Allan M. 106 Findlay, Trevor 77 Fine, Ben 100 Finlay, Andrew 77 Finlayson, Alan 72 Fisher, Douglas 43 Fisher, Robert 45 Fisher, Wanda 128 Fisk, Arthur D. 169 Fiske, Heather 132 Fitjar, Ruhn Dahl 72 Fitzgerald, Lawrence 180 Flaquer, Lluis 111 Flaxman, Paul 130 Flood Risk Management: Research and Practice 167 Flora, Rudy 128 Floyd, Raymond C. 99 Focus: Music of Northeast Brazil 35 Fold, Niels 107 Footbridge Vibration Design 163 Forbidden Sex, Forbidden Texts 86 Forensic and Medico-legal Aspects of Sexual Crimes and Unusual Sexual Practices 156 Forensic Cardiovascular Medicine 156 Forgas, Joseph P. 125 Formal and Informal Work 111 Forney, Larry J. 157 Forster, Jens 121

Foundations of Critical Race Theory in Education 60 Foundations of Engineering Geology 163 Foundations of Female Entrepreneurship, The 98 Foundations of Non-Equilibrium Economics, The 102 Fowler, Robert 198 Fox, Sam 52 Fragment Molecular Orbital Method, The 194 France, Robert L. 171 Francese, Joseph 71 Frangopol, Dan 162 Frank, Claudia 139 Frantic Assembly Book of Devising Theatre, The 34 Fredrikson, Magnus 18 Freeman, Arthur 129 Freeman, Jared 169 Frequency Dictionary of French, A 30 Frie, Roger 138 Fried, Stephen 189 Friestad, Marian 119 From Economics Imperialism to Freakonomics 100 From Headwaters to the Ocean 196 From Max Weber 110 From MEMS to Bio-MEMS and Bio-NEMS 179 From the Brink of the Apocalypse 12 Frontier Technologies in Infrastructure Engineering 162 Frontiers Of Unity 88 Frostig, Ron 155 Fujiwara, Hiroyuki 179 Fukunaga, Kenji 154 Fukushima, Yoshihiro 196 Fuller, Alison 39 Fuller, Mary 53 Fundamental Concepts of Children’s Literature Research 26 Fundamental Concepts of Earthquake Engineering 167 Fundamentals of MRI 153 Fundamentals of Sustainable Chemical Science 192 Furht, Borko 186 Furlong, John 49 Future of Asian Trade and Growth, The 85 Future of Language, The 28 Future of Political Community, The 73 Future of Political Science, The 69 Futures in Mechanics of Structures and Materials 176

G Gabe, Jonathan Gaertner, Lowell Gallo, Concetta Galtung, Johan Gambescia, Nancy Gaming Cultures and Place in Asia-Pacific Ganguly, Sumit Ganova-Raeva, Lilia M. Gardner, Paul Garrido, Alberto Garvey, Paul R. Gated Communities in China Gatekeeping Theory Gaur, Rajesh K. Gautney, Heather D.

See separate Order Form

148 122 132 75 134 24 75, 76 152 45 101 189 84 21 152 109

Gebali, Fayez 178 Gebrewold, Belachew 72 Gedvilaite, Alma 152 Geekie, Jim 125 Geffner, Robert 145 Gender and Rurality 106 Gender, China and the World Trade Organization 86 Generation 1.5 in College Composition 54 Genetic Algorithms and Genetic Programming 184 Geography of Transport Systems, The 105 Geoinformation Technologies for Geo-Cultural Landscapes: European Perspectives 190 Geomicrobiology 190 Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia 84 George, Clive 104 Georgeson, Jan 53 Geotechnical Aspects of Underground Construction in Soft Ground 190 Geotechnical Risk, Safety and Reliability 191 German Romanticism and Science 26 Gerrits, Lasse M. 98 Gerth, H.H. 110 Gertler, Alan W. 171 Gescheider, George A. 121 Ghai CBE, Yash 93 Ghassan, Khatib 87 Ghassemi, Abbas 168 Ghosh, Ranjan 112 Gifted and Talented Education 203 Gilbert, Paul 130 Gill, Rosalind 112 Gillborn, David 60 Gillespie, John 78 Gioncu, Victor 167 GIS Cartography 173 Giving a Lecture 53 Glasner, Peter 110 Global Gender Research 108 Global Health Surveillance Online 111 Global Political Economy of Intellectual Property Rights, The 66 Global Politics of Combating Nuclear Terrorism, The 77 Global Security Triangle, A 72 Globalization and Health 149 Globalization and Migration 73 Globalizing Education, Educating the Local 62 Global Perspectives on the Rule of Law 93 God’s Wife, God’s Servant 14 Goenka, Aditya 85 Goff, Emma 40 Gold, Steven N. 135 Goldie, Peter 7 Goldstein, Jonathan P. 101 Golub, Alexander 102 Gomara, Maria Jose 152 Gomez Lim, Miguel Angel 152 Goncalves, Ricardo 187 Gonyea, Judith G 97 Gonzalez de Chavez, Manuel 125 Goodchild, Michael 173 Goode, Sarah Dalal 147 Googlization of Libraries 199 Goold, Benjamin 199 Gordon, Belita 56 Gordon, Kristina Koop 137

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Gorse, Christopher 159 Gough, Katherine 107 Gould, Jonathan W. 127 Governing Ethnic Conflict 77 Government and Policy-Making Reform in China 81 Gowers, Simon G. 141 Gowlland-Gualtieri, Alix 94 Grabherr, Silke 156 Graesser, Arthur C. 56 Graham, Judith 48 Graham, Scott 34 Gramsci and Global Politics 72 Grant, Heidi 123 Grant, Marcus 160 Grau, Christopher 5 Greece in the Making 1200-479 BC 15 Greeks, The 15 Green, Lynne 141 Greenfield, Shelley F. 129 Greenwald, Ricky 143 Greer, Brian 43 Gregg, Noel 51 Gregoriou, Greg N. 98 Grens, Elmar 152 Grief, Loss and and Bereavement Care 145 Griffin, Dawn 145 Griffin, Roger D. 172 Griffiths, Patrick 29 Grigoryan, Artyom M. 179 Grigoryan, Merughan 179 Grinberg, Lev 88 Grinyer, Anne 146 Groom, Frank M. 188 Grossmark, Robert 138 Group Performance 118 Grundhoff, Adam 152 Guedes Soares, Carlos 165 Gugler, Philippe 82 Guide to Ministering to Alzheimer’s Patients and Their Families 132 Guise, Richard 160 Gulick, Denny 182 Gunnar, Megan R. 124 Gunturk, Bahadir Kursat 175 Guo, Jiansheng 118 Gupta, Surinder Kumar 152 Gutfinger, Chaim 174

H Hébert, Robert F Hacker, Douglas J. Hackmann, Jorg Hagen, Wilfred Raymond Haigh, Martin Haigh, Rupert Hall, Linda M. Hall, Michael Hall, Michael C. Hall, Peter Reginald Hall, Steven Hall, Susan Hallenberg, Jan Halsey, Sandra Hamas and Suicide Terrorism Hampson, Keith Hamzah, Dyala Hancock, Peter A. Hand, David J. Handbook for Classical Research Handbook for Designing Cement Plants

Expressive Therapies Continuum Extreme Right in Poland Eyre, Deborah Eysenck, Michael

103 56 73 154 196 91 154 106 103 179 169 198 76 128 76 167 88 169 183 15 164

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INDEX 211

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Hemmati, Hamid 176 Heng, Yee-Kuang 77 Henggeler, Scott 143 Henley, David 85 Hennon, Charles B. 149 Henriksen, Rune 76 Herman, Johanna 68 Herring, Jonathan 94 Hershkowitz, Rina 42 Hertlein, Katherine 134 Hess, Diana E. 39 Heterodox Macroeconomics 101 Heterosexual Masculinities 138 Hickey, Ellen 125 High Dependency Nursing Care 146 Higher Education in the Twenty-First Century 54 Highfield, David 159 Hilarski, Carolyn 149 Hill, Douglas 83 Hillard, Michael G. 101 Hillel Steiner and the Anatomy of Justice 7 Hindley, Jane 109 Hinz, Lisa D. 144 Hirano, Hiroyuki 97 Hishida, Masaharu 81 Historical Imagination of G.K. Chesterton, The 26 Historiography and Writing Postcolonial India 85 History of Entrepreneurship, A 103 Hjorth, Larissa 24 Hladky, Stephen 151 Hoban, Garry 44 Hobson, Andrew J 46 Hodgson Anderson, Emily 26 Hoefer, Richard 112 Hoff, Lee Ann 134, 148 Hoffman, Perry D 129 Hoggett, Steven 34 Hohl, William 184 Holland, Jocelyn 26 Holland, Robert 13 Holmqvist-Jonsàter, Caroline 76 Holocene Environmental History of the Central Sahara 172 Home and Family in Japan 82 Hong, Ying-yi 124 Honjo, Yusuke 191 Hook, Glenn D. 86 Hoorpah, Wasoodev 163 Hoover, Lona 198 Hope in Action 132 Horne, Ann 141 Horner, Robert H. 51 Hospice and Palliative Care 133 Hossain, Moazzem 79 Hosseini, Hamed 71 Hou, Ching T. 154 How Courts Impact Federal Administrative Behavior 72 How to Think and Intervene like an REBT Therapist 133 Howard, Elizabeth 87 Howard, Pamela 33 Howe, Stephen 10 Howells, Paul 188 Howes, Andrew 52 Howl, John 154 Hsing, You-tien 78 Hsiung, Pao-Ann 185 Hu, Fei 175 Huang, Chun-Hsian 185 Huang, H.W. 190

Huang, Hsing-En 154 Huang, Yung-Sheng 154 Hubbard, Phil 204 Hudson, Alastair 90 Hudson, Kimberly A. 76 Hughes, J. Donald 105 Huisman, Jeroen 53 Human Amygdala, The 123 Human Development from Early Childhood to Early Adulthood 119 Human Factors in Simulation and Training 169 Human Muscle Fatigue 114 Human Potential 119 Human Reliability, Error, and Human Factors in Engineering Maintenance 180 Human Resource Management 96 Human Resource Management in Public Service Organizations 96 Human Security in Southeast Asia 84 Human Sexuality 113 Hume, Robert J. 72 Hungarian: An Essential Grammar 30 Hunston, Susan 28 Hunter, Robert D. 175 Huntington, Stephen 167 Huprich, Steven K. 128 Hurst, Alan 53 Huttenbach, Henry 77 Hybertson, Duane W. 189

I Ihlen, Oyvind 18 Ilic, Melanie 80 Ilyas, Mohammad 185 Image Processing and Mathematical Morphology 178 Imagery and the Threatened Self 126 Imagery for Pain Relief 144 Immersed in Media 18 Immigrant Divide, The 69 Immigrant Families in Contemporary Society 117 Impe, William F. Van 190 Improving Disabled Students’ Learning in Higher Education 53 Improving Learning in Later Life 54 Improving the Context for Inclusion 52 Improving Working as Learning 39 In Vivo Optical Imaging of Brain Function 155 India - The Political Economy of Growth, Stagnation and the State, 1951-2007 81 India and Counterinsurgency 76 Industrial and Regional Policies in an Enlarging EU 74 Informal Coalitions and Policymaking in Latin America 70 Information Security Management Handbook 186 Information Society, The 202 Information Structure in Spoken Arabic 87 Information-Processing Channels in the Tactile Sensory System 121 Inoue, Masafumi 165 Integrated Approach To Communication Theory and Research, An 17 Integrated Treatment for Co-Occurring Disorders 126 Integrated Urban Water Management: Arid and Semi-Arid Regions 195 Integrated Water Resources Management in Latin America 107

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Handbook of Asian Security Studies 75 Handbook of Developmental Disabilities 51 Handbook of Developmental Social Neuroscience 124 Handbook of European Welfare Systems, The 111 Handbook of Family Therapy and Chronic Illness 132 Handbook of Genetics & Society, The 110 Handbook of Metacognition in Education 56 Handbook of Optical Metrology 179 Handbook of Optical Sensing of Glucose in Biological Fluids and Tissues 192 Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies 75 Handbook of Psychosocial Interventions with Older Adults 145 Handbook of Research on Literacy and Diversity 49 Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension 61 Handbook of Research on School Choice 61 Handbook of Road Technology 164 Handbook of Social Work in Child and Adolescent Sexual Abuse 149 Handbook of Statistical Analyses using SAS, A 181 Handbook of the Medical Consequences of Alcohol and Drug Abuse 132 Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education 112 Handbook of US-Middle East Relations 205 Handbook on Education Policy Research 61 Handmade Electronic Music 35 Hansell, Cristina 77 Hanson, Sharon 91 Hara, Takashi 191 Hardiman, Gary 154 Harding, Jennifer 20 Hardy, Jonathan 19 Harklau, Linda 54 Harlen OBE, Wynne 48 Harmon-Jones, Eddie 123 Haro, Isabel 152 Harris, Paul G 74 Harris, Richard Jackson 19 Harris, Roy 29 Harrop, Jackie 167 Hartley, Phil 128 Hartwick, Elaine 106 Hassanien, A. 185 Hawkin, Sarah 19 Haynes, Jeffrey 72 Healey, Mick 53 Heaney, Caroline 113 Heard-Laureote, Karen 73 Heavy Construction 164 Heberling, Matthew T. 171 Hecker, Lorna L. 130 Heckman, James J. 93 Hedgcock, John 47 Hegelich, Simon 111 Hegemonic Peace and Empire 77 Heller, Michael 102 Helman, Lori 39 Helping Couples Get Past the Affair 137 Helton, William S. 170

Intellectual Property and the New Global Japanese Economy 85 Intercultural Couples 133 Interest Rate Modeling 181 Intergroup Misunderstandings 122 Intergroup Relations 124 Intermediate Chinese 30 Internal and External Aspects of Corporate Governance 99 International Communication: A Reader 21 International Finance 100 International Influence Beyond Conditionality 70 International Institutions and Economic Development in Asia 82 International Perspectives on Contexts, Communities and Evaluated Innovative Practices 57 International Perspectives on Student Outcomes and Homework 49 International Perspectives on Women and HIV 112 International Relations and States of Exception 67 International Relations Theory and Philosophy 71 International Trade and Business Law Review: Volume XII 90 International Who’s Who 2010, The 206 Introducing Applied Linguistics 28 Introducing Food Science 157 Introducing Islam 9 Introducing Property Valuation 159 Introducing Vygotsky 45 Introduction to Art Therapy 144 Introduction to Communications Technologies 188 Introduction to Data Technologies 182 Introduction to Financial Models for Management and Planning 94 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics 178 Introduction to Gravity Currents Intrusions, An 194 Introduction to Literary Ottoman, An 30 Introduction to Rocket Science and Engineering 178 Introduction to Scientific Programming and Simulation Using R 183 Introduction to Spanish Private Law 93 Introduction to Spatial Econometrics 182 Iokibe, Makoto 80 Iordachi, Constantin 10 Iranian Media 24 Ireland and the Industrial Revolution 102 Ishida, Hiroshi 82 Ishii, Tomoaki 81 Islam, Iyanatul 79 Islamists and Secularists in Egypt 88 Israel, Susan E. 61 Israel’s Wars of Attrition 76 Ith, Michael 156

J Jabbar, Naheem Jackowski, Christian Jackson, Cullen Jackson, Richard Jacobsen, Knut A. Jakobi, Anja P. Janes, Robert R. Janna, William S.

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

85 156 169 76 201 72 13 178

212 INDEX

ORDER NOW!

178 76 156 142 6 104 84 133 189 156 71 77 176 79 4 98

Kachroo, Pushkin Kaldor, Mary Kalender, Willi Kaminer, Yifrah Kania, Andrew Kanji, Nazneen Kapur, Ashok Karis, Terri A. Karkare, Bageshri Karolczak, Marek Karolewski, Ireneusz Pawel Karp, Aaron Karunasena, Warna (Karu) Kathuria, Rajat Kavanagh, Aileen Kay, Alison

Kay, Tess 114 Kazaks, Andris 152 Kazuko, Kojima 81 Keane, Terence 148 Keel, Lee H. 177 Keen, Stefanie M. 120 Keenan, Julian Paul 127 Keizer, Arjan 83 Kelly, Alison 48 Kelly, David 92 Kelly, James G. 118 Kelly, Katie 53 Kelly, S. Graham 183 Kelvin Probe for Surface Engineering, The 194 Kendall-Tackett, Kathleen A. 148 Kennard, David 128 Kennedy, Anne 49 Kennedy, Robert S. 169 Kenny, Máirín 63 Kensinger, Elizabeth A. 121 Keohane, Michael 128 Kessler, Thomas 124 Kew, Hsein Y. 166 Khazanov, Anatoly M 73 Khedker, Uday 189 Khiabany, Gholam 24 Khudyakov, Yury E. 152 Khurana, Vijay Kumar 180 Kicki, Jerzy 191 Killian, Kyle D 133 Killick, Tony 102 Kim, Minjeong 108 King, Gary 69 King, John C . 68 King, Peter 161 King, Russell 106 Kissoudi, Penelope 115 Kitaura, Kazuo 194 Kitchin, Rob 107 Klassen, Pamela 201 Klaus Scholz, Dieter Peter 193 Klein, Howard J. 124 Kleinknecht, Steven W 109 Kline, Paul 148 Knepper, Paul 92 Kneubuehl, Beat P. 156 Knowledge, Values and Educational Policy 57 Knuth, Eric J. 44 Ko, Mika 86 Kober, Avi 76 Koch, Dirk-Jan 102 Kochi, Nobuo 179 Kodilinye, Gilbert 90 Koops, Willem 122 Koracin, Julide 171 Kosnik, Clare 46 Kottak, Conrad 107 Koutchma, Tatiana 157 Kovac, Ron 188 Kowaleski Wallace, Elizabeth 25 Kozlovska, Tatyana 152 Kramer, Matthew 7 Krause, Matthias 106 Krause, Micki 186, 189 Kreber, Carolin 55 Krek, Alenka 190 Kropf, Nancy P. 145 Kruglanski, Arie W. 117 Krzanowski, Wojtek J. 183 Kubota, Ryuko 62 Kucer, Stephen B. 60 Kumar, Suresh 194

See separate Order Form

Kumar, Vipin Kumashiro, Masaharu Kumbaracibasi, Arda Can Kusic, George Kuttruff, Heinrich Kuyken, Willem Kwan, Virginia S. Y.

186 169 88 187 160 131 122

L Labonté, Ronald 149 Lacidogna, Giuseppe 163 Lackey, Stephanie J. 169 LaCorte, Lynne F. 147 Ladson-Billings, Gloria 60 Laggards and Leaders in Labour Market Reform 85 Lal, Brij V. 87 Lambrou, Marina 27 Land Use Scenarios 171 Landman, Todd 67 Lane, Jan-Erik 68 Lane, Kathleen Lynne 142 Language and Literacies in the Primary School 46 Language and Media 27 Language Development Over the Lifespan 27 Language in Use 29 Lansford, Jennifer E. 117 Lanyado, Monica 141 Laplante, Phillip A. 189 Lapp, Diane 43 Lara, James 152 Larsen, Randy J. 123 Laser-Plasma Interactions 194 Lasers in the Conservation of Artworks 14 Last, Cynthia G. 136 Lauder, Hugh 57 Lawler, John 146 Laws that Shaped America, The 69 Lay, Maxwell G. 164 Le Bras, Yvon 30 Le Poidevin, Robin 6 Le Sage, James 182 Leabhart, Thomas 34 Leading Learning 40 Leahy, Robert L. 130 Leander, Anna 66 Learning for Themselves 40 Learning Through Talk 38 Learning to Teach English in the Secondary School 41 Learning to Teach in the Secondary School 41 Learning to Write with Purpose 43 Leask, Marilyn 41 Lee, Ching Kwan 78 Lee, Shau-Tarng 193 Legal Education in Asia 84 Legal English 91 Legal Method, Skills and Reasoning 91 Legal Writing 91 Legitimising the Use of Force in International Politics 76 Lehti, Marko 73 Leick, Gwendolyn 14 Leighton, Sophie 139 Leitch, Vincent B. 25 Leonardo, Zeus 58 Leroy, Anothony 178 Lessons from the Asian Financial Crisis 82 Levi, Maurice D. 100

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Levin, Harvey 125 Lew, Alan 103 Lew, Christopher R. 80 Lewis III, James 145 Lewis, David 104 Lewis, Ramon 48 Leyens, Jacques-Philippe 122 Li, Gang 98 Li, Linda Chelan 81 Liao, Hanwen 161 Liberal Peace and Post-War Reconstruction, The 74 Liberalism, Community, Education 63 Lieven, Elena 118 Life After Cancer in Adolescence and Young Adulthood 146 Liggett, Kristen 169 Lighting for Driving 169 Likhacheva, Alla 152 Lilienthal, Michael G. 169 Limbachiya, Mukesh C 166 Limsiri, C. 165 Lin, Angel M. Y. 62 Lin, George C.S. 82 Lin, Jiann-Tsyh 154 Lin, Yi-hsien 154 Lind, Amy 73 Linear Control Theory 177 Link, Albert N. 103 Liow, Joseph 75 Liptak, Bela G. 168 Liquid Lean 99 Lisiecki, Joseph 135 Literacy Development with English Learners 39 Literacy Growth for Every Child 43 Literacy Instruction for Adolescents 46 Little, Richard 12 Liu, Dahai 169 Liu, G.B. 190 Liu, Yan 174 Living and Surviving in Harm’s Way 129 Llamas, M.Ramon 196 Llewellyn-Jones, LLoyd 15 Local Organizations and Urban Governance in East and Southeast Asia 86 Lock, Margaret 110 Lofaro, Ronald John 169 Lomax, Richard G 181 Lone, Stewart 86 Long Term Evolution 186 Lonsdale, Deryle Wayne 30 Lonsway, Brian 161 Loomis, Eric 5 Looney, Robert 205 Lost Art of Listening, The 137 Lotz, Amanda D. 20 Loublad, Karl Olof 156 Lubin, Hadar 135 Lucius, Casey 83 Lundblad, Roger L. 152 Lundell, Krister 72 Lutgen-Sandvik, Pamela 18 Luxford, Heather 38 Lyden, John 9 Lynch, Paul 106

Japan and the Emerging Asia-Pacific Order 86 Japan Commission on Large Dams - JCOLD, 195 Japanese and Hong Kong Film Industries 86 Japanese Stage-Step Course: CD 1&2 32 Japanese Stage-Step Course: Grammar Textbook 32 Japanese Stage-Step Course: Workbook 1 32 Japanese Stage-Step Course: Writing Practice Book 32 Jarosinski, Jozef 193 Jaroszynski, Dino A. 194 Jarvis, Peter 56 Jeffries, Ian 81 Jenkins, Jennifer 27 Jenkins, Keith 11 Jenkins, Robert 65 Jensen, Per H. 111 Jespersen, Ejgil 115 Jewish Education and History 88 Jews and Judaism in Modern China 87 Jewson, Nick 42 Jeynes, William 40 Jian, Qiao 81 Jiang, J. 185 Jimenez, Blanca 195 JIT Implementation Manual 97 John Brown and the Era of Literary Confrontation 13 Johne, Reimar 152 Johnson, Craig W. 171 Johnson, David 135 Johnson, Dennis W. 69 Johnson, Joan H. 169 Johnson, Karen E. 37 Johnson, Robert L. 57 Johnstone, Brick 120 Jones, Deborah 112 Jones, Martin 11 Jones, Megan Sanborn 13 Jones, Nicholas 94 Jones, Owen 183 Jones, Roger 90 Jones, Sarah 154 Jones, Stephan 188 Joy of Work, The 121 Juhl, Cory 5 Jumpstart! Drama 43 Jumpstart! Science 43 Just A Phrase I’m Going Through 28 Justice, Intervention and Force in International Relations 76

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INDEX 213

Mälksoo, Maria 70 Münch, Richard 73 Maberry, Barbara L. 128 Mac Ginty, Roger 74 Macaulay, Tyson 189 Macchairella, Nickolas D. 169 Machine Learning 189 Macintyre, Christine 37 MacMaster, Samuel A 112 MacRury, Iain 19 Madan, Dilip B. 181 Madhav, Roopa 94 Madigan, David 182 Madou, Marc J. 178, 179 Madryas, Cezary 164 Madsen, Frank 65 Maekawa, Kochi 166 Maiga, Hassimi O. 12 Maillardet, Robert 183 Majumdar, Boria 115 Majumdar, Manabi 83 Making Anti-Racial Discrimination Law 93 Making Japanese Heritage 82 Making Leisure Work 161 Making of Modern Lithuania, The 70 Making of the Arab Intellectual, The 88 Making Sense of Madness 125 Making the Metropolitan Landscape 159 Malderez, Angi 46 Malewski, Erik 59 Mallikarjunan, Parameswarakuma 157 Mallon, Gerald P 147 Management and Leadership in Social Care 146 Managing Complex Governance Systems 98 Managing Knowledge in the Construction Industry 158 Managing Long-term Conditions and Chronic Illness in Primary Care 146 Managing Military Organisations 76 Managing Power 77 Managing Water Resources in a Time of Global Change 101 Manahan, Stanley E. 192 Mangan, J A 115 Mangieri, John N. 42 Mangos, Phillip M. 169 Mansell, Robin 202 Manufacturing Facilities 180 Manufacturing Techniques for Microfabrication and Nanotechnology 178 Marat, Erica 81 Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution, The 101 Marginalized Communities and Access to Justice 93 Markandya, Anil 102 Married Women Who Love Women 133 Marsland, Stephen 189 Martens, Kerstin 72 Martin, Danny Bernard 44 Martin, Joel W. 151 Martin, Mary 76 Martin, Philippe 178 Martin, Susan K. 203 Martindale, Brian 125 Martindale, David A. 127 Martin-Ortega, Olga 68 Martorell, Sebastián 165

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Marx 10 Masad, Eyad 166 Mash, Eric J. 142 Mathematical Analysis of Linear Economic Systems, The 103 Mathematical and Experimental Modeling of Physical and Biological Processes 182 Mathematical Relationships in Education 63 Mathematics for Biological Scientists 151 Mathematics Teaching, Learning, and Liberation in the Lives of Black Children 44 Mather, Paul 173 Mathers, Dale 140 Matson, Robert S. 153 Matsushige, Hisakazu 85 Matteson, David R. 131 Mauk, David 11 Maurer, Walter 80 Mavris, Dimitri N. 189 May, Christopher 66 Maybin, Janet 27 Mayer, Vicki 22 Mays, Larry 195 Mazzolani, Federico 167 Mc Mackin, Robert A. 148 McAllister, Matthew P. 23 McCarthy, Barry 131 McCarthy, Emily 131 McCartney, Matthew 81 McCleary, Joseph R. 26 McCorkindale, Jeffery A. 128 McCoy, Monica L. 120 McDonagh, Ken 77 McDonald, Roger 40 McGonigal, Andrew 6 McIntosh, Alison J. 106 McIntyre, Gary 189 McKenzie, Callum 115 A.M. McLean, Sheila 90 McMackin, Mary C. 43 McMahon, Sean 70 McNabb, David E. 98 McNally, Mark 72 McNamee, Mike J. 115 McPherson, Marc A. 154 Measuring Human Rights 67 Media and Middle Class Moms 107 Media and Religion 21 Media and the Creation of Babe Ruth 13 Media Globalization and the Discovery Channel Networks 24 Mediation in the Asia-Pacific Region 71 Medical Advice for Women, 1830-1915 204 Medicinal Protein Engineering 152 Meeks, Lori R. 83 Meerman, Jacob 102 Mejía Acosta, Andrés 70 Melanie Klein in Berlin 139 Memento 6 Men in the Lives of Young Children 112 Mendick, Heather 63 Mennuti, Rosemary B. 136 Mental Health and Emerging Adulthood among Homeless Young People 119 Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System 127 Menzies, Holly Mariah 142

Merchant, Hoshang 86 Merrison, Andrew 29 Mertus, Julie 65, 68 Meszaros, George 93 Metabolic Pathway Engineering Handbook, The 153 Metcalfe, Stan 103 Methods in Neuroimaging 127 Methods in Religion, Spirituality & Aging 9 Methods in Social Neuroscience 123 Meyer, John 124 Microarray Innovations 154 Microarray Methods and Protocols 153 MicroComputed Tomography 177 Microcontrollers 185 Midler, Christophe 99 Migration, Transfers and Economic Decision Making among Agricultural Households 103 Mihashi, Hirozo 166 Mikkola, Jyri-Pekka 194 Milbank, John 9 Milewski Hertlein, Katherine 134 Militarism, Hunting, Imperialism 115 Military and the State in Central Asia, The 81 Miller, Melvin E. 140 Miller, William 198, 199 Mills, Colin 46 Mills, Wright 110 Millson-Martula, Christopher 198 Milojevic, Dragomir 178 Milonakis, Dimitris 100 Minguet, Guy 99 Mining and the Environment 191 Minkkinen, Panu 94 Minkowycz, W. J. 154 Minority Governments in India 83 Mirroring and Attunement 139 Mitra, Gautam 181 Mixed Media 21 Mjos, Ole 24 Mobility 104 Modeling Environment-Improving Technological Innovations under Uncertainty 102 Modelling Urban Development with Geographical Information Systems and Cellular Automata 174 Model-oriented Systems Engineering Science 189 Modern Bamboo Structures 165 Modern Hospice Design 159 Modern Indian Culture and Society 201 Modern Law of Contract, The 92 Moens, Gabriel 90 Mok, Ka Ho 53 Moller, Verner 113 Monte Carlo Methods for Electromagnetics 178 Mooij, Jos 83 Moore, Bret A 129 Moore, Cerwyn 71 Moore, Roy L. 17 Moore, Tina 146 Moraru, Carmen I. 157 Moreno, Pablo 14 Morgan, Richard 147 Morgan-Jones, Edward 80 Morgillo Freeman, Sharon 129 Moroney, Willaim F. 169 Morphew, Christopher 53 Morris, James R. 94 Morrison, Keith 56

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Morrow, Lesley Mandel 49 Moseley, Christopher 31 Moser, Paul J. 124 Moskowitz, Gordon B. 123 Moss, Gemma 46 Mostafavi, Mir Abolfazl 173 Mosterman, Pieter J. 188 Mouat, David A. 171 Mouloua, Mustapha 169 Move On Maths Ages 9-11 40 Moyo, Pilate 163 Moysey, Steve 12 Mozdzierz, Gerald 135 Mukherji, Aditi 196 Mukhopadhyay, Swapna 43 Mukwiri, Jonathan 94 Mulla Sadra and Metaphysics 87 Multi-Agent Systems 188 Multiple Democracies In Europe 70 Multiplex in India, The 83 Multisystemic Therapy and Neighborhood Partnerships 143 Multisystemic Therapy for Antisocial Behavior in Children and Adolescents 143 Munck, Ronaldo 73 Munro, Neil 177 Murdoch, Kath 38 Murphy, Eamon 76 Murrell, Paul 182 Murtagh, Fionn 182 Museums in a Troubled World 13 Museums of Cinema and their Audience 13 Mykhalovskiy, Eric 111 Mythology, Globalization and World Order 71

N Naciri, Ahmed 99 Nacorda, Hildie Maria E. 170 Nair, Sheila 67 Najarian, Kayvan 151 Nakamura, Hikaru 166 Nakamura, Keiko 118 Nakamura, Tamio 82 Napolitano, Scott A. 141 Narramore, Terry 78 Nashef, Hania A.M. 26 Nather, Silvio 156 Nationalism and Everyday Life 109 Naturbanization 112 Nauright, John R. 114 Navigating Initial Teacher Training 46 Near-Earth Laser Communications 176 Nejadmehr, Rasoul 63 Nelson, Robert L. 93 Nelson, Scott G 74 Nelson, Tamara Holmlund 49 Nelson, Vaughn 168 Nelson, W. Todd 169 Nelson-Barber, Sharon 43 Neta, Ram 4 Network Design for IP Convergence 187 Networks-on-Chips 178 Neufeld, Jonathan 49 Neville, Matthew 196 New and Expanded Neuropsychosocial Concepts Complementary to Llorens’ Developmental Theory 147 New Challenges and Visions for Mining 191 New Face of Government, The 98 New Horizons for Policy Practice 112

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

214 INDEX 10 148 190 187 101 167 190 192 157 157 137 169 169 180 69 152 6 118 93 83 84 152 85 104 70 169 29 77 80 115 103

ORDER NOW!

Oakey, David 28 Oakland, John 11 Oakley, Ben 113 Oberdiek, John 4 Obriadina, Anna 152 Odom, Samuel L. 51 O’Donoghue, Tom 40 Oesterhelweg, Lars 156 Official (ISC)2 Guide to the CISSP CBK 189 Ohana, David 88 Okolita, Patricia A. 189 Older Worker and the Changing Labor Market, The 97 Oliver, Simon 9 Olsen, David C. 135 Olssen, Mark 63 Onslow, Sue 76 Optimal Design of Queuing Systems183 Orange, Donna 138 Origins & Development of the European Union 1945-2008 67 Origins of Criminology, The 92 Origins of the Libyan Nation, The 88 Origins of the Twenty First Century, The 101 Orlik, Peter B. 20 Osborne, Robin 15 Ose, Velta 152 Ostrowski, Wojciech 81 Otten, Sabine 124 Otwell, Pat 132 Ougaard, Morten 66 Oujja, Mohamed 14 Outsourcing Records Management 206

Owens, John E Owens, Jonathan Ozcaliskan, Seyda

71 87 118

P Pace, Robert Kelley 182 Packer, Corinne 149 Padesky, Christine A. 131 Paedophiles in our Communities 147 Pal-Bhadra, Manika 152 Palermo, Marco 107 Palestinian Politics and the Middle East Peace Process 87 Palfreyman, David 55 Pallas-Areny, Ramon 185 Pandey, Gyanendra 82 Panik, Michael 183 Pankowski, Rafal 70 Pappi, Franz Urban 73 Parchami, Ali 77 Parenting with Reason 117 Parents and Children Communicating with Society 18 Parry, Jim 113 Parson, Leroy C. 128 Pascoe, John 160 Pasley, Keith 189 Patel, Paresh D. 152 Paudel, Shyam K. 165 Pauly, Alejandro 173 Pavlich, George 93 Payne, Stanley 73 Peabody, Carolyn 147 Peacebuilding 65 Pedestrian Dynamics 178 Peerenboom, Randall 78 Peet, Richard 106 Pekkanen, Robert 86 Pelizzo, Riccardo 71 Pellen, Rita 198, 199 Peluso, Paul 135 Penny, James A. 56 People in Crisis 134 Perez, Nestor O. 152 Perez-Blanco, Horacio 175 Performing American Identity in Anti-Mormon Melodrama 13 Perkins, Chris 107 Perks, Alan 33 Perpetrators, Accomplices and Victims in 20th Century Politics 73 Perspectives on Gramsci 71 Perspectives on Supported Collaborative Teacher Inquiry 49 Peters, B.Guy 69 Peterson, Gretchen N. 173 Pfau-Effinger, Birgit 111 Pflug, Georg 181 Phelps, Elizabeth A. 123 Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, Andreas 93 Phillips Lii, Daniel W. 127 Philosophy of Education 61 Philpott, Chris 42 Phlegm, H. K. 194 Photoacoustic Imaging and Spectroscopy 179 Photography 19 Photography 22 Physicalism 5 Pichot, Teri 134 Pictorial Narrative in the Nazi Period 24 Pilot Constructed Treatment Wetland for Pulp and Paper Mill Wastewater, A 170

See separate Order Form

Pinar, William F. 59 Pincus, David 144 Pini, Barbara 106 Piro, Salvatore 192 Pitts, Adrian 161 Plank, David N. 59 Planning for Children’s Play and Learning 38 Po-Ching, Yip 30 Poet-historian Qian Qianyi, The 80 Police Corruption 155 Policy and Politics in Teacher Education 49 Policy Coherence and EU Development Policy 74 Political Change, Democratic Transitions and Security in Southeast Asia 84 Political Economy and Globalization 102 Political Economy of Water and Sanitation, The 106 Political Economy, Liberalisation and Growth in India, 1991-2008 81 Political Extremes 70 Political Liberalism 72 Political Representation of Immigrants and Minorities, The 73 Political Succession in the Arab World 88 Political Theology in Israel 88 Politics and Oil in Kazakhstan 81 Politics and Pitfalls of Japan Ethnography 87 Politics and Violence in Israel/Palestine 88 Politics of a National Symbol in India, The 85 Politics of Becoming European, The 70 Politics of Bureaucracy, The 69 Politics of Climate Change, The 74 Politics of Destroying Surplus Small Arms, The 77 Politics of Heritage Tourism in China, The 83 Politics of Humiliation in the Novels of J.M. Coetzee, The 26 Politics of Transition in Central Asia and the Caucasus, The 81 Polymeric Foams 193 Pond, Wilson G. 157 Pope, Steven W. 114 Port Economics 100 Port Security Management 189 Porteous, Jacqueline 33 Porter, Elisabeth 71 Porter, Jill 57 Possession 140 Post-Oil Energy Technology 168 Postupolski, Tomasz W. 175 Potter, Kimberlee 156 Potter, William C. 77 Pow, Choon-Piew 84 Powel, Brieg 88 Powell, Arthur B. 43 Powell, Helen 19 Powell, Rebecca 63 Power and Policy in Putin’s Russia 74 Poynting, Scott 76 Practical Autonomy and Bioethics 7 Practical Guide to Teaching Music in the Secondary School, A 42 Prados Velasco, Maria Jose 112 Prakash, Nirupama 112 Pratt, Stacie 169 Praulin¸š, Dace 31 Prenzler, Timothy 155

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Pribram, Deidre 20 Price, David 93 Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy 135 Principles of Hazardous Materials Management 172 Priorities in Teacher Education 46 Prison-House of History, The 13 Pritchard, Duncan 4 Producing for Web 2.0 22 Production and Operations Management 180 Production Studies 22 Proffitt, Jane 206 Profiling Hackers 155 Project Management Recipes for Success 94 Promotion of Work Ability towards Productive Aging 169 Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial Japan 86 Przybyla, Bogdan 164 Psychiatry in Law / Law in Psychiatry 129 Psychodynamic Therapy 128 Psychology for GCSE Level 120 Psychology of Goals, The 123 Psychology of Self-Regulation 125 Psychology of Terrorism 117 Psychotherapeutic Approaches To Schizophrenic Psychoses 125 Psychotherapist Revealed 136 Public Relations and Social Theory 18 Puddephatt, Antony 109 Pullen, John 101 Pumpens, Paul 152 Purdy, Michael 152 Pushko, Peter 152

Q Quality Aspects in Spatial Data Mining Qualter, Anne Quantitative Fund Management

173 48 181

R Race, Culture, and Identities in Second Language Education Race, Whiteness, and Education Radhakrishnan, R. Radical Orthodoxy Reader, The Radical Politics in Colonial Punjab Radovic, Darko Radvan, Roxana Rafaeli, Eshkol Rafter, Nicole H. Rai, Bharatendra K. Rainbow, Philip S. Rajan, Nalini Ramanathan, Usha Raoul, Joel Ratel, Sébastien Rationality and the Literate Mind Ravetz, Joe Rayaprolu, Kumar Rea, Michael C. Rea, Simon Read, Benjamin L Read, John Read, Veronica Readings in Applied Microeconomics Reclaiming Chinese Society Reconciling Indonesia

New Imperial Histories Reader New Sociology of the Health Service, The Newman, Dianne K. Newman, Mark Newmark, Craig Newton, Peter Ng, Charles W.W. Ng, Kwan-Hoong Ngadi, Michael O. Nichols, Buford L. Nichols, Michael P. Nicholson, Denise Nickens, Tiffany Nicoll, Gayle Nie, Norman Niedre-Otomere, Baiba Nietzsche: The Key Concepts Nijstad, Bernard A. Niklas Luhmann: Law, Society, Justice Nikolenyi, Csaba Nishikawa, Yukiko Nolde, Mona J. Noman, Omar Non-Governmental Organizations and Development Non-Great Powers in International Politics Norman, Kristie North, Sarah Nuclear Energy, Security and Global Governance Nurmila, Nina Nutrition and Exercise Concerns of Middle Age Nyaupane, Gyan

62 58 87 9 85 158 14 130 92 180 171 87 94 163 114 29 104 176 4 113 86 125 37 101 78 84

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INDEX 215

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

ROC Curves for Continuous Data 183 Rockett, Bernard 192 Rodrigue, Jean-Paul 105 Rodriguez de las Heras Bellal, Teresa 93 Rodriguez, Vincent 194 Roeder, Ingo 188 Rogers, Marcus K. 189 Rogers, Wendy A. 169 Rohn, Till 152 Role of the Chemist in Automotive Design, The 194 Roman Garden, The 15 Romaniello, Matthew 12 Ronald, Richard 82 Room Acoustics 160 Rose, Joan B 195 Rosenthal, Howard 136 Rosiles, Jose Gerardo 175 Ross, Steffen 156 Rossi, John J. 152 Rossi, Livia 152 Rossmo, D. Kim 93 Roth, Wolff-Michael 47 Rounds, Carol 30 Routledge Companion to Britain in the Twentieth Century, The 10 Routledge Companion to English Language Studies, The 27 Routledge Companion to Metaphysics, The 6 Routledge Companion to Religion and Film, The 9 Routledge Companion to Sports History 114 Routledge Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society 79 Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics 79 Routledge History of International Organizations 68 Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education, The 58 Routledge International Handbook of Higher Education, The 53 Routledge Introductory Course in Modern Hebrew, The 31 Routledge Philosophy Guidebook to Aristotle and the Politics 6 Rowland, Melissa D. 143 Rubin, Judith A. 144 Rudman, Masha Kabakow 37 RuDusky, Basil 156 Rueda, Robert 49 Ruiz, Javier 14 Runge, J. 172 Runnels, Vivien 149 Rural Urban Dynamics 107 Rury, John L. 62 Ryan-Flood, Róisín 112 Ryder, Joan 169

S Sübidey, Togan Saad-Filho, Alfredo Saalfeld, Thomas Saarinen, Jarkko Saarinen, Justin A. Sadiki, Larbi Sadiku, Matthew N.O. Safe Motherhood in a Globalized World Safety, Reliability and Risk Analysis Safran, William Sahoo, Ajaya Sainsbury, Mark

102 102 73 106 171 88 178 112 165 87 87 5

Sakata, Kenji 166 Sakwa, Richard 74 Salmi, Tapio O. 194 Salter, William J. 169 Salwen, Michael B. 17 Samons, Sandra L. 128 Samuel, Priscilla 157 Samuels, Paul 167 Samy, Shahira 88 Sanskrit Language - Volume 1&2, The 80 Santambrogio, Marco D. 185 Sanyal, Amitabha 189 Sasnauskas, Kestutis 152 Sassenberg, Kai 124 Sato, Ryoichi 166 Savagery and Colonialism in the Indian Ocean 86 Sayed, Tarek 166 Scerbo, Mark W. 169 Schaefer, Axel 66 Schaefer, G. 185 Schaps, David 15 Schellekens, Elisabeth 7 Schema Therapy 130 Scherer, Raimar 166 Scheurer, Eva 156 Schilling, Edward G. 182 Schlozman, Kay L. 69 Schmidt-Panos, Elizabeth A. 169 Schneider, Barbara 61 Schneider, Markus 173 Schneider, Wolfgang 119 Schoenwald, Sonja K. 143 Schragenheim, Eli 99 Schrauf, Robert W. 27 Schrecker, Ted 149 Schrecongost, Alyse 171 Schubert, Klaus 111 Schucany, William R. 182 Schultz, Deborah 24 Schumacher, Hubertus 156 Schumacker, Randall 181 Schwarz, Baruch 42 Schwarzmantel, John 72 Science Education from People for People 47 Science For Humanism 108 Science of Subjective Well-Being, The 123 Scobell, Andrew 75 Seamon, Alton 169 Second Language Teacher Education 49 Second-order Nonlinear Optical Characterization Techniques 194 Secrecy and Silence in the Research Process 112 Secrecy and the Media 68 Securitization of Humanitarian Migration, The 71 Sedelmeier, Ulrich 70 Sedgwick, Peter 6 Seeing the Unseen. Geophysics and Landscape Archaeology 192 Segal, Graham Phillip 156 Seismic Design of Buildings to Eurocode 8 167 Self and No-Self 140 Sen, Satadru 86 Sendak, Shelley 134 Serreze, Mark 105 Sex Changes 138 Sex Trafficking in South Asia 84 Sex-Offender Therapy 128 Sexuality in World History 11

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

Reconfigurable System Design and Verification 185 Redding, Paul 7 Redefining Teacher Development 49 Refurbishment and Upgrading of Buildings 159 Regional Development Banks 70 Regional Security 65 Regression Modeling 183 Regulation in Asia 78 Regulation of Gene Expression by Small RNAs 152 Rehabilitation of Neuropsychological Disorders 120 Reid, Heather 113 Reilly, Thomas 115 Reimann, Kim 83 Reinalda, Bob 68 Reinardy, Scott 23 Reintegration of Armed Groups After Conflict 77 Reis, Bruce E 138 Relentless Progress 22 Reliability Analysis and Prediction with Warranty Data 180 Religion and Politics in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa 72 Religion and Politics in South Asia 79 Religion, Politics and Gender in Indonesia 84 Remonda, Luca 156 Remy Leder, Judith 63 Reparations to Palestinian Refugees 88 Requirements Engineering for Software and Systems 189 Research and International Trade Policy Negotiations 71 Responsible Development 85 Rethinking Capitalism 98 Rethinking Dislocation and Resettlement in Development 85 Rethinking Maps 107 Rethinking Modern Japan 78 Rey, Jorge Feliu 93 Riaz, Ali 79 Richmond, Oliver 74 Riddell, Sheila 53 Rights, Gender and Family Law 94 Riley-Tillman, T. Chris 56 Rimmington, Don 30 Rise of Japanese NGOs, The 83 Rise of Regionalism, The 72 Risk, Global Governance and Security 77 Risk: An Introduction 165 Ritenour, E. Russell 192 Rizvi, Sajjad H. 87 Road for SEEM. A Reference Framework Towards a Single European Electronic Market, The 187 Road to Balcombe Street, The 12 Robbins, Ruth 204 Roberge, Mark 54 Roberson, Cliff 93 Robert, Fredrick 178 Roberts, Christopher 84 Roberts, Craig 120 Roberts, Hazel 53 Roberts, Jean 6 Roberts, Peter 104 Robertson Kalberg, Jemma 142 Robertson, Jennifer 87 Robinson, Andrew 183 Robson, James 15 Robson, James 83

Shaffir, William 109 Shah, Arvind H. 176 Shallow Foundations 191 Shannon, Kelly 196 Shape Classification and Analysis 179 Shaping Neighbourhoods 160 Shapiro, H. Svi 59 Shapland, Joanna 92 Sharit, Joseph 169 Sharma, Shalini 85 Shaurette, Ken M. 189 Shavit, Arthur 174 Shaw, Jei-Fu 154 Shearer, Alan W. 171 Shehata, Dina 88 Sheikh, Anees A. 144 Shekel, Moshe 94 Shen, Geoffrey 162 Shen, Z.Y. 167 Shepard, William 9 Shepard-Wong, Mary 60 Shewfelt, Robert L. 157 Shi, Wenzhong 173 Shih, Frank Y. 178 Shipping Law 91 Shoemaker, Pamela J. 21 Shoshani Rosenbaum, Michael 138 Shribak, Michael 179 Siegal, Meryl 54 Siengthai, Sununta 96 Sigmund Freud 24 Silver, Ann-Louise 125 Simeonsson, Rune 51 Simons, Peter 6 Simpson, William 11 Singh, Greg 140 Singh, Jagman 164 Singh, Nanua 180 Singh, Rashmi 76 SIP Handbook 185 Skalski, Paul 18 Skills for Social Work Macro Practice 147 Slack, Brian 105 Slack, Frank J. 152 Slade, Robert 189 Slapper, Gary 92 Slater, David 82 Slater, Jerry 17 Slavit, David 49 Slovenko, Ralph 129 Smart Thinking 47 Smart, Lizzie 38 Smidt, Sandra 45 Smith, Anthony D. 67 Smith, Gale 152 Smith, James 152 Smith, Jeremy 80 Smith, Kevin M. 169 Smith, Neil 109 Smither, Janan A. 169 Smock, Sara A. 134 Smolke, Christina D. 153 Smyth, Padhraic 182 Snell, Martha E. 51 Snyder, Douglas K. 137 Sobczyk, Jacek 191 Socha, Thomas J. 18 Social Class in Contemporary Japan 82 Social Cognition 121 Social Impact of Conflict in Sri Lanka, The 83 Social Justice, Peace, and Environmental Education 59

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

216 INDEX Stelzer, Emily Muthard 169 STEP Project Management 98 Stephenson, Craig E. 140 Stergiopoulos, Stergios 174 Stidham Jr., Shaler 183 Stock Market Volatility 98 Stock, Stuart R. 177 Stockwell, Sarah 13 Stoelhorst, Dick 167 Stoljar, Daniel 5 Stone, Richard 92 Stoneham, Michael 13 St-Onge, Myreille 110 Stonnington, Henry H. 120 Stopa, Lusia 126 Storer, Richard 24 Stout, Daniel A. 21 Strack, Fritz 121 Strahan, Esther Yoder 117 Strain, John 55 Strand, Jonathan 70 Strater, Laura D. ` 169 Stricker, George 126 Strock, Carren 133 Stronach, Ian 62 Structuring Mass Higher Education 55 Student Migration 106 Stulen, Foster B. 193 Styhre, Alexander 158 Stylianou, Despina A. 44 Su, Xiaobo 83 Subaltern Citizens and their Histories 82 Subrahmanyam, A. 194 Sule, Dileep R. 180 Summerfield, Gale 86 Sun, Da-Wen 157 Supply Chain Fulfillment at Warp Speed 99 Surveillance 199 Surviving Field Research 68 Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development 161 Suttie, John W. 157 Sutton, Raul 192 Suzuki, Makoto 191 Swann, Joan 27 Swearer, Susan M. 141 Sweeney, Thomas J. 137 Swenson, Cynthis Cupit 143 Swindells, Peter G. 192 Sykes, Gary 61 Symcox, Linda 59 Sypher, Beverly Davenport 18 Systemic Sex Therapy 134 Systems Biology and Bioinformatics 151 Szot, Arkadiusz 164

T Tännsjö, Torbjörn 115 Tabakov, Slavik 192 Tadgell, Christopher 158 Tailings and Mine Waste ‘08 191 Tailor Made Concrete Structures 167 Takahashi, Koretaro 154 Takeovers and the European Legal Framework 94 Talley, Wayne K. 100 Tallon, Andrew 105 Tamburrini, Claudio 115 Tanabe, Tada-aki 166 Taniguchi, Makoto 196 Taplin, Ruth 85 Tapper, Ted 55 Targeting Terrorist Financing 76

See separate Order Form

Tatom, Jacqueline 159 Taubman, Peter M. 43 Tavares, Rodrigo 65 Tawa, Wako 32 Tay, David Banhock 175 Tay, Jinna 23 Taylor, David Charles 154 Taylor, Dehne 85 Taylor, Ed 60 Taylor, Ida S. 143 Taylor, James Stacey 7 Taylor, John 40 Taylor, Kathryn 84 Taylor, Travis S. 178 Teacher Education and the Struggle for Social Justice 47 Teaching and Learning Proof Across the Grades 44 Teaching By Numbers 43 Teaching of Science in Primary Schools, The 48 Teaching Readers of English 47 Technology Infrastructure 103 Technology, Design and Process Innovation in the Built Environment 167 Teisman, Geert 98 Television Studies After TV 23 Teo, Peggy 83 Terror and the Politics of Catastrophe 77 Testifying to Trauma 93 Thali, Michael J. 156 The Organizing Committee of the 12th International Conference on Tailings and Mine Waste 191 Theories of Development 106 Theory After Derrida 87 Therapeutic Relationship in the Cognitive Behavioral Psychotherapies, The 130 Therapist’s Notebook Volume 3, The 130 Thermodynamics 174 Thiranagama, Sharika 83 Thompson, Brian J. 179 Thompson, Trena N. 169 Thomson-Wohlgemuth, Gaby 26 Thornton, Linda 38 Through Assessment to Consultation 141 Thurner, Paul W. 73 Thurschwell, Pamela 24 Thurston, Hale W. 171 Thussu, Daya 21 Tian, Yan 173 Tice, Dianne F. 125 Tight, Malcolm 53 Timing of Income Recognition in Tax Law and the Time Value of Money, The 94 Timms, Edward 24 Timothy, Dallen J. 103 Timpe, Kevin 4 Tipton, Harold F. 186 Tobacco in Russian History and Culture 12 Tobias, Sigmund 60 Top Ten Algorithms in Data Mining, The 186 Tortajada, Cecilia 107 Tortella, Gabriel 101 Tourism and Change in Polar Regions 106 Toussaint, Laura 111 Toward a Literacy of Promise 63 Towards Responsible Government in East Asia 81

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

Tracey, Louise 46 Tran, H.T. 182 Tranel, Daniel 125 Transformation of Knowledge Through Classroom Interaction 42 Translation Under State Control 26 Transnational Migrations 87 Transnational Organized Crime 65 Transnationalism 108 Transnationalism and American Literature 25 Trauma and Physical Health 148 Trauma and Serious Mental Illness 135 Trauma-Centered Group Psychotherapy for Women 135 Traveller, Nomadic and Migrant Education 63 Treating Problem Behaviors 143 Treib, Marc 160 Tremblay, Richard E. 122 Trimble, Patrick Adam 13 Trocine, Linda 169 Trudinger, John 191 Tso, Brandt 173 Tubular Structures XII 167 Tuchin, Valery V. 192 Tucker, Hazel 106 Tumpey, Terrence 152 Turkish Politics and the Rise of the AKP 88 Turner, Bryan Stanley 112 Turner, David L. 152 Turner, Graeme 23 Turner, Tony 41 Turow, Joseph 23 Twizell, E.H. 54 Two Sides to Every Self-Process: The Pros and Cons 122 Two-Dimensional Optical Spectroscopy 154 Tyner, James 106

U Ucko, David 77 Uhrmacher, Adelinde M. 188 Ulanova, Tatyana 152 Ulrich, Rainer 152 Ultrafast Dynamics and Laser Action of Organic Semiconductors 194 Ultrasonics 193 Ultraviolet Light in Food Technology 157 Umezawa, Yu 196 Underground Infrastructure of Urban Areas 164 Understanding and Applying Cryptography and Data Security 184 Understanding and Managing Tourism Impacts 103 Understanding Culture 124 Understanding Housing Finance 161 Understanding Pupil Behaviour 48 Understanding the Impact of Clergy Sexual Abuse 148 Understanding the Reggio Approach 38 Ungarish, Marius 194 United Nations and Human Rights, The 65 United Nations Reform 71 Universities, Ethics and Professions 55 University and its Disciplines, The 55 Unwin, Lorna 39 Urban Crime Prevention, Surveillance, and Restorative Justice 92 Urban Regeneration in the UK 105 Urban Water Conflicts 195

ORDER NOW!

Social Movements and Activism in the USA 110 Social Movements, Law and the Politics of Land Reform 93 Social Psychology of Consumer Behavior 122 Social Responsibility Therapy for Adolescents and Young Adults 142 Social Work and Global Mental Health 110 Social Work Practice with Transgender and Gender Variant Youth 147 SocioEconomic Mobility and Low Status Minorities 102 Soeters, Joseph 76 Solanke, Iyiola 93 Solid-State Physics, Fluidics, and Analytical Techniques in Microand Nanotechnology 178 Solmes, Leslie 168 Solomon, Yvette 63 Solution-Focused Substance Abuse Treatment 134 Song, Haiyan 98 Sori, Catherine Ford 130 South Asian Economic Development 79 Southeast Asia’s Credit Revolution 85 Sovereignty and the limits of the Liberal Imagination 74 Sovereignty, Knowledge, Law 94 Soviet State and Society Under Nikita Khrushchev 80 Sowerby, Robin 15 Spadorcia, Stephanie A. 43 Sparrow, E. M. 154 Spatial Recall 160 Spears-Bunton, Linda A. 63 Special Education Handbook, The 51 Special Issue Dedicated to the Memory of Arthur L. Benton 125 Spencer, John 198 Spendlove, Danny 156 Sperling, James 76 Spillius, Elizabeth 139 Spiritual Work of Marriage, The 135 Spitz, Karlheinz 191 Spontaneity 139 Sports Facilities and Technologies 160 Springer, Mathew G. 61 Sriram, Chandra Lekha 68 Sroufe, L. Alan 120 St. John, Edward 53 Stacks, Don W. 17 Staff Support Groups in the Helping Professions 128 Stamp, Glen 18 Standards, Conformity Assessment, and Accreditation for Engineers 175 Stanney, Kay 169 Stara, Alexandra 158 Starks, Tricia 12 Starman, Hannah 93 Starr, Harvey 73 State Management 68 State Terrorism and Human Rights 75 State Terrorism and Neoliberalism 77 State Violence and Genocide in Latin America 77 Stauber, Jennifer 159 Stearns, Peter N. 11, 114 Steege, Mark W. 141 Steele, Stacey 84 Stefes, Christoph H. 81 Stein, Alfred 173 Steiner-Grossman, Penny 129 Steinmetz, Suzanne K. 112

www.taylorandfrancis.co.uk/books

INDEX 217

V Valdes-Perez, Fernando E. 185 Valencia Vazquez, Roberto 171 Valocchi, Stephen 110 van Aken, Marcel A. G. 122 van Buuren, Arwin 98 van der Tuin, Iris 109 van Impe, Peter 190 Van Munster, Rens 77 van Ruler, Betteke 18 van Wichelen, Sonja 84 Vardeny, Zeev Valy 194 Varela, Charles R. 108 Vargas, Julie 44 Vassilopoulos, Andreas 190 Vaughn, Stephen 20 Velayutham, Selvaraj 82 Verbiest, Thierry 194 Verdaguer, María Eugenia 111 Verkest, Diederik 178 Vernon, David 119 Verrillo, Ronald T. 121 Vertovec, Steven 108 Vervaeke, Monique 99 Very Soft Organic Clay Applied for Road Embankment 165 Veyssiere, Bernard 193 Vibration of Plates 177 Victoroff, Jeff 117 Vidulich, Michael A. 169 Vietnam’s Political Process 83 Villaverde, Roberto 167 Vincenzi, Dennis A. 169 Violence Against Women 108 Violence and Abuse Issues 148 Virtopsy Approach, The 156 Vital Information and Review Questions for the NCE, CPCE and State Counseling Exams 136 Vitamin K in Health and Disease 157 Vo, Thanh Tri 82 Vocational Training 99 Voci, Paola 84 Vock, Peter 156 Vojtek, Anne B. 152 von Stackelberg, Katharine T. 15 Voronkova, Tatyana 152 Vos, Timothy 21

Wüst, Andreas M. Wagner, Scott A. Wagner, Stefan Wagnsson, Charlotte Walberg, Herbert J. Walford, Geoffrey Wall, Peter Wallbank, Julie Walraven, Joost C. Walsh, Anthony Waltham, Tony Wang, Hao Wang, Lihong Wanke, Michaela Wanta, Wayne War on Terror and the Growth of Executive Power?, The

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

73 156 184 76 61 63 17 94 167 111 163 176 179 122 23 71

War, Violence, and Population 106 Ward, Jamie 200 Warna, Johan P. 194 Warr, Peter 121 Was Mao Really a Monster? 78 Wastell, Sari 93 Water and Urban Development Paradigms 196 Water Distribution System Monitoring 172 Water Engineering and Management: Learning from History 194 Water Ethics 196 Water Law for the Twenty-First Century 94 Water Policy Processes in India 83 Waterhouse, Jennifer 96 Watson, Adam 12 Watson, Scott D. 71 Watson, Steuart T. 141 Webel, Charles 75 Weber, Max 110 Webley, Lisa 91 Webster, John G. 192 Weedon, Elisabet 53 Weeks, Gerald 134 Wehrmann, Thilo 173 Weintrit, Adam 173 Weir, Lorna 111 Weisstein, Eric W. 182 Wejnert, Barbara 112 Wells, Liz 22 Wengrower, Hilda 144 Weselake, Randall J. 154 West, The 158 Westphal, Christopher 156 Westra, Richard 102 Weyns, Danny 188 Whalen, Paul J. 123 What Every Man Should Know About Being a Dad 117 What is Scenography? 33 Whelan, Frederick G. 72 Wheldall, Kevin 45 Whelehan, Patricia 113 When Someone You Love is Bipolar 136 When The Opposite Sex Isn’t 128 Whitbeck, Les B. 119 White, Brian E. 189 Whittaker, Jason 22 Who’s Afraid of Conceptual Art? 7 Wickramasinghe, Maithree 84 Wiese, Emily E. 169 Wildschut, Liesbeth 34 Wilkinson, Nicholas John 68 Wilkinson, Paul 75 Williams, Craig 114 Wilson, Jeni 47 Wilson, Stephan M. 149 Wimpenny, Peter 145 Wind Energy 168 Wing Jan, Lesley 47 Winkler, Stephan 184 Winter, Aaron 77 Winters, Paul 103 Wise, John A. 169 Withnall, Alexandra 54 Witt, Stephen F. 98 Wodarski, John S. 149 Wolf, Klaus Dieter 72 Wolfe, David A. 142 Wolsey, Thomas deVere 43 Wolverton Jr, Robert E 198

Women and Addiction Women and Empire, 1750-1939, Women and Religion Women in the Hindu Tradition Women, Islam and Everyday Life Wood, Clare Wood, Geoffrey Wood, Karen D. Wooden, Amanda E Woodrow, Philip Working More Creatively With Groups Working on Innovation World Englishes Worldliness of a Cosmopolitan Education, The Worpole, Ken Wright, John H. Wright, Kenneth Wright, Peter Writing Under Control Wu, Lixin Wu, Xindong Wu, Zhongmin Wyer, Robert S.

Xei, Lei Xiao, Yan Xiao, Yang Xiaohui, Liu

203 201 83 80 41 96 46 81 146 145 99 27 59 159 121 139 119 48 181 186 86 124

81 165 175 86

Y Y. Al-Hawaj, Abdulla 54 Yakovlev, Vladislav 153 Yalman, Galip L. 102 Yanagita, Teruyoshi 154 Yancy, George 58 Yarberry, Jr., William A. 189 Yau, Kinnia Shuk-ting 86 Yen, Kathrin 156 Yim, Lawrence C.H 80 Yokley, James M. 142 Yokosawa, Jonny 152 Yoshizawa, Toru 179 Young Citizens of the World 48 Young, Jeffrey 130 Youth Workers, Stuckness, and the Myth of Supercompetence 111 Yudkowsky, Rachel 62 Yueh, Linda 85

Z Zabel, Diane Zadeh, Lofti A. Zajakina, Anna Zarli, Alain Zeichner, Kenneth M. Zelizer, Barbie Zeltins, Andris Zevin, Jack Zhang, Feng Zhang, Wei Zhao, Xian-zhong Zifcak, Spencer Zinder, David Zionist Israel and Apartheid South Africa Zipes, Jack

E-mail: info.@taylorandfrancis.co.uk for more information

129

Urban Water Security: Managing Risks 195 Using Hoshin Kanri to Improve the Value Stream 97 US-Japan Alliance, The 82

198 173 152 166 47 19 152 48 191 86 167 71 33 88 22

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

218 SALES REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTION

Milton Park Sales Office Taylor & Francis Group (Books Ltd) 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN UK Group Sales Director Christoph Chesher Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6194 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: christoph.chesher@tandf.co.uk International Sales Director Graham Crossley Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6048 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: graham.crossley@tandf.co.uk Head of UK Sales Nick Perry Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6132 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: nick.perry@tandf.co.uk

European and Japanese Enquiries Lucy Astone International Sales Support Coordinator Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6149 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: lucy.astone@tandf.co.uk

Exhibitions

International Enquiries Kate Pearce International Sales Support Manager (Books) Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: kate.pearce@tandf.co.uk

Book orders should be addressed to the approriate overseas agent or the Customer Service Department at our new distributor Bookpoint:

South Asian, Middle Eastern and African Enquiries Reanna Young International Sales Support Coordinator Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6114 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: reanna.young@tandf.co.uk

UK Sales Administrator Judith Cavell Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6191 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: judith.cavell@tandf.co.uk

China Liaison Office Yan Pei Manager Taylor & Francis Room 523 Resource Building No.151 North Street Zhongguancun Beijing China 100080 P.O. Box: 8762 Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 E-mail: yanpei@tandf.com.sg

Academic Representatives (UK)

Foreign Rights

Tim Page Higher Education Sales Manager Mobile: 07824 690646 E-mail: tim.page@tandf.co.uk

Adele Parker E-mail: adele.parker@tandf.co.uk

Corporate and Institutional Sales Alfred Lea Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6273 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: cis@tandf.co.uk

Katie Gilbert Exhibitions Manager Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6310 E-mail: katie.gilbert@tandf.co.uk

Customer Services

Taylor & Francis Customer Services, Bookpoint 130 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400 525 E-mail (UK): uktrade@tandf.co.uk E-mail (international): international@tandf.co.uk

Standing Orders If you would like to receive books on our improved pre-selective standing order system, or if you would like to have further information about this service, please contact your area manager or Customer Services Department.

EUROPE Peter Havinga European Sales Manager A. Hofmanweg 5a, 2031 BH Haarlem The Netherlands Tel: +31 (0) 23 750 5730 Fax: +31 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: +31 (0) 6 515 69560 E-mail: peter.havinga@tandf.co.uk

Belgium, The Netherlands, France and Luxembourg Liza Walraven Sales Representative A. Hofmanweg 5a, 2031 BH Haarlem The Netherlands Tel: +31 (0) 23 750 5731 Fax: +31 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: +31 (0) 6 238 49668 E-mail: liza.walraven@informa.com

Greece Ryan Cooper, Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk

Nordic Countries Keith Gray, Sales Representative Taylor & Francis Group c/o IBC Euroforum Blegdamsvej 104A 2100 Copenhagen Ă&#x2DC; Denmark Tel: +45 4195 1428 Mobile: +45 6064 8041 E-mail: keith.gray@informa.com

Nordic Countries Sara Pellijeff, Sales Representative Taylor & Francis Group Kungsbroplan 3A Box 7022 112 27 Stockholm Sweden Tel: +46 (0)8 440 80 58 Fax: + 46 (0)8 587 662 40 Mobile: +46 (0) 709 965 860 E-mail: sara.pellijeff@informa.com

Germany, Austria and Switzerland

ENGLAND AND WALES London (East, Northwest, North) and Eastern England Bob Davis Senior Area Representative Mobile: 07889 263 856 Fax: 01621 819 833 E-mail: bob.davis@tandf.co.uk

Southern England Daphne Edwards Area Representative Mobile: 07802 536 233 Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6259 E-mail: daphne.edwards@tandf.co.uk

Oxfordshire, West Midlands and South Wales John Blake Area Representative Mobile:07889 263 857 Fax: 01789 294 580 E-mail: john.blake@tandf.co.uk

North and Northwest England Lucy Greaves Area Representative Mobile: 07860 633156 Fax: 01663 746682 E-mail: lucy.greaves@tandf.co.uk

London (EC, SE, SW, W and WC)

LIBRARY SUPPLY

Charlotte Westgate Area Representative Mobile: 07917 648040 E-mail: charlotte.westgate@tandf.co.uk

Nigel Berkeley Library Supply and London Key Accounts Manager Mobile: 07795 968206 E-mail: nigel.berkeley@tandf.co.uk

SCOTLAND AND NORTH OF ENGLAND

ONLINE RETAILERS

To be confirmed Please contact: Nick Perry

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6132 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: nick.perry@tandf.co.uk

IRELAND AND NORTHERN IRELAND Conor Graham/Michael Darcy Brookside Publishing Services 2 Brookside, Dundrum Road, Dublin 14 Tel: 00 353 1 298 9937 Fax: 00 353 1 298 7912 E-mail: sales@brookside.ie

Rod Abraham Assistant UK Sales Manager Mobile: 07860 380 814 Fax: 01372 273 744 E-mail: rod.abraham@tandf.co.uk

Eva Kneissl, Area Sales Manager (Maternity Leave cover for Gabriela Mauch) Mobile: +49 (0) 173905 9469 E-mail: eva.kneissl@informa.com

Spain, Portugal and Italy Philip Veysey, Area Sales Manager PrĂncipe de Vergara 109, 28002 Madrid, Spain Tel: +34 91 700 0688 Fax: +34 91 141 2304 Mobile: +34 68 777 3678 E-mail: philip.veysey@informa.com

Eastern Europe Marek Lewinson, Humanities and Social Sciences Bohaterewicza 3/45, 03-982 Warsaw, Poland Tel/Fax: +48 (0) 22 6714819 Mobile: +48 (0) 602 707 037 E-mail: mlewinso@it.com.pl Radek Janousek, Science and Technology Pod Nouzovem 972/21 197 00 Prague Czech Republic Tel: +42 (0) 28 658 49888 Mobile: +42 (0) 602294014 E-mail: radek@mareklewinson.com

SALES REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTION 219

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA Jasmina Basic, Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk Zoe Kaviani IPS (Middle East) Ltd P. O. Box 27533 Dubai, UAE Tel: +971 4 282 8801 Fax: +971 4 282 8804 E-mail: itpme@emirates.net.ae Website: http://www.ipsme.com

REST OF AFRICA Jasmina Basic, Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office

Nigeria Chinke Ojiji Publishers Support Services Ltd Plot 2 Adewunmi Estate Oregun Road (Near First Bank Oregun) PO Box 9270, Ikeja, Lagos State Tel: +234 1 774 1073 Fax: +234 1 493 0419 Email: chinkeojiji@yahoo.co.uk

Botswana Carlson Moilwa, Sales Manager Book Promotions/Horizon Books Botswana Gaborone International Finance Park Plot 113-114, Unit 33 Kgale Mews 2, Suite 3 Gaborone, Botswana Tel: +267 392 4901 Fax: +267 392 4908 E-mail: crm@vbn.co.bw

South Africa, Namibia, Lesotho and Swaziland Michelle Symington Book Promotions Ltd BMD Office Park, 108 De Waal Road Diep River, 7800 Cape Town South Africa Tel: +27 21 707 5700 General Fax: +27 21 707 5795 Orders Fax: +27 21 707 5794 E-mail: msymington@bookpro.co.za

JAPAN Hans Van Ess, Book Sales and Marketing Executive Taylor & Francis Group 7F Koshin Bldg. 2-23-4 Kanda-Jimbocho Chiyoda, Tokyo 101-0051 Japan Tel: +81 (0) 35848 7061 Mobile: +81 (0) 80 5426 3552 E-mail: hans.vaness@informa.com United Publishers Services Limited 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 140-0002 Tel: +81 (0) 3 5479 7251 Fax: +81 (0) 3 5479 7307 E-mail: info@ups.co.jp Editorial Office Takahiko Kaneko Edition Synapse Yamaguchi Bldg. 3F 2-8-5 Uchikanda Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0047, Japan Tel: +81 (0) 3 5296 9186 Fax: +81 (0) 3 3252 1822 E-mail: edsynapse@nifty.ne.jp

KOREA Se-Yung Jun ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong , Mapo-ku Seoul, Korea 121-842 Tel: +82 2 3141-4791 Fax: +82 2 3141-7733 E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr

SOUTH ASIA Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk

India Taylor & Francis Books India Pvt Ltd 912 Tolstoy House 15-17, Tolstoy Marg New Delhi 110 001 Tel: +91 (0) 11 23712131 +91 (0) 11 23351453 Fax: +91 (0) 11 23712132 E-mail: tandfindia@airtelbroadband.in

Pakistan M. Anwer Iqbal Book Bird Mian Chambers, 3 Temple Road PO Box 518, Lahore, Pakistan Tel: +92 42 636 7275 Fax: +92 42 636 1370 E-mail: bookbird@brain.net.pk

Sri Lanka Nirosha Saravanapavan E-mail: niroshas@sltnet.lk Mobile: 0094 714 750911

AUSTRALASIA Kate Pearce Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: kate.pearce@tandf.co.uk

Australia Palgrave Macmillan Level 1, 15-19 Claremont Street South Yarra Vic 3141 Australia Tel: +61 (0) 3 9825 1111 Fax: +61 (0) 3 9825 1010 E-mail: palgrave@macmillan.com.au www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

New Zealand Macmillan Publishers NZ Ltd Victoria Johnson 6 Ride Way, Albany Auckland, NZ Tel: +64 9 414 0350 Fax: +64 9 414 0357 E-mail: vicki@macmillan.co.nz

Australia and New Zealand CRC Press and Marcel Dekker only Libraries may wish to order from their local bookseller, Palgrave Macmillan or DA Information Services Pty Ltd 648 Whitehorse Road, Mitcham Victoria Australia Tel: +61 3 9210 7804 Fax: +61 3 9210 7788 www.dadirect.com.au

Australia Europa Publications (non-exclusive) James Bennett 3 Narabang Way, Belrose, NSW 2085 Australia Tel: +02 9986 7064 Fax: +02 9986 7030 www.bennett.com.au

EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA For all Taylor & Francis Group imprints please order from our Singapore Sales Office Singapore Sales Office Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific 240 Macpherson Road #08–01 Pines Industrial Building Singapore 348574 Tel: +65 6741 5166 Fax: +65 6742 9356 E-mail: sales@tandf.com.sg

Hong Kong and Vietnam Jeffrey Lim Books Sales Director Singapore Sales Office E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg

Singapore, Philippines and Indonesia Francis Chua Sales Manager Singapore Sales Office E-mail: francis.chua@tandf.com.sg

Thailand Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +66 (2) 6427954-6 ext. 406 Fax: +66 (2) 6427677 Jeffrey Lim Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Nonglak Sawaithong Sales Executive Email: s.nonglak@tandf.com.sg

Malaysia and Brunei David Yeong General Manager Taylor & Francis Publishing Services Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific No. 23-2, Jalan PJS 8/18, Dataran Mentari 46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia Tel: +60 (3) 5630 1361 Fax: +60 (3) 5630 1732 Mobile: +60 (0) 16 3319912 E-mail: david.yeong@tandf.com.sg

Taiwan Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +886 (2) 2578 6106 ext.125 Fax: +886 (2) 2578 6507 Mobile: +886 (9) 7216 9672 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Raymond Hsu, Sales Executive E-mail: raymond.hsu@tandf.com.sg

ISRAEL AND THE PALESTINIAN TERRITORIES Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk and Rodney Franklin Franklin’s International PO BOX 3772 7 Tel Aviv 61376, Israel Tel: +972 356 00724 Fax: +972 356 00479 E-mail: rodneyf@netvision.net.il

NORTH AMERICA Sales Office Dennis Weiss Vice President Sales Taylor and Francis 6000 Broken Sound Parkway N.W. Suite 300 Boca Raton, FL 33487, USA Within the Continental USA: Tel: 800-272-7737 Fax: 800-374-3401 E-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com Outside USA: Tel: +1 561-994-0555 Fax: +1 561-361-6018 E-mail: International.orders@taylorandfrancis. com

CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA AND MEXICO Michael Dulisse Sales Office, Boca Raton, FL Taylor & Francis Tel: +1 561 998 2582 Fax: +1 561 361 6049 E-mail: Michael.Dulisse@taylorandfrancis.com Ethan E Atkin Cranbury International LLC 7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2 Montpelier, VT 05602 USA Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 E-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com

China Taylor & Francis Room 903 , Resource Building No.151 North Street Zhongguancun, Beijing 100080 China Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Cynthia Ji, Sales & Marketing Executive Email: cynthia.ji@tandf.com.sg

CARIBBEAN AND THE WEST INDIES Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk

How To Order Point-of-Sale Material and Catalogues Please indicate the material you require by ticking the boxes. For bulk quantities, please contact your representative.

Point-of-Sale A

978-0-418-40243-6 Routledge

Nursery World Series Poster/Leaflet

978-0-418-22744-2 Routledge

Le Corbusier/Routledge Architecture Poster

978-0-418-77210-2 RoutledgeFalmer

Passionate about Education Poster

978-0-418-23760-1 Routledge

Sartre/Routledge Philosophers Poster

978-0-418-21767-2 Routledge

1001 Brilliant Writing Ideas Poster

978-0-418-45620-0

978-0-418-40250-4 Routledge

From Birth to Five Years Poster/Leaflet

Routledge

Philosophy/ The War for Children’s Minds Poster

978-0-418-21982-9 Routledge

The Evaluator’s Cookbook Poster/Leaflet

978-0-418-40170-5 Routledge

Karl Popper Poster

978-0-418-24510-1 Routledge

Routledge Classics/Colloquials Poster

978-0-418-35910-5 Built Environment Taylor & Francis/Routledge Poster

Key Catalogues American History . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218525 Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418807100 Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418659106 Architecture Books for Teaching . . 9780418218822 Architecture History and Theory. . . 9780418802106 Art, Design and Visual Culture . . . 9780418936108 Asian Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418787106 Built Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398807 Central Asian, Russian and East European Studies . . . . . . . . . . 9780418955000 Childhood Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418226452 Chinese Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418439203 Civil Engineering Textbooks . . . . . . 9780418218846 Classical Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418781906 Classics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418698501 Colloquials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418339701 Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418221082 CRC/Balkema Geotechnical and Construction Engineering . . . . 9780418219096 Corporate Governance, Business Ethics and Accounting. . . . . . . . . . 9780418224502 CRC Information Technology and Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 9780418218679 CRC Mathematics and Statistics . . 9780418908808 Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418786000 Cultural Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418947500 Development Studies . . . . . . . . . . 9780418226551 Disability and Mental Health . . . . . 9780418780206 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418931905 Education Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218693 Education Management and Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218013 Education Policy and Politics . . . . . 9780418496602 Education: Research Methods . . . . 9780418889008 Educational Technology . . . . . . . . . . 978041822674 English Language and Linguistics . 9780418228098 ESL and Bilingualism . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418224519 Europa Regionals Survey of the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400142

Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218983 Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400791 Politics and International Relations Research and Scholarly . . 9780418219133 Politics and International Relations Textbooks and Readers . . 9780418218341 Practical and Professional Education Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418231203 Productivity Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9781420079807 Professional Architecture . . . . . . . 9780418224199 Public Management and Non-Profit Organizations . . . . . . . . 9780418224007 Race and Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418401897 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400272 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418858004 Research in Law and Law and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418217870 Research Methods – Education and Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397176 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418832608 Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418930007 SEN and Inclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418229378 Social Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418887905 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418779606 Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418221808 South Asian Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418960202 Sport and Exercise Science . . . . . . 9780418763704 Sport and Exercise Textbooks. . . . . 9780418939000 Sport and Leisure Management . . 9780418939406 Sport Exercise and Leisure Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418225882 Sports Coaching and Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418194409 Sports Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418226889 Strategic and Military . . . . . . . . . . 9780418209806 Student Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418749401 Theatre and Performance . . . . . . . 9780418790700 Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418722503

Bookseller Contact Name

Address

Telephone

See separate Order Form

Fax

+44 (0)1235 400524

+44 (0)1235 400525

ORDER NOW!

Point-of-Sale items marked with a letter are illustrated on the facing page. Point-of-Sale and Catalogues can be ordered by quoting the title and ISBN from: Bookpoint Ltd, 130 Milton Park Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB. Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400525 e-mail: tandf@bookpoint.co.uk

European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418225431 Film and Television Studies . . . . . . 9780418587805 Garland Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418832608 Garland Science BIOS Instant Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418889800 Gender and Sexuality . . . . . . . . . . 9780418940105 Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218471 Higher Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418402702 History Books for Teaching . . . . . . 9780418401200 Human Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418911105 Information Systems and E-Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418886601 International Business . . . . . . . . . . 9780418220986 International Education . . . . . . . . . 9780418677506 International HRM and Organizational Behaviour. . . . . . . . 9780418785300 International Research Education . 9780418219881 Japanese Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418762004 Journalism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418221051 Jewish and Israeli Studies . . . . . . . 9780418791905 Landscape Architecture . . . . . . . . . 9780418452905 Language and Literacy. . . . . . . . . . 9780418364406 Language Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418282205 Law Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216644 Lawrence Erlbaum Handbooks. . . . 9780418402108 Lifelong Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418226476 Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216491 Media, Film and TV . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418936405 Medical Sociology and Healthcare 9780418779804 Medieval and Early Modern History 9780418778708 Mental Health and Guilford . . . . . 9780415472692 Middle East and Islamic Studies . . . 9780418627808 Military and Stategic Studies . . . . . 9780418930205 Modern History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216675 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418678503 Nursing and Midwifery . . . . . . . . . 9780418779408 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418291801 Physical Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418941409 Policy and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418228838